diff options
Diffstat (limited to '21465-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 21465-h/21465-h.htm | 19700 |
1 files changed, 19700 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/21465-h/21465-h.htm b/21465-h/21465-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26883b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/21465-h/21465-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,19700 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html lang="eng" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang= +"eng"> +<head> +<title>Hurricane Hurry, by W.H.G. Kingston</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= +"text/html; charset=us-ascii" /> +<meta name="Author" content="W.H.G. Kingston" /> +<meta name="Description" content="Hurricane Hurry" /> +<style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[*/ +BODY { +font-family : "Verdana", sans-serif; +color : #000000; +background : #ffffff; +} +H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6 { +font-family : Verdana, sans-serif; +text-align : center; +} +P { +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +text-align : justify; +} +CITE { +text-decoration : underline; +font-style : normal; +} +PRE, TT, CODE, KBD, SAMP { +font-family : "Courier New", Courier, monospace; +} +HR { +color : #990033; +margin-left : 3em; +margin-right : 3em; +background : #ffffff; +} +A:link { +color : #0000ff; +background : #ffffff; +text-decoration : underline; +} +A:active { +color : #ff0000; +background : #ffffff; +text-decoration : underline; +} +A:visited { +color : #990099; +background : #ffffff; +text-decoration : underline; +} +A.offsite:link { +color : green; +background : #ffffff; +text-decoration : underline; +} +DL, OL, UL { +text-align : justify; +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +line-height : 120%; +} +DL DD { +font-size : small; +} +OL LI { +list-style-type : decimal; +} +OL OL LI { +list-style-type : lower-alpha; +} +OL OL OL LI { +list-style-type : lower-roman; +} +DIV.dochead { +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +text-align : center; +} +DIV.docinfo P { +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +text-align : center; +} +DIV.dateline P { +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +text-align : right; +line-height : 120%; +} +DIV.bodytext H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, TABLE { +text-align : center; +line-height : 120%; +} +DIV.bodytext DD { +font-size : small; +} +DIV.footnote P { +font-size : small; +text-align : left; +text-indent : 0; +} +DIV.navigation { +margin-left : 1em; +margin-right : 1em; +font-size : small; +text-align : center; +text-indent : 0; +} +DIV.navigation P { +font-size : small; +text-align : center; +text-indent : 0; +} +DIV.navigation TABLE { +font-size : small; +text-align : center; +text-indent : 0; +margin-left : 0; +margin-right : 0; +} +DIV.toc P { +margin-left : 0; +margin-right : 0; +text-align : left; +font-size : x-small; +} +DIV.toc TABLE { +margin-left : 0; +margin-right : 0; +text-align : center; +font-size : x-small; +} +DIV.toc A:link { +color : #ff0000; +text-decoration : none; +} +DIV.toc A:active { +color : #808080; +text-decoration : none; +} +DIV.toc A:visited { +color : #008000; +text-decoration : none; +} +DIV.toc A.offsite:link { +color : green; +text-decoration : none; +} +DIV.docinfo, ADDRESS { +font-family : Verdana, sans-serif; +font-size : small; +color : gray; +background : #ffffff; +text-align : left; +} +.left { +float : left; +} +.right { +float : right; +} +.center { +text-align : center; +} +.clear { +clear : both; +} +.author { +font-weight : normal; +font-size : large; +} +.title { +font-weight : normal; +font-size : large; +font-style : normal; +} +.abstract { +font-style : italic; +margin-left : 2em; +} +.precis { +font-variant : small-caps; +margin-left : 2em; +} +.preface { +font-style : normal; +} +.introduction { +font-style : normal; +} +.chapter { +font-style : normal; +} +.section { +font-style : normal; +} +.quote { +font-style : normal; +} +.note { +font-size : small; +text-align : left; +text-indent : 0; +margin-left : 1em; +} +.footnote { +font-family : Verdana, sans-serif; +font-size : small; +text-align : left; +text-indent : 0; +} +.speaker { +font-weight : bold; +font-variant : small-caps; +} +.speech { +margin-left : 1em; +} +.stage { +font-style : italic; +} +.verse { +font-family : "Verdana", sans-serif; +} +/*]]>*/ +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Hurricane Hurry, by W.H.G. Kingston + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Hurricane Hurry + +Author: W.H.G. Kingston + +Illustrator: Charles J. de Lacy + +Release Date: May 15, 2007 [EBook #21465] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HURRICANE HURRY *** + + + + +Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class="dochead"> +<h2 class="author">W.H.G. Kingston</h2> +<h2 class="title">"Hurricane Hurry"</h2> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap01" id="chap01"></a> +<h3>Chapter One.</h3> +<h4>My birth, parentage, and education.—Make the +acquaintance of Tom Rockets.—Sent to sea on board the +Folkstone cutter, Anno 1764.—Numerous voyages.—My +friends and I appear on the quarter-deck of the Torbay, +74.—Join the Falcon.—My only duel.—Adventures +in the West Indies.—The Carib war.—Boat +capsized.—Fate of her crew.—Appointed to the +Wolf.</h4> +<p>On the north-east side of the street, about midway between the +fish and flesh markets in the seaport town of Falmouth, and at +about the silent and solemn hour of thirty-six minutes past one +by my father’s watch, on the morning of the 28th day of +December, of the year of grace 1752, His Gracious Majesty George +the Second being King of Great Britain and Ireland, (it is +necessary in important matters to be particular). I was +introduced with the usual forms and ceremonies into the ancient +family of the Hurrys, as the undoubted child of my father Richard +and my mother Joan, the ninth, and as it subsequently proved, the +last of their promising offspring. On the 29th day of the January +following, the Reverend Edward Walmsley, rector of the parish, +baptised me by the names of Hurricane, with the addition of +Tempest, which were selected by my parents, after numberless +consultations, in compliment to my maternal grand-uncle, Sir +Hurricane Tempest, Alderman of Bristol, though it did not appear +from his remark when informed of the occurrence that it was +likely to benefit in the remotest manner from the delicate +attention which had been paid him.</p> +<p>My early days were not remarkable, I got through the +complaints incident to childhood in a manner satisfactory to my +mother and the doctor, while my elder brothers and sisters took +very good care that I should not be spoilt by over-indulgence. My +brothers, as they advanced towards manhood, were sent into +various professions, and as none of them had chosen the sea, it +was decided, without my opinion being asked, that I should be +made an offering to Neptune.</p> +<p>That I might be prepared for my future calling, I was sent to +reside with my brother-in-law Jack Hayfield, in the neighbourhood +of Bideford, North Devon, to allow me the vast benefit of +attending the school of worthy Jeremiah Sinclair, kept over the +marketplace in that far-famed maritime town. I still love the +recollection of the old place, with its steep streets, its broad +quays, and its bridge of many arches; to my mind a more +picturesque bridge does not exist in all the world, nor, when the +tide is in, a prettier river. On the bosom of that river I gained +my first practical experience of affairs nautical, and many a +trip I made down to Appledore with my schoolfellow Ned +Treggellis, in a boat which, had not a special providence watched +over us, would speedily have consigned us to the muddy bottom of +the stream. An oar served us as a rudder, another as a mast, with +a piece of sacking as a sail spread on a condemned boat-hook, +while one of us was constantly employed in baling out the water +which came in through leaks unnumbered—a state of affairs +we had learned to consider normal to our craft.</p> +<p>From Sinclair’s school, in order to receive the +finishing-touches to my education, I was removed to old +Allen’s well-known Mathematical Academy in Cold +Harbour.</p> +<p>It is just possible that I might have reaped some amount of +benefit from the mental provender served out in those nurseries +of genius, but unfortunately for me Jack’s appreciation of +the advantages of knowledge was such that he considered the time +squandered devoted to its acquisition. Frequently, therefore, +when I was supposed by my good sister Mary, his wife, to be on my +way to school, I had been waylaid by him, and was employed with +another boy in setting springles, marking woodcocks, or in some +other equally intellectual pastime. Whatever I may now think +about the matter, I was then convinced that Brother Jack was one +of the kindest and best fellows in the world; and when I fell +asleep in my chair during the evening, my somnolency was +attributed to the assiduity with which I had applied to my +studies during the day. I have since then had not a little reason +to regret honest Jack’s ignorance and my own folly in +listening to his persuasions.</p> +<p>My frequent companion on the occasions I have spoken of was +Tommy Rockets, the son of a poor widow who lived near +Jack’s house. He was somewhat younger than myself and small +for his age, but a sharp, intelligent little fellow, though +amusingly ignorant of affairs in general. His chief employment +was acting the part of a scarecrow by frightening birds from the +cornfields, and running on errands into Bideford for any of the +neighbours, by which means he enabled his mother to eke out her +scanty pittance. I used to share with him my school pasty, and +now and then I saved a piece of bread and cheese, or I would +bring him a cake or a roll from Bideford. He never failed to +carry a portion to his mother, sharp-set as he always was +himself. The poor fellow soon conceived a strong affection for +me; and when I was going off to sea he cried bitterly at the +thoughts of parting from me. I also had a regard for him, and, +forgetting how small and young he was, I took it into my head +that I would carry him with me. We were sitting on a grassy bank +under a tree, with a series of undulating hills and the blue +ocean beyond, when I broached the subject.</p> +<p>“Would’st like to come to sea with me, Tom?” +said I broadly.</p> +<p>“What, to them furrin parts across the water?” he +asked, pointing seaward with his chin. “No; I’d bee +afeared, Master Hurricane, I would. What makes you go +now?”</p> +<p>“To fight the Frenchmen, of course,” I replied. +“It’s peace just now, they say, though I thought we +were always at war with the French; but it won’t last long, +that’s one comfort.”</p> +<p>“Well, now, I’d rather stay at home with mother +than go and fight the furriners—that I would,” said +Tommy, with much simplicity.</p> +<p>“Oh, you’ve no spirit, boy!” I replied, with +a look of contempt. “Wouldn’t you like, now, to be +sailing round the world with Commodore Byron, who’ll fill +his ships with rubies, and pearls, and gold, and precious stones, +and all sorts of things. Why, Tommy, you would come back with +more riches in your waistcoat-pocket than you ever thought to +possess in your life.”</p> +<p>Tommy’s eyes sparkled as I spoke. “What, enough to +make my mother a lady!” he exclaimed. “Well, then, +Master Hurricane, if so be you can take me to them parts, when +I’m big enough I’ll go with ye.”</p> +<p>“Well, we’ll see about it,” said I, with a +patronising air; “but it is not all gold-picking, remember. +There’s plenty of fighting and prize-taking besides. +You’ve heard speak of Admiral Hawke?”</p> +<p>“No,” said Tommy, “I ne’er +did.”</p> +<p>“I’d have given my right hand to have been with +him when he beat the French in Quiberon Bay. That was a glorious +day for old England, let me tell you.” I was able to +expatiate on the subject, as the last time I was at home my +father read me a full account of the battle which took place in +1759, the year preceding the death of his Majesty George the +Second, and about five years before the time of which I am now +speaking. It was the most memorable action of my early days. The +French fleet was commanded by Monsieur de Conflans, whom a short +time before a violent gale had compelled to take shelter in Brest +harbour, while the English had anchored in Torbay. The two fleets +were about equal. After cruising for some time the enemy again +took shelter in Quiberon Bay, on the coast of Bretagne, in +France, where they were pursued by the English. A strong gale had +sprung up and a heavy sea was running, but, undaunted, the brave +Hawke stood on. The Frenchmen hoped to lead his fleet to +destruction among the rocks and shoals of that dangerous coast. +Unwilling to fight, yet too late to escape, the French admiral, +when he saw the English approach, was compelled to make sail. +Hawke pursued them and ordered his pilots to lay him alongside +the Soleil Royal, which bore the flag of the French admiral. The +Thesée, a seventy-four-gun ship, ran between them, and a +heavy sea entering her ports, she foundered. The Superbe, another +Frenchman, shared the same fate. Several other French ships +struck their colours; many were driven on shore, among which was +the flag-ship, which was set on fire and destroyed. A great +number of the French were killed, but the English lost only one +lieutenant and thirty-nine men killed, and about two hundred +wounded. But I must not stop to describe the gallant actions +which occurred during my boyhood. Lord Anson, one of the most +experienced of navigators, died two years only before I went to +sea. Captain Byron sailed that same memorable year, when my +country first had the benefit of my services, on his voyage of +discovery into the pacific, and returned in 1766. Captains Wallis +and Carteret sailed on exploring voyages at the same time. I +happened to have heard of Mr Cook, but it was not till many years +after this that he became known to fame as one of the most +talented and scientific of English navigators; indeed, he did not +return from his great voyage till eleven years after this. He +lost his life in his last voyage in 1779.</p> +<p>A number of gallant actions were fought at the end of the war, +sufficient to fire the ardour of any youth of spirit to whom they +were recounted. Captain Hood’s capture of the Warwick, a +sixty-gun ship, which had been taken from the English, was one of +the most celebrated. At this time, however, she carried but +thirty-six guns, with 300 men, including a company of soldiers. +Captain Hood attacked her in the Minerva frigate of thirty-two +guns and 220 men, and after an hour’s fight, with a heavy +sea running, both ships having lost their masts, he captured her +and took her to Spithead. A still more remarkable action was that +of the Bellona and Brilliant, Captains Faulkner and Loggie, and a +French ship of the line and two heavy frigates, which resulted in +the capture of the first and the flight of the latter. There were +also numerous actions fought between packets and privateers, and +other small craft, with the enemy, which seldom failed to add to +the honour and glory of our country. Though ignorant of other +lore, I greedily devoured all the accounts I could find of these +events, and having once made up my mind that the sea was to be my +profession, I resolved, when opportunities should occur, to +imitate them to the best of my power.</p> +<p>But to return to my friend Tommy. Just before I sailed I went +to pay his mother a visit. I found the widow sitting, as was her +wont, knitting at her window, waiting for her son’s return. +I went not empty-handed, for besides my pasty, which I had saved, +I had bought a loaf and a lump of cheese and a bundle of +lollipops at Bideford. First presenting her with these treasures +and emptying my pockets of the very small amount of cash they +contained, I opened the business I had at heart. Poor Mrs Rockets +burst into tears when I asked her to let her Tommy go to sea with +me.</p> +<p>“Oh, Master Hurricane!” said she, “I feel +all your kindness to a poor creature like me and my boy, and I +would not deny you anything, but, oh, sir, he is my only child, +my only comfort in life, and I cannot part with him!”</p> +<p>All the arguments I could use and the brilliant hopes I held +out were of no avail for a long time, till at last, with a sad +voice, she consented, when he grew bigger, should he then show a +strong wish to go to sea, to allow him to accompany me.</p> +<p>I met Tommy on my way home and told him that he must make +haste and grow big that he might go to sea and fill his pockets +with pearls and diamonds for his widowed mother. In many a dream +which I had thus conjured up, both by day and night, did the poor +lad indulge as he was scaring off the crows in the fields or +lying on his humble pallet in his thatched-roof hut near +Bideford.</p> +<p>It was at Whitsuntide of the year 1764, I then numbering +eleven summers, that I was placed on the books of the Folkstone +cutter, commanded by a particular friend of my father’s, +Lieutenant Clover; the amount of learning I possessed on quitting +school just enabling me to read a chapter in the Bible to my old +blind grandmother (on my mother’s side), who lived with us, +and to tell my father how many times a coachwheel of any diameter +would turn round in going to Penryn. Having received my +father’s and mother’s blessing and a sea-chest, which +contained a somewhat scanty supply of clothes, a concise epitome +of navigation, an English dictionary, and my grandmother’s +Bible—the only gift of value the kind old lady had it in +her power to bestow—I was launched forth into the wide +world to take my chance with the bustling, hard-hearted crowd +which fills it. I was speedily removed from the cutter into his +Majesty’s packet the Duncannon, Captain Charles Edwards, in +which vessel I crossed the Atlantic for the first time; and after +visiting Madeira and several of the West India Islands I returned +to Falmouth on the eve of Christmas, 1767. I next joined the Duke +of York, Captain Dickenson, in which vessel I made no less than +sixteen voyages to Lisbon. As, however, I had grown very weary of +the packet service, I was not sorry to be paid off and to return +once more home, if not with a fuller purse, at all events, a +better sailor than when I left it. I was not long allowed to +enjoy the luxury of idleness before my father got me appointed to +the Torbay, seventy-four, commanded by Captain Walls, who was +considered one of the smartest officers in the service, and I was +taught to expect a very different sort of life to that which I +had been accustomed to in the slow-going packet service. There +were several youngsters from the neighbourhood of Falmouth, who +had never before been to sea, who were appointed to the same +ship. One of them, my old messmate poor Dick Martingall, used to +speak of the unsophisticated joy with which his old mother, in +her happy simplicity, announced to him the fact of his +appointment. She came to his bedside long before the usual hour +of rising and awoke him.</p> +<p>“Richard, my dear son, Richard!” she said; +“get up, thou art made for ever!”</p> +<p>“What am I made, mother?” he asked with +astonishment, rubbing his eyes, which were still full of +sleep.</p> +<p>“Oh, my boy, my dear boy!” replied the good lady, +her countenance beaming with satisfaction, “thou art made a +midshipman!”</p> +<p>Alas! little did his poor old mother dream of the sea of +troubles into which her darling boy was about to be launched, +what hardships and difficulties he was doomed to encounter, +“the snubs that patient raids from their superiors +take,” or she would not have congratulated herself on the +event, or supposed that by his being made a midshipman he was +made for ever. Yet in his case it was so far true, poor fellow, +that he was never made anything else, as he was carried out of +the world by fever before he had gained a higher step in +rank.</p> +<p>The tailors in Falmouth and its neighbourhood who were +employed in fitting us out were delightfully innocent of all +notion of what a midshipman’s uniform should really be, and +each one seemed to fancy that he was at liberty to give full +scope to the exuberance of his taste. Their models might have +been taken from the days of Benbow, or rather, perhaps, from the +costumes of those groups who go about disguised at Christmas-time +enacting plays in the halls of the gentry and nobility, and are +called by us west-country folks “geese-dancers.” As +we met on board the cutter which was to carry us to Plymouth we +were not, I will allow, altogether satisfied with our personal +appearance, and still less so when we stepped on the quarter-deck +of the seventy-four, commanded by one of the proudest, most +punctilious men in the service, surrounded by a body of +well-dressed, dashing-looking officers.</p> +<p>Tom Peard first advanced, as chief and oldest of our gang, +with a bob-wig on his head surmounted by a high hat bound by +narrow gold lace, white lapels to his coat, a white waistcoat, +and light-blue inexpressibles with midshipman’s buttons. By +his side hung a large brass-mounted hanger, while his legs were +encased in a huge pair of waterproof boots. I followed next, +habited in a coat all sides radius, as old Allen would have said, +the skirt actually sweeping the deck, and so wide that it would +button down to the very bottom. My white cuffs reached half way +up the arm to the elbow; my waistcoat, which was of the same +snowy hue, reached to my knees, but was fortunately concealed +from sight by the ample folds of my coat, as were also my +smallclothes. I had on white thread stockings, high shoes and +buckles, and a plain cocked hat—a prodigiously long +silver-handled sword completing my costume.</p> +<p>Dick Martingall’s and Tom Paynter’s dresses wore +not much less out of order, giving them more the appearance of +gentlemen of the highway than of naval officers of +respectability. One had a large brass-mounted sword once +belonging to his great-grandfather, a trooper in the army of the +Prince of Orange; the other, a green-handled hanger, which had +done service with Sir Cloudesley Shovel.</p> +<p>Often have I seen a set of geese-dancers compelled to make a +hurried flight before the hot poker of some irate housekeeper +disturbed in her culinary operations, and much in the same way +did we four aspirants for naval honours beat a precipitate +retreat from the deck of the Torbay as, with a stamp of his foot, +our future captain ordered us to be gone and instantly to get cut +down and reduced into ordinary proportions by the Plymouth +tailors.</p> +<p>As may be supposed, the operation was almost beyond the skill +of even the most experienced master of the shears, and we were +all of us compelled, much to our dismay, to furnish ourselves for +the most part with new suits. On our return on board, however, we +were complimented on our appearance; and as our tailor agreed to +receive payment from our first instalment of prize-money, we were +perfectly content with the arrangement.</p> +<p>After spending a few months in channel cruising—the +Torbay being ordered to lay as guard-ship at Plymouth—such +a life not suiting my fancy, I quitted her and joined his +Majesty’s sloop of war Falcon, captain Cuthbert Baines, +fitting out for the West India station.</p> +<p>As in those days I kept no regular journal, I have only a few +scattered notes written in an old log-book to guide me in my +account of the events of that period of my career. A few are +still vivid in my memory as when they first occurred, but many +have escaped me altogether, or appear like the fleeting phantoms +of a dream of which it is impossible to describe the details. I +must therefore be allowed to pass rapidly over that early portion +of my naval life and go on to the time when I had passed my +examination for a lieutenant’s commission and trod the +quarter-deck as a master’s mate.</p> +<p>On the Falcon’s leaving Portsmouth we touched at +Falmouth or our way down channel, when I had the opportunity of +taking leave of my family—with some of them, alas! it was +an eternal farewell. This is one of the seaman’s severest +trials; he knows from sad experience that of the many smiling +faces he sees collected round the domestic hearth some will too +surely be missing on his return, wanderers, like himself, far, +far away, or gone to their final resting-place.</p> +<p>We made a stay of a few days at Madeira, and without any +occurrence worthy of note reached English Harbour, Antigua, +October 21st, 1771, where we found lying several ships of war +under the flag of Rear-Admiral Mann.</p> +<p>I have not hitherto mentioned the names of my messmates. Among +others, there were William Wilkins, John Motto, Israel Pellew +(see note), and Alexander Dick. We were a jovial set and +generally pulled well together; but on one occasion the apple of +discord was thrown in among us, and Alexander Dick, the +surgeon’s mate, and I fell to loggerheads in consequence of +some reflections I thoughtlessly cast on the land of his +nativity—to the effect, as far as my recollection serves +me, that nothing better was to be found there as food for the +people than sheeps’ heads and boiled bagpipes; to which he +retorted by asserting that we west-country folks were little +better than heathens and had no more manners than blackamoors. As +neither of us would retract what we had said, it was decided that +our dispute could alone be settled by mortal combat. Pistols, we +were aware, were the most gentlemanly weapons to be employed on +such occasions; but we found that it would be impossible to +obtain them in a hurry without to a certainty betraying our +intentions. It was therefore settled by our seconds and ourselves +that we should decide the knotty question with our hangers as +soon as we could manage to get on shore after reaching port. All +four of us therefore, having got leave the morning after our +arrival, left the ship soon after daybreak in a shore-boat and +pulled off to a retired part of the harbour. Here we landed, and +telling our black boatmen to wait our return, we walked away +arm-in-arm to a spot where we thought no one would observe us. +Having thrown off our coats and tucked up our shirt-sleeves, the +word was given, and, drawing our hangers, we advanced towards +each other with furious passes, as if nothing but the death of +one of us could satisfy the rancour of our enmity, and yet at +that very moment I believe neither of us recollected the origin +of our quarrel. Dick first gave me a cut on the shoulder, which +so excited my fury that I was not long in returning the +compliment by bestowing a slash across his arm, which made him +wince not a little, but before I could follow it up he had +recovered his guard. In a moment I was at him again, and as we +were neither of us great masters of the noble art of +self-defence, we kept hewing and slashing away at each other in a +most unscientific manner for several minutes, till we were both +of us covered with gashes from head to foot, and the blood was +flowing copiously down into our very shoes. At last, from very +weariness and loss of blood, we dropped the points of our swords +as if by mutual consent. Our seconds now stepped forward.</p> +<p>“Hurry, my good fellow,” said my second, +“one thing I see clearly. This matter cannot be settled +satisfactorily with cold steel—it’s too much like the +custom of piccarooners. We must wait till we can get hold of +pistols, and arrange the affair in a gentlemanly way. +That’s my opinion, and I daresay you and Mr Dick will agree +with me.” In honest truth, both my antagonist and I were in +such a condition that we were perfectly ready to agree to any +arrangement which would prevent the necessity of continuing the +painful operation we had both been inflicting on each other. All +four of us therefore sat down on the sands, and Dick, pulling out +some lint and bandages from his pockets, our seconds, under his +directions, bound up our wounds. When this at length was done we +found it, however, impossible to get on our coats again. We were +therefore obliged to carry them over our shoulders as we walked +to the boats. When the Negro boatmen saw our pale faces and +halting gait, as with difficulty we stepped into the boat, they +grinned from ear to ear, full well guessing what had occurred, +and doubtlessly thinking, as will, I suspect, my readers, that we +were very great fools for our pains. Ay, truly we were far worse +than fools, for in obedience to the customs of sinful men we had +been disobeying the laws of God, and committing a very great +crime as well as a very great folly, but we did not think so +then, nor did I till very many years afterwards.</p> +<p>Our intentions had not been kept so secret but that they had +become known on board, and, our appearance on our return fully +corroborating the truth of the reports which had been going +about, we were put under arrest by Captain Baines, who then sent +for us, to know the cause of our quarrel. We explained it as well +as we could; but, as may be supposed, we neither of us had a very +good case to make out. “Well, gentlemen,” said our +commander, “this is a point I do not wish to decide myself, +but I shall leave it to the arbitration of the gun-room officers, +and to their decision you must bow.” The next day, +therefore, the gun-room officers held a court, and, feeling very +stiff and very sore, and looking, I doubt not, very +foolish—though we did our best to appear like +heroes—we stood before them. Having both of us pleaded our +cause, it was decided that we had no business to use the language +we had employed, and that we were both in the wrong. We were in +consequence ordered to shake hands, and be friends, or else to +look out for squalls. Had we possessed more sense, this we might +have done before we had cut each other half to pieces, not to +speak of spoiling a shirt and a pair of breeches apiece. Thus +ended the first and only duel in which I was ever engaged, and +Dick and I from that time forward became very good friends.</p> +<p>About this time, some serious disputes having arisen with the +Caribs of Saint Vincent, who had become very troublesome to the +settlers, the British Government formed the design of removing +them altogether from the island and of placing them on some part +of the mainland, where they might enjoy their own manner of life +without interfering with civilised people. To effect this object +an expedition was sent to the island under the command of +Major-General Dalrymple, consisting of two regiments from America +and various bodies of troops collected from the other islands and +from on board all his Majesty’s ships of war on the +station. At this distance of time of course I cannot pretend to +be able to give any minute description of the details of the +affair. I know that there were some gentlemen who acted as +commissioners who went on shore to try and arrange matters with +the Caribs; but the savages, after agreeing to terms, not showing +any intention to abide by them, the troops were ordered to land. +It was very easy to give the order, but not so easy to execute +it, for at the time there happened to be an unusually heavy surf +breaking on the shore. It would have been wiser in my humble +opinion to have waited till the surf had gone down, or to have +selected some other spot for disembarkation to that fixed on; +but, strange to say, the authorities did not happen to ask my +opinion, simply, I suppose, because I was a midshipman, and the +landing commenced. The boats, pulled by the seamen and crowded +with soldiers, made for the shore. Some reached it in safety by +taking the proper moment to dash through the surf, but others +were not so fortunate. One boat from our ship had put off; the +men in high spirits at the thought of a brush with the Niggers, +as they called the unfortunate Caribs. I was watching them from +the deck as they approached the shore, when a heavy roller went +tumbling in after them. The men saw it coming and pulled for +their lives, but it was too quick for them, and catching the boat +turned her over as if she had been a mere cockleshell. In an +instant some thirty poor fellows were struggling in the surf. +Many sunk at once, others made way for the shore, but they had a +remorseless enemy on the watch for them, and several, with a +shriek of agony which reached almost to the ears of those on +board the Falcon, were drawn under by those monsters of the deep, +the voracious sharks. Others, when nearly touching the sand, were +washed out again by the reflux of another roller following up the +first. It was doubly sad, because before it was possible to send +any help to them their fate was sealed. Several other boats met +with a like accident, and before the troops were all landed a +large number both of seamen and soldiers were lost. The survivors +formed on the beach and then advanced rapidly into the country, +where the Caribs were drawn up in strong force to receive +them.</p> +<p>The enemy, having the advantage of a knowledge of the country, +chose their own ground for encountering our troops, and, truth to +say, generally had the best of it. I do not wish to enlarge on +the subject. I know that we gained very little honour and glory, +but, after losing a considerable number of men, some from the +bullets of the enemy and others from sunstrokes, the troops were +ordered to embark again. Afterwards we heard that the Caribs were +allowed to remain in possession of their rights. I suspect, +however, that they did not retain them for any long period after +this time.</p> +<p>I remember nothing of any particular importance happening to +me till August, 1772, when we were lying in English Harbour, +Antigua, in company with his Majesty’s ships Chatham, +Sea-horse, and Active. I have good reason to remember the harbour +well. It is small, but very pretty. The inner part is encircled +by hills of various shapes and sizes, the outer is formed by a +rocky ridge, with a fort on it guarding the narrow entrance. The +capital, Saint Johns, is at the other side of the island, so that +we were not able to get there as often as we wished. With little +or no warning one of the most terrific hurricanes I ever +encountered came down upon us, and before we could get our +topmasts housed our masts went by the board, and at the same +instant breaking from our anchors we were all driven on shore +together. It was a case in which seamanship was of no avail, for +before we could make any preparations to avert the evil the +catastrophe had occurred. The same blast levelled with the ground +all the stores and houses in the dockyard, as also the Naval +Hospital and all the dwelling-houses and other buildings which it +encountered in its course. Before we could attempt to heave the +ships off we were obliged to clear them of everything, down to +the very kelson, and even then we could not move them till we +applied the most powerful purchases which could be invented. The +Falcon had received so much injury that we were compelled to +heave her down to repair her before she was fit for sea. While +this operation was going forward I had the misfortune to break my +right knee-pan, and for very long it was doubtful whether I +should ever again have the free use of my leg. For sixteen weeks +I remained in hospital, but at length, to my great satisfaction, +was pronounced fit for duty.</p> +<p>I was now no longer a mere youngster, and had seen already a +considerable amount of service. Early in 1773 I was appointed +acting-lieutenant of the Falcon by Vice-Admiral Parry, who had +superseded Admiral Mann. I now assumed the lieutenant’s +uniform and walked the deck with no little amount of pride, +hoping to be confirmed in my rank when at the expiration of her +time on the station my ship should return to England. The change +from a midshipman’s berth to the gun-room was very +considerable, and as I shone away in what the Orlopians term +white boot-tops, I was looked upon by them, with no little amount +of envy. I was doomed, however, in this respect to suffer +disappointment. In August, 1774, the Falcon returned home, the +captain, the lieutenant of marines, another midshipman, and +myself, being the only officers on board who had left England in +her—the rest having died or changed into other ships. I +must mention the kindness I ever received from Captain Baines +while I remained with him. After I left the Falcon I served in +the Folkstone cutter stationed at Bideford, and then joined the +Wolf sloop of war, Captain Hayward. In the space of a few months +I attended the funerals of his wife, his child, and lastly of +himself. On quitting the Wolf I began what I may look upon as a +new era in my life, and it is therefore a fitting period to +commence a fresh chapter.</p> +<hr /> +<p>Note. Afterwards Sir Israel Pellew, the brother of the famous +Lord Exmouth.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap02" id="chap02"></a> +<h3>Chapter Two.</h3> +<h4>Commencement of the American War of +Independence.—Appointed to the Orpheus +frigate.—Causes of the war.—Sail in company with the +Chatham for Halifax, Nova Scotia.—Stormy passage in +mid-winter.—Lose sight of Chatham.—Lose +masts.—The captain keeps at it.—Rig +jury-masts.—A succession of gales.—Get in at +last.—Our captain gains great credit.</h4> +<p>I had enjoyed the <i>otium cum dignitate</i> of a +midshipman’s life on shore scarcely more than six weeks +when, in September, 1775, the shrill bugle-blast of war sounded +the knell of the piping tunes of peace; and I received the very +satisfactory intelligence that I was rated as master’s mate +on board the Orpheus frigate, of fifty-two guns, Captain Hudson, +then fitting for sea with all possible despatch at Plymouth, and +destined for the North American station. I had hoped to have been +confirmed in my rank as a lieutenant; but, disappointed in this, +I was too glad under present circumstances to get afloat on any +terms.</p> +<p>The peace which had now lasted for nearly ten years was thus +abruptly terminated by the outbreak into open rebellion of the +North American colonies, which led on to their Declaration of +Independence. I was never anything of a politician, and I must +confess that at that period of my existence I troubled myself +very little about the rights of the case, though even then I had +a lurking idea that the colonists were not quite the ragamuffins +some people would have had us suppose. They had no fancy, it +appeared, to pay taxes without having a voice as to the +employment of their money or interest in the objects on which it +was expended. The British Government and the upper classes +generally at home had always treated the inhabitants of the +colonies as if they considered them an inferior race, and almost +beyond the pale of civilisation. This conduct had naturally +caused much discontent and ill feeling, and made the colonists +more ready to resent and oppose any attempt to curtail their +rights and privileges. What was called the Stamp Act met with the +first organised opposition. The Government offices were in many +places pulled down, while the Governor of New York and other +promoters of the Act were burnt in effigy. Many influential +colonists then bound themselves to make use of no articles on +which duties had been levied; while the people of Boston, +proceeding a step farther, rather than pay the duty imposed by +the British Government, threw into the sea the cargoes of several +ships sent there by the East India Company laden with tea. This +proceeding of the inhabitants of Boston induced the British +Government to send General Gage, with an army, to take up his +quarters there, with the intention of coercing them.</p> +<p>The belief that arbitrary Government was about to be +established throughout the colonies made the people in every +direction rise in arms. A rebel force, consisting of several +thousand men, began to collect in the neighbourhood of the +above-mentioned city. Petition after petition and remonstrance +after remonstrance had been sent over to England in vain. The +great Lord Chatham and the famous Mr Edmund Burke had pleaded the +cause of the patriots with all the mighty eloquence they +possessed; but without altering the resolution of the King or the +Government. The celebrated Dr Franklin, already well known in +England and America as a philosopher as well as a statesman, had +come over to England to plead the cause of his countrymen, but +had returned hopeless of effecting his object. What treatment, +after this, could the colonists expect, if they yielded to the +dictates of the mother-country?</p> +<p>The crisis at length arrived. There was at Concord, near +Boston, a large magazine of military stores. General Gage sent a +force to destroy it. The patriots collected in considerable +numbers to oppose the British troops, and drove them back, with a +heavy loss, into the city. This engagement, though little more +than a skirmish, was called the Battle of Lexington. If its +results were to be taken into consideration, few battles have +been of more importance. Brethren had shed each other’s +blood. Both parties were exasperated beyond control. The patriots +felt their power; the royalists burned to wipe out the disgrace +their arms had received. General Gage now regularly fortified +Boston, which was in its turn besieged by the rebels. The whole +continent was up in arms. Another successful enterprise had been +undertaken by a leader of irregulars, who had seized the Ports of +Ticonderoga and Crown Point, which gave the patriots the command +of Lake George and the head of Lake Champlain, always recognised +as the keys of Canada.</p> +<p>The patriots had by this time formed a regular Government. +Each of the colonies had sent delegates to a general assembly +held at Philadelphia, to which the name of the Congress was +given. The Congress had authorised the formation of an army and +had appointed as Commander-in-chief a gentleman of Virginia of +good repute, Colonel George Washington. He was well known as a +bold leader in frontier warfare against the Indians, and had also +seen service against the French; besides this, he was a man of +the highest moral qualities, which had gained him the respect of +his fellow-colonists.</p> +<p>The event which had induced the Government to despatch my ship +and others so hurriedly to the North American station was the +battle of Bunker’s Hill, the news of which had just been +received. The engagement itself would not have been of much +consequence had it not proved that the rebels were resolved to +fight it out to the last. The Americans, besieging Boston, had +fortified a height above the city called Bunker’s Hill. +General Gage resolved to dislodge them and to endeavour to raise +the siege. Our troops, after much hard fighting and considerable +loss, claimed the victory, having driven the enemy from the +heights; but the Americans quickly rallied, and, many +reinforcements coming up, the city was more closely invested than +ever.</p> +<p>I frequently heard the subject of the rebellion discussed by +my friends during my stay at home, and I cannot say that +generally their sympathies were in favour of the colonists. A few +took the view of the case entertained by Lord Chatham, Mr Burke, +and a small band of enlightened men in advance of their age; but +they mostly sided with the King and the Tories, and considered +that the presumption of the colonists must be put down with a +high hand. They little knew of what stuff the descendants of the +Pilgrim Fathers—the sturdy Puritans, the dashing Cavaliers, +the prim Quakers, and of many other classes whom persecution, +poverty, or their crimes, had driven from Europe—were made, +as I had full many opportunities afterwards of discovering. A +just and judicious policy which at once would have granted all +the rights the colonists demanded would have preserved the +dignity of the mother-country and saved oceans of bloodshed; but +it was ordained otherwise. The falsehood of traitors had taught +our too credulous King to disbelieve in the loyalty as well as +the courage of his trans-Atlantic subjects; and his ministers, in +spite of all the warnings and the earnest entreaties of the +colonists, persisted in forcing on them their obnoxious measures. +I must again repeat, that at the time I allude to I did not see +things in the serious light in which I have described them. It +would never do if midshipmen were to turn politicians; still, I +could not help hearing what others said on the subject, and I had +plenty of time to think of what I had heard. The general cry +was—“Crush the audacious rascals! Put down the +traitorous villains with a strong hand! What, venture to disobey +the authority of their lawful master and sovereign, King George? +They will soon learn reason at the point of the sword!” +Such were the sentiments shared by most on board, as well as +throughout the army and fleet.</p> +<p>Had it not been for this outbreak of war, I had proposed +volunteering to sail with Captain Cook, who had just then +returned from his famous voyage in the Resolution with Captain +Furneaux, who commanded the Adventure; and it was reported that +he was about to start on another and still more important +expedition, which he actually did on the following year.</p> +<p>During my stay on shore I had gone over to see my sister Mary +and my brother-in-law, Jack Hayfield. Jack was the same +good-natured, thoughtless creature as before, and had done as +little to better himself as he had to improve me. I made +inquiries for Tommy Rockets, whom I found was still at home, so I +set out to see him and his mother, not forgetting what I knew +would prove a welcome present to the poor woman. I found her +looking more careworn and poverty-stricken than ever. She did not +know me when I entered her cottage, for I was much grown and +thoroughly sun-burnt.</p> +<p>“Well, dame,” said I, “how goes the world +with you?” She looked at me hard, surprised that a stranger +should make such an inquiry; then, suddenly recognising me, she +sprang up, and in her joy was about, I believe, to kiss me as she +would have done Tommy, when, recollecting herself, she took my +hand, which I put out, and pressed it warmly. After I had told +her somewhat of my adventures I asked her whether she would allow +Tommy to accompany me the next time I went to sea. The poor woman +turned pale at the question, but at last gasped out—</p> +<p>“If the lad wishes it, if it’s for his good, I +dare not say him nay—but, oh, Master Hurricane, +you’ll look after him—you’ll befriend +him—you’ll protect him—he’s my only +child, and he’s very simple and ignorant of the +world’s ways.” I promised her that I would do my best +for him, though I warned her he must trust to his own good +conduct; and soon after Tommy came in. I saw at a glance that he +had the stuff in him to make a sailor. He had grown into a stout, +broad-shouldered lad, though still rather short, with fists big +enough to fell an ox, a round, bullet head covered with curly +hair, and a thoroughly honest, good-natured countenance, not +wanting in intelligence, though a snubby nose, small eyes, and +thickish lips formed his features. He had a strong struggle in +his bosom, I saw, before he could make up his mind to tell his +mother that he would accept my offer; but he could do little for +their mutual support while he remained on shore, and I left him +attempting to comfort her by telling her of the wealth with which +he would ere long return to her.</p> +<p>As soon as I got my appointment I sent directions to Tom to +join me at Plymouth, with a small sum to fit him out, being very +certain that he would at once be taken on board. I had a wide +round of farewell visits to pay to numerous friends who had been +kind to me during my stay on shore. They all wished me plenty of +prize-money and rapid promotion, but I cannot say that I had much +expectation of getting either. I was much concerned at this time +at observing the state of my father’s spirits. His worldly +affairs were, I suspected, not flourishing, though, as he did not +speak to me about them, I could not venture to make any inquiries +of him on the subject. I could only cherish the hope that if I +did realise a sailor’s dream and make any prize-money I +might be able to render him some assistance. My poor +mother’s health also was failing, weakened, as it long ago +had been, by cares and responsibilities of her numerous family. +With a heart therefore more full of misgivings than usual, I bade +them and those of my brothers and sisters who remained at home +farewell, and, with a chest rather more amply supplied with +necessaries than when I first went to sea, I set off for my ship +then lying at Hamoze, and joined her on the 15th of October, +1775. I was, as I fully expected, successful in getting Tommy +Rockets rated as a landsman on board, and though, poor fellow, he +at first looked very much like a fish out of water, and a very +odd fish too, I saw that it would not be long before he would be +perfectly at home on his new element.</p> +<p>As soon as he had been entered and had become one of the +ship’s company, I told him to go aloft, to give him some +experience before we got to sea. “What, to the top of them +big sticks that grow out of the ship? They be plaguey high, +Master Hurricane!” said he, looking up doubtingly, at the +same time preparing to swarm up by the foremast itself. When he +found that he might go up by the shrouds he seemed to think it a +very easy matter, and before many days were over he could go +aloft as quickly as any lad in the ship. I got an old seaman, Nol +Grampus, who had sailed with me in two ships before, to look +after him and to put him up to his duty, which, to do him +justice, he was very anxious to learn. A little help of this sort +to a lad when he first goes to sea is of great service to him in +many ways; it gives him encouragement, it saves him from many a +cuff and harsh word, and makes a seaman of him much sooner than +he would otherwise become. On the 16th of the month we went into +the Sound, where the remainder of the officers joined. By +frequently sending press-gangs on shore we got together our +ship’s company, but we had yet to learn the stuff they were +made of. I was truly glad to find two or three old shipmates on +board. One of them was Gerrard Delisle, my greatest friend. We +had gone afloat at the same time and were exactly the same age +and standing, though, I must confess, he was vastly my superior +in education and ability. He had all the gallantry and +impetuosity of an Irishman, with a warm heart full of generous +feelings, and at the same time the polish of a man of the world, +not always to be obtained in a cock-pit. Another friend of mine +was Noel Kennedy, also a master’s mate. He was a Scotchman +of good family, of which he was not a little proud. His pride in +this respect was an amiable failing, if failing it was, for his +great anxiety was to shed honour on his name. Among my other +messmates were John Harris Nicholas, Richard Ragget, John Drew. A +great pet of ours was little Harry Sumner—one of the +smallest midshipmen who ever came to sea. Left an orphan, without +a connexion bound to him by the ties of blood, the poor child had +been sent afloat by his guardians as the simplest mode they could +devise of disposing of him. The event was happy for him, for he +soon found many more friends on board than he ever would on +shore, and in a short time there was not a man of the +ship’s company who would not have risked his life to shield +him from injury. As I shall have to mention the officers and my +other messmates in the course of my narrative I need not here +describe them.</p> +<p>On the 30th, the moment we had cast off the lighters from +alongside, we sailed for North America in company with the +Chatham, bearing the flag of Rear-Admiral Shouldham, who was +going out to take the chief command on that station. The wind +continuing fair and the weather fine, we, on the following day, +lost sight of the English shore, which many on board were +destined never to see again—none of us, until months and +months had passed by.</p> +<p>Things had begun to shake a little into their places and the +officers and ship’s company to know something of each other +by the time that we had got about three hundred leagues to the +westward of Scilly. Instead, however, of keeping to the +southward, where we might have found a continuance of fine +weather, our captain, in his anxiety quickly to reach the scene +of action, notwithstanding the advanced season of the year, +ordered a northerly course to be steered. The consequence was +that we had soon work to try the mettle of all hands. By noon on +the 6th of November we fell in with a gale of wind which would as +effectually have blown up the Houses of Parliament as would Guido +Faulks and his barrels of gunpowder, if it could have got under +them. Sail was shortened and all was made snug aloft in time, hat +below many an article took a voyage which terminated in total +shipwreck to itself or neighbours.</p> +<p>“Here comes a combing sea in a vengeance!” +exclaimed Delisle, seizing hold of little Harry to save him from +being by chance washed away. We were standing aft on the +quarter-deck. On came the watery mountain with its curling crest +of snowy foam, and, striking the ship with terrific force and +with a noise like thunder, broke over the starboard chesstree, +deluging the decks forward and carrying away a fine cutter off +the larboard skidds, with some of the rails and carlings of the +head.</p> +<p>“Where are we going to, Mr Delisle?” exclaimed +little Harry, as he clung to his arm with a look of very natural +terror in his countenance.</p> +<p>“To Halifax, in Nova Scotia, I hope,” answered +Gerrard, laughing. “Where else should you think?”</p> +<p>“I thought we might be going to the bottom,” +answered the poor boy with perfect simplicity; “but +I’m not afraid, you know.”</p> +<p>“No reason why you should be, Harry,” answered +Delisle. “The old barkie will have to swim through many a +worse sea than this, let me tell you—so remember, my boy, +you are never in future to begin to be afraid till you see the +rest of us turn pale.”</p> +<p>Little Harry promised obedience, and he had before long ample +opportunities of proving his nerves. The seamen, as they hurried +about the decks, shook the water in showers, like Newfoundland +dogs from their shaggy coats; and in a short time we had things +put as much to rights as circumstances would allow.</p> +<p>The gale continued all night, but ceased on the following +evening without having committed further damage, and from that +time till the morning of the tenth we had tolerably fine weather. +It then fell a stark calm, but there was an ominous cold-grey +silky look in the sky which I did not like. The captain was +constantly on deck, anxiously scanning the horizon, and Jonathan +Flood, our old master, kept his weather-eye open, as if +apprehensive of evil.</p> +<p>“Vary fine weather this, Mr Hurry,” said Andrew +Macallan, our surgeon’s mate, who had come to sea for the +first time. “Just a wee bit more wind to waft us on our way +to the scene of action, and we may well be content.”</p> +<p>“Wait a bit, doctor, and we shall have wind enough and +to spare,” replied I.</p> +<p>It was not long before my words were verified—though +just after that the appearance of coming bad weather wore off, +and even the captain and master seemed to think that a moderate +breeze was all we had to look for. We were lying with our +topsails on the caps and courses hauled up, when, without a +moment’s warning, a gust of wind with the force of a +hurricane laid the ship on her beam-ends.</p> +<p>“Up with the helm!” shouted the captain, who had +that instant come on deck. “Brace round the +foreyards—trice up—brail up the after +sails!”</p> +<p>The helm was put up, but before the canvas could be handed, +with claps like thunder, the main-topmast-staysail and jib were +blown from the bolt-ropes, the topsails and courses were flying +in shreds from the yards, the topsail sheets, clew-lines and +bunt-lines were carried away, as were also the main-clew garnets, +bunt-lines and leech-lines, while a more tremendous sea than I +had ever before beheld got up as if by magic.</p> +<p>The ship, however, happily answered her helm and flew before +the gale, which at the same time kept freshening and shifting +round to every point of the compass.</p> +<p>All we could now do was to scud, and that every instant, as +the wind and sea increased, became more and more dangerous. To +bring her to under present circumstances was +impossible—indeed, deprived of all means of handing the +sails, we were helpless; and by this time every one of them was +flying aloft in tattered streamers, adding not a little to the +impetuous rate at which the gale drove us onward.</p> +<p>The seas, each apparently overtopping the other, kept +following up astern, and before long one broke aboard us, +deluging the decks and sweeping everything before it.</p> +<p>“Hold on! hold on for your lives, my men!” shouted +the captain as he saw it coming.</p> +<p>Few needed the warning. When for a short time all was again +clear we looked round anxiously to ascertain that none of our +shipmates had been carried overboard. By next to a miracle all +were safe. The carpenter and his crew were called aft to secure +the stern ports and to barricade the poop with all the planks and +shores they could employ, but to little purpose. The huge +dark-green seas, like vast mountains upheaved from their base by +some Titan’s power, came following up after us, roaring and +hissing and curling over as if in eager haste to overwhelm us, +their crests one mass of boiling foam. As I stood aft I could not +help admiring the bold sweep of the curve they made from our +rudder-post upwards, as high it seemed as our mizen-top, the +whole a bank of solid water, with weight and force enough in it +to send to the bottom the stoutest line-of-battle-ship in the +Navy. The taste we got occasionally of their crests, as they now +and then caught us up, was quite enough to make me pray that we +might not have the full flavour of their whole body.</p> +<p>No one on board had thought all this time of the Chatham, and +when at length we did look out for her she was nowhere to be +seen. It was probable that she was in as bad a plight as +ourselves, so that neither of us could have rendered the other +assistance. Hour after hour passed without any improvement in the +weather. Every instant we expected something worse to befall us. +To remain below was out of the question, as at any moment we +might be wanted. To keep the deck was scarcely possible, without +the risk of being frozen to death or carried overboard. Matters +were bad enough in the daytime, but when darkness came on and we +went plunging away amid showers of snow and sleet and bitter +frost, with the cold north-west wind howling after us, I thought +of what the friends of some of our delicately-nurtured young +gentlemen would say if they could see us, and, for my own part, +often wished myself by the quiet fireside of the humblest cottage +in old England. We did our best to look after little Harry +Sumner, and got him stowed away carefully in his hammock, where +we told him to lie still till he was wanted. There was no object +in allowing him to remain on deck, where he could not be of use +and was very likely to get injured.</p> +<p>“I’ll do as you tell me, Mr Hurry,” said he. +“But I’m not afraid of the sea or the wind—if +it were not for the bitter, bitter cold I would rather be on +deck, I would indeed.”</p> +<p>“You’re a brave little fellow, Harry, but we must +take care of you for some nobler work, and then I’ve no +doubt you’ll give a good account of yourself,” said +I. “So now go to sleep and try and get warm.”</p> +<p>Of my own immediate follower and protégé, Tom +Rockets, I have said nothing since we came to sea. By the courage +and activity he displayed on the present occasion he showed that +he was made of the right stuff to form a first-rate seaman, and I +had no reason to be ashamed of him.</p> +<p>The whole of that long, weary night did we run on, the gale +rather increasing than falling, and when daylight broke over the +waste of tumultuous waters the prospect seemed as unpromising as +ever. Nothing could be done to get in any of our tattered canvas. +The ship remained tight, and that was our chief comfort. At +length, on the evening of the 11th, the wind began to drop a +little. Everyone was on deck ready to take advantage of any +opportunity which might occur for getting the ship into a better +condition. Suddenly the wind shifted round to the north-east and +dropped considerably. The hands were called aft. A fore-staysail +was set on the mizen-mast—the helm was put down and the +ship brought-to under it. The most necessary part of the rigging +being also replaced, the ship’s company was divided into +four watches, and all but the watch on deck were sent below to +sleep. Never did weary seamen turn in with a greater good-will, +or more require rest.</p> +<p>All hands had ample occupation the next day in unbending the +remnants of our tattered canvas from the yards and in replacing +it with a new suit of sails fore and aft, in reeving new running +rigging, and in repairing the stern frame. All this was done with +a tolerably fresh breeze blowing and a pretty heavy sea running, +though moderate in comparison to what we had had and to what we +were to encounter. This sort of weather continued till the 15th, +during which interval we contrived to get things a little to +rights. Gale number three now sprung up, and during the whole of +it we lay under a balanced mizen. We did not escape, however, +without damage, losing the bumkins and the remaining part of the +carlings and rails of the head, and a part of the starboard +quarter-gallery. The wind lulled again in the evening and +continued moderate till the 19th, when it breezed up once more +for the fourth time, and by the 21st we were in the centre of a +perfect hurricane. Still nothing would induce our captain to run +back or to endeavour to make his way across the Atlantic in a +more southerly latitude. He had made up his mind that this +northerly route was the right one to take, and he was not a man +to be diverted from his purpose. The gale had been blowing for +some hours, when at about one o’clock in the morning watch, +the night being dark as Erebus, the ship pitching heavily into +the seas and straining terrifically, Delisle and I were on deck +together, endeavouring to pierce with our eyes the thick +obscurity into which we were driving. It was much of a time for +moralising, considering the showers of snow which ever and anon +beat into our faces, the sheets of spray which came aboard and +froze as it fell over us, and the biting wind which blew down our +throats.</p> +<p>“No unapt picture this, of the life of many of us, +Hurry,” said my companion. “Here have we been +knocking about for some weeks very much the worse for +wear—no nearer our voyage’s end, and utterly unable +to say whither we are driving. I doubt much that we have seen the +worst yet.” Scarcely had he spoken when a gust stronger +than ever struck the ship. We felt her quiver and shake all over, +and at the same instant there was a terrific crash forward. I +hurried to see what had occurred. The foremast had been carried +away about twenty feet above the forecastle, and lay over the lee +fore-chains. The captain was on deck in a moment, and all hands +were called to clear the wreck. In doing this the +main-topmast-stay was cut, and thereby the main-topmast was +carried away, severely wounding in its fall nine men. The poor +fellows were borne below and placed under the surgeon’s +care. The morning came and showed us our sad condition; but the +gale had not yet sufficiently shorn us of our pride or tried to +the full our captain’s perseverance, for soon after +daybreak another gust struck us. I looked up to see what was next +to happen. Before me stood our stout mainmast. Then, as if +wrenched by a giant’s grasp, the shrouds and stays were +torn away, and with a loud crash down it came by the board, +crushing the booms, gallows, bits, gangway-rails, and the fore +part of the quarter-deck, and staving in the long-boat and a +large cutter so as to destroy them completely. The daylight +enabled those on deck to stand from under in time to escape +injury; but it was a work of time, danger, and difficulty to +clear the ship of the wreck, for while we were engaged in it the +sea was constantly breaking over us fore and aft, threatening +every instant to engulph the ship. At the same time we were in +momentary expectation of seeing the mizen-mast share the fate of +the other masts. At length, having cleared the wreck, we hoisted +a fore-topgallant-sail to the stump of the foremast, which we +stayed up as well as we could, and were thereby able to keep the +ship once more before the wind, though even then the heavy seas +which followed us threatened every moment to break aboard. We +were truly in a forlorn condition—with our fore and +mainmasts gone, two suits of sails carried away with the +exception of the sails on the mizen-mast, the remainder required +for jury-sails whenever the weather would allow us to erect +jury-masts—with numbers of the crew falling sick from +exposure and excessive fatigue, and with a ship strained and +battered in every direction. At length, the wind getting round to +the westward, with unequivocal reluctance Captain Hudson resolved +to bear up, to the very great satisfaction of everybody else on +board. We were then four hundred and sixty leagues from the +Lizard. For several days more the gale continued, and we were all +in expectation of shortly reaching England and getting a thorough +refit, when the weather suddenly became more moderate than +heretofore. The opportunity was immediately taken of erecting +jury-masts, and all hands were employed on this important work. +To do this we had to use all the studden-sail-booms and spare +spars on board. When completed and set up, they were pronounced +to be equal if not superior to any ever before under similar +circumstances fitted at sea. The captain looked at them with no +little satisfaction, and complimenting the ship’s company +on what had been done, called the officers aft, and informed them +that he was resolved to attempt once more to reach the coast of +America. Had there been a war with France, we should have been +eager to get to our station, but as we expected to have little +enough to do in putting down the American rebellion, I cannot say +that our captain’s announcement was received with any great +satisfaction. For several days we made tolerably fair progress, +but on the 2nd of December a gale of wind sprang up, and carried +away our jury-main-topmast and top-yard, and split the sail from +clew to earing. During the whole of this month the weather +continued as boisterous as at the commencement. Disaster followed +disaster in quick succession. Among others, we lost four +top-masts, six topsail-yards, one mainsail and one foresail, two +topsails and one fore-topsail, besides which the cover of the +arm-chest fell out of the mizen-top, and, striking the gunner, +knocked out four of his teeth, broke his shoulder in two places, +and cut his right eye in the most shocking manner. He was carried +below in great agony, and his life was despaired of. I need not +mention any more of the accidents we encountered. It may be +supposed that by this time we were in a tolerably forlorn +condition, with nearly every yard of our spare canvas expended, +and with scarcely a spar remaining to replace our jury-masts, +should they be carried away. Unpleasant, however, as was our +position, I must say that we respected our captain for his +perseverance, though it had become the pretty generally received +opinion on board, both fore and aft, that we were destined never +to reach our station. All sorts of stories were going the round +of the decks. An old woman near Plymouth, Mother Adder-fang she +was called, had been heard to declare, two nights before the ship +went out of harbour, that not a stick of the Orpheus would ever +boil a kettle on English ground. Another was said to have cursed +the ship and all on board. Then we had a fine variety of Flying +Dutchman’s tales, till the men began to look upon the +captain as a sort of Vanderdecken himself, and to fancy, I verily +believe, that we were destined ourselves to box about till the +day of judgment. Now of course a man of calm sense should be +uninfluenced by these sort of tales—we should be well +assured that God only knows the future, and that words of anger, +uttered by a wicked, ignorant old woman, cannot possibly alter +His determination; still, when a man is worn out with fatigue, +hardship and hunger, when the gale howls fiercely, and the raging +seas appear every instant ready to engulph the ship, he cannot +help thinking of the words he has heard and the stories which +have been told him, and looking forward with sad forebodings to +the future.</p> +<p>In spite, however, of the raging storm, the battered condition +of the ship, and the predictions of disaster, we jolly Orlopians +resolved not to be baffled in keeping our Christmas dinner in the +accustomed manner as far as circumstances would allow. Our means +for so doing were certainly not very extensive, either with +regard to our condiments or the utensils for serving them in. The +greater part of our crockery had been broken in the previous +gales, and all our luxuries had long been consumed. We managed, +however, to exhibit a dish of boiled beef at one end of the +table, and one of boiled pork at the other, and a tureen of +peas-soup and a peas-pudding; while our second course was a +plum-pudding of huge dimensions, and solid as a +round-shot—the whole washed down with a bowl of punch. Our +seats were secured to the deck, and the dishes were lashed to the +table, while it required no small amount of ingenuity and +rapidity to convey each mouthful from our plates to our mouths. +Never did the good ship tumble and roll about more violently than +she did on that 25th of December, while we young gentlemen were +drinking “sweet-hearts and wives,” and other +appropriate toasts. Let my readers picture us to themselves, if +they can, as we sat, each member of the mess holding on like grim +death to either a dish, or bowl, or can, or mug, endeavouring, +often in vain, to keep the contents from spilling, and then to +carry a portion of them to his mouth, our voices now clattering +away together, now one of us breaking forth into a song, and +joined in chorus by the rest, the ship rolling and pitching, the +bulkheads creaking and groaning, and the wind howling overhead. +The contrast between the picture we presented and the dining-room +of a comfortable, well-lighted country-house in England on the +same day was not small.</p> +<p>Our condition was not improved when at length the year 1776 +commenced. We had expended all our sails with the exception of +those actually bent to the yards; of spars we had scarcely one +remaining. In consequence also of the great expenditure of +provisions and stores, the ship had become so light that she +rolled excessively and with so quick and rapid a motion that some +of the guns in the galley, drawing their ring-bolts from the +side, broke loose, and before they could be secured committed +much damage. Added to all this it was announced that our supply +of water was very short, and we were put on an allowance of a +pint for each person. On these occasions the captain and the +smallest boy share alike. If any of us breakfasted or dined in +the gun-room or cabin, we carried with us our allowance of water +to help make the tea. We were still fully four hundred leagues +from the coast, and to all appearances as little likely to make +it as we had been a month back. The officers were unanimous in +their opinion that we should bear up for the West Indies, but +Captain Hudson still resolved to persevere and to endeavour to +gain our intended port. Though I, like the rest, was heartily +sick of the life we had been enduring, and longed as much as +anybody to get into port, I could not help admiring the +perseverance and determination of our captain. Grave and anxious +as he could not help appearing at times, he did his utmost +generally to assume a cheerful countenance, and by words of +encouragement to keep up the spirits of the men. As, however, one +after the other the people fell sick, and disaster upon disaster +overtook us, I more than once, when I went into the cabin, found +him sitting pale and silent at the table, with his head resting +on his hand, evidently meditating on the responsibilities of his +position.</p> +<p>Meantime the men forward were grumbling and evincing no slight +mutinous disposition. “Here, old ship, do ye see, have we +been boxing about for the best parts of two months, and for what +we knows to the contrary, farther off from our port than ever we +were,” I heard one of the quartermasters, Jos Lizard, +observing to a messmate, another old salt of the same kidney. Old +Jos, as he was called, was somewhat of a sea lawyer in his way, +though not the less superstitious on that account.</p> +<p>“Well, what’s to be done, mate?” asked his +chum, Ben Goff.</p> +<p>“Done!” exclaimed old Jos; “why, I axes, are +we to go knocking our heads against Providence, so to speak, till +we’ve no water and no grub, and then to rot away, as +I’ve heard of a ship’s company doing, and one left to +tell about it!”</p> +<p>“No, old salt, I wouldn’t for one wish to do that +same; but how’s it to be helped?” asked Goff.</p> +<p>“Helped!” said Lizard, with a look of scorn, +“helped! why, let’s go aft to the captain, and tell +him our mind. Either we bears up for a port, or let the ship sink +at once; it’s only what we must come to at last. +We’ll get the rum casks on deck, and have a regular +jollification of it first. Then no matter what turns up, we +sha’n’t know much about it.”</p> +<p>I well knew the horrible folly seamen are capable of, so I +thought it best to put a stopper at once on the precious notion +old Jos had got into his head. I therefore presented myself +suddenly before the two men. “You’re a couple of +donkeys, to talk such nonsense as you’ve just been +doing!” I exclaimed, in a contemptuous tone. “Do you +think two ignorant old fellows like you know better than the +captain what ought to be done? Let me hear no more about it. I am +not going to report what I overheard, and if you catch any of the +other men talking the game sort of stuff, just let them know what +fools they are.” I felt that it would not do to reason with +the men, but that I should have a better chance of putting them +off this notion by making them feel ashamed of themselves, and +this I think I succeeded in doing. I cannot say, however, that I +felt very sanguine as to the termination of the voyage.</p> +<p>What the temper of the crew might at length have led to, I +don’t know, but at last we got a slant of fair wind and +moderate weather, and it was announced that we were within twelve +leagues of Cape Sambro, near the entrance of the harbour of +Halifax. As may be supposed, there was great rejoicing on board; +all our troubles and misfortunes were forgotten, and we fully +expected to be in harbour the next day. That night Delisle and I +were on deck together. Kennedy also was there, and little Harry +Sumner. Mr Gaston, the third lieutenant, had charge of the watch. +We were congratulating ourselves on the turn which fortune had +made in our favour, when Delisle called my attention to a thick +gloom which was gathering over the land. We pointed it out to Mr +Gaston, and asked him what it signified.</p> +<p>“That we are going to have another gale, which may drive +us farther to the southward than we have hitherto been,” he +replied.</p> +<p>Scarcely had he spoken than the first indications of the +coming wind reached us—a rising sea and a driving shower of +sleet—the helm was put up, and the ship kept before the +wind, and then down came the gale upon us, and once more we were +driving before it, surrounded by dense sheets of snow, which +prevented us from seeing a yard beyond our bowsprit end. Away we +went during the whole of the next day and night and the following +day, driving madly before the gale. If the ship’s company +had before this been full of forebodings of coming ill, it is not +surprising that they should now have entirely abandoned all hope +of ever again seeing land. On the 25th of January we were eighty +leagues from the Cape, and more distressed than ever for masts, +spars, sails, provisions, and water. So short, indeed, was our +store of the latter necessary that we were now put on an +allowance of half a pint a day; so severe also was the frost that +we were compelled to throw hot water on the sails when they were +furled before we could set them. The men more rapidly than before +fell sick day after day, and completely lost their spirits, and +it became the fashion when the watch turned out for them to +inquire what fresh accident had occurred.</p> +<p>At length one night, as I lay sleeping in my hammock, I was +awoke by a terrific noise. I found that the ship was on her +beam-ends. There was a rushing of water, a crashing of timbers, a +splitting of sails, the howling of wind, the cries and shrieks +and stamping of men. I felt certain that the fatal and +long-expected stroke had been given, and that I and all on board +were about to be hurried into eternity. I have been since in many +a hard-fought battle, I have seen death in every form, but I +never felt its horrors so vividly as I did on that night. I +remained in my hammock without attempting to dress, for I thought +that I might as well drown as I was, and I had not the remotest +expectation of being saved. Still the water did not reach me, and +at length I heard Kennedy’s voice rousing up the idlers to +go on deck, and help take the canvas off the ship.</p> +<p>“We’ve been in very great danger, and for some +minutes I thought it was all over with us,” he observed: +“we’ve brought her to, however, and she may ride out +this gale as she has done many others.”</p> +<p>“I hope so,” said I, springing up and putting on +my clothes, while Kennedy hurried on deck. I found that the chief +noise had been caused by a number of shot boxes breaking loose +from the mainmast, and as the ship heeled over, they came rushing +under my hammock and crushing everything before them. I had no +little difficulty in getting them secured. This appeared to be +the last piece of malice those winter gales had to play us. The +next day the weather moderated, and we were able to lay a course +for Halifax. We could scarcely believe our senses as we found +ourselves entering that magnificent harbour, after our protracted +and disastrous voyage. We had been out ninety seven days, ten +weeks of which time we had been under jury-masts. Our only +squaresail was a spritsail at the main-yard to serve as a +mainsail. The whole ship was covered with ice, and a most +complete wreck she looked in every respect. We had the second +lieutenant, gunner, and seventy-three men sick, twenty of whom +were suffering from frost-bites. No wonder that such was our +condition when we had encountered no less than forty-five heavy +gales of wind, and it spoke well for the soundness of the hull of +our ship that she had held together so perfectly. Our captain, +officers, and ship’s company received the thanks of the +commander-in-chief for their perseverance and resolution, and +certainly no one deserved more credit than did our captain, for +the determined way in which he held on and succeeded in bringing +his ship into harbour.</p> +<p>The next Sunday we all repaired to church, to return public +thanks to Almighty God for preserving us from the perils and +hardships of the sea, to which we had been so long exposed. It +was a solemn and touching occasion. Two and two, the captain at +our head, and the officers following with the ship’s +company, we all marched up together to the church. Thoughtless +and careless about our spiritual being as we generally were, I +believe very few among us did not feel our hearts swell with +gratitude to the Great Being who had so mercifully watched over +and preserved us from the dangers to which we had been exposed, +when the minister gave forth the words of that beautiful hymn of +thanksgiving,—“The sea roared, and the stormy wind +lifted up the waves thereof. We were carried up as it were to +heaven, and then down again to the deep; our soul melted within +us because of trouble. Then cried we unto Thee, O Lord, and Thou +didst deliver us out of our distress. Blessed be Thy name, who +didst not despise the prayer of Thy servants, but didst hear our +cry, and hast saved us. Thou didst send forth Thy commandment, +and the windy storm ceased, and was turned into a calm.” +The minister also gave us a sermon appropriate to the occasion, +and most deeply attentive to it were the greater part of the +ship’s company. There is as much religious feeling about +seamen as in any class of men, though they are in general grossly +ignorant of the doctrine of the Gospel. This is owing entirely to +the wicked neglect of those of the upper classes who ought to +have seen that they were properly instructed. I have, however, +only to remark that it is the duty of the rising generation, not +to sit idly down, and with upturned eyes to abuse their +ancestors, but to arouse themselves, and by every means in their +power to remedy the neglect of which they were guilty. The people +seemed very soon to forget the hardships they had endured, and I +fear likewise that the recollection of the mercies vouchsafed to +us speedily passed from our memories.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap03" id="chap03"></a> +<h3>Chapter Three.</h3> +<h4>Halifax harbour.—Life in the backwoods.—Dangerous +expedition through the ice.—Lord Shouldham’s fleet +with Lord Howe’s army arrives.—Sail for Nantucket +Roads.—Boston cannonaded.—Watering-party on +shore.—Capture whaling sloop Ranger.—Cruise in her +with Grampus and Tom Rockets.—Her skipper’s trick +defeated.—Reach Halifax.—Ordered on board +Chatham.—Sail for New York.—General Washington holds +possession of the city.</h4> +<p>The harbour of Halifax is a very fine one. A thousand ships +may anchor there in safety. It is our chief naval station in +North America. The town, which is a handsome one, stands on a +peninsula, and rises gradually from the water’s edge, where +there are numerous wharves, alongside which ships can lie to +discharge their cargoes. We found in the harbour the Cerberus +frigate, Captain Symonds, (see Note 1), hove down alongside the +wharf, as also the Savage sloop of war, wearing Commodore +Arbuthnot’s broad pennant.</p> +<p>The inhabitants cordially welcomed our arrival, as they were +in hourly expectation of an attack from a body of rebels who were +said to be marching on the town, while the organised force +existing for its defence was very small. At length an express +arrived from the interior, stating that the enemy were at the +distance of about twenty miles, at a small village of which they +had taken possession. We were instantly ordered under arms to +protect the dockyard, and fully expected to have warm work. The +people who formed the rebel bands had been instigated to revolt +by the revolutionists of the southern colonies, who had formed a +plan at this time to invade Canada, which happily proved +abortive. They themselves, as far as I could learn, had no real +cause of complaint.</p> +<p>After we had waited for some time in expectation of an attack, +notice was brought us that the rebels had plundered and burned +the village where they had quartered themselves, and then +retired. We were therefore able to employ all hands in refitting +the ship, a work to us of the greatest importance. The cold, +however, was so great that we suffered no little inconvenience +from exposure to it. All the meat, I remember, which came on +board, was frozen so hard that we were invariably obliged to cut +it up into pieces with a cross-saw, to serve it out to the +messes. Quantities of fish also of a peculiarly fine flavour were +to be picked up daily, frozen to death, on the surface of the +ice, thrown up by the united action of the tide and sea. As there +were no masts and spars in the dockyard, we found that we should +be obliged to send a party into the woods, fully ten miles from +the town, to cut down trees suitable for the purpose. I was +ordered to accompany the party appointed for this object. My +friend Delisle was with me, and Tom Rockets went as my +servant.</p> +<p>Having provided ourselves with blankets, provisions, cooking +utensils, and other means of making ourselves comfortable, away +we trudged over the snow, following our guide, John Nobs by name, +who was to show us where we might find the sort of timber we +required. It was the first time I had ever been in an American +forest. The deep silence which reigned around, and the perfect +solitude were very impressive. The tall leafless trees, springing +up out of the sheet of snow which covered the whole face of +nature, were the only objects to be seen.</p> +<p>We were merry enough as we tramped away in the keen, pure air +over the crisp snow. As some thirty pair of feet, stepping out +together, went crunch—crunch—crunch—the noise +was so loud, that we were obliged to raise our voices to make +ourselves heard. Delisle and I marched directly after our leader +old Nobs, our men following, laughing, talking, and singing, as +the mood seized them.</p> +<p>At length, having gone some way through the forest, Nobs began +to look about him attentively. He was not a man of many +words.</p> +<p>“That’s ’um,” said he, pointing with +his chin to some tall, straight fir-trees, up to which he had led +us. We saw also that a considerable number of the same +description grew in the neighbourhood.</p> +<p>“I suppose, then, we may call a halt?” said I.</p> +<p>Nobs nodded. We had been told that he would show us how to +build some huts for sheltering our party.</p> +<p>“Some on you with axes come along,” said he, +turning to the men, and away he trudged till we reached a clump +of graceful, white-stemmed birch-trees. Scoring down the stems, +he quickly ripped off huge sheets of bark, some five and six feet +long, and two and three broad. The men followed his example, and +we soon had as much as the whole party could carry.</p> +<p>“Stay, that won’t do alone,” observed Nobs; +and he commenced cutting some thin poles, seven or eight feet +long, from saplings growing in the neighbourhood. With these we +returned to the spot we had fixed on for an encampment. Scarcely +uttering a word, having got some men to assist him, he erected a +framework of a cone-shape, with about eight of the poles, +fastening the upper ends together with a piece of rope. He then +covered the framework with sheets of bark, leaving a doorway and +a small space open at the top.</p> +<p>“There you have an Indian wigwam,” said he.</p> +<p>From the pattern he had thus formed, the men very soon erected +wigwams enough to shelter the whole party. He then collected some +dried wood, of which there was an abundance about, and lighted a +fire in the middle of his hut. The hole left at the top of it +allowed the smoke to escape. The snow, which had first been +cleared away in the interior, was piled-up round the hut outside, +and the ground was then beaten hard. He showed us how to make our +couches of dried leaves; and at night, wrapped in our blankets +lying round the fire, we found that we could sleep most +luxuriously.</p> +<p>Having thus speedily made all these necessary arrangements, we +set to work to select the trees fit for our purpose. As soon as +we had fixed on them, Nobs threw off all his outer clothing, and +with his gleaming axe began chopping away like a true +backwoodsman at one of the largest of the trees. The +carpenter’s crew followed his example. The air was so calm +that while the men were actively employed they felt not the +slightest sensation of cold. The moment they ceased, however we +made them put on their clothing.</p> +<p>Nobs was thoroughly versed in all the customs of backwoodsmen, +so he was able to show us how to make ourselves comfortable, and +I learned many lessons from him which I, on many subsequent +occasions, found very useful. Among other things he showed us how +to roast our meat by spitting bits of it on a long thin stick, +which rested on two forked sticks stuck in the ground. Indeed, we +enjoyed ourselves far more than we expected.</p> +<p>Tom Rockets and another lad slept in our wigwam, to assist in +keeping up the fire. I lay awake for a short time, when my ears +were saluted with the sound of a long, low howl. I presently +heard Tom stir himself.</p> +<p>“Oh, Jim, sure them be the ghostesses we heard tell +of,” said he. “I hope they won’t be coming this +way now.”</p> +<p>“I hopes not,” replied his companion. “Them +be dreadful things I do think, by the noise they +makes.”</p> +<p>Just then there was a louder howl than before.</p> +<p>“Oh, they be coming!” cried Tom. “I’ll +rouse up Mr Hurry. Maybe he’ll know how to tackle +’em.”</p> +<p>Highly diverted with the opinion my followers had formed of my +prowess against not only mortal but spiritual enemies, I lay +still, wishing to hear what he would next say. The hideous howl +approached still nearer.</p> +<p>“I can’t stand it!” he exclaimed. +“Muster Hurry! Muster Hurry! there be ghostesses, or +devils, or some such things abroad, a-playing of their pranks, +and they be coming to eat us up, Muster Hurry, I be +sure!”</p> +<p>I burst into a fit of laughter, so loud that it woke Delisle. +It was responded to, it seemed, by so unearthly a cry from the +depths of the forest, that even he for a moment was startled. +Then there was the report of firearms, and looking out of our +wigwam, I saw old Nobs standing in front of his, with a musket in +his hand.</p> +<p>“I’ve druve the varmints away,” he said, in +his usual laconic style. “You may turn in, +mister.”</p> +<p>I took his advice, for it was very cold outside.</p> +<p>“The wolves will not probably disturb us again,” +said I, as I lay down.</p> +<p>“Wolves! be them wolves?” I heard Tom remark; but +as I soon fell asleep, I do not know what more he said.</p> +<p>Towards the morning I was again awoke by loud shouts, and +growls, and cries, and the sound of a tremendous tussle.</p> +<p>“I’ve caught ye, my bo!” I heard Tom +exclaim. “If ye be a ghost or a devil, ye shall just show +yourself to Muster Hurry, before I let ye go.”</p> +<p>Starting up, I found the two lads struggling with some beast +or other at the entrance to the wigwam. I soon discovered that +they had got hold of a black bear, who had doubtless been +attracted to our wigwam by a pot of sugar which had been left at +the entrance, into which he was putting his paw when Rockets +discovered him. The noise brought a number of the other men from +the huts. They thought we were attacked by Indians or the rebels, +I believe. The poor beast made a good fight of it; but before I +could come to his rescue, he had been somewhat severely handled. +We, however, easily secured him, and kept him prisoner till we +settled what should be done with him. He was, we learned from old +Nobs, of a species not at all ferocious, and very easily tamed. +We therefore determined, instead of killing him in order to turn +him into ham, to carry him on board as a pet. He very soon became +reconciled to his lot, and at once ate willingly from our hands +any mess we offered, particularly if sweetened with sugar. +Rockets considered him as his own prize, and took him under his +especial care. The men gave him the name of Sugar-lips, and as +Tom stood his sponsor he was known on board as Tommy +Sugar-lips.</p> +<p>However, I must not spend more time on my shore adventures, as +I have matter of so much greater interest to describe. In about +five days we had cut down and trimmed a sufficient number of +trees for our purpose. The greatest labour was to drag them over +the snow to the harbour; but at length that was accomplished, and +we returned once more on board.</p> +<p>Shortly after this the frost set in harder than ever, but in +consequence of the rapidity of the tides the ice, though fully +four feet thick, did not form a consistent body in the harbour. +In some places it was hard, but the chief quantity round the ship +was like a mass of wet snow, too soft and too rotten to walk on, +and yet too thick to allow a boat of any size to be impelled +through it. Thus all communication with the town was suddenly cut +off. At this time we had a gang of men on the opposite shore, +fitting the rigging at a spot where they could procure no +provisions. They were getting very hard up for food, when Captain +Hudson sent for me.</p> +<p>“Mr Hurry,” said he, “I wish to send some +provisions to the people on shore. It will be a service of +difficulty, and perhaps danger, but I can entrust it confidently +to you; you must take a couple of hands and a light boat, and you +may be able to force her either over or through the +ice.”</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” I answered; “I’ll do it +if it is to be done.” And away I went to make my +preparations without loss of time. I always felt an inclination +to volunteer for any work to be done, and never thought of +throwing difficulties in the way of the performance of any thing +that was proposed. I chose Nol Grampus, the old quarter-master, +and Tom Rockets as my companions in the enterprise. The dinghy, a +small boat we carried astern, was the best suited to my purpose. +Having laden her with provisions, we shoved off from the ship +among the floating ice. Our progress was very slow, sometimes we +worked our way among the sheet ice, then we came to a hard slab +on to which we jumped and hauled the boat over it. “Take +care, sir,” said Grampus, as we were crossing a slab, +“this is treacherous stuff we are on.” Just as he +spoke I felt my feet sinking into the slush, and had I not had +firm hold of the gunwale, I might have gone through altogether. +As I sprang into the boat I could not help shuddering at the +thought of sinking into the cold deadly mass which surrounded us +without the possibility of making an effort for life; too dense +to enable one to swim, and yet too liquid to bear the weight of a +person, it was as sure to destroy one as the treacherous +quicksand or the furious maelstrom. Near us was another boat with +an old man and a boy, likewise endeavouring to cross the harbour. +We saw that they were exerting all their energies, but were not +making better progress than we were. After some time the tide +made down stronger, and on taking our bearings I found that the +ice was setting us fast down the harbour and out to sea. My men +needed no encouragement to exert themselves to the utmost, for +the peril we were in was very apparent. Captain Hudson observed +it also, and made the signal for us to return to the ship, but it +was even more difficult to go back than to go forward. In +attempting to obey the order I found that we were carried more +into the strength of the current. I therefore kept on towards the +wharf, where some hundreds of people were collected, rather +anxious spectators of our adventure. Captain Symonds, of the +Cerberus, and the master-attendant of the dockyard were looking +on, and they also hailed to me to return to the ship. Sometimes +we appeared to be making no progress whatever, and I felt the +probability of our being carried out to sea—then again we +advanced, though slowly, towards the shore. The old man and his +boy were less able to contend with the difficulties which +surrounded them. The old man had hurt himself, I fancy, and by +degrees relaxed in his efforts—the poor little fellow was +still putting forth all his strength to urge their boat forward, +but it was too evidently likely to prove unavailing.</p> +<p>At last they slowly drifted past us, and though at so short a +distance that I could clearly see the expression of their +countenances we could render them no possible assistance. I shall +not quickly forget the poor old man’s look of despair and +grief—more perhaps for the coming fate of his boy than for +himself. The poor lad had not yet given up all hopes of escape. +Now he would sit down and wring his hands, and then he would +start up, and, seizing an oar, try once more to shove the boat +ahead. We had little time, however, for contemplating their fate, +for there was still a great probability that we might have to +share it. We were yet drifting seaward, and for hours together +our utmost exertions only enabled us to hold our own. I can +easily fancy the interest we excited on shore, yet nothing could +be thought of to help us. We could hear the cry of horror and +commiseration which rose from the crowd as the boat with our +companions in misfortune drifted past the spot whence there was +any hope of escape, and the old man and lad sat down and gave +themselves up to despair. The intense cold would, I guessed, soon +deprive them of all sensation and further power of exertion. +Night was coming on, and we lost sight of them in the gloom. We +had now been six hours in our perilous position, without time +even to take a particle of nourishment. We were making for the +Cerberus as the nearest point where we could receive +assistance.</p> +<p>“We shall reach her, sir!” exclaimed Grampus at +length, with a cheerful tone. “See, they are ready to heave +us a line if we could but get a few fathoms nearer.” +Encouraged by this, we exerted ourselves still more than ever, +and at length a man from the jibboom end of the Cerberus hove a +lead which happily reached our boat. We seized it eagerly, and +making the line fast, we were hauled alongside the wharf. As soon +as we landed and had received the congratulations of the +spectators of our adventure, we were carried off, half-starved +and frozen, by the master-attendant, Mr Prowse, to his house; +where we were most hospitably entertained. I found in him an old +shipmate, as he had been master of the Torbay when I belonged to +her. I spent upwards of two days at his house, and received the +greatest of kindness from him. While on shore I met another old +friend, Captain Lee, of the Harriet Packet, with whom I almost +lived during his stay at Halifax. As may be supposed, I found his +comfortable cabin a far more agreeable place of abode than a +midshipman’s berth with the rough and scanty fare with +which we were provided. I was anxious to ascertain the fate of +the old man and his son whom we had seen carried out to sea by +the ice. Sad to relate, they had been picked up two days +afterwards at the mouth of the harbour, frozen to death. They +must have died, I suspect, soon after we lost sight of them, for +the cold was so intense that it could not long have been +resisted. We had, indeed, cause to be thankful to providence that +their fate was not ours. It is but one of the many instances in +which I have been mercifully preserved, while those by my side +have been cut off. For what end has this been done? I wish that I +could say that I have properly employed the longer term of life +thus vouchsafed to me. There had been at Halifax all the winter a +very limited supply of provisions. At length a fleet appeared off +the harbour’s mouth, which proved to be that under the +command of Admiral Lord Shouldham, with the army of General Howe +on board, (see Note 2), who had been compelled by the American +revolutionists, under General Washington, to evacuate Boston, +after having been besieged in it for fully ten months. It will be +remembered that we parted from the Chatham, Admiral +Shouldham’s flag-ship, in a gale in the early part of our +voyage. She went through as much bad weather, and experienced +almost as many disasters as we had suffered, though at length she +reached Boston, where Lord Shouldham succeeded Admiral Graves as +Commander-in-Chief. Our disasters throughout the whole of that +sad contest with the American States arose from the foolish +contempt with which the British generals and their officers +treated the provincial troops. While General Howe was waiting for +reinforcements from England, General Washington was collecting an +army and disciplining his troops. Before, therefore, the expected +reinforcements could arrive, General Howe, to his great surprise, +found himself outnumbered, and the city commanded from some hills +which overlook it, called Dorchester Heights. He found that he +must either dislodge the enemy from these heights or evacuate +Boston. A heavy gale of wind prevented the adoption of the former +alternative till the rebels were too strongly entrenched to allow +the attempt to be made with any prospect of success. A hurried +retreat was therefore resolved on, and not only the troops, but +those of the inhabitants who had sided with the British, were +compelled to embark on board the men-of-war and transports, vast +quantities of military stores and property of all sorts being +either destroyed or left behind, to fall into the hands of the +enemy. This fleet had arrived ill provided with provisions to +feed so many mouths, and from there being, as I have said, but a +scanty supply of food in Halifax already, it was considered +necessary to put the army and navy on half allowance—an +arrangement to which, though very disagreeable, we were compelled +to submit with the best grace we could muster. From the time of +our arrival till the 4th of May we were busily occupied in +fitting the ship for sea, and not an hour was lost after that was +accomplished, in getting under weigh, when we stood to the +southward. We were not sorry to have the chance of seeing some +active service. On the 8th we spoke HMS Merlin, with two +transports bound for Halifax, on the 12th the Milford and Lively, +on a cruise. On the same day we anchored in Nantucket Roads, +Boston, where we found lying the Renown, wearing the broad +pennant of Commodore Banks, which we saluted with thirteen guns. +A constant cannonade was kept up on the squadron by the rebels +who now held Boston and the surrounding heights, but without +doing us much mischief. We returned the fire occasionally with +probably about the same result. After their late successes the +American patriots had become very bold, and no longer held the +British in any respect. Some parts of the coast of the harbour +were left unprotected by the enemy. One night I was sent on shore +in command of a watering-party, with strict orders to keep a +watchful guard against surprise. To do this I considered it +necessary to take possession of a house near the spot where we +were filling the casks. As the house was deserted I carried off a +table and six chairs which I found in it, with which to furnish +the midshipman’s berth—ours having been knocked to +pieces on the voyage to Halifax.</p> +<p>By the rules of war I had a right to take the property, I +believe, but it seems hard that the owners, who were probably not +belligerents, should be deprived of it. On the following day, the +15th, we sailed on a cruise in search of any of the enemy’s +merchantmen or privateers, of which they had begun to fit out a +good many. The crews ran a great risk of being treated as +pirates, but as the rebels had already threatened to retaliate, +should the usual customs of regular warfare be departed from, it +was judged prudent to behave towards those who fell into our +hands as if they were regular prisoners of war.</p> +<p>We had begun to grumble much at our ill-luck in not falling in +with prize. “Ye’ll na take anything which will put +siller into any of our pockets this cruise, ma laddies,” +said Andrew Macallan, the Scotch surgeon’s mate, who was +much addicted to the prophesying of ill-luck.</p> +<p>We Orlopians were collected in the midshipman’s berth +towards the termination of a not over-luxurious dinner. “I +should think not,” responded Kennedy. “What can we +expect to get out of these beggarly provincials? It’s not +likely they’ll have any craft afloat which will be worth +capture.”</p> +<p>“How do you know that?” exclaimed Frank Mercer, +one of our mates, with a deep crimson flush on his brow. +“Now, from what I have heard, I believe the patriots have a +number of fine merchantmen sailing out of their ports, and have +already fitted out several privateers.”</p> +<p>“From which of your friends on shore did you hear +that?” asked Kennedy, with a look of contempt.</p> +<p>“From common report,” replied Mercer. He was known +to have several relations and friends in America who had sided +with the rebels, and though this made him look on them with a +favourable eye, he had too loyal a spirit to allow him to +contemplate for a moment the desertion of his colours. Still his +heart often yearned towards those engaged in what then appeared +so unequal a struggle on shore, and he could scarcely help +expressing satisfaction at any success they met with. Poor Mercer +had to endure a great deal of irony and abuse on the subject, but +while he defended the rebels, and asserted their right to take up +arms in the defence of their liberties, he acknowledged that his +own duty was to remain loyal to his sovereign. The dispute was +waxing warm, when little Harry Sumner, who had been on deck, came +below, and announced that there was a suspicious sail away to the +north-east, and that we were in chase of her. I was on deck in a +minute, and found everything being set alow and aloft in chase of +the stranger. After watching her for some time from aloft, where +I had gone with my spy-glass, I saw that we were gaining on her +rapidly, though she had also made all sail. This convinced us +that she was a craft belonging to the enemy. She was +sloop-rigged, but seemed to be a vessel of some size. After a +chase of four hours we got her within range of our guns, when a +shot from one of our bow-chasers, falling close alongside, +convinced her that she had no chance of escape, and that her +wisest policy was to heave-to without more ado. This she at once +did, and I was sent on board to take possession. She proved to be +the Ranger, from Nantucket harbour, bound on a whaling voyage, +her crew consisting of a master, mate, boy, and ten men. Her +master, Mr Jotham Scuttle, was very indignant at being captured, +and good reason he had to be so, for half the vessel was his own, +and thus in a moment he was deprived of all his worldly wealth. +He was as unlike a seaman in appearance as could well be +imagined; with his broad-brimmed hat, knee-breeches, buckles to +his high shoes, and long waistcoat, but he was not the less +active for all that. Leaving Grampus, who had accompanied me, +with two hands in charge of the sloop, I returned with the +prisoners to the frigate. The mate and men were instantly +pressed, without the question being asked whether they would wish +to join, and Captain Hudson ordered me to go back to the sloop, +giving me leave to carry Tom Rockets, in addition to the men +already on board, and to make the best of my way to Halifax. +“Stay,” said he, “take the master and boy with +you, Mr Hurry; we shall not know what to do with them on +board—and see that he plays you no trick.” I laughed +at the idea of having anything to dread from the demure Mr +Scuttle, and, putting up a few necessaries, I tumbled into the +boat which was to take me on board my new command. I thought I +caught a twinkle in friend Jotham’s eyes when he found that +he was to be sent back to his own vessel—but this was +probably fancy. He sat looking very sad and downcast as we pulled +on board the sloop. The crew of the boat which had brought me +gave me three cheers, and Delisle, who had come in her, wished me +a prosperous voyage to Halifax, from which I was about two +hundred leagues distant. The frigate then hauled her wind, and I +made sail to the northward. Of course I felt very grand in my new +command, like Sancho Panza in his island, though it was not to +last very long at the utmost; and it was not impossible that I +might be summarily dispossessed of it at any moment; however, I +did not trouble myself about such thoughts just then. Having +taken possession of the master’s cabin, and allowed him to +occupy his mate’s, I called my ship’s company +together, and, having divided them into two watches, told them I +expected they would do their duty and behave themselves. Nol +Grampus had charge of one watch with one of the seamen and Mr +Scuttle under him, and I took the other with the other seaman, +Tom Rockets and the boy. Tom had not got over his innocent +country look, though he was sharp enough in reality, and did his +duty as a seaman very fairly. Old Grampus, who had taken a fancy +to him, was always teaching him something or other likely to +prove useful. “Now, Tom, you may be no wiser nor a young +gull as has never learned to fly,” I heard the old man say; +“but listen, my boy, if you follows my advice you’ll +soon be able to spread your wings and skim over the water just +for all the world like one on them big albatrosses one meets with +off the Cape of Good Hope, you’ve heard speak of.” +Tom had not heard of such a place, so Grampus told him all about +it, and a great deal more besides. In that way my young follower +picked up his sea lore. The contrast between the two was perfect. +Tom’s young, smooth, innocent face, and round boyish +figure, and the thorough old sea-dog look of Grampus, with his +grizzly bushy hair and whiskers, his long cue, his +deeply-furrowed, or I may say rather bumped and knobbed and +bronzed countenance, and his spare, sinewy form, having not a +particle of flesh with which he could dispense.</p> +<p>As Mr Jotham Scuttle’s eye fell on Tom he took him at +once for a simple lad, who could readily believe anything he had +to say, and he formed his plans accordingly. I got on very well +with my scanty crew, for as there were winches and tackles of all +sorts on board, I managed to work the vessel easily enough. We +had an abundance of provisions, so that, contrasted especially +with the fare to which I had for many months past been +accustomed, we lived luxuriously.</p> +<p>The second day I invited Mr Scuttle to dine with me. The +commencement of the entertainment was not very lively, for though +he did not play a bad knife and fork, he uttered no sound except +an occasional deep sigh from beneath the very lowest button of +his waistcoat. At last, after leaning his head on his hand for +some time, he looked up.</p> +<p>“It is very hard to be borne, mister,” he +exclaimed with vehemence. “Here was I, with a fine craft I +could almost call my own, and with every chance of providing for +my family, and now I’m worse than a beggar—a +prisoner, and forced to go I don’t know where.”</p> +<p>“You shouldn’t have broken the blockade, and your +friends shouldn’t have rebelled and broken the laws,” +said I.</p> +<p>“Laws!” he exclaimed with disdain, “they +were bad laws, and it went against the grain of every honest man +to observe them.”</p> +<p>“I don’t know anything about that,” I +replied; “in my profession all we have to do is to obey +without asking questions, and I just fancy that your people will +very soon have to do the same, whether they like it or +not.”</p> +<p>“Will they, forsooth?” he exclaimed, striking his +fist on the table. “The time has passed for that. +I’ll tell you what, sir, they’ll fight it out till +every drop of honest blood is spilt in the country. It was the +supercilious, boasting airs of your lords and aristocrats who +came out among the military looking down upon all the first +gentlemen in the land as provincials and colonists, as they +called them in contempt, which was the real cause of the revolt. +They made enemies wherever they went, with their follies and +pride and haughty words. They and their government at home seemed +to forget that we were Britons like themselves, with British +hearts, ay, and with truer loyalty than they had for the king and +the old country. What would you say, sir, if you were insulted as +we have been?”</p> +<p>“I certainly do not like being bullied by anyone,” +said I.</p> +<p>“No more do we colonists, sir,” answered the poor +skipper. “My father, sir, came over from the old country; +misfortunes compelled him to quit it, but he loved it as much as +ever, and brought up me, his son, to love it also; and so I +should to this day, had I, and those who had made America their +own, been fairly treated—not looked upon as children to be +played with, or slaves to be bullied and despised. Now, +sir,” he continued, standing up and placing one hand on the +table, while he extended the other, “I tell you that there +are not bitterer enemies to the old country than your government +have made me and many like me.”</p> +<p>“I am very sorry for you,” I said, seeing the +justice of his remarks, “but you see I cannot help it, so +just sit down and mix yourself another tumbler of grog; we can +but make the best of circumstances.”</p> +<p>“I don’t want your pity, or that of any of the +enemies of America,” he answered proudly. Then he seemed to +soften, and he continued in a more subdued tone, “But you, +young gentleman, seem inclined to treat me as a man should a man, +and not as some of your officers have treated us provincials, so +I am thankful, and if the day should come when I can return your +kindness I shall be glad to do so.”</p> +<p>“I only hope that I may not be in your place as a +prisoner,” said I.</p> +<p>“To be honest with you,” he replied, “if I +only had the chance of taking the sloop from you, I should be +right not to let it pass by, though I have no great hope that it +will be offered me.”</p> +<p>“No, I should think not,” I answered, laughing. I +have often since thought of the foolish, domineering way in which +England and Englishmen treat their brethren who turn colonists, +and shall not be surprised if she loses one colony after another +as she was now doing her American settlements. The skipper was +soon pacified, and we became very good friends. We were still +talking away over our glass of grog, when Nol Grampus put his +head in at the cabin-door.</p> +<p>“I don’t quite like the look of the weather, Mr +Hurry,” said he. “I think it’s going to breeze +up a bit, and the sooner we shorten sail the better.”</p> +<p>I jumped up and went on deck, when I saw that he was right. We +accordingly at once made all snug. Thick clouds were banking up +from the westward and southward, which soon rushing on like a +vast army sweeping over a devoted country, deluged us with rain, +bringing a heavy breeze, which kicked up no small amount of sea. +The wind keeping to the southward of west we could lay our +course, so on we went pitching and tumbling before it in no very +pleasant manner for several days.</p> +<p>Fortunately the Ranger was well found in every respect, and, +proving a very good sea-boat, showed that the men of Nantucket +knew what was the best economy in the end. She was newly painted, +and had sixteen ports, so that at a distance she had a somewhat +formidable appearance; but as they had no guns to them, though +she could grin, she could not even bark, much less bite. If, +therefore, we fell in with an enemy I saw that, should we not be +able to escape by flight, we should in all probability be +captured. I had observed that my friend the skipper had been in +better spirits than at first. He spoke frankly to me, as he did +to the crew, and seemed to be on good terms with everybody. He +was evidently a clever man—full of resources of all +sorts—above his station I should say. He had been brought +up as a farmer, and had never been afloat till within the last +six or seven years. He was now no contemptible sailor. His next +move would probably be to some totally different sphere, where he +would take a step higher in the social scale. Such is the career +of many a New Englander.</p> +<p>I had turned into my berth, after keeping the morning watch +some days after this, when, as I awoke, I saw Tom Rockets moving +about in the cabin.</p> +<p>“What do you want, Tom?” I asked.</p> +<p>“Hist, sir,” he whispered, “I’ve just +a word to speak to you.”</p> +<p>“Out with it then, my man,” I said.</p> +<p>“It’s just about that strange skipper, +sir.”</p> +<p>“Well, go on.”</p> +<p>“He’s been talking to me, and asking if I +wouldn’t like to go and settle in a land of liberty, and +make my fortune, and no longer be subject to be starved and +flogged and ill-treated on board of a man-of-war?”</p> +<p>“And what did you say, Tom?” I asked.</p> +<p>“I told him just simply like that I belonged to you, +that I would follow wheresoever you went, and that if you thought +fit to go and settle in his country, I’d have no objection +to go too.”</p> +<p>“That was right, Tom. If he speaks to you again, give +him the same sort of answer. Don’t let him suppose you are +offended. Has he spoken with either of the other men?”</p> +<p>“With all except Grampus; but I don’t think he has +made much way with them. The old man, I fancy, sir, guesses what +he’s after, and has his eye on him,” answered +Tom.</p> +<p>“All right, then, my lad. Keep your eyes about you, and +let me know any thing you observe, but don’t allow the +skipper to find out that we suspect him.”</p> +<p>Tom promised to follow my directions, and I sent him on deck +while I turned out and dressed. I treated Mr Scuttle just as if +he were not plotting against me, for forewarned, I felt myself +fore-armed, and had no fear that he could do me any harm.</p> +<p>That day the wind fell considerably and we again had fair +weather. The next morning, while I was at breakfast, old Nol +hailed down the sky-light—</p> +<p>“Would you just come on deck for a moment, sir?” +said he.</p> +<p>“What is it?” I asked.</p> +<p>“There’s a sail away to the south-west, and I +don’t quite like the looks of her,” answered the old +man.</p> +<p>I jumped on deck in a moment. I was not long in making out a +brig under all sail holding the same course we were on. As I took +the glass from my eye I found Scuttle standing by my side.</p> +<p>“What do you think of her?” I asked.</p> +<p>“Maybe she’s a whaler, or maybe a sealer, or a +merchantman from one of the provincial ports, or maybe a +transport with British red-coats aboard; but, Mr Hurry, it +requires a man with a longer sight than I’ve got to tell +just now what she is,” said the skipper, in the long +drawling tone of a New Englander.</p> +<p>I thought that there was something ironical in his tone as he +spoke, and that he more than probably knew perfectly well all +about the stranger.</p> +<p>“Whatever she may be,” I answered, +“I’ll show her my heels. Make all sail, +Grampus.”</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” he replied; and in a short time, +the skipper pulling and hauling with as good a will as the rest, +we had every stitch of canvas packed on the sloop which she could +carry. I fancied, however, that the skipper gave a knowing look +at me as he went forward, as much as to say, “You may make +all the sail you like, but it won’t do.” At all +events, I soon found that the Ranger, though a very good sea +boat, was a tub in regard to sailing, under-rigged especially, as +she was, for greater convenience in handling.</p> +<p>The stranger was walking up to us fast. As the morning sun +fell on her sails they appeared to me very white, and to have a +wide spread, and I began to hope that she might prove an English +man-of-war brig. Another two hours, however, banished any such +hopes, and I was convinced, on looking at Jotham Scuttle’s +countenance, that she was likely to prove his friend, but my +enemy.</p> +<p>“What do you think of her now, Mr Scuttle?” I +asked.</p> +<p>“She’s a brig,” he answered innocently.</p> +<p>“Anyone can see that with half an eye,” said I; +“but what is she? Where does she hail from?”</p> +<p>“Well, then, maybe she hails from a provincial +port,” he answered slowly. “I should not be very much +surprised, too, if she carries guns.”</p> +<p>“A rebel privateer or pirate, in fact,” said +I.</p> +<p>“An American privateer, if you please, sir, I have no +doubt she is,” he replied; “in two or three hours, I +guess, you will find it safer to call her so, at all +events.”</p> +<p>“Well, well, we will see about that,” I remarked, +laughing at his coolness, though I began to entertain no slight +apprehension that I was about to lose my prize and to become a +prisoner into the bargain.</p> +<p>“They’ve got their new-fangled flag a-flying from +their peak, sir,” said Grampus, stepping up.</p> +<p>On looking through my glass I made out the star-and-stripe +covered ensign, just then begun to be carried by provincial +vessels, flying out proudly from her gaff end; while several +ports at her side left me no longer in doubt that she was an +enemy most devoutly to be wished away. Do everything I could, +however, to increase the speed of the Ranger, she rapidly came up +with us. Still it was not in my nature to give in while a chance +remained of escape. Some man-of-war might heave in sight, or some +other craft the privateer might think more worthy of chasing; or +we might keep ahead till darkness came to my help. The chances +were, however, very small in my favour, and Mr Scuttle could not +help showing his satisfaction at the prospect of the probable +change in our fortunes. I went aloft and swept the horizon with +my glass in every direction, but not a sail appeared in sight. +The breeze held steady, and indeed seemed rather inclined to +increase than fall. My heart sank lower than it had ever done +before. In another hour my people and I would be prisoners, and +Mr Jotham Scuttle would be offering me his commiseration. He was +speaking to my two men; doubtless telling them they had nothing +to fear. I felt a very strong inclination at the moment to pitch +him overboard; I wanted some one on whom to vent my vexation. +Poor man! however, there was in reality much to admire in him. In +another half hour the game would be up. Suddenly a bright idea +occurred to me. I had often seen a poor silly creature followed +by a troop of urchins hallooing at his heels and mocking him with +their thoughtless jests, when he would turn round with clenched +fists and grinning lips, and they would take to an ignominious +flight. I would try the effect of a similar trick. Descending on +deck, I ordered Grampus to get lines fastened to all the ports, +so that they might be lifted at once. As soon as the arrangement +was made I put the sloop about, and at the same moment, suddenly +lifting all our ports—of which, as I have said, we had +eight on a side—under all sail, I stood boldly down towards +the enemy. Still she stood on, and my heart began to quake for +the success of my manoeuvre.</p> +<p>“It can’t be helped, sir, I fear,” said +Grampus. “We are in for it.”</p> +<p>“No, no,” I exclaimed, with a shout of joy. +“It’s all right. Hurrah, my lads!” The brig had +taken in her studden-sails and was standing away from us, +close-hauled on a wind. I was so eagerly watching her that I did +not see what had become of friend Scuttle. I was aroused by a cry +from Tom Rockets.</p> +<p>“Just you come down, master!” he exclaimed.</p> +<p>I looked up and caught sight of the skipper and his boy going +aloft with knives in their hands. Their intention was obvious. It +was to cut the halliards, and by letting the sails come down by +the run, call the attention of the brig to our true condition, +and thus bring her back to our capture. Tom had got hold of the +boy’s leg, and I thought would have jerked him overboard. +Grampus in a moment was after the master, and before he had +reached the cross-trees had hold of him, and, wrenching the knife +from his hand, had hove it overboard. Whatever were the thoughts +and intentions of my two other men, they did not show any +inclination to side with the skipper. He began to show fight and +to kick and struggle not a little, but Grampus had held on with +his teeth in too many a gale while close-reefing top-sails, not +to be able to gain the mastery. With threats and very significant +signs that he would heave him overboard, he at length forced him +down on deck.</p> +<p>“Now,” said I, “Mr Scuttle, I should be +justified in pistolling you on the spot for the pretty trick you +purposed playing me. But I will not injure you. You gave me +warning, I remember, what you would do, so, as I believe you to +be a man of honour, pass me your word that you will attempt no +further treachery and I will not injure you. Otherwise, for my +own safety, I must clap you in limbo, and shoot you the moment I +find you again at any such game.”</p> +<p>“It’s very, very hard,” he answered, folding +his arms on his bosom and looking wistfully at the brig, which +still held her course away from us, “to have thought that I +should get back my vessel and see my family again in a few days +perhaps, and now to have all my hopes rudely swept away from me! +It’s hard—very, very hard!”</p> +<p>I really pitied the poor man and would on no account have +injured him, could I have avoided it.</p> +<p>“Well, Mr Hurry, luck’s against me,” he said +at length. “In all things regarding the navigation of the +vessel, I’ll obey you faithfully till we reach Halifax. +Then you have nothing more to fear from me.”</p> +<p>I was sure that I could trust him. “Then,” said I, +“go about your duty, and I will take no notice of what has +passed.”</p> +<p>Grampus, Tom, and I cheered lustily as we saw the brig +continuing to stand away from us, and the men joined us, though I +suspect the fellows did not care much about the matter. It was +getting towards evening. I longed for darkness, for I never felt +so anxious in my life. I was afraid every moment that the people +of the brig might gain courage and turn round upon us. If so, we +should be worse off than ever, as we should not have a chance of +escaping. Friend Scuttle eyed the brig as anxiously as I did, +though with very different wishes. Still we held on, looking, I +doubt not, very fierce, and the privateer’s men must have +been no less anxious to get away from us than we were from them. +At length evening approached, and never did I see the sun set +with so much satisfaction. Gradually the shades of night crept +over the ocean, and I drew a long breath as the brig was lost to +our sight in the thickening gloom. As soon as I was certain that +we could not possibly be seen, I ordered the sloop to be kept +away, and once more made all sail to the northward, altering my +course a few points from that I had been steering when first seen +by the brig, lest she should by any chance be looking after us in +the morning. Probably the privateer’s men were +congratulating themselves at thus easily escaping from us. As I +gave vent to my feelings in a hearty cheer the poor skipper +exhibited his in a deep groan, and then, having assisted in +making sail, turned in to try and forget his sorrows in sleep. +The weather continued fine till the 7th of the month, when I made +the land about five leagues to the westward of Halifax harbour. +Soon after this the wind fell and we had a stark calm. By Mr +Scuttle’s advice I fitted a couple of fishing-lines, and in +the course of an hour, with those two lines alone, caught one +hundred and twenty-four very fine cod. They proved a welcome +addition to our usual salt-meat fare. Those we could not eat +fresh we split open and dried in the sun, and they thus served us +for food for several days.</p> +<p>“What do you think of the weather now, Grampus?” +said I, after we had been fishing for some time.</p> +<p>“I don’t like its looks at all, sir,” he +replied. “This is a ticklish coast at all times, and one +never knows what’s coming.”</p> +<p>“If you had asked me, I could have told you that we are +going to have wind, and fully enough of it,” observed Mr +Scuttle.</p> +<p>He had got into a mighty free-and-easy style of talking of +late. He was perfectly right, though in addition to the wind, +which sprung up immediately afterwards, we got a thick fog, which +totally obscured the land. I steered a course, however, which I +hoped would carry us to the harbour’s mouth. We ran on for +some time and then hove-to, that we might sound. We had still +plenty of water, so I stood on again. At last the fog lifted a +little, when to my very great disgust I found that we had run +three leagues past the mouth of the harbour. We endeavoured to +tack back, but before morning a heavy gale of wind sprung up +directly off shore. It was impossible to beat up against it, so I +stood to the eastward all that day and night, under a try-sail +and storm-jib. During this time the gale showed no signs of +abating. It was a good trial to our tempers, at all events. +Grampus vowed that there was some old witch in Halifax who must +have taken a spite to us and was resolved to keep us out of the +harbour as long as she could. He was devising all sorts of plans +for exorcising her, but none seemed likely to prove satisfactory. +In the morning, the weather moderating a little, I stood to the +westward under close-reefed mainsail and double-reefed foresail, +and by the evening reached at length the mouth of the harbour. +“There’s many a slip between the cup and the +lip.” We were congratulating ourselves on getting all snug +at night, when once more the wind breezed up with a thickish fog, +and as we were then in only forty fathoms of water I was obliged +again to run to sea. The bad weather kept me, as well as all the +people, on deck, for not knowing what might occur no one could +venture to go below. Some time before daylight I once more hauled +my wind and beat up towards the land. By the evening of the 10th +we were again in with Jabucta Head. We then got soundings on a +reef of rocks in eight fathoms water, but so worn out was I and +everybody on board that I ordered the anchor to be let go, that +we might turn in and get some rest. I fully expected to lose my +anchor and cable, but when I came to weigh at daylight the next +morning I was fortunate enough to save them both. I now fully +expected to get safe into harbour, but as I was standing up +Major’s Reach I saw a Falmouth packet coming down. The +temptation of speaking her and sending a message home was too +great to be resisted, so I stood over towards her. As the sloop +was going about she missed stays near a dangerous reef, and to +prevent her driving on the rocks it was necessary to be quick in +wearing. In doing this the boom came over with the whole +main-sheet eased off, and carried it away in six different +places. This accident compelled me to run from the narrow channel +and lost me the opportunity of speaking the packet. Once more +making sail, and the wind favouring me, I got as high as +George’s Island, when a sudden squall split my mainsail. +This compelled me to bring up. Manning a boat, I pulled up to +Halifax to look out for the prize agent, into whose hands I was +to deliver the sloop.</p> +<p>I parted on the best of terms with Mr Jotham Scuttle. He hoped +to find some friends in Halifax who would advance him money to +enable him to buy back the Ranger.</p> +<p>“If ever you come to Nantucket,” said he, +“ask for me, and if I’m on shore there’s no one +will give you a more hearty welcome.”</p> +<p>I promised that I would not forget his kind invitation, and, +after a hearty shaking of hands, I saw no more of him.</p> +<p>I found the whole town in a state of great commotion, as the +immense fleet there collected, of men-of-war and transports, with +a large army on board, were on the point of sailing, it was said, +on an expedition which would effectually crush the rebels and +bring the American provinces once more into complete subjection. +That I might not be left behind I immediately reported myself to +my Lord Shouldham. His lordship ordered me at once to come on +board the Chatham, with my people. I very speedily returned to +the Ranger and again got back to the Chatham. I was, however, +rather ashamed of my outfit, as it was not very appropriate to +the atmosphere of a flag-ship, consisting, as it did, of one old +uniform suit, four shirts, and a very few etceteras.</p> +<p>The fleet, I found, was bound for the projected attack on New +York. It consisted of his Majesty’s ships Chatham, +Rear-Admiral Shouldham, of the White—she had on board +General Lord Percy, General Pigot, and other officers of +rank—the Centurion, the Greyhound, which had on board +General Sir William Howe, the Commander-in-Chief, and brother to +Admiral Lord Howe, the Rose, Senegal, and Merlin, sloops of war, +and nearly two hundred sail of transports.</p> +<p>Two hours after I got on board the whole fleet of men-of-war +and transports made sail for their destination. It was understood +that we were to be joined at New York by Admiral Lord Howe, who +was on his way out from England. He was to take command of the +fleet, while his brother, the general, had command of the army. +The two together were to act as commissioners to treat with the +rebels, and, by showing them the overpowering force marshalled +against them, to endeavour to bring them to terms. Although the +rebels had been for so long able successfully to set the +king’s forces at defiance, there were a considerable number +of people throughout the country who still remained loyal to +their sovereign, known generally under the designation of Tories, +and it was supposed that they would materially aid both in +putting down the rebellion and in winning back the inhabitants to +their allegiance. The rebel army, under the immediate command of +General Washington, held New York and Long Island opposite to it, +as well as the adjacent country. I believe I knew the particulars +I speak of at the time: if not I learnt them soon afterwards.</p> +<hr /> +<p>Note 1. Father of the late Admiral Sir William Symonds, and of +the late Admiral Thomas Symonds.</p> +<hr /> +<p>Note 2. General Howe was the brother of Admiral Lord Howe.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap04" id="chap04"></a> +<h3>Chapter Four.</h3> +<h4>The fleet at sea.—Troops landed.—All hope of +peace abandoned.—Spies executed.—Boats sent to watch +fire-ships.—Rejoin Orpheus.—Land masters of +merchantmen.—Fall in with rebel regiment.—Attack fort +on Sullivan’s Island.—Heavy loss.—Witness +attack on Brooklyn.—Dreadful slaughter.—Run past +batteries in East River.—Trying time.—Death of an old +friend.—Ships cannonaded.</h4> +<p>Far as the eye could reach the white sails of the men-of-war +and transports dotted the blue waters of the Atlantic, as with a +light though favourable breeze the fleet steered a course for New +York. We might have been excused, as we scanned with pride the +vast armament—the ships, their crews, and the troops in +prime order and amply supplied with all the munitions of war, +under the command of the most experienced leaders England could +send forth—if we believed firmly that victory was destined +to sit proudly on our standards. Here and there a man-of-war +might be seen in the far distance, like a sheep-dog on the heels +of the flock, firing a gun now, on this side now on that, to hint +to any laggers along the transports to make more sail, but +generally the fleet kept well together. On the 13th the +Greyhound, with General Howe on board, parted company, to hasten +on, it was supposed, to make arrangements with Governor Tryon and +other royalists in the neighbourhood of New York about the +landing the troops, and did not return to the fleet. It was not +till the 2nd, after a prosperous voyage, that we reached Sandy +Hook, at the mouth of Baritan Day, to the southward of the narrow +entrance of New York harbour, where we found at anchor his +Majesty’s ship Phoenix and several sail of merchantmen. At +noon on the 4th the signal was given for the whole fleet to +weigh. It was a beautiful sight. The sky was blue, the sun +bright, and the water calm and clear. To the southward, across +the yellow glittering shore of Sandy Hook, arose the bold +highlands of Neversink; on the larboard bow was Staten Island, +with green fields, feathery woods, and sloping hills, sprinkled +with numerous country houses and villas, built mostly by the old +Dutch settlers, peeping from among the trees. Ahead were the +Narrows—such is the appropriate name given to the channel +leading to New York—while more to the right stretched away, +till lost in distance to the north-east, the low sandy coast of +Long Island, with a fringe of dark forest appearing on the summit +of its centre ridge like the bristles on the back of a wild boar. +The Chatham was the first ship to make sail, and the master +received orders to steer through the rest of the fleet. It was +truly a fine sight, as the admiral and the generals, with their +brilliant staffs in rich uniforms, and the officers of the ships +stood crowding on the decks, with bands playing joyous and +inspiriting tunes while we sailed onward, the crews and troops on +board that numerous squadron cheering lustily, their hearts +beating with martial ardour under the belief that we were +advancing to the immediate attack and certain conquest of New +York. All necessary preparations were made on our passage up for +landing, but as we approached the entrance of the harbour some +change seemed to be contemplated in the arrangements, and at +sunset, instead of entering the Narrows, the signal was made for +the fleet to anchor in Gravesend Day at the south-west end of +Long Island. I was anxious to fall in with the Orpheus, once more +to get on board her, for with my scanty stock of clothing I was +far from comfortable in the flag-ship. She was, however, away on +a cruise and might not possibly return for some time. However, I +thereby saw and heard more of the general proceedings than I +should otherwise have done. We learned soon afterwards that on +this very day, the 4th of July, 1776, thirteen British colonies +in America had declared themselves free and independent States, +abjuring all allegiance to the British Crown, and renouncing all +political connexion with the mother country. This declaration was +issued by the celebrated Congress, organised by Dr Franklin and +other provincial leaders, consisting of representatives from the +above-mentioned States who assembled at Philadelphia. The +resolution was passed on the 2nd, but it was not till the day I +speak of, the 4th, that the document entitled the Declaration of +Independence was adopted by the Congress and published to the +people. It was the fatal blow which severed for ever that vast +territory from Great Britain. The reasons for our anchoring and +the troops not being landed were known only to the +commanders-in-chief.</p> +<p>At daylight on the 5th the signal was made for the whole fleet +to weigh. At this time, it must be understood, the rebels held +the shore of Long Island on our starboard hand in considerable +force, and there were bodies of them on Staten Island on the +larboard hand, which forms the southern side of the harbour. It +was a fine sight to see the fleet, the Phoenix, Rose, and Senegal +leading, standing for the channel of the Narrows; but our hopes +of entering into action were again disappointed in consequence of +the wind falling away and compelling us to anchor. At four +o’clock in the afternoon, however, once more the signal was +made to weigh, the flat-bottomed boats destined to land the +troops were manned, and in the same order as before we proceeded +onwards. The moment we entered the Narrows the rebels opened fire +on us from field-pieces and small arms, but without doing us much +injury, but very few men on board any of the ships being killed. +By seven o’clock we had dropped anchor close in with the +north shore of Staten Island, and were actively engaged in +landing the troops. So rapid and unexpected had been our +movements at the last that a body of the enemy, to the number of +nearly three hundred men, were unable to escape and were taken +prisoners by the first division of Grenadiers who landed. The +army at once encamped, and it was difficult to say what great +movement would next take place. We found ourselves, however, at +once engaged in active warfare on a small scale, for the enemy +were by no means idle and the troops had frequent skirmishes with +them. The navy also had work enough to do, and of a very +harassing nature. Frequently I had to spend the whole of the +night in a guard-boat keeping watch on the movements of the +enemy, especially looking out for the approach of fire-ships, +which, it was reported, they were about to send down in the hopes +of destroying the fleet. In the day-time we were employed in +carrying about troops and throwing them on shore in different +directions, to harass and distract the enemy, so that they might +be less prepared when the real attack upon them was made. On the +12th of July the signal was made for the Phoenix, Rose, and +Tryall to get under weigh, and the wind being favourable, they +stood up boldly towards the mouth of the Hudson. It was an +exploit of no slight danger and difficulty, and was watched by +all on board the fleet with breathless interest. As they got +within reach the batteries of Red Hook, Powles Hook, and the +garrison of New York opened an incessant and heavy fire on them, +which was warmly returned by the ships. General Washington and +his army must have looked with no little vexation, if not dismay, +on the success of the attempt, as it exposed the shores of the +Hudson at unexpected points to our attacks, and Captain Wallace +of the Rose was well known for the annoyance he had been causing +the inhabitants of the New England coast since the commencement +of the outbreak.</p> +<p>On the day of this occurrence a salute from each of the +ships-of-war gave notice that Lord Viscount Howe had arrived. He +superseded Lord Shouldham as commander-in-chief. He had come out +from England expecting to join his brother, the general, at +Halifax, but finding that he had sailed from thence had followed +him here. At first it was supposed that warlike operations would +be pushed on with vigour, but soon it was reported that +conciliatory measures were to be the order of the day, and the +general and admiral lost no time in communicating with General +Washington, Dr Franklin, and other leaders of the rebels, in the +hopes of bringing them to terms.</p> +<p>Officers were sent with flags of truce, who were met by the +Americans each time in a barge half-way between Governor’s +Island and Staten Island. Governor’s Island is a small +island in the centre of the channel between Brooklyn and New +York. They were conducted with every mark of courtesy to the +American generals, but the rebels had already committed +themselves too far to allow them to accept of any terms the +British Commissioners had it in their power to offer. The +Declaration of Independence had for ever, indeed, cut the last +link which bound the colonies to England, and though henceforward +they might be reconciled, it was clear that it must be in the +character of separate States. It was reported on board that the +admiral had addressed a letter to General Washington as simply to +George Washington, Esquire, and that the American +commander-in-chief refused to receive it, on the ground that he +was at the head of a regularly constituted army and could only +receive communications under his proper title of general. Those +who knew General Washington, as I afterwards had the means of +doing, were aware that this was not owing to pride or +ostentation, but from the importance in the critical position in +which he was placed of keeping up his character and of asserting +the legality of the cause in which he was engaged. Whatever might +have been then said of that truly great man, ample justice will +be done him in after ages, I am sure, among all ranks and classes +of opinion. However, as I do not profess to write a history of +the events of the war or of the public characters engaged in it, +I will return to my own private journal.</p> +<p>The Americans had for some time past, as I have mentioned, +been preparing fire-ships. This we knew from our spies. We had a +number of them on shore, or rather, there were a number of +royalists who, having no wish to join the rebellion, were ready +by every means in their power to aid in putting it down. A +considerable number of these had been removed by the rebel +authorities, both from Long Island and the adjacent districts, +into the interior. Many were imprisoned, and some few who had +been discovered communicating with our party were executed as +spies. Even among the very men who were about Washington himself +some were found not true to him, and it was reported that plots +had been laid, if not against his life, at all events against his +liberty, so that it would not have surprised us had he been +brought on board a prisoner. But to return to the subject of the +fire-ships. On the night of the 10th of August I had been put in +charge of one of the squadron of boats always held in readiness +to repel any attack from those dangerous engines of warfare. It +had just gone four-bells in the first watch, the night was cloudy +though it was calm and sultry, when the Eagle, Captain Duncan, +made the signal that the enemy’s fire-ships were +approaching. The officer in command of our boat squadron repeated +the signal. “Give way, my lads, give way?” he +shouted, and away we all pulled up the harbour. It was necessary +to be silent and cautious in the extreme, however, as soon as we +had quitted the fleet. We made the best of our way, for time +might be of importance. The night was very dark, the water was +smooth and the foam which bubbled up at our bows of the boats and +fell in showers from the blades of our oars sparkled brilliantly, +as if composed of grains of burnished gold.</p> +<p>Ahead of us lay the devoted city against which our arms were +soon to be turned, and from whose neighbourhood we expected every +instant to see the fire-ships issue forth. At length the order +was passed from boat to boat that we should lay on our oars to +await the expected event. Hour after hour, however, went by. Now +there was an alarm that some dark bodies were seen moving down +towards us, but no vessels made their appearance, and at last the +near approach of dawn warned us that it was time to pull back to +our ships to escape an attack by the enemy. We of course kept a +look-out astern, to be certain that the fire-ships were not +following us, and then lay on our oars again in the neighbourhood +of the fleet. Either the alarm was a false one or the rebels, +aware of our preparations, saw that it would be useless to send +out the fire-ships.</p> +<p>This was the last night I was thus engaged, for on the 13th of +August, to my very great satisfaction, my eyes fell on the +Orpheus standing up the harbour and taking up her berth among the +fleet. I did not, however, get my discharge from the Chatham till +the following day, when, accompanied by old Grampus, Tom Rockets, +and my two other men, I lost no time in pulling on board, after +an absence of ten weeks. I was warmly greeted by my messmates, +and we each had our adventures to recount. She had taken seven +prizes, most of which she brought in with her. Poor Lee, the +surgeon’s second mate, was, they told me, at the point of +death. His constitution was unfit to cope with the hard life to +which he was exposed in the navy. He died soon afterwards, and on +the morning of the 16th we carried him on shore on Staten Island, +where he rests in an unknown grave in the land of the +stranger.</p> +<p>The same day we sailed and steered a course for Cape May, +with, the intention of proceeding up the Delaware river to +Philadelphia. My account of the way in which I had frightened off +the privateer highly delighted my shipmates, and Captain Hudson +was pleased to approve of my conduct. We had on board forty +masters of merchantmen which had been captured by the different +ships-of-war. They were mostly very decent men, some of them not +unlike my friend Mr Scuttle. We treated them with every kindness +and attention in our power. On the 24th we arrived off Cape +Henlopen, opposite Cape May, at the entrance of Delaware Bay. +Here we hove-to, and Captain Hudson ordered me to go on shore +with a flag of truce, to land the masters of the merchantmen.</p> +<p>As we neared the shore I observed a body of men drawn up as if +prepared to receive me. They were military, but had it not been +for fear of hurting the feelings of the people who were with me, +I could have thrown myself back in the stern sheets and enjoyed a +hearty fit of laughter. Not two were armed or dressed alike. Some +had high-boots, others shoes, many had on moccasins, and not a +few jack-boots; several had their legs encased in hay-bands; hats +of all shapes and sizes graced their heads. Cocked hats and round +hats and caps, and Spanish hats, and helmets even were not +uncommon. Some wore breeches of truly Dutch build, others of as +scanty dimensions as could cover them—some had trousers, +and others scarcely any covering to that portion of their +persons. Their coats were of every colour, shape, and size. Green +and blue and brown and grey; some were of red, though not a +little soiled, being evidently of ancient date, while there were +long coats and great coats and short coats and spencers and +cloaks; indeed, every species of covering invented to hide the +nakedness of the human body. While the men themselves were tall +and short and thin and stout and straight and crooked. No one had +been refused admission into the corps. Their arms were as various +in construction as their costumes. There were muskets and rifles +and pikes and matchlocks, and pistols which had been used at +Culloden, and some even, I fancy, in the civil war of the +Commonwealth, while a few even had contented themselves with +pitchforks, scythes, and reaping-hooks. The officers were as +independent as to uniformity as the men, and not less +picturesque, though more comfortably dressed. Each man had +exercised his own taste in his endeavour to give himself a +military appearance, though I must say they had most lamentably +failed in the result. I honestly confess, as I was speaking to +them, that I was forcibly reminded of the appearance my old +shipmates and I cut when we first presented ourselves on board +the Torbay at the commencement of my naval career.</p> +<p>My orders were to land the prisoners and to return to the ship +as soon as possible. I had therefore time only to exchange a few +words with the officers, who were inclined to be very civil, and +when the masters of the vessels told them how they had been +treated on board the Orpheus they were still more disposed to be +friendly. At that time the bitter feeling against Great Britain, +which it must be owned she brought on herself by her injustice +and dictatorial conduct, had not then been so universally stirred +up.</p> +<p>“Now, my lads,” shouted the commander of the party +as I was stepping into my boat, “that young officer is a +good fellow so let us give him three cheers.”</p> +<p>“Hip, hip, hip, hurrah!” broke from the throats of +all the regiment in good hearty style.</p> +<p>I turned round as I was shoving off and bowed and waved my +hat, and I parted on the most amiable terms from those heroes, so +like the ragged regiment headed by the redoubtable Sir John +Falstaff.</p> +<p>We had great fun on board as I described them—Frank +Mercer alone looked grave.</p> +<p>“Does it not strike you,” said he, “that the +very fact of the want of uniformity in their outward man shows +the unanimity of sentiment which pervades them and makes them +flock round the standard of liberty to defend their rights as +freemen, regardless of outward appearance? Those poor fellows, +though doubtless very inferior to regular troops, would not shed +their blood less willingly or behave less bravely in the face of +an enemy.”</p> +<p>“Oh, you are a rebel, Mercer, you are a rebel!” we +all shouted; “don’t talk treason here.”</p> +<p>“I only talk truth,” answered Mercer gravely.</p> +<p>Since then I have been much inclined to agree with him.</p> +<p>We had a speedy voyage back, without taking a prize, and +reached New York harbour on the 27th of August. A considerable +number of ships-of-war and transports had arrived during our +absence, having on board large reinforcements. Among them were a +large body of Hessian troops, who had been hired from the +Landgrave of Hesse-Cassel and the Duke of Brunswick, especially +to put down the American rebellion. They were well disciplined, +but fierce, ruthless troops, who murdered and plundered without +hesitation whenever they had the opportunity, and were naturally +dreaded and hated by the enemy. Besides the troops which had come +from Europe, a large body of men had arrived from the South, +under the command of Sir Henry Clinton, who, in conjunction with +Sir Peter Parker, had retired from an unsuccessful attempt to +capture Charleston, in South Carolina, which, after the +evacuation of Boston, it was considered important to occupy. I +afterwards served under Sir Peter Parker and heard all the +particulars, some of which I now introduce to make my brief +account of the contest more complete.</p> +<p>At the entrance of Charleston harbour, on the right hand, is +Sullivan’s Island, about six miles below the city. To the +east of Sullivan’s Island is Long Island, from which it is +separated by a creek called the Breach. On the south-west point +of Sullivan’s Island was a strong fort, though composed +only of earth and palmetto wood. As palmetto wood is soft and +does not splinter, it was especially suited for the purpose. The +squadron, under Sir Peter Parker, consisted of the Bristol, +Experiment, Active, Solebay, Actaeon, Syren, and other smaller +craft. While Sir Henry Clinton landed his troops on Long Island +Sir Peter undertook to attack the fort, which was commanded by +Colonel Moultrie. General Lee, however, with a large force, had +by rapid marches advanced to the protection of the city. The +Thunder-bomb began the action, during which the Sphinx, Syren, +and Actaeon ran foul of each other and got on shore. The two +first hauled off, but the Actaeon remained, and was ultimately +abandoned and burned. The fire was most tremendous and deadly on +both sides, but the British suffered the most; indeed, seldom +have ships been exposed to a more terrific battering, or stood it +with greater heroism and perseverance. On board that small +squadron there were no less than sixty-four men killed and one +hundred and forty-three wounded. At one time on the deck of the +Bristol Sir Peter himself, amidst the deadly shower, alone stood +unhurt. Captain Morris, of the Actaeon, was killed, as was Lord +Campbell, late governor of the province, serving as a volunteer +on board. Captain Scott, of the Experiment, lost his arm. The +Bristol was completely unrigged; her guns were dismounted and her +top-masts shot away. In vain Sir Peter looked for the assistance +he expected from Sir Henry. Each time the troops attempted to +cross from Long Island they were foiled by the bold front +presented by a body of Americans with artillery. At length, the +carnage growing more appalling than ever, and their hope of +success diminishing, Sir Peter ordered them to make their way out +of action. This event took place on the 28th of June. Other +unsuccessful attempts were made to capture the fort, and in a few +days the troops were re-embarked and the squadron came northward. +I did not hear that the Phoenix, Rose, and Tryall did much +execution up the Hudson. They had some encounters with the +enemy’s row-boats and exchanged shots occasionally with the +troops on shore; while they had constantly to be on the watch at +night to prevent the attack of fire-ships; but their chief object +was evidently to survey the river, to enable the fleet to proceed +upwards if necessary. As the river is very broad, in many places +expanding into almost lakes, they were able to anchor at all +times out of gun shot distance. Having accomplished their object, +they left the river on the 18th, exchanging a brisk fire with the +forts in their passage.</p> +<p>I must now give a sketch of one of the most sanguinary +encounters it has ever been my lot to witness, and which, had we +arrived a day later, I should have missed seeing.</p> +<p>People in England were apt to fancy that the rebels were +officered by a set of planters or merchants, and to treat them +accordingly with superciliousness and contempt, instead of which, +besides General Washington, there were many who had been engaged +from their youth upward in border warfare, not only with Indians, +but with the disciplined troops of France. Many had aided in the +conquest of Canada, while others had served in the armies of +England and other European powers, and had experience equal to +those to whom they were opposed, wanting only titular or official +rank; while all were better acquainted with the country and were +animated with the warmest patriotism and belief in the justice of +their cause. Their great deficiency was in the discipline of +their men, who, though not wanting in bravery, had but little +discretion and no experience in general, while the subaltern +officers were destitute also of the same necessary qualities. +Some of their regiments, however, had been brought into very fair +discipline, and were well officered. The great fault of the +British, I must remark, as I shall have frequently to do, was +over-confidence and a contempt of the foe with whom they were +contending. On the present occasion, however, no imputation of +that sort could be cast on the British commanders. The main body +of the Americans were entrenched in a strong position at +Brooklyn, at the end of Long Island, directly opposite New York, +from which it is divided by a strait about three quarters of a +mile in width, called East River. Directly down the centre of the +island is a ridge of rocky hills, covered with wood. Across these +hills were three roads leading from the side of the island, +opposite Staten Island, where our troops would naturally land. +These three passes were held by different bodies of American +troops. The whole American force was under the command of General +Putnam, though it was said Washington himself frequently crossed +from New York to aid in the defence of the position. Previous to +the 27th a large portion of our army, including two brigades of +Hessians, had crossed over from Staten Island, and, landing +between Gravesend and Flatland, some of them encamped in that +neighbourhood, while the Hessians pushed on to a place called +Flatbush. On the evening of the 26th the whole army advanced, Sir +Henry Clinton leading the light infantry, Lord Percy following +with the grenadiers, flying artillery, and light dragoons, while +Lord Cornwallis, accompanied by Lord Howe, brought up the +rear-guard with the heavy ordnance. About two hours before +daybreak they arrived at the neighbourhood of the hills, when +they discovered that the pass to the east, called the Bedford +Pass, was unoccupied. He at once led his division through it, and +thus turned the left of the American position. In the meantime +General Grant had advanced with another division from Gravesend +past Gowanus Cowe, on the road by the Narrows towards the right +of the American position. As soon as it was daylight he formed +his troops directly opposite the enemy, where he waited to hear +that Sir Henry had commenced the attack. General De Heister, who +commanded the Hessians, had kept up a hot fire with his artillery +on a redoubt in front of the lines from his camp at Flatbush, +which he ultimately stormed, while Lord Cornwallis, advancing on +the centre, was bravely opposed by Lord Stirling who had taken up +arms on the side of the Americans. One of our ships was all the +time discharging a heavy cannonade on the battery at Red Hook, +near which we also were brought up to join in the action had it +been necessary, and whence from the maintop, where I with others +had gone, I had a tolerably perfect view of many of the +proceedings. Hemmed in on all sides, as I have described, and +pressed on by overwhelming numbers of disciplined troops, the +Americans, after a desperate and brave resistance, at length gave +way, and then commenced a most indiscriminate and dreadful +slaughter. They were cut down and trampled on by the cavalry, +bayoneted by the savage Hessians, and torn in pieces by the +artillery. Some rallied for a time and defended themselves with +their rifles, behind rocks and trees, and at length, by a +desperate effort, cut their way through their foes to the lines. +Lord Stirling, who had fought bravely throughout the day, +surrendered himself as a prisoner to General De Heister, two +hundred and fifty of the brave fellows he had led lying dead +around him. General Sullivan and several other officers were +taken, endeavouring to cover the retreat of their troops. The +enemy in all lost in killed alone full fifteen hundred men +besides others who were smothered in the mud as they were +endeavouring to escape from the Hessian bayonets. These, with +wounded and prisoners, made up their loss to nearly three +thousand men out of scarcely more than five thousand engaged.</p> +<p>It is a dreadful sight to witness slaughter such as this was, +when one’s blood is cold and one sits a mere spectator of +the fight. I felt all the time more inclined to side with the +poor Americans as they were flying from our victorious troops +than to wish for the success of the latter. I heard a deep groan +near me as I was seated in the maintop. I looked round. It was +Frank Mercer. He was as pale as death. I thought he would have +fallen on deck. At times he would shade his eyes with his hand, +and then again he would gaze earnestly at the dreadful sight as +if unable to resist its horrid fascination. Of course I have not +described half the events of the day.</p> +<p>The Americans retreated within their lines and the British +troops advanced close up to them. It was supposed that General +Howe would give the order to storm the works. Had he done so at +once they would certainly have been taken, and though with some +considerable loss of life, it might have prevented much +subsequent greater loss. However, it appeared that he had +resolved to attack the lines by regular approaches. General +Washington, seeing the inevitable result, made a masterly retreat +with the whole garrison across the sound to New York during the +night, favoured by calm weather and a thick fog. Notice was +brought in the morning to General Howe of what had occurred, and +when one of his aides-de-camp, who was sent to ascertain the +fact, climbed over the crest of the works he found them of a +truth deserted. The next day no less than thirteen hundred +Americans were buried in one large pit, while many more had been +lost in the creek and swamp near the lines.</p> +<p>It was the general opinion, both in the camp and fleet, that +had the army at once been pushed forward, a speedy and happy +conclusion would have been brought to the war. There were all +sorts of reports current. Among them it was said that the city +was about to be abandoned and burnt to the ground, to prevent our +troops occupying it for the winter. This proceeding, however, the +inhabitants strongly opposed, as all their property would thereby +have been destroyed. I must not delay the progress of my +narrative to mention the various reports of all sorts which were +flying about.</p> +<p>On the 30th we again put to sea, Captain Hudson having under +his command the Niger and Greyhound frigates. We cruised off +Sandy Hook without meeting with any occurrence worth noting till +the 3rd of September, when we returned to Sandy Hook. Here we +received orders once more to proceed to sea, to look out for a +fleet of transports, with a division of Hessians on board, daily +expected from Europe, under convoy of the Repulse. We fortunately +fell in with them on the following morning, and returned in their +company to Gravesend Day.</p> +<p>On the 8th we moved up to Staten Island, and we began to hope +that we at length might be engaged in some more active service +than we had hitherto seen.</p> +<p>“Have you heard the news?” exclaimed Delisle two +days afterwards, as I came on deck for the first time that +morning.</p> +<p>I inquired what it was.</p> +<p>“We are to move up at once opposite New York and to +prepare the ship for running past the batteries up the East +River.”</p> +<p>“Hurra! the hotter the better; anything better than +stagnation!” I exclaimed.</p> +<p>“Mercer, have you made your will?” asked Kennedy, +as the two met each other near us.</p> +<p>“Yes, Kennedy, I have,” answered Mercer gravely. +“It may not be to-day or to-morrow that it will come into +force, but it may before long, and I wish that those I may not +help living may benefit by my death.”</p> +<p>Kennedy had nothing to reply to this; Mercer’s solemn +manner silenced him.</p> +<p>“What does Mercer mean? Does he think he is going to be +killed?” asked little Harry Sumner, who was standing +by.</p> +<p>“It may be the lot of anyone of us, my boy,” said +I. “Though I hope the enemy’s shot won’t find +you out at all events.”</p> +<p>“I hope not indeed,” replied Harry. “I +should like to go home and describe all the places I have seen +and the things we have done.”</p> +<p>As I looked at our young pet I felt how hard a thing it was +that so small a lad should be exposed to all the vicissitudes of +warfare.</p> +<p>Macallan had overheard us. “It’s my opinion that +Mercer has seen his wraith,” he remarked sententiously. +“There’s a grave, dour look about his pale +countenance which a man who is long for this world never +wears.”</p> +<p>We all agreed that there was too much truth about the +doctor’s observation, though we trusted he might be +mistaken. I have heard many conversations of this sort, and many +of my shipmates and others whom I have known have had +presentiments of their approaching death. Some have been killed +on the occasion they expected, while others who appeared equally +certain of being summoned away have come out of action without +scratch. Others, again, whom I have seen laughing and jesting as +if they had a long lease of life before them, have, within a few +hours perhaps, been stretched lifeless on the deck. I have come +to the conclusion, therefore, that no one can tell when his last +moment is to come, and that consequently it behoves us all to be +prepared at all times for that unavoidable occurrence.</p> +<p>Among the ships lying near us was the Roebuck, of 44 guns, +commanded by Captain Andrew Snape Hamond, (note 1), a very active +and intelligent officer. I knew several of her officers. Among +them was an old friend of mine, Hitchcock, belonging to Falmouth. +I dined with him a day or two after this, and in return invited +him to dine with me on board the Orpheus.</p> +<p>“I’ll come,” said he; “depend upon me, +I’ll not let the rebels stop me.”</p> +<p>“I shall keep you to your promise,” I replied, as +I was shoving off.</p> +<p>We had prepared the ship for action for some days by clearing +away all bulkheads fore and aft, and sending everything not +absolutely required below. Still several days passed by and +nothing was done. It was understood that Lord Howe and Dr +Franklin were negotiating at this time, as the result proved, +without any effect. Lord Howe to the last was anxious to prevent +more bloodshed, and hoped to bring the colonists to terms, but as +they now considered themselves an independent people, and he had +the authority to treat with them in that capacity, he was +powerless.</p> +<p>At length, on the 21st of September, towards three +o’clock in the afternoon, the admiral made the signal for +us to weigh. Each man with alacrity hurried to his quarters. +Never was sail more speedily got on the ship. The Phoenix, +Roebuck, Carrisfort, and Rose were seen spreading their canvas at +the same time to a very light air which blew from the westward. I +must try and describe the scene of our operations. Before us lay +a long, narrow strip of land called Manhattan Island, about +thirteen miles long and from half a mile to two wide, on the +south end of which stands the City of New York, while on the +north end are some hills called the Harlem Heights. It is divided +from the mainland on the north by a creek called the Harlem +River, over which there is a bridge called King’s Bridge. +The west of Manhattan Island is washed by the River Hudson, which +separates it from the New Jersey shore, while part of the Sound, +which is called the East River, runs round it on the south and +east, dividing it from Long Island, till it is joined by the +Harlem River on the north. The Harlem River forms a direct +communication between the Hudson and East River. That part of it +nearest the Hudson was called by the Dutch Spuyten Duyvel Creek, +while the east end, where it joins East River, has the still less +pleasant sounding name of Hell Gate. Near it was a strong +battery. Nearly in the centre of East River, opposite the south +point of New York, is Governor’s Island, which was strongly +fortified. There were batteries along the whole line of the shore +on Manhattan Island. Slowly and solemnly our squadron approached +the shore. Perfect silence reigned throughout the ship. For some +time not a shot was fired. Captain Hudson had been keeping a +sharp look-out on the enemy’s batteries as we +approached.</p> +<p>“Pass the word along the decks that every man and +officer is to lie down at his quarters!” he exclaimed.</p> +<p>The judicious order was at once obeyed. The same precaution +was not used by the other ships. At half-past three, when we were +within pistol-shot of the city, the enemy opened their fire. We +were so close and moved so slowly that scarcely a shot missed us, +literally riddling the ship, as if we had been a butt put up to +be fired at.</p> +<p>“How do you like this?” I asked of young Sumner, +who was near me.</p> +<p>“Not at all just now,” he answered. “I only +wish that the captain would let us get up and fire back on the +enemy. I thought that was always done when people +fight.”</p> +<p>“Sometimes one has to be battered at as well as to +batter, as in the present instance,” I answered. “But +depend on it, we shall be allowed to take our revenge before +long.”</p> +<p>“Oh, I wish those dreadful cannon-balls would not come +so close to one,” sung out poor Harry, half playfully, half +in earnest, as a round shot came crashing through the bulwark +close to where we lay, throwing the splinters about us, ploughing +up the deck, and passing out at a port on the other side.</p> +<p>“I thought you were not going to be frightened, Harry, +my boy,” said I.</p> +<p>“Nor should I, I tell you, if I could but be firing in +return,” he answered. “Besides, it is the first time +I was ever in action, and I have heard that the bravest men are +apt to bob their heads on such occasions. Perhaps when I get +accustomed to it I shall care as little as anyone for +it.”</p> +<p>“I have no doubt you will, Harry,” I replied; and +most truly the noble little fellow did not disappoint my +expectations. With proud defiance the squadron continued its +onward course, still desisting from firing, as if invulnerable to +the showers of round shot and bullets which came whistling about +them. The enemy were in general firing too high to do much injury +except to our rigging; the splinters which flew from our topmasts +and yards and came showering down every now and then on deck, and +the strange festoons our rigging began to form, the ends of ropes +hanging here and there, and the numerous holes exhibited in our +sails showed the effect their unremitting fire had caused. +Sometimes the wind was so light that we had little more than +steerage way, when instantly guns were brought round to attack +us. Still we had not performed half our distance. I must own that +never, when in chase of an enemy, or when attacked by gun-boats, +or when finding my ship set on shore by a strong current, have I +more earnestly prayed than now for a breeze to carry us onward. +Nothing so much damps the ardour of men as having to sit quiet +and be fired at without having the power of returning the +compliment. Few can stand it except Turks and Englishmen; Turks +because they fancy it is their fate, Englishmen because they know +it is their duty. As the shot came crashing among us and the +blocks and splinters from the spars and other parts of the +rigging came tumbling down on our heads, a growl might every now +and then be heard from some of the seamen very like that given by +a savage dog chained up as a stranger approaches his kennel and +he finds after repeated trials that he has come to the length of +his tether. I really felt it a relief when I had to move about +the decks on any duty, as was the case occasionally when a slight +shift of wind or an alteration in our course made it necessary to +trim sails, though I was thus exposed to a much greater risk of +losing the number of my mess. Not a man could show his head above +the hammock nettings but he was sure to become the mark of a +hundred riflemen who were poking out their weapons from the +windows of the houses which looked so peaceably at us. As I went +about the decks I amused myself by remarking the different +expressions worn by the countenances of the men. With respect to +the greater number it was that of calm indifference, as if not +aware that they were running any unusual risk of their lives. +Some seemed to see the danger, but to brave it; many were +laughing and joking among themselves, while a few, and only a +few, were evidently in no small terror of being hit. I passed +near Tom Rockets. His countenance told me that I need have no +fear of his doing me discredit. Old Grampus was near him, looking +as calm as if he was sitting down to his dinner.</p> +<p>“I have been telling the youngster, sir,” said he, +“that one of the first things a seaman has to learn is how +to bear the hardships it may please Providence to send him, +whether he has to be shot at, as he has now, or to suffer famine +on a raft or desert island, or to have the sea breaking over him +on a wreck or on the cold, slippery rocks. Maybe he’ll have +to try them all before he settles down with a wooden leg, ashore +in his own cottage, or bears up for Greenwich, as I hopes to do +one day.”</p> +<p>Tom listened to this very gravely, but I suspect old Nol had +been amusing himself somewhat at his expense. Hour after hour +passed by, and the ship proudly held on her course round +Manhattan Island till we reached the eastern side beyond the +city, where, at a spot called Kip’s Bay, about two miles +from it, the squadron at length, at about seven o’clock, +dropped anchor in front of a long line of entrenchments which the +enemy had thrown up.</p> +<p>Captain Hudson, having to communicate with Captain Hamond, +sent me on board the Roebuck. Having delivered my message, I +inquired for my friend Hitchcock.</p> +<p>“He is here,” said Collins, a midshipman I had +addressed, lifting up an ensign which was spread near the +mainmast.</p> +<p>There lay the poor fellow who was to have dined with me that +day, so lately full of life and spirits, now stiff and stark. A +rifle-bullet had passed through his heart. Several other men had +been killed and wounded on board. Such is one of the chances of +war. I returned sadly on board my own ship. In those days such an +occurrence had but a very transitory effect.</p> +<p>As soon as the enemy found that we were to be stationary for a +while, some guns were brought up, which began playing on us, and +kept up a no very musical serenade during the night. The shots +struck the ships occasionally; but the guns were very badly +served, and did little or no execution. Their music did not +prevent me sleeping soundly, and preparing to take my share in +the hot work in which we were about to gage.</p> +<p>The next day we received orders to attack the batteries at +Hell Gate. Lord Howe could not have been informed of the true +nature of the place, or he would not have issued the order. The +pilots, however, positively refused to take up the ships, +asserting, and not without good grounds, that they would +inevitably be lost. At all events, I believe that by their +determination we escaped a severe chastisement from the enemy. We +therefore, with the exception of a little cannonading, spent +another quiet night with whole skins in Kip’s Bay.</p> +<hr /> +<p>Note 1. Afterwards Sir Andrew Hamond, Bart, and father of the +late Admiral Sir Graham Hamond, Admiral of the Fleet, and +grandfather of the present Captain Sir Andrew Hamond, +Bart.—Editor.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap05" id="chap05"></a> +<h3>Chapter Five.</h3> +<h4>A bright morning and a dark day.—Attack on New +York.—Mercer shows his sympathy with the +Americans.—The battle rages.—Field of +battle.—Assist a wounded American.—Fired at by our +friends.—Another trip on shore.—Fall into the hands +of Hessian troops.—Rescued by General Pigot.—Sent +with despatches to Lord Howe.—My boat’s crew +mutiny.—New York on fire.—Treatment of supposed +incendiaries.—Remarks on the war.—The condemned +spy.—Mercer pleads for him in vain.—His +execution.</h4> +<p>By early dawn on the morning of the 23rd of September, 1776, +every one was astir. The sultry atmosphere alone, even under +ordinary circumstances, would have made us glad to leave our +berths. It had become known that a combined attack by the land +and sea forces was to be made on the enemy. The mighty sun rose +over Long Island in a blaze of glory, and shot upward into a +cloudless sky as the anchor was lifted. Fold after fold of our +white canvas was let fall, and the other ships of the squadron +following our example, we once more moved onward along the shore +of Manhattan Island.</p> +<p>The scene was one of great beauty. The rays of the bright +luminary fell on the wood-crowned heights of Harlem on one side, +and of Morrissania on the other side of the creek, throwing the +promontories into bold relief, and the bays and inlets, with +which the coast is indented, into deeper shade, while rich +fields, and meadows and orchards, as they basked in the soft +morning light, gave the whole landscape an appearance of calmness +and peace, soon to be broken by the rude realities of fierce, +unrelenting warfare.</p> +<p>As soon as we weighed anchor the troops of the enemy, who had +been watching us under arms since dawn, began to march along the +shore close to us, regardless of the danger they ran of +destruction, for had we opened our broadsides, we might have +played sad havoc among them. They were not quite so fantastically +dressed as my friends at Cape Henlopen, but still there was a +very great variety of costume, and a lamentable want of +discipline among them. If the front rank did not advance fast +enough, the rear would give them a shove or a kick to urge them +on, all the time making significant and not very complimentary +signs to us to come on shore and fight them, while they tried to +express their supreme contempt for us by every means in their +power, shouting out taunting words, and abusing us in no measured +terms.</p> +<p>Our men had two days before stood the battering we got with +comparative calmness, but the taunts and signs of the foe now +enraged them beyond all endurance.</p> +<p>“Wait a bit, my lads, and then won’t we give it +you!” sung out Dick Trunnion, a sturdy topman, and many +similar expressions were uttered by others.</p> +<p>“Oh, Muster Hurry, don’t yer think the captain +would let us go ashore, and give them chaps the drubbing they +deserves?” asked Tom Rockets as I passed, doubling his +fists while he spoke. “I’d like to give them a +hiding.”</p> +<p>“Never mind them, lads,” said old Grampus, turning +his back to the shore, and looking over his shoulder at the foe +with a glance of supreme contempt. “They knows no better; +and fancies because we don’t hit we can’t. Poor +fellows! I pities them, that I do. They bees little better than +savinges, only they wants the paint and feathers.”</p> +<p>I felt very much as Nol said he did; but I suspect that his +anger was rather more excited than he chose to confess. The truth +was that these were mostly raw militia regiments, who had seen +little or nothing of warfare, and from the previous occurrences +of the war had been taught to look with contempt on British +prowess. The regulars in most instances behaved admirably, and +nothing could surpass the bravery of the officers of all ranks. +This their greatest enemies could not deny; but the militia were +of a very different stamp, and the men, unable to depend on each +other or their officers, on several occasions fairly turned tail +and ran away. I fancy that most of our opponents on the present +occasion were of that class. We stood on till we reached a spot +about fifty yards from the enemy’s entrenchments, a little +below Blackwell’s Island, where the squadron dropped their +anchors, and calmly furled sails. There we lay for some time +without exchanging a shot, expecting, however, that some hot work +was about to be commenced. The glasses of the officers were in +the meantime constantly turned towards the small islets in the +direction of Long Island. At length Captain Hudson uttered an +exclamation of satisfaction.</p> +<p>“They come! they come!” he cried out, and as he +spoke a flotilla of boats were seen emerging from among the +tree-covered shores of Bushwick Creek. They formed the first +division of flat-bottomed boats, having on board a force of 4500 +men, under the immediate command of General Howe. Slowly and +steadily they advanced, like some huge black monsters covering +the blue surface of the tranquil and hitherto peaceful Sound. The +drum now beat to quarters.</p> +<p>“Now my boys, if so be you want to punish them poor +savinges as has been beguiling you, your time’s soon +coming,” growled out old Nol, as the crew were hurrying +with alacrity to their guns.</p> +<p>The only person whose countenance showed no satisfaction was +Mercer. Pale as death, he stood at his post over his division of +guns; but I saw that he would rather have died a hundred deaths +than engage in the work he felt it was his duty to perform. From +my heart I pitied him. There was but little time, however, for +thinking of that or any other matter. On came the flotilla of +boats. Not a shot had as yet disturbed the calm tranquillity of +the scene. A thin, gauze-like mist was spread over the distant +portions of the landscape. The hot sun struck down on our heads; +the blue expanse of water glittered in his bright rays, and the +sea-fowl skimmed over it, dipping their wings ever and anon, as +if to refresh them in the liquid element. Everything still wore +an aspect of perfect peace. The boats at last got within fifty +yards of the ships. A signal flew out from the mast-head of the +Phoenix—the knell of many a human being. It was the signal +to engage.</p> +<p>“Fire away, my lads,” was shouted along the decks. +It was not necessary to repeat the order. Never did a crew work +their guns with more alacrity. The shot rushed like a storm of +gigantic hailstones among the ill-fated Americans, tearing up +their entrenchments and scattering the earth and palisades far +and wide. In a very short time the fortifications in which they +had trusted were blown to atoms; still we fired on as fast as our +guns could be loaded and run out. The enemy answered us from +various points; but with little effect. In a few short moments, +how changed was the scene from what it had lately been! Now from +point to point, and through every sheltered nook and bay +resounded the roar of cannon, the rattle of musketry, the shouts +of the combatants, the shrieks and groans and agonising cries of +the wounded, while above all hung a dark, funereal pall of smoke, +ascending from the scene of strife, shutting it out as it were +from the bright blue glorious firmament above, and, if it could +be, from the all-searching eye of the Creator of men who were +thus disfiguring His image by their furious passions, and +dishonouring Him by the infraction of all the precepts of that +mild, that beneficent religion, which He in His unsearchable love +sent His only Son to teach them to obey.</p> +<p>But where am I driving to? I did not think thus at the time. +No; my blood was up; my evil passions were aroused; and I was as +eager as anyone to shed blood, and utterly careless of all the +consequences to myself and others. Never have I witnessed a more +tremendous fire than was kept up by our ships for fifty-nine +minutes, during which time in the Orpheus alone we expended 5366 +pounds of powder. I kept no note of the number of shot we fired +away. The very first broadside made a considerable breach in the +enemy’s works. At the end of the time I have mentioned the +boats advanced, and the signal was made to cease firing. As they +touched the beach the men sprang on shore, and, forming rapidly, +gallantly rushed towards the entrenchments with fixed bayonets +and loud cheers. The enemy scarcely waited to deliver their fire, +but, throwing down their arms, fled on all sides in the utmost +terror and confusion, earnestly petitioning for quarter. The +red-coats leaped through the breaches made by our guns, and over +the embankments, and were speedily in possession of the +enemy’s works. As the smoke cleared away, the ground far +and near appeared covered with the bodies of the slain and +wounded, some with arms, others with legs, shot away, while +parties of fugitives were seen flying in every direction, pursued +by our men, especially by the Hessians, who seemed little +disposed to give the quarter which was asked.</p> +<p>I was not only a spectator but a participator in what I have +been describing. As soon as the ships ceased firing, our boats, +of which I commanded one, were ordered to aid in towing the +flat-bottomed boats on shore. As soon as the troops had landed, +leaving Grampus in charge of my boat, I, with another midshipman +and Tom Rockets and two other men, followed them into the +entrenchments, and found myself shortly in the rear of a body of +Hessians as they charged over the ground. A poor American was +flying for his life, shrieking out for mercy. One of those savage +mercenaries either did not or would not understand him, and +before I could interpose had with a sweep of his sword severed +his head from his body, then, in savage triumph worthy of a Red +Indian, sticking it on a pole, carried it through the +entrenchments, shouting out as if he had performed some noble act +of heroism.</p> +<p>Meantime several of the ship’s boats were ordered to +pull along-shore to annoy the enemy in their flight and to +prevent them from rallying. My friend Hargrave and I, +midshipmanlike and thoughtless of danger, set off in the +direction the enemy had taken along the shore, picking up a +number of articles which in their terror they had dropped or +thrown away, such as rifles, pistols, swords, spy-glasses, and +even watches, plate, and camp utensils of various sorts, which we +knew would be most acceptable to our mess. We passed many of the +slain, knocked over in their flight. As we ran thoughtlessly on, +very little moved by these sights, to which even the youngsters +were becoming familiar, I heard a deep groan. Looking round, I +saw behind a bush a militiaman stretched on the ground with a bad +wound in his side.</p> +<p>“Oh, kill me! kill me! put me out of my misery!” +he exclaimed as soon as he saw me.</p> +<p>“No, I will not do that,” said I; “but I +will try if I can relieve you.”</p> +<p>I had a flask of some rum and water in my pocket; I gave him +some of it to drink. There was, fortunately, a stream near; I got +some fresh water in a hat and washed his wound, and then bound it +up with a piece of shirt which I took from a dead man near. The +poor fellow seemed much revived and very grateful.</p> +<p>“There,” said I, “you will be able to get +off and join your people at nightfall. It’s not my business +to take you prisoner.”</p> +<p>“Thank you, stranger, thank you,” said he; +“Amos Spinks will not forget your mercy and +kindness.”</p> +<p>I could not stay with him longer, but, leaving him a piece of +biscuit and a hat full of water, I ran on to join my companions, +who, not seeing me, had gone forward. The American had no idea I +was an officer, for I had on a white linen jacket which I wore at +my quarters, and it was consequently thickly begrimed with powder +and dirt. I caught sight of my party ahead, and ran on as fast as +my legs could carry me, with the load of spoils I had collected, +to overtake them. As I neared them, and was shouting to them to +stop, I caught sight of one of our boats, with Mr Heron, our +second lieutenant, in her, pulling along-shore after me. I saw +that he was somewhat excited, and seemed urging on the men to +pull with greater speed. Just as I got up to my party, to our no +small astonishment, not to say dismay, he turned the bow of the +boat towards us, and bang he let fly a shower of grape from a gun +placed there right in among us, following up the unwelcome salute +with a volley of small arms. We shouted at the top of our voices, +and made signs that we were friends; but what with the smoke and +his blindness, for he was near-sighted, and the noise of the +firing and the shouts of his men, he neither made out who we were +nor heard us, but continued peppering away as before.</p> +<p>“Run, my lads, run,” I sung out; +“there’s no disgrace running from friends, but very +unpleasant to be shot by them.”</p> +<p>My party required no second order, but away we all scampered +as fast as we could go, scattering from each other to distract +our friends in their very unfriendly employment.</p> +<p>“Oh, Mr Hurry, I bees hit, I bees hit?” sung out +Tom Rockets.</p> +<p>I expected to see him fall, but the shot only made him scamper +on the faster. Our flight, of course, made Mr Heron fire at us +more zealously, and we had to throw away all the things we had +collected to escape with greater speed from his heroic fury. We +took a course inland, and then turned back towards the place +where we had landed. Happily we soon got among trees and rocks +and broken walls, which much sheltered us, and Tom was the only +man wounded. As soon as we got clear of the shot from the boat, I +called a halt to examine his hurt. It was merely a slight flesh +wound from a bullet in the leg, and a handkerchief bound round it +enabled him to walk on. It was now time to return on board, so we +made the best of our way to the boat, not without some +considerable risk of being shot by our own sentries. On my +stepping on deck I found several officers round the captain. Mr +Heron was among them.</p> +<p>“The rascally rebels can’t stand us for a moment, +sir,” he was saying. “A whole gang of them hove in +sight as I was pulling along-shore—a hundred at +least—and stood hallooing to me and daring me to come after +them. I let fly among them, sent them scampering away like a +flock of sheep, knocking over a good dozen or more, I should +think. It was rare fun, sir.”</p> +<p>“Very good fun for you, Mr Heron,” said I, turning +round; “but I beg to assure you, sir, that there were not a +dozen of us altogether.”</p> +<p>“You! what do you mean?” he asked, with a look of +surprise.</p> +<p>“Why, that I was one of the body of supposed rebels, and +though we shouted to you and begged you not to fire, you banged +at us so furiously that we had to throw away a whole heap of +things we had collected, and to run for our lives.”</p> +<p>Captain Hudson and the other officers laughed not a little at +this exploit of Mr Heron’s, for he was notorious for his +boasting. He bore me a grudge about it ever after.</p> +<p>“Well, Mr Hurry,” said the captain good-naturedly, +“you shall go on shore in the afternoon with Mr Heron, and +try to recover some of your treasures.”</p> +<p>Away we went in the afternoon accordingly in high glee, Mr +Heron expecting to pick up all sorts of things, and I hoping to +recover those I had lost. We soon reached the field on which Mr +Heron boasted to have gained his hard-won victory; but the swords +and all the things of value were gone, picked up by the +plundering-parties who invariably issue forth over the scene +where the strife has been hottest, as birds of prey gather on the +carcase just fallen in the desert. I looked about for the poor +fellow I had assisted in the morning. He was gone. He had, I +concluded, either been taken prisoner, or had managed to crawl +off and rejoin his friends. We went on much farther than we had +been in the morning, picking up some drums and a few similar +bulky articles, which others had not thought worth collecting. We +picked up in all nine drums, one of the largest of which I sent +to my friend, Jack Bluet, who lived in a small house at Falmouth. +It might have served him for a drawing-room table. I hope he has +got it still. A little way beyond where I found the wounded man I +came on the body of an officer. He lay on his back, shot through +the heart, his hand grasping a very handsome fusee, and with a +look of defiance still on his countenance. I suspect he had been +bush-fighting in Indian fashion, in hopes of checking the advance +of his enemies, in spite of the flight of his companions in arms. +He was a fine young man, and from his style of dress and general +appearance was evidently of respectable family. I stooped down, +and, undoing the grasp with which the dead man’s fingers +held the fusee, took possession of it and ran after my +companions. Still, as I hurried on, the look worn by the features +of the dead officer haunted me. I felt as if I had been depriving +him of his property. I thought of his mother and sisters, or +perhaps a young wife, who were doomed never to see him again, or +of friends who might be expecting to meet him that very day, and +for a moment all the dreadful results of warfare presented +themselves before me more vividly than they had ever before done. +The laughter and jokes of my companions, however, very quickly +drove all such thoughts from my mind. We had been joined by an +acquaintance of mine, Simeon, a midshipman of the Phoenix, who +had with him the gunner and seven men. By some means or other I +had been separated from Mr Heron and my boat’s +crew—indeed, my lieutenant had no particular fancy for my +society, so I joined company with Simeon, and together we rambled +into the woods. We had not gone far when we caught sight of a +fellow skulking among the trees. When he saw that he was observed +he took to his heels, and this of course made us give chase. The +woods rang with our shouts and cries, and we were not long before +we came up with the man, who proved to be a rebel militiaman. He +sang out most lustily for mercy, thinking that we were going to +kill him, but we soon quieted his fears on that score by assuring +him that he was not worth powder and shot. He seemed to be very +grateful, and informed us that there had been a smart skirmish in +the wood between his party and a body of Hessians, the latter of +whom he believed were still in the neighbourhood of the wood. Of +the truth of part of his story the dead bodies scattered here and +there about were too true witnesses. Simeon and I, on this, +called a halt and consulted together with the gunner whether we +should go back or seek further adventures ahead.</p> +<p>“We have taken one prisoner, perhaps we may make some +more and gain some little credit when we present ourselves with +them in camp, so I vote that we go on,” said I; and my +proposal was agreed to.</p> +<p>As we supposed that we might be in the face of an enemy we +kept closer together than before, and moved on more cautiously. +After advancing some way we heard voices in an orchard on the +skirts of the wood, and, supposing the sounds to proceed from a +party of the rebels, we presented our muskets and advanced +towards the gate of the orchard, fully expecting to make more +prisoners. Just, however, as we began to move on up started +before us a body of two or three hundred Hessians, with +glittering brass helmets on their heads, who, with fixed bayonets +and loud cries, charged furiously at us. Had we attempted to move +they would have shot us, so we stood our ground and sung out most +lustily that we were friends. They did not understand us, and, +charging on, would, I fully, expected, have bayoneted us on the +spot. “Friends—friends! English—British +officers!” I sung out at the top of my voice.</p> +<p>“Rebels, rebels!” was the only answer we got; and +in another moment we were knocked over with the butt-ends of +their muskets. We picked ourselves up as well as we could, and I +pointed to my own and Simeon’s white cuffs and lapels, and +told them that we belonged to the British fleet, but to no +purpose; and what was my dismay when they showed us at a little +distance an unfortunate rebel officer who lay on the ground with +his leg shot off, and who was dressed in the same uniform which +we wore. He told them as well as he could that he knew nothing of +us, but they would not believe him, and, having talked together +in their hideous lingo, once more knocked us over and began +belabouring us with their muskets. I never met such savages, and +I am not surprised that they were hated by the poor colonists. I +am sure we bore them no love, especially just then. We sung out +lustily for mercy, for to our horror we saw that they were about +to finish us off by plunging their bayonets into us, when our +cries brought up an officer on horseback, in whom, to my great +satisfaction, I recognised General Pigot, the commander of the +division to which they belonged. He knew me on board the Chatham, +and was thus able to assure the Hessians who I was. They made all +sorts of apologies, which afforded us a very small amount of +satisfaction.</p> +<p>Thanking General Pigot for his timely rescue, we set off to +return to our ships, heartily sick of our day’s +adventures—hungry and battered, indeed, very much in need +both of cook and doctor.</p> +<p>The next day we weighed and, parting from the Phoenix and the +other ships with which we had been in company, ran up between +Blackwell’s Island and the main. As we were running at the +rate of some four or five knots an hour a shock was felt which +made the ship shiver throughout her whole frame. The pilot turned +pale, as if he expected to be shot on the spot. He had put us on +a rock. Captain Hudson, cool as usual, issued his orders as if +nothing particular was the matter, and we quickly swung off again +and proceeded on our way till we brought up snugly in Turtle +Cove. While the ship lay there I was sent, on the 25th, with +dispatches to Lord Howe, then residing on Staten Island. My +boat’s crew on this occasion consisted either of pressed +men or of fellows whom I knew to be among the greatest +blackguards in the ship. On the way down they showed signs of an +unruly disposition by pulling slowly and not putting out their +strength when I ordered them. Their conduct, however, did not +trouble me, and I forgot all about it as I walked up to present +my dispatches to his lordship. I have always entertained the +greatest respect for Lord Howe. He was a good seaman—of +bravery undoubted—cool and thoughtful in +danger—generous and kind, and considerate for those under +his command and careful for their interests. He was much abused +by the royalists in America, as well as by many in the army and +fleet, as also at home, because he did not seem anxious to push +matters to extremes at once with the rebels and allow fire and +sword to be carried throughout their territories. But he looked +upon them as fellow-beings and fellow-subjects, and though +misguided, he considered that they had too much reason for their +rebellion to be treated with the severity others proposed. I have +heard that after an action he would go below and visit each +wounded man as he lay in his hammock, and stop and talk to him, +and would send wine and poultry from his own stock to those whom +the surgeon thought required it. Such are the deeds by which an +officer can easily win the hearts of seamen. I had not to wait +long before I was told to walk into his room, and I found myself +in the presence of a dark and somewhat hard-featured +man—with a figure, however, tall, well-proportioned, and +dignified. Had I not known him by repute I should have been +somewhat awe-struck, but as he spoke his countenance brightened +up, and his kind look dissipated all feeling of fear.</p> +<p>“Sit down, youngster,” said he, “and let me +hear your account of the action of the 23rd. As your ship was at +hand I conclude you saw it.”</p> +<p>I gave him the best description in my power of what I had +seen, taking care to make no reflections on the events of the +day. He seemed much interested, and hastily writing a letter, as +soon as it was copied, told me to return with it to Captain +Hudson.</p> +<p>When I got back to my boat I had no little difficulty in +collecting my men, and soon after I shoved off I found that they +were one and all drunk. As long as they pulled on I said nothing, +but in a short time they began to grumble at having come away +without more liquor.</p> +<p>“What’s the odds?” said one. “The +shortest way is to go back and get it.”</p> +<p>“My idea, Sam!” cried another. “If we once +get aboard our chance is over.”</p> +<p>“About, shipmates,” exclaimed a third. +“Never mind the youngster.”</p> +<p>“But you will have to mind me, my lads!” I +exclaimed, springing up with my hanger in my hand. +“You’ve made a mistake if you fancy that I allow +tricks to be played with me.”</p> +<p>For a short time they were silent, and, hoping that I had +cowed them by my promptitude, I again sat down in the +stern-sheets. I kept my weapon in my right hand, however, for I +was aware how completely I was in their power if they chose to +proceed to extremities. I had come away without pistols, so that +I had only my hanger to depend on, and they might, if they had +acted together, have wrenched it from my grasp and, overpowering +me, have hove me overboard. They would then have escaped without +much difficulty to one of the nearest American posts and joined +the rebels. While I was thinking over this very pleasant subject, +and contemplating myself swimming for my life up East River, they +again began to grumble.</p> +<p>“I’ll not pull another stroke!” cried one +fellow with an oath.</p> +<p>“Nor I! Nor I!” exclaimed others.</p> +<p>Two, I remarked, did not speak; and addressing myself to them, +I asked if they would join in so rascally and uncalled-for a +mutiny.</p> +<p>It was now getting very dark, and I could scarcely see the +features of the men, so as to be prepared for what they were +about to do. The boat lay motionless on the water. If I hesitated +I was lost.</p> +<p>“Take to your oars and give way, or I will cut you to +pieces, you scoundrels!” I shouted, springing up and making +a cut with my hanger at the hands of one of the most mutinous. +“If you won’t use your bands, I’ll chop them +off. Pull, I say!”</p> +<p>I should have been as good as my word had not the fellow taken +to his oar, while my blade struck the gunwale of the boat, by +which the point was broken. The mutineers now rose in a body and +seemed about to make a rush on me. On this, I began slashing away +to keep them at bay, cutting them over the hands and arms pretty +severely.</p> +<p>The two men, one of whom pulled the stroke-oar and the one +next him, now sang out that they would obey my orders.</p> +<p>“Then we’ll heave you all overboard +together!” cried the most drunken of the mutineers.</p> +<p>“Will you, my man?” I exclaimed, making a cut at +him with my hanger. “Then take that first!”</p> +<p>He stumbled and fell with his face aft, thereby saving his +life, though I again broke the blade of my hanger almost up to +the hilt. The other men, fancying he was killed, hung back, while +I dragged his senseless body into the stern-sheets and stowed him +away, for he was stunned with the effect of his fall and his +drunkenness. The men forward sat sulkily down, perhaps they would +not have remained quiet had they known I had broken my hanger. +They refused however to pull, and one after the other dropped off +into a drunken sleep. The two more steady ones did their best to +pull on, and the tide fortunately favoured us, or I do not know +where we should have got to. I have seldom been placed in a much +more fearful position. Any moment the mutineers might wake up +and, remembering the consequences their conduct was sure to bring +on them, might again attempt to overpower me and carry off the +boat to the enemy. I was weary and hungry, and in the darkness of +night all sorts of dreadful thoughts occurred to me as I slowly +floated over those perilous waters. I felt a strong inclination +at times to run into New York to try and get aid; but I thought +if I did the men would certainly escape and hide themselves +before I could find any of the military authorities to afford me +assistance. New York by this time was entirely in the hands of +the British. On the day we landed at Kip’s Bay General Howe +pushed forward part of his troops to encompass the city on the +land side, when General Putnam, the American commander who held +it, was compelled to make a precipitate retreat, being very +nearly cut off before he joined Washington at King’s +Bridge. Had not, indeed, the British delayed their advance to +refresh themselves, they would in all probability have captured +the whole division of the rebel army. A large number of the +inhabitants remained in New York, those only who had taken a +prominent part in the rebellion thinking it necessary to leave +it. It was very doubtful, however, had I gone on shore, whether I +should have fallen among friends or foes. I resolved, therefore, +to make, the best of my way to the ship. I watched the lights +glimmering in the houses, one after the other being put out as I +pulled slowly by, and I could hear the constant call of the +sentries as the officers went their rounds, while any moment I +felt that my mutinous crew might come to their senses and make an +end of me. I amused myself, however, by whistling and singing +snatches of songs to make them suppose that I was perfectly +indifferent to their threats, and at length, by half-past one in +the morning, to my great relief I got alongside the ship. The +mutineers only at that moment roused up, and very much astonished +they were to find themselves clapped into irons as soon as they +got on board. The next morning they each received nine dozen, +with the exception of the two who had at once returned to their +duty. I took care to get them ultimately rewarded.</p> +<p>The most disagreeable duty we had to perform while we lay in +Turtle Bay was to row guard at night abreast of Hell Gate, the +name, as I have before mentioned, given to the entrance of Harlem +River. With the ebb-tide a terrific current sets out through the +narrow channel, forming a whirlpool, on which is bestowed the +pleasant-sounding title of the Devil’s Pot. On one side is +his gridiron, and on the other his frying-pan, while another +batch of rocks goes by the name of his “hen and +chickens.” Now, although I cannot take upon myself to +affirm that even on the darkest and most stormy night I ever +beheld his Satanic majesty engaged in the exercise of his +well-known culinary talents in frying soles or any other fish or +fowl, or quadruped, or biped, yet I had the greatest dread of +getting within the power of his voracious cauldron. I therefore +always kept at a respectful distance from it. I advise all those +who may have to visit the spot to follow my example. I, however, +often heard afterwards some very strange tales narrated by the +seamen who had been in the boats when thus employed and +implicitly believed by their auditors. In truth, although the +master spirit of evil may have no direct influence in the matter, +a very large number of vessels and boats have been lost on the +surrounding rocks.</p> +<p>The constant hard service in which we had been engaged since +we left England had placed a large number of our men on the +sick-list. During our stay in Turtle Bay we landed them at +Blackwell’s Island, where they considerably recovered their +strength. From the same place we abundantly supplied the ship +with fresh meat and vegetables, luxuries to which we had long +been strangers. On the 29th of September I had the middle watch. +It had just gone six-bells, when, as I was casting my eyes +towards the city, I saw a bright light suddenly dart up towards +the sky. It was rapidly succeeded by other flashes till the whole +firmament seemed to glow with a bright, ruddy light. “The +city is on fire—the city is on fire!” was the general +cry on board. There was a strong wind, and as the fire must have +already made much progress, we had great fear that the whole city +would be burned down. It was proposed at once to make a party to +go and see what was the matter, and, a messmate taking my watch, +I got leave to join it. Away we pulled as fast as we could, and +after we had reached the shore we had no difficulty in finding +our way to the scene of destruction. Everybody in the place had +turned out of bed. Some were rushing about in despair at the loss +of all their worldly property, not knowing where to go to find +shelter—others were searching for friends or relatives, in +doubt whether or no they had fallen victims to the +flames—others were endeavouring to stay the progress of the +fire. The most active in this work were the British troops. They +had formed a close circle round the burning part of the city and +were engaged in blowing-up and pulling down houses, deluging +others with water, and cutting off the communication in every +direction.</p> +<p>We were attracted by a dense crowd and loud cries in one +direction. We ran to the spot, where we found a number of +soldiers who appeared to be in a highly exasperated state. They +had among them a dozen or more men whom they were dragging +forward towards the flames. “Burn them in their own +bonfire!” they were shouting out; “Burn them in their +own bonfire—they were going to burn us out of our +quarters!” We asked a civilian who stood at a house-door +looking on what had occurred.</p> +<p>“Why, the soldiers think they have got hold of the men +who set the city on fire, and they are going to pay them off. +Maybe they are the men who did it, or maybe they are rogues and +vagabonds who were prowling about for plunder—so it matters +little, I guess,” was the answer we received.</p> +<p>We left our philosophical friend smoking his pipe; he was +evidently one of those who care little what becomes of the world +provided they are comfortable. We followed the soldiers till we +came to some scaffolding erected for building a house, several +ropes were hanging about it. The humour seized the soldiers to +hang up some of their prisoners, and in a trice four of the +unhappy wretches were run up by the heels, while their heads hung +downwards. In that position the infuriated soldiers dashed at +them with the butt-ends of their muskets, and very soon put them +out of their misery. Their companions in misfortune, if not in +guilt, meantime were shrieking out for mercy and protesting their +innocence, but in vain. The soldiers laughed and jeered at them, +and hurrying them on up to a burning house, forced them into the +flames at the points of their bayonets. As they rushed shrieking +out covered with fire, they were driven back again till the +devouring element grasped them at length in its deadly embrace. +Then, with loud shouts of demoniacal satisfaction, the enraged +soldiers rushed away to look for fresh victims. Miserable was the +fate while they were in that humour, of those who fell into their +hands. I never saw so dreadful a spectacle before, and hope never +to see such a one again.</p> +<p>A short time afterwards General Howe had to send a flag of +truce to General Washington respecting an exchange of prisoners, +when he was said to have most solemnly denied having had anything +to do with the burning of the city. The flames were happily +stopped after about a fourth part of it had been burned to the +ground. On the night of the 30th the rebels made an attack on +Montizieur’s Island, but were repulsed with the loss of a +major and several men who were taken prisoners.</p> +<p>On the 2nd of October Delisle and I, with Harry Sumner, having +got leave to go on shore, agreed to walk out to visit the lines +at King’s Bridge, where our army was intrenched in sight of +that of the Americans. Just as we were setting off Mercer said he +would come also. The day was lovely. The air was so bright and +pure and exhilarating that it was a pleasure alone to breathe +it—one of those days of autumn met with in the northern +part of America which go by the name of the Indian summer. A thin +gauze-like mist filled the atmosphere, giving a warm, almost +tropical, look to the landscape; the water looked bluer, the +fields greener, the sands yellower, and the rocks browner than I +had ever seen them; while the tints of autumn, just showing +themselves on the more exposed sides of the trees, gave the woods +wonderfully rich and varied hues. We took a path through orchards +and woods and across fields, meadows, and gardens, which bore +evident and sad traces of the advance of hostile armies. Fences +and embankments were levelled, cottages burnt, fruit-trees and +fruit-bushes cut down or uprooted, gardens trampled over and +destroyed, here and there a few fragrant flowers rearing their +heads like guardian angels among the surrounding scene of havoc, +alone showing that the spot might once have been some peaceful +man’s earthly paradise.</p> +<p>We at length reached the British lines. They extended in one +continuous encampment from Horen’s Hook on the Harlem River +for about two miles directly across the island of Manhattan to +the Hudson, both flanks being guarded by the men-of-war. +Commanding the sea, as we did, it was impossible to hold a +stronger position. On the other side of an open plain, well +posted on a succession of rocky heights, appeared the rebel +forces, the advanced sentries of the two armies being within hail +of each other. On our left the enemy occupied a strong fortress +called Fort Washington, which overlooked the Hudson, and two +miles north of it was King’s Bridge, the only passage to +the mainland across the inlet of the Hudson I have before +mentioned, which joins it to the Harlem River, called by the +Dutch Spyt den Duivel Creek, and which still retains its +unpleasant-sounding name.</p> +<p>The object of our party seemed to be to get possession of Fort +Washington, and so cut off the retreat of the enemy. It was said +that General Howe ought to have sent a strong force up the Hudson +and attacked Washington in the rear, while the rest of the army +pressed him in front; but he did not make the attempt till it was +too late, and a large portion of the American troops had crossed +King’s Bridge and taken up a strong position among the +hills in the interior. There was a good deal of severe fighting +after this, and Fort Washington, which had been gallantly +defended by a brave American officer, Colonel Magan, was captured +by us, with its garrison of upwards of two thousand men.</p> +<p>We spent some time in the camp talking to various +acquaintances among the soldier officers whom we met, and as we +wandered on we came to a spot where a drum-head court-martial was +sitting. They were trying a man who had been accused of being a +spy, captured endeavouring to make his way out of the camp at +night. He had just been pronounced guilty. He stood with his arms +bound and soldiers holding him on either side. He was a fine tall +young man with an intelligent countenance, and though dressed in +the hunter’s garb of a backwoodsman, torn and +travel-stained, and covered with dirt, while his appearance was +as rough as he could make it, I thought as I looked at him that +he was above the rank he had assumed. A few short moments only +were allowed him from the time of his condemnation till his +execution. His guilt was clear; he did not even attempt to defend +himself. The president had just finished addressing him as we +came up.</p> +<p>“If it is a crime to love one’s country better +than anything else on earth, to exert every faculty of mind and +body, to sacrifice one’s time and property, to risk liberty +and life to serve her, then I am guilty—to love liberty and +freedom of conscience, to hate tyranny and oppression, then I am +indeed a criminal,” he answered in an unshaken voice. +“You call me a spy and load me with opprobrium. It was +necessary to gain information as to the movements of your +mercenary army: twice have I obtained that information and +carried it to our noble general. My only regret is that I have +not succeeded a third time in so doing; but understand that +though I have thus laboured to injure you secretly, I have ever +fought openly against you on the field of battle, and on that +account I might plead to die a soldier’s death, and not to +be treated as a dog and hung. Yet it matters little. According to +your laws my sentence is just. I seek not to appeal from it, and +I die with the joyous certainty that the righteous cause for +which I suffer will triumph at last, and that your proud legions +will retire from this country defeated and disgraced.”</p> +<p>“Silence, young man?” exclaimed the president; +“you departed from your allegiance to your lawful +sovereign; you acknowledge that you have taken up arms against +his troops, and you are now found acting the despicable part of a +spy. Your false reasoning cannot induce me to alter the sentence +pronounced against you. You have but a few minutes in which to +take your farewell of life.”</p> +<p>No sooner did Mercer catch sight of the prisoner than he +turned very pale, and as he laid his hand on my shoulder I felt +that it trembled violently.</p> +<p>“What is the matter, Mercer?” I asked.</p> +<p>“That noble fellow who stands there is my schoolfellow, +my old familiar friend!” he cried, scarcely aware of what +he said; then, unable to restrain himself, he rushed forward and +seized the prisoner’s hand. “Sydney Markham!” +he exclaimed, with deep earnestness, looking up into the face of +the condemned man, who gazed at him with an expression of +recognition and affection; “say that you are not guilty; +that you have not been acting the part of a spy. You were ever +the soul of honour; I will answer for you; they will not destroy +you. If they give you time you can easily disprove the foul +accusation brought against you. Say so, Sydney, speak! Tell them +that you are not guilty. I will fly to the general—I will +go on my knees before him, I will entreat for your life; I will +offer mine instead of yours.”</p> +<p>The unhappy young man shook his head, and with a faint smile +answered, “Mercer, I cannot disprove the accusation brought +against me. We may differ in our views, yet, believe me, I do not +feel that I have swerved from the path of honour, and therefore, +noble and high-minded as you ever were, I am still worthy to be +called your friend. But we are wasting precious time; the minutes +of my life are numbered, and I must prepare for death.”</p> +<p>“Oh, no, no, no! I must strive to save you; I cannot +bear to see you thus snatched away from life.” Then he +turned abruptly to the president of the court. “This man +cannot be as guilty as you suppose, sir,” he exclaimed, +with a look of agony; “he would never have sought to injure +the King’s forces unfairly; let him live till I have seen +Sir William Howe; he may order a reprieve till he has inquired +more into the particulars of the case.”</p> +<p>“You ask an impossibility, sir,” answered the +officer, who was of the Martinet school, as stern and unbending +as one of his men’s muskets; “he has been found +guilty, and I have no power to reprieve him. We must put a stop +to this system of sending spies into our camp. The higher his +position and education the more deserving he is of punishment. +Sergeant of the guard, carry out the sentence pronounced on the +prisoner.”</p> +<p>“You see it is useless, my friend,” said the young +man. “Come and assist me to meet death like a +man.”</p> +<p>“Oh, my friend, say rather like a Christian,” +cried Mercer, again taking his hand; and together they walked to +a tree where a sergeant and some soldiers were arranging a block +and rope. Mercer was allowed to continue by the side of his +friend, and together they knelt down on the grass and prayed for +mercy and forgiveness to Him who is the fountain of all mercy and +swift to forgive. The chaplain of one of the regiments had been +sent for. He came at length, and the prisoner accepted his +ministrations alone, but soon again asked Mercer to join him.</p> +<p>In a short time, terribly short it appeared to me, the officer +in charge of the party looked at his watch. The prisoner saw the +movement; he started to his feet. “I am ready,” he +exclaimed, with a firm voice; “I willingly give my life for +my country’s freedom, well assured that ere long America +will be free to advance onward in the fulfilment of the mighty +destiny in store for her, and those who now seek to oppress her +will have departed with defeat and disgrace from her +shores.”</p> +<p>Mercer entreated him, when he ceased speaking, to calm +himself; he did so with wonderful self-command. Another quarter +of an hour was allowed him, and at the end of it a signal was +given, the rope was thrown over his neck, and he was run up to a +high branch of the tree under which he had been standing. There +was a loud cry, but it was uttered by Mercer; Delisle and I +rushed forward—our messmate had fainted. We got him into a +neighbouring hut, where an officer gave us every assistance in +his power. Meantime the body of the spy had been removed. As soon +as Mercer had recovered we led him as quickly at possible out of +the camp in the direction of our ship, and got him without delay +on board. He made no allusion on the way to what had occurred; +nor did he indeed ever speak of it to me. I expected to find the +next day that he was taken ill, but he still went about his duty +as usual, though his nervous system had received a shock from +which it was evident he would take long to recover. This was the +last adventure I have noted during our stay at New York.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap06" id="chap06"></a> +<h3>Chapter Six.</h3> +<h4>Once more at sea.—Drive a schooner on +shore.—Blows up.—Mercer’s death.—Capture +a sloop.—Sent away in her.—A gale.—Engagement +with privateer.—Beat her off.—Sent to New York as +commodore of prizes.—Jovial life on shore.—Ill +conducted expeditions.</h4> +<p>We were once more at sea, and truly glad were all hands on +board to find themselves in deep water again. The shore of Long +Island, faint and low, was just discernible astern, while Sandy +Hook and the highlands of Neversink arose in the distance over +our starboard quarter. As I looked on the far-off shore I could +not help thinking of the scenes of strife and destruction which, +in all probability, were going on there, and feeling heartily +glad that we were away from them for a time. We had quitted +Turtle Bay on the 3rd and dropped down to Staten Island. On our +passage down we ran on board a transport and carried away our +larboard fore-chains, cathead, and small bower-anchor stock, not +to speak of having so severely damaged the transport that she +nearly sank. On the 12th of the month, having repaired damages, +we put to sea with his. Majesty’s ship Daphne in company. +We were on our way to the mouth of the Delaware with the +intention of capturing, burning, sinking, or otherwise destroying +all vessels of every description belonging to the colonists which +we could fall in with, an odd method, it would seem, of bringing +them to reason and making them loyal subjects of his Majesty, +though our proceedings did not strike me in that light just then. +For a couple of days we had a fair wind, which carried us nearly +up to our cruising ground. On the 14th Captain Hudson made a +signal to the Daphne to go in chase of a sail seen to the +southward, and shortly afterwards another sail was seen standing +towards us from the westward. We soon made her out to be a +man-of-war, and on exchanging signals she proved to be the +Kingfisher sloop-of-war. Within an hour after she joined us. As +we continued our course to the southward the look-out at the +mast-head hailed the deck. “A sail in the +south-east,” said he.</p> +<p>“What is she like?” asked Captain Hudson.</p> +<p>“A suspicious-looking craft—a schooner, sir; a +merchantman of some sort,” was the answer.</p> +<p>This announcement put us all on the alert, and as soon as +every stitch of sail we could carry had been clapped on the ship +several officers were seen going aloft with their spy-glasses +slung by rope-yarns over their shoulders to have a look at the +chase. I was among the number, so was Mercer. We soon afterwards +made the land, which as we drew near we recognised as Cape May. +We were rapidly over-hauling the chase, which was steering +directly for the coast, and it was a question whether we should +come up with her before she ran on shore or got under shelter +among any rocks which might be there. There is nothing so +exciting in a sea life as a chase; the discussion as to what the +stranger may prove, friend or foe, with or without a cargo, +armed, and likely to show fight, or helpless, worth having or +valueless; and, more than all, whether or not one is likely to +overtake her. There is only one thing beats it, and that is to be +chased, and I cannot say that the sensations are so agreeable. We +were most of us in high spirits at the thoughts of making a +capture; the first, we hoped, of a number of prizes we should +take during our cruise. The only person who did not take an +interest in the affair was Mercer. He was grave and careworn as +before; indeed, it struck me that his melancholy had increased +lately. He was sitting close to me at the fore-top mast-head.</p> +<p>“Hurrah! we are overhauling her; we shall soon be up +with her!” I exclaimed.</p> +<p>“Hurry,” said he, turning round suddenly, “I +cannot bear this life. I wish to do my duty, to remain faithful +to my allegiance, and yet, I care not who knows it, all my +sympathies are with those England has made her foes. I have but +one resource; I must quit the service. I would that I could reach +some desert isle where I could hide my head far from the haunts +of men. I would even welcome death as an alternative. Hurricane, +do you know I have of late felt as if my days were already +numbered, and that my stay on earth will be very short. Once the +thought would have made me unhappy; now I contemplate it with +satisfaction, even at moments as a welcome boon.”</p> +<p>I did my utmost to turn my friend’s mind from the gloomy +contemplations which occupied it. I had conceived of late much +greater regard for him than I had when we first met; there was +much that was generous and romantic in his character which +attracted me, besides which his courage and coolness in danger +had often excited my admiration. I had been, as I have said, +using all the arguments I could think of to turn his thoughts +into another channel, when he replied—</p> +<p>“I know that I am wrong to give way to these feelings. +My religion teaches me to trust in God’s good providence +and to believe that all He orders is for the best. I spoke as I +did from weakness and want of faith; still I tell you that I am +certain before long I shall meet my death. I am endeavouring to +prepare for that awful moment; but it is at times, +notwithstanding what I have just said, very, very hard to +contemplate.”</p> +<p>After speaking much in the same strain as before, I told him +that I had known so many people oppressed with the same feeling +that he suffered from, of approaching death, who had lived very +many years afterwards, that I put not the slightest faith in such +prognostications. “At the same time,” I continued, +“many a man who expects to lose his life when going into +battle does so; but then he would have been killed whether he +expected it or not; so, my dear Mercer, I hope you will live to +see peace restored, and to enjoy many happy days at +home.”</p> +<p>Mercer shook his head, then took a long, eager look at the +shore towards which we were approaching.</p> +<p>The Kingfisher had been somewhat more to the south than we +were when we sighted the chase. At first she had evidently hoped +to double Cape May and to run up the Delaware, but, that hope +being cut off, her only mode of escape was to make directly for +the land; and it now became evident to Mercer and me, as we sat +on our lofty perch, that it was the intention of her crew to run +her on shore. Our conversation was brought to a conclusion by our +being obliged to descend to attend to our duties on deck.</p> +<p>The poor little schooner had but a small prospect of escape +with two big ships in chase, but the man who commanded her was a +gallant fellow, and it was evident would persevere while a chance +of escape remained.</p> +<p>“Fire the foremost gun, Mr Willis, and bring that fellow +to,” said Captain Hudson as we got her within range.</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” answered the first lieutenant, +going forward to see the order executed.</p> +<p>Still the chase seemed to have no notion of giving in. Shot +after shot was fired, none striking her, and soon the Kingfisher +joined in the practice, with like effect.</p> +<p>“I believe the fellow will manage to run his craft on +shore before he strikes,” observed the captain. “He +has very likely a valuable cargo on board.”</p> +<p>“Powder or arms for the rebels probably, sir,” +said Mr Heron. “We shall have to cut him out.”</p> +<p>“I expect so, and intend to give you charge of the +expedition,” replied Captain Hudson. “I hope that you +will give as good an account of the foe as you did at Kip’s +Bay, Mr Heron.”</p> +<p>The second lieutenant made a face as if he did not like the +subject.</p> +<p>We were now rapidly overhauling the chase. We had been +standing in on a line a little to the north of her, to prevent +her hauling across our bows and beating up to windward +along-shore in shallow water, which it was just possible she +might attempt to do. Thus every chance of escape on that side was +cut off from her. At length one of our shots struck her and +carried away her main-topmast. Our crew gave a loud hurrah. It +was replied to by her people in bravado. Several successive shots +did further damage, yet still she would not give in. Her crew +might have hoped to draw us on shore, but Captain Hudson was too +wary to be thus taken in.</p> +<p>“Shorten sail, Mr Willis,” he shouted, “and +make the signal to the ‘Kingfisher’ to do the +same.”</p> +<p>Just as our canvas was reduced and the heads of the ships +turned off shore, gracefully bowing to the sea which rolled in, +there was a shout from those who were on the look-out on the +chase. She had run on shore. As she struck the rocks both her +masts went by the board. Captain Hudson on this ordered three +boats from us to be manned and two from the Kingfisher, to go in +and try to get her off, if not to destroy her, for which purpose +we took the usual combustibles. Mr Heron went in one, and had +charge of the expedition. Mercer went in another, and I had +command of a third. The Kingfisher, at the same time, stood in as +close as she could, and then furling sails was warped in with +springs on her cables, to cover us in case we should be molested. +The schooner had run in within a reef which protected her +somewhat from the sea. As we drew near, I saw that her crew were +still on board. My boat had taken the lead of the others.</p> +<p>“Give way, my lads, give way!” I shouted; +“we shall have time to catch the fellows before they set +their craft on fire.” I was not aware at the time that they +were not likely to do that same thing. The sea was breaking over +her forward, but without much violence. She lay at about seventy +to a hundred yards from the shore. I steered for her quarter, and +as I and my men sprung on board, her crew tumbled over the bows +into their boat, and made good way towards the beach. So +precipitate had been their retreat that they left behind them two +poor fellows who had been wounded by our shot. As our boats came +round the stern of the schooner, and saw the rebels escaping, the +two belonging to the sloop-of-war pulled away in chase, while Mr +Heron and Mercer jumped on board. The Kingfisher’s boats +would have captured the rebels, but, just as they were about +doing so, up started three or four hundred militiamen from behind +some sand hills, while other bodies were seen rushing down from +all directions towards us. They immediately opened so heavy a +fire on the two boats that they were compelled to desist from the +pursuit, and wisely beat a retreat to the schooner. The +sloop-of-war on this fired on the people on shore. There were +probably by this time a thousand or more possessed of every +possible description of fire-arm. The Kingfisher dispersed those +who had first shown themselves in an exposed situation, and +knocked several of them over, but the rest kept up so very heavy +a fire on us that we were glad to dive down below to get out of +it. We at once found that it would be impossible to to get the +schooner off, and we then set to work to examine her cargo. I had +gone into the cabin, where I found the ship’s manifest. I +took it up to read it, as I concluded it would give me the +information we required. I saw that some dry goods had been +shipped, and some saltpetre, and I had just read “<i>Three +hundred and sixty barrels of gunpowder</i>”—an +article very much in request among the rebels—when there +was a cry raised of “Fire, fire, fire!” Mr Heron had +made the same discovery by seeing some suspicious black grains +falling out of a cask, and he had just before beat a retreat.</p> +<p>“To the boats, to the boats, for your lives, my +men!” I shouted, springing on deck, followed by my men. We +tumbled into our boats with no little speed, and seized our oars, +to place as much distance as we could between ourselves and the +threatened danger. As I was leaving the vessel, I saw Mercer, +with some of his people, apparently endeavouring to lift the two +poor wounded Americans into his boat. It was but a glance, for +the hurry and confusion of that awful moment prevented me seeing +more.</p> +<p>“Give way, give way for your lives!” I shouted. No +sooner did our heads appear above the schooner’s bulwarks +than the rebels redoubled their fire on us, but we cared not for +them. We scarcely had got clear from the side of the ill-fated +vessel, when a terrific, thundering, roaring noise assailed our +ears; a vivid flash blinded us; a scorching heat almost consumed +us; and as we bent our heads in mute dismay, nearer despair, +after a few moments of awful silence, down came crashing about us +burning fragments of timbers and planks and spars and sails, and, +horror of horrors! pieces of what an instant before had been +human forms, breathing with life and strength. The oars were +knocked from the men’s hands—dashed to atoms. Several +of the men were struck down, shrieking with agony from the +dreadful wounds the heavy pieces of burning wood and the hot iron +inflicted; the very air was darkened for some moments,—and +it seemed that the horrible shower would never cease. Even the +enemy were awe-struck at the catastrophe, and ceased firing, as +did the sloop-of-war. Our boats’ crews took the opportunity +to get out the spare oars, and to pull out to sea. As they did so +they rose up and gave the enemy three cheers, which, as may be +supposed, drew down on them hot fire in return. An important +service had been accomplished in the destruction of the powder, +but I was in no mood for cheering. Five boats had gone in, four +only were coming out. The fifth floated, shattered and blackened, +over the scene of destruction, but no one was in her. She was the +boat commanded by Mercer. He and all his crew had been; swept to +destruction. His anticipations of coming evil had indeed been +speedily verified. Two short hours ago he and I were sitting side +by side away from the crowded deck, talking of matters of deep +importance, to fathom which I felt was far beyond my +comprehension. Now, though scarce a remnant of his blackened form +could be discovered, he, I trusted, was on his way to those +realms inhabited by beings of bright intelligence, to whom all +such mysteries are clear as noon-day. He died in full assurance +of salvation through a merciful Saviour; his last act one of +charity, of the noblest self-devotion.</p> +<p>“Which, then, is the happiest?”</p> +<p>“Not I, not I.”</p> +<p>I bent my head and thought of what I was, of what I might +become, unless protected by the loving mercy of a higher power +than that of man’s feeble will.</p> +<p>The next day we parted company from the Kingfisher, and went +in quest of the Daphne, which joined us that evening, having +missed the vessel of which she had gone in chase.</p> +<p>On the 20th we captured a small schooner from Philadelphia, +bound to the West Indies, with flour and Indian corn, and, having +taken out the crew: and the flour, we set her on fire, to the no +small grief of her master and owner, who stood looking at her as +we left her blazing away and lighting up the darkness of a +November night. On the 24th a suspicious sail hove in sight, +which we made out to be an English brig, though she showed no +colours; but, as she did her best to get away from us, we made +chase after her. A shot brought her to, when we found that she +was bound from the coast of Guinea, had a thousand pounds’ +worth of ivory on board, and had been taken by the Congress and +Chance privateers Her captors looked very blue, but had to submit +to their fate. Captain Hudson ordered Kennedy, with four hands, +to take charge of her, and to carry her into New York.</p> +<p>“We shall meet there I hope soon, Hurry,” said he, +as he was shoving off to take possession of his new command. +“If we can but contrive to spend some little time there, +we’ll manage to amuse ourselves now that the place is free +from those dunder-headed rebels.”</p> +<p>“I hope so too. It will not be my fault if I do not +follow you soon,” I replied, “only, I say, Kennedy, +take care that the brig is not recaptured by any of those same +dunder-headed rebels.”</p> +<p>“No fear, no fear; I’ll keep too bright a look-out +for that,” he answered, laughing.</p> +<p>He had a fair wind and every prospect of a quick run, so that +I hoped to find him at New York when I got the chance of going +there.</p> +<p>On the 30th we again parted from the Daphne, and soon after +gave chase to a sleep, which, after firing a few shots, we +brought to. I was at once sent on board to take possession. I +found her armed with eight carriage four-pounders, fourteen +swivels and four cohorns, and laden with rum, porter, flour and +bread, and I dare say she would have proved as ugly a customer to +any small craft she might have fallen in with as she would have +been a welcome guest at the port to which she was bound. Grampus +and Tom Rockets had accompanied me as part of my boat’s +crew. Scarcely had I got on board when another sail was seen from +the mast-head of the Orpheus, so Captain Hudson ordered me to +keep them and another man, and to send the prisoners on board +with the rest of the crew, which done, I was to cruise about in +the neighbourhood to wait his return. A midshipman’s +personal comfort is not much considered on such occasions, so +that I was unable to get any clothes or even a change of linen +before my ship was standing away with all sail set in chase of +the stranger last seen. My prize, I found, was called the Colonel +Parry.</p> +<p>“What do you think of our craft?” said I to +Grampus, who had been running his eye over her, inside and +out.</p> +<p>“Why, Mr Hurry, she’s seen no little service in +her time, I’m thinking; and if so be there comes a gale of +wind, she’ll require delicate handling, or she’ll be +apt to go t’other way to what the schooner we last took +did. Now, to my mind, sir, the weather doesn’t look at all +pleasant like, and I shouldn’t be surprised but what we get +a pretty heavy gale of wind before nightfall.”</p> +<p>“I think so too,” said I. “There’s one +comfort, if we do not fan in with the ‘Orpheus’ again +for a month to come, we’ve provisions enough on +board—we shall not starve.”</p> +<p>Old Nol’s prognostications were fulfilled even sooner +than we expected; a black, heavy bank of clouds came rolling up +towards us; and as the frigate’s top-gallant sails, shining +with peculiar whiteness against the dark mass, sank beneath the +horizon, we were pitching our bows into a heavy sea under a +close-reefed mainsail and foresail. We had made ourselves as snug +as we could, but not a moment too soon. Had there been a trysail +on board I should have set it. Even with the sail she had on her +the vessel strained very much, and sometimes I thought she would +make a perfect dip of it and go down head foremost. However, I +had done all I could do, and must await the result.</p> +<p>“What’s the matter now?” said I to Grampus, +who had gone below for a short time.</p> +<p>“Why, sir, the old tub is taking in water rather faster +than we are likely to pump it out.”</p> +<p>“We must try, however,” I answered. “Man the +pumps, and let’s do our best.”</p> +<p>So to work we set. The weather was cool, and we were wet with +the sea and spray, but the exercise kept us from feeling cold. We +soon found that we made no sensible impression on the water in +the hold, but yet it was something to keep the vessel afloat. +While so employed, a loud bang saluted our ears; a heavier blast +than usual had split both the mainsail and foresail. The sails +soon shivered to tatters. I could find none with which to replace +them, and there we lay, almost water-logged, at the mercy of the +winds and waves. A long November night, too, was coming on, and I +felt the very great probability that we might never be blessed by +the sight of another dawn. Grampus took it very coolly; he had +been in many similar situations; but Tom Rockets was far from +happy.</p> +<p>“Oh, Mr Hurry,” said he, as the gale rose higher +and the seas tossed us helplessly about, ever and anon deluging +our decks, “what is to become of us, sir? What will poor +mother do when she hears that you and I are gone to the bottom in +this outlandish country, where they seem to have nothing to do +but to fight and shoot and knock each other on the +head?”</p> +<p>Poor Tom’s notion of the country was very naturally +formed from his own experience.</p> +<p>“I hope, Tom, things are not so bad as you fancy,” +said I. “We must pray to God, and trust in His mercy to +save us. He has power to hold us up if He thinks fit; and I have +no doubt, too, that your mother and mine are praying for us, and +I feel sure that He will listen to their prayers, if He does not +to those of such careless, thoughtless fellows as we +are.”</p> +<p>“That’s truth, Mr Hurry,” put in old +Grampus; “there’s nothing like having a good mother +to pray for one, depend on’t. While my old mother lived, I +always felt as how there was one who loved me, who was asking +more for me than I dared ask for myself; and now she’s gone +aloft, I don’t think she has forgotten her son, though I +doubt if she would know his figure-head if she was to see +him.”</p> +<p>“I cannot say exactly that. Grampus,” said I, +“though it looks to me like true philosophy; but one thing +I do know—and that the Bible tells us plainly—that, +if we will but trust and believe on Him, we have an Advocate with +the Father, ever pleading for us, bad as we may have +been—He who came into the world to save us, our Lord and +Saviour Jesus Christ. He knows how to plead for us better than +any earthly parent, either alive or in heaven, for He so loved us +that He took our nature upon Him, and He knows all things, and +knows our weaknesses and temptations, and want of opportunities +of gaining knowledge.”</p> +<p>“That’s true again, sir,” observed Grampus; +“that’s what I calls right earnest +religion—you’ll pardon me for saying it, but to my +mind the parsons couldn’t give us better.”</p> +<p>I told Grampus I was glad of his good opinion, and we talked +on for some time much in the same strain. I had gained more +religious knowledge lately from poor Mercer, who, during the last +weeks we had been together, had been very assiduous in impressing +his own convictions on me. There are occasions like this which +bring people of different ranks together, and which draw out the +real feelings and thoughts of the heart, when all know that any +moment may be their last; a slight increase of the gale, one +heavier sea than usual, the starting of a plank may send them all +to the bottom. The pride of the proudest is humbled, the fiercest +man is made meek. Those who live on shore at ease, and are seldom +or never exposed to danger or are in hazard of their lives, can +scarcely understand these things; priding themselves on their +education, rank or fortune, they look down on all beneath them as +unworthy of their thoughts or care, and I verily believe that +some of them fancy that a different Creator made them—that +they were sent into the world for different objects, and that +they will go to different heaven when they die—that is to +say, if they ever think of dying, or ever trouble their heads +about an hereafter. I have often wished to get those young +gentlemen in just such a position as I was that night, and they +could not fail to learn a lesson which they would remember to the +end of their days.</p> +<p>In the morning watch the gale began to abate.</p> +<p>“Come,” said I, “let’s turn to and see +if we cannot lessen the water in the hold.”</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” replied Grampus. “We’ve +a chance now, I think.”</p> +<p>We therefore all set to work with a will—there is +nothing like trying what can be done, however desperate affairs +may seem—and before daylight we most certainly were gaining +on the leaks. We now found a second jib in the sail-room, which +we set as a trysail, though I had not much expectation of it +standing, and by its means we hove the vessel to. This at once +relieved her greatly, but, as day broke, the weather looked so +unpromising that I had great fears we might very soon be in a +worse position than before. Our comfort was, that we had now done +all that men could do, so we went to breakfast with clear +consciences on some of the good things left us by the former +owners. We lighted a fire in the cabin, dried our clothes, warmed +our bodies, and otherwise made ourselves as comfortable as +circumstances would admit. On deck the aspect of affairs was not +so cheering. Nothing was to be seen but dark green seas crested +with foam around us, and black lowering clouds overhead, while a +cold whistling wind did its best to blow our teeth down our +throats. The wind, as I expected, soon breezed up again, and +continued blowing heavily the whole day. The water, however, did +not further gain on us, so I had hopes that we might still +weather it out. Night came back on us without our having seen a +sail or experienced any change for the better, and the morning +came, and the next day passed away exactly as had the first. We +had bread enough to eat, and flour to make dumplings, but we had +no suet to put with them, so that they came out of the pot as +hard as round shots; and we had rum and porter in a +superabundance to drink; it was important, however, to use it +sparingly, especially the former; but we had very few other +things which could be called luxuries; no bedding, no change of +clothes, and but a scanty supply of fuel. I had to lie wrapped up +in an old cloak and a piece of carpet while Tom Rockets washed +out my shirt and stockings. Day after day passed away and there +we lay, pitching our bows under, hove-to at the most boisterous +season of the year off that inhospitable coast, earnestly wishing +for the return of the Orpheus, with the prospect, in the +meantime, of being recaptured by an enemy’s privateer, and +the certainty of being taken should we make for any port but New +York, which, as the wind then held, was a matter of +impossibility. We did not, however, pipe our eyes about the +matter but, following old Nol’s advice, made the best of +it.</p> +<p>“Any sail in sight, Grampus?” I used to ask as I +turned out in the morning.</p> +<p>“No, sir, only clouds and water; but better them than an +enemy, you know, sir,” was his general reply.</p> +<p>Now and then a sail would appear in the horizon, but either we +were not seen or they were peaceable merchantmen, anxious to make +the best of their way to their destined port. At last one +morning, after I had been keeping the middle watch, old +Grampus’ voice roused me out of a sound sleep.</p> +<p>“Come on deck, Mr Hurry, sir, if you please! I +don’t like the looks of her at all.”</p> +<p>In a moment my head was up the companion-hatch. The weather +was worse than ever. A thick driving mist formed a dense veil on +every side, but I could just discern through it the sails of a +large schooner standing directly for us from the eastward.</p> +<p>“She is American, I suspect, Grampus,” said I.</p> +<p>“No doubt about it, sir,” he answered. “Our +cruise is up, I’m afraid, and we may make ready for a spell +on shore, and nothing to do.”</p> +<p>“We might beat her off, though,” I observed. +“There is nothing like putting a bold face on the matter, +and it would never do to yield without striking a +blow.”</p> +<p>“Ay, sir, with all my heart,” said he cheerfully; +“the guns are all loaded, and I made Tom and Bill get up +some powder and shot in case they were wanted, before I called +you, sir. You’ll excuse me, sir, I thought there was no +harm.”</p> +<p>“All right, Grampus,” I answered, laughing at his +having calculated on what I should certainly propose doing. Bill +Nettle was a good man and true, so that I knew I could thoroughly +depend on all my small crew, and, having made every preparation, +we waited till the schooner got within range of our guns. We had +not long to wait. The gale bore her quickly towards us, and I +almost thought she intended to run us down. Were she to overpower +us there was too much sea to allow her to send a boat on board to +take possession. She got within range, still she did not +fire.</p> +<p>“She is unarmed, I suspect,” said I.</p> +<p>“No, no, sir,” replied Grampus. “She is +armed, depend on that. She is up to some trick or +other.”</p> +<p>On she came, passing close to us. The American flag was flying +from the peak. I could not make out the mystery. In another +moment, however, it was explained. For an instant the fog lifted, +and showed us a large ship under a press of sail, standing +directly after her. We cheered at the sight, for we had no +difficulty in recognising the Orpheus, and at the same moment we +ran out and let fly every gun we could bring to bear at the +rigging of the stranger. One shot, directed by chance, certainly +not by skill, struck her main-topmast, and down it came tumbling +on deck. We hastened to reload our guns as fast as we could. She +gave us a broadside from her guns in return, but the shot were +thrown away. She stood on, however, but we had not a little +diminished her chance of escape. The Orpheus was soon up to us, +passing within hail.</p> +<p>“Well done, Mr Hurry, well done!” shouted Captain +Hudson. “We will send you help as soon as we +can.”</p> +<p>His commendation was no little satisfaction to me. It was a +fine sight to see the noble ship sweeping by, her white canvas +looking whiter amid the dark clouds and the sheets of foam which +surrounded her, as, pressed by the gale, she heeled over, till +her lee guns dipped in the water as she plunged on through the +heaving seas which she majestically cast aside in her course. I +longed to be on board her, though I should have speedily changed +from a commander into a midshipman. Away she went, her vast form +growing each instant more indistinct, like one of the genii one +reads about in tales of romance, till she disappeared altogether +in the thick driving mist, and once more we were left alone, so +that her very appearance seemed almost like a dream, and I began +at last to question whether I really had seen her. We watched +anxiously for her, trying to pierce through the gloomy +atmosphere, but no sign of her could we discern, and night once +again closed round us in our solitude. The weather did not +improve, so we spent another day at pile driving, neither a +pleasant nor a profitable occupation. The second morning after +the event I have described was as dark and lowering as before, +but, as I went on deck after breakfast, Grampus cheered me by +saying that he thought it was going to mend a bit. We were +looking to the south-east, when simultaneously all hands uttered +a loud cheer. The clouds seemed to burst asunder, the mist +lifted, the bright sun shone forth, and, surrounded by his +glorious rays, beneath a canopy of blue sky, our noble ship +appeared, standing towards us, with the schooner and a sloop in +her wake. There was, however, still too much sea on for her to +send a boat without some risk; indeed, before she could well have +done so, another sail hove in sight, and she was away in +chase.</p> +<p>On the 14th of the month we spoke his Majesty’s ship +Mermaid, with a convoy from England to New York. On the 15th the +Orpheus took a schooner from Martinique, with a cargo of claret, +so that with another sloop she had taken she had now five prizes. +It was not, however, till the 26th of the month that a boat +boarded me from the ship, with written directions from Captain +Hudson to take under my command all the prizes, and to proceed +with them to New York. I, in return, sent for my bedding and +chest, and a few other things from the purser, which I required, +and as soon as I had got them I hoisted the signal to my squadron +to make sail for the port of our destination. A midshipman had +been put in charge of each of the prizes, and as soon as we had +lost sight of the ship we ran close to each other to discuss the +plans of amusement which each of us were already enjoying by +anticipation. Delisle commanded one of the schooners, Ragget +another, Nicholas had one sloop, and Drew the last capture. We +were, as may be supposed, a very merry set. It did not occur to +us that our enemy’s cruisers might pop down on us before we +got into port, as does a cat among a party of mice at play. We +were almost as helpless as mice in the paws of a cat, for so few +men were sent away in each prize that we had scarcely strength to +work them, much less to fight or make sail on an emergency. In +this instance fortune favoured us. We made Sandy Hook on the +28th, and before evening were all safely moored alongside the +wharf, among twenty-nine other vessels of various rigs captured +by the Orpheus.</p> +<p>As several other ships of war had sent in prizes, we +altogether formed a very jovial set of midshipmen. There were +seven of us from the Orpheus alone, and, as I was senior officer, +they were generally my guests. I had really a very elegant cabin, +nicely fitted up with every convenience, and a comfortable stove, +besides which I collected from the various prizes an ample stock +of good things to supply the wants of the inner man. Never indeed +had I enjoyed more perfect luxury, or greater rest and +relaxation, without one anxious care, one unhappy moment to +extract the sweets from my existence, free from all the rubs and +kicks and snubs midshipmen seem the natural heirs to, so I smiled +at fortune and defied its frowns.</p> +<p>I was for a short time, however, made to quake, for after the +Orpheus had, during December, sent in several prizes, she arrived +herself with two others, and some of my messmates had to return +on board. But Captain Hudson, whose good opinion I had won, gave +me directions, to my infinite contentment, to remain in charge of +the prizes. I had also a sufficient number of companions to bear +me company. Numberless were the pranks we Orlopians played. Some +might now make me blush, though, generally, if not wise they were +harmless. I remember that we did our skipper and the captain of +the Daphne out of three cases of claret which they had marked for +their own use. It happened that, as we were preparing to keep +Christmas Day, some one bethought him of the three cases. They +were sent for. One of them was broached at dinner-time, and found +so excellent that we drank up the whole; but, as we were doing +so, our consciences were alarmed, and we ordered the bottles and +corks to be kept. The next day we employed ourselves in refilling +them from the casks, and in carefully corking and sealing them. +Some time afterwards I was dining with our captain, when one of +the cases was produced. The opinion of the guests was asked. Some +thought it excellent. Delisle, who was there, looked at me, but +we kept our countenances. Our first lieutenant, who was +considered a judge, pronounced it good, but he found very little +difference between it and the wine in cask.</p> +<p>Among other things we came on some casks of +limes—excellent things, be it known, in the composition of +punch. The said fruit we accordingly ate up or used for that +purpose, and filling the casks with wet hay, some rotten limes, +and the stuff they were packed in, returned them to the hold. On +examination, the casks of limes were found to have been entirely +spoilt. Such tricks are, however, I must own, not only unworthy +of imitation, but scarcely fit to be recorded.</p> +<p>I must now give a glance at the position of the belligerent +armies at this period. Washington, having crossed the Hudson into +the Jerseys, had been compelled by the desertion of a +considerable number of his troops, who had enlisted only for +short periods, to retreat across the Delaware, while some of the +most fertile tracts of the country fell into the hands of the +Royalists. General Lee, an officer of considerable talent and +daring, was surprised and captured by a body of British cavalry; +while the other rebel generals found themselves, with diminished +and disheartened forces, separated from each other, and without +resources or means of recruiting; indeed, the revolutionary cause +appeared to have arrived at its lowest ebb, and great hopes were +entertained that a speedy conclusion would be made to the +sanguinary contest. Perhaps the Americans were not so badly off +as we supposed. That they were not asleep was proved by their +gallant and well-conducted surprise and capture of Colonel Rahl +and a thousand Hessian troops at Trenton on Christmas Day, an +enterprise which inspirited the Americans, and was a severe loss +to the Royalists. The Hessian commander was mortally wounded, and +died the next day; and most of his men, being marched into the +interior, settled in the country. Soon after this occurrence +Washington was appointed military dictator, and through his +consummate conduct the prospects of the rebels began to +revive.</p> +<p>Of course the progress of the war was the constant subject of +conversation while I was at New York, and I consequently heard a +good deal about it. Before I end this chapter, I think it may +prove interesting if I give a slight sketch of the warlike +proceedings which had occurred up to this period on the Canadian +frontier, as well as some of the proceedings of General +Washington and his army.</p> +<p>Lakes Champlain and George, approaching as they do the upper +waters of the Hudson, have always been considered the key to the +northern provinces from Canada. Their possession has therefore +been looked on as of the first importance; and Ticonderoga, the +chief fort at the head of Lake Champlain, has been the scene of +many bloody encounters. I heard a good deal about the matter +afterwards from Edward Fleetwood Pelew, whose brother Israel was +long a messmate of mine, and who was himself engaged in the +affair I have to relate. General Gates commanded the American +forces in the north, and he had strongly fortified Ticonderoga. +Our army in Canada was at that time under the command of Sir Guy +Carleton, a very brave and dashing officer. The success which Sir +William Howe had met with on the seaboard inspired him with an +ardent desire to signalise himself in the north; and he hoped to +be able to expel the rebels from their posts on the lakes, and, +by a triumphant march down the banks of the Hudson, to form a +junction with the main body of the British army at New York. To +effect this object he fitted out a fleet of small craft of every +description on which he could lay his hands on Lake Champlain. It +was placed under the command of Captain Pringle. The Americans +got notice of what was going forward, and got a fleet together +under the orders of General Arnold. Our fleet were ready by the +first week in October, and made sail up the lake in search of the +enemy. They cruised for some time, and were almost in despair of +falling in with the American squadron, believing that it must +have run for shelter to the extreme southern point of the lake, +when, as with a fair wind they had already passed Valcour Island, +they caught sight of the enemy drawn up across the channel +between that island and the main. Our flotilla instantly hauled +their wind, and stood in to attack the enemy. The Americans, to +do them justice, behaved gallantly, and no man could have fought +his vessels better than did Arnold; but our force was +overpowering, and they got dreadfully cut up. Some Indians were +landed on the island, who, getting on their flanks, galled them +terribly with their rifles. Still they fought on till darkness +came to their aid. Our larger vessels could not get into the +channel, or they would have been completely cut up. At night the +British squadron had to haul off; and, when morning dawned, it +was found that Arnold, and such of his vessels as still kept +afloat, had made his escape up the lake. Several of them were, +however, overtaken and captured, while others were sunk or run on +shore and burnt. Arnold with the remnant took shelter under +Ticonderoga. This success was not followed up by Sir Guy, as he +found that Ticonderoga was so strongly garrisoned that he could +not hope to take it without considerable loss both of men and +time, and he would afterwards have had to advance through a +difficult country in the middle of winter with a vigilant enemy +ever on the watch to harass him. He therefore returned with his +army to Montreal.</p> +<p>General Washington, meantime, after he had retreated from New +York with his shattered forces, endeavoured to hold the country +to the westward on both sides of the Hudson. The greater part of +his army occupied a rocky and mountainous district known by the +name of the Highlands. There he carried on a sort of Fabian +warfare, ever avoiding a regular engagement, always on the +defensive, and retreating when pursued. So ill-formed and +ill-disciplined were the American forces at this time that he had +no other resource than to act as he did. His army was still +further weakened by the loss of Fort Washington with a garrison +of nearly three thousand men, which was gallantly taken, after a +desperate defence, by Lords Percy and Cornwallis, and a body of +Hessians under Colonel Rahl, of whom I have before spoken.</p> +<p>Altogether, it seems surprising that our generals should not +have been able at this juncture to crush Washington, and put an +end to the rebellion. A higher Power than either of the +belligerents ruled otherwise.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap07" id="chap07"></a> +<h3>Chapter Seven.</h3> +<h4>My command ends.—At sea on board the Orpheus.—On +a lee-shore.—Saved.—Sent up Providence +River.—Threatened by fire-ships.—Employment of +spies.—The old spy and his nephew.—Attacked by +fire-ships.—Execution of the spies.—Sail on a cruise +with other frigates.—Prizes taken.—A privateer +escapes us in a gale.—Chase vessels on shore.—Exposed +to heavy fire.—Narrow escape.—My young messmate +wounded.</h4> +<p>“Well, skipper, I’m afraid our cruise is at an +end,” said Delisle, coming into my cabin one morning as I +sat discussing such a breakfast as rarely fell in those days to +the share of a midshipman before my warm stove.</p> +<p>“Oh, bird of ill omen, why croak you forth such dire +intelligence?” I asked, as he threw off his snow-covered +coat, and prepared to join me in my meal with a look which made +me fear there were not many more such in store for us.</p> +<p>“Because, by the pricking of my thumbs, something evil +this way comes, in the shape of the ‘Orpheus,’ of +which I caught a glimpse as I came along, standing into the +harbour,” he replied, knocking the top off an egg.</p> +<p>We had been reading Shakespeare, and various other literary +productions, and had become somewhat poetical in our style of +conversation. My messmate’s information was but too +true—that very afternoon we received orders to deliver up +our prizes to the agents, and to rejoin our ship. With what +sorrow of heart did I bid farewell to my neat cabin, my airy +sleeping-place, my comfortable sofa, my warm stove, and all the +other luxuries with which I had been surrounded; and with what +thorough disgust and discontent did I take possession, after my +long absence, of my berth on board the old Orpheus! Really, I had +no right to complain, and I was truly glad to see many of my +shipmates again.</p> +<p>The heavy islands of ice, which came floating down with each +ebb, threatening to crush in the bows of the ship, compelled us +to move down close to the fish-market, where we were sheltered +from them.</p> +<p>On the 20th, having received on board a number of rebel +prisoners, whom we were to take round to Rhode Island, we sailed +in company with HMS Solebay, Daphne, and Harriet packet, but +parted with them off Sandy Hook. Our passengers were in a very +sad state of destitution and sickness. Fever soon broke out among +them, and it spread rapidly among our crew.</p> +<p>We quickly were doomed also to experience another of the +numerous ills which seamen are heirs to. This was a gale of wind +which sprung up about midnight from the south-east, catching us +most completely on a lee-shore. We had made but little offing, +and every minute the wind increased, and we, I saw, were drifting +closer and closer onto the coast of Long Island. Captain Hudson, +Mr Willis, and Mr Flood, the master, were in earnest +consultation.</p> +<p>“What will you give for our chance of saving the +ship?” said Delisle to me as we stood holding on to the +weather bulwarks, while the spray in dense masses was breaking +over us—the ship heeling over till her lee-guns were buried +in water with the heavy press of canvas it was necessary to carry +to give us a hope of beating off.</p> +<p>“A midshipman’s half-pay for a week and a day, +unless the wind shifts or moderates,” I answered. “I +believe the old barkie was never in greater peril. If we save the +people’s lives we shall be fortunate.”</p> +<p>“So the captain seems to think. I never saw him more +anxious,” replied Delisle. “My idea is that we shall +have to cut away the masts and anchor. My only consolation is +that if we escape with our lives, it is the only part of the +coast where we should not to a certainty be made prisoners of +war.”</p> +<p>I agreed with Delisle. To anchor would be our only resource, +but one on which I feared we could place very little reliance. +The anchors might hold; but with the whole roll of the Atlantic +tumbling in on us, and the terrific gale there was already +blowing, and every instant increasing, I felt that there was +small chance of their so doing. Dark and darker grew the night, +higher and higher rose the sea, and fiercer and more furious blew +the wind. Still the stout ship struggled bravely on; her lee-side +pressed deep into the water, while torrents of foam broke over +her weather-bow and deluged us fore and aft. It seemed doubtful +indeed whether the masts would long stand the tremendous strain +put upon them. High above the roaring of the tempest was +occasionally heard the ominous voice of the man in the chains as +he sung out the depth of water in which we floated, showing that +we were slowly though surely shallowing it.</p> +<p>That dark and terrific night will not easily pass from my +memory. Captain Hudson had ordered the cables to be ranged in +readiness to anchor. The carpenter and his crew were sent for, +and ordered to prepare for the last desperate expedient of +cutting away the masts. Every now and then, as a bright flash of +lightning darted from the sky, they might be seen with their +gleaming axes uplifted, ready at a moment to execute the fatal +order. Everybody was on deck, for our danger was apparent to +all.</p> +<p>“What shall we have to do?” asked little Harry +Sumner, as he stood shivering with the cold by my side.</p> +<p>“Obey orders and trust in Providence, my boy,” +said I. “If the anchors don’t hold and the ship goes +to pieces, we may have to swim for it, and then, Harry, keep an +eye on me, and if I can lend you a helping hand, I will. I must +not promise too much, for I may not be able to help +myself.”</p> +<p>“Thank you, Hurry, thank you. Oh, I am sure you will do +all you can for me,” said the boy gratefully.</p> +<p>The coolest man on board was the captain. He stood on the +weather-side of the quarter-deck, one hand holding on by a +stanchion, the other grasping his speaking-trumpet, his hair +streaming from beneath his hat, and his coat-tails fluttering in +the gale. I love to picture our brave commander as he appeared at +that moment, when he knew the lives of hundreds depended on his +calmness and decision.</p> +<p>“By the deep nine,” was heard from the man in the +chains. Scarcely had the words been uttered, when down came the +tempest on us with redoubled fury, and the wind and sea roared so +loudly that it would scarcely have been possible to have heard +his voice again. Suddenly there was a lull.</p> +<p>“By the mark eight,” was now heard with startling +distinctness. A flash of lightning revealed the captain as he +raised his speaking-trumpet to his mouth. We knew what was +coming. At that very moment the sails gave a loud flap against +the masts, the ship plunged violently, but rose on an even keel. +The captain took the trumpet from his mouth. Suddenly the gale +backed out of its former quarter, and shifted to the north-west. +There was a shout of satisfaction; some few, perhaps, breathed a +prayer of thankfulness for our preservation as we ran off from +the dangerous coast.</p> +<p>On the 23rd we reached Rhode Island. The fever had spread so +rapidly among our men that in a few days we sent no less than +ninety of them to the hospital on shore, while we kept an equal +number of sick on board. On the 27th the commodore sent us a +hundred men from other ships, and ordered us to cruise for a +month in Buzzard’s Bay, between New Bedford Harbour and +Martha’s Vineyard. The latter quaint-named place is one of +the many islands off that coast inside Nantucket Island. The +extreme severity of the weather made our cruise thoroughly +disagreeable, and much prevented the people from recovering their +health; indeed, it considerably increased the number of our sick. +In truth, it was very tantalising and provoking to be kept for +nearly a week knocking about for no purpose scarcely ten leagues +from our port without being allowed to enter it. At last the +captain could stand it no longer, so we put back on the 3rd of +March, and were forthwith sent up Providence River as an advanced +ship. Here we had frequent skirmishes with the enemy, who took a +sly pop at us whenever they could, but without doing us much +damage. On the 10th of March we received orders to proceed to sea +immediately. We sailed accordingly that night, and the next +morning captured a sloop from Charleston, bound to Boston with +dye and indigo. That night we anchored under Block Island, and +for some days cruised about in the hopes of picking up some +prizes, I conclude. I fancy that the commodore had received +notice that some vessels with valuable cargoes might be expected +in the neighbourhood about that time. We anchored in +Martha’s Vineyard on the 16th, where some of our youngsters +expected to find grapes growing, and were much disappointed on +discovering that none were to be found there, especially in +March, and two days after we once more returned to Rhode Island +without having made another capture. We were quickly sent off +again, and, having bagged a prize, returned on the 3rd of April, +when we were ordered up the river to relieve the Cerberus as the +advance-ship off Providence, our station being between the Island +of Prudence and the mainland. A glance at the map will show the +number of islands in that fine estuary, which terminates in +Providence Bay. On one of them, called the Island of Hope, near +which the ship was generally at anchor, to vary the monotony of a +sea life we employed ourselves in the cultivation of gardens. Our +horticultural knowledge was not very extensive, but we managed +during our stay to raise various crops of quick-growing +esculents, and on our departure we disposed of our property to +our respective brother-officers belonging to the ship which +relieved us. Our life was, however, far from one of Arcadian +simplicity, for we were constantly aroused by war’s rude +alarms, and had every night to row guard in three flat-bottomed +boats ahead of the ship, to prevent a surprise. The enemy were +ever on the alert, endeavouring to find some means of destroying +us. This was but natural, as we were completely putting a stop to +their commerce, on which their existence mainly depended. We had, +however, a number of spies employed, who brought us information +of all the plots formed against us. Some brought us information, +influenced by a spirit of loyalty to the king, and a belief that +they were serving a good cause; but others were mercenary +wretches, who were willing to be employed by those who paid them +the highest. The reports of these latter, though it was necessary +to employ them, were always received with great caution by our +captain. He could scarcely conceal the disgust he felt for them. +One morning, about ten days after our arrival, as we were washing +decks at sunrise, while I happened to be looking over the +ship’s side, I observed a small boat standing towards us +from Prudence Island. As she drew near, I saw that there were two +men in the boat. They were dressed as ordinary seamen. One was a +young man of nineteen or twenty; the other was much older, with +his hair already turning grey—a stout, strong-featured, +healthy-looking man. The younger man was rather tall, and had a +pleasant, honest face. When the sentry hailed them, they asked +leave to come on board to see the captain. Captain Hudson was +already up. I went to inform him of their arrival, and by his +desire conducted them to him. Their manner was frank and open, +and they seemed to have made a favourable impression on the +captain. When they left the cabin he ordered them to be carefully +provided and looked after. I afterwards had much conversation +with them. The elder had been a soldier in his youth, and served +the king in many parts of the world. They were both imbued with +an almost romantic feeling of loyalty. “King George was +always a good and kind master to me, and I’m not going to +desert him when he most wants me because his ministers choose to +do what some of the people of this country don’t +like,” said the elder man. “I got a wound in his +service in my thigh here, so I can’t march and carry a +musket as I did once, or I would have gone down and joined the +royalists at New York, but there are other ways of serving his +Majesty, though they are somewhat risky, I own; but what of that? +every man should be ready to die in a good cause. It’s very +bad, though, all this fighting and bloodshed among folks of the +same race and kindred, and now, if they’d followed my +advice, I don’t think it would ever have come about. As I +used to say to my nephew, Amos Weeks here, ‘Amos,’ +said I, ‘wait a bit and don’t be in a hurry. Write +and petition against the taxes as much as you like. Taxes must be +laid on, and somebody must pay them, and if we don’t like +them we must petition, as I say; but anything beyond that will be +rank treason and rebellion, and that’s wicked and +abominable. Suppose this country was to become free and +independent as they talk of, what would the people do? Either +they must make General Washington a king, or they will soon +quarrel among themselves and cut their own throats.’” +The old soldier spoke so earnestly, and there seemed to be so +much good sense in what he said, that I put it down. He certainly +proved himself a very good advocate of the king’s cause. +From him we learned that the enemy were about to make a grand +attack on us with their fire-ships, and in the hurry and +confusion which would necessarily ensue they hoped to enable +three of their frigates, which had long been waiting an +opportunity, to run past us and to get to sea. That night we were +doubly on our guard, though we could scarcely increase the +precautions we had already taken. It was very dark, with a +strongish breeze blowing down the river. There had been almost a +gale in the day, with a heavy rain, which would have afforded the +enemy a greater chance of success had we not been on the watch +for them. Mr Gaston, our third lieutenant, Delisle, and I had +charge of the three boats. Our ears were more likely to serve us +than our eyes, considering the thick darkness with which we were +surrounded. My boat was the headmost—that is, farther up +the river than the rest. Grampus was with me. “Hist, sir, +didn’t you hear the chirp of a block?” said he in a +whisper. “The lubbers should have taken care to use more +grease if they wanted to surprise us.” I fancied I had +heard the same sound. We listened breathlessly while the crew lay +on their oars. It came from up the river, directly ahead of us. +“Ah! there it is again,” said I. For some time we +waited without moving, all hands peering into the darkness. At +length I thought I discerned one spot darker than the surrounding +atmosphere. I gazed at it earnestly. Gradually the spot increased +in density till it resolved itself into the hull of a vessel, +with canvas set, standing directly down towards us. There could +be no doubt that her intention must be to run aboard the Orpheus, +and that she must be a fire-ship. “Give way, my +lads,” I whispered, steering directly for her bows. The +instant we reached them we threw on board the grapnels we had +prepared for that purpose, and began to tow her away across the +stream. As we did so a fire of musketry was opened on us from her +deck, which wounded one of our men. We had no time to reply to +it, nor was it repeated, the crew of the fire-ship having taken +to their boat. The sound and flash of the fire-arms brought the +other boats to our assistance, and they began to pepper away at +the retreating boat as she was disappearing in the gloom. In less +than a minute she was no longer to be seen. For another instant +there was a perfect silence, then suddenly a bright light shot up +from the hold of the fire-ship, flames burst forth from her ports +and from every quarter, and climbed up her rigging, while +fire-balls and all sorts of missiles of destruction leaped forth +in every direction, a bright glare extending far and wide over +the broad stream showing us our own ship on one side, with her +spars and rigging in bold relief, traced against the dark sky; +and on the other, towards Providence, it shone on the white sails +of three or four large ships and several smaller ones, which we +concluded were fire-ships. We fully expected an abundance of hot +work. Notwithstanding the great risk we ran of destruction, we +towed lustily away till we had got the fire-ship well out into +the stream, so that there was no longer any risk of her drifting +down on the Orpheus; while fortunately, as we had a long painter, +we escaped without injury. We knew that before she reached the +other ships she would have burnt out, so we cast off and prepared +to grapple with any more of the same ugly customers which might +be sent against us. The Orpheus had, in the mean t ime, sent all +her boats to our assistance, and together we waited in +expectation of the attack; but hour after hour passed away, and +when the morning dawned our mysterious and phantom-like enemies +had, like the ghosts of romance, disappeared from the landscape. +The adventure of the night would have seemed like a dream, had it +not been for our wounded comrade and the charred bits of wood +which lay scattered about the boat. This night’s work I +describe as a specimen of what frequently occurred during our +stay in the river. The following night I was sent on shore to +land our two spies, that they might learn what were the next +movements proposed by the enemy.</p> +<p>“Good-bye, Mr Meeks, good-bye,” said I, as I +landed the old soldier; “it is hazardous work you are on, +so be cautious.”</p> +<p>“I know that, sir,” said he, “I know that; +but the man who would serve his country must be ready to risk +life and property, and all he holds dear.”</p> +<p>I have sometimes, long, long since then, thought, if people +were but as ready to devote themselves to the service of their +Creator as they are body, mind, soul, and strength, for the +purpose of carrying out some worldly objects, how much better +would it be for their spiritual good, for their eternal +welfare!</p> +<p>For several nights after this the enemy were very quiet; no +attempt was made with their fire-ships, nor were we aware that +their boats ever came near us. We therefore began to suspect that +they meditated an attack of greater magnitude than heretofore. We +therefore looked somewhat anxiously for the information which we +hoped our spies would be able to supply. Nothing was done, +however, till the evening of the 20th, when Captain Hudson sent +for me. “Mr Hurry,” said he, “Lieutenant +Douglas of the ‘Chatham’ has received orders to go on +shore at midnight to bring off our spies, the two Meekses. You +are to accompany him. It is a delicate service, and I must +caution you to be careful that none of your men do anything to +give the alarm. I send you on the expedition as I know that I can +trust to your discretion.”</p> +<p>I thanked him for the good opinion he was so often pleased to +express of me, and went below to prepare for what was before me. +I took Grampus and Tom with me, and a picked boat’s crew, +and at the hour arranged shoved off from the ship’s side. +Mr Douglas had come on board in the afternoon. He had to +communicate with a person on shore, while I had to look-out for +the spies. It was a darkish night, but there was very little +wind, so that it was necessary to muffle our oars in order that +our approach might not be perceived. As we pulled over the still +waters, in which here and there the reflection of a star might be +seen, as it peeped out between the clouds, we could just +distinguish the fringe-like tops of the trees which surrounded +the sheltered nook towards which we were steering. All was still +as death as we approached the shore. We ran into the nook and +landed. Two men were left in charge of the boat, and while Mr +Douglas proceeded to the place where he was to meet the person he +had appointed to see, I led the men through the wood to a spot +where two roads met, and where the Meekses had arranged to be in +waiting. I whistled twice very low as agreed on, but no one +answered. Telling Grampus to wait, I walked along the road in the +hopes of meeting our friends; but seeing no one, I returned to +await their coming. It occurred to me, that as strangers might be +passing it would be unwise to expose my men to view; so I posted +them behind a thicket, and sat down where I was myself concealed, +and could at the same time command a view along the roads as far +as the light would allow. I had remained there fully half an +hour, when I heard footsteps approaching at a rapid rate. The +person stopped where the road branched off, as if in uncertainty +which to take. I was about to rush forward with my men to seize +him, when I recognised Mr Douglas. “We shall have to +retreat to the boats, I fear,” said he; “some one has +given information that we are here, and the neighbourhood is +alarmed; but we must wait till the last moment for the poor +fellows we were sent to bring off.”</p> +<p>Ten minutes, or rather more, elapsed when we heard footsteps +advancing along one of the roads. They came at a leisurely pace, +as if the people were in no hurry. I gave the signal. It was +answered by the persons approaching. “All’s +right,” I observed to Mr Douglas; but almost as I spoke, +the dark figures of a body of men could be distinguished in the +gloom, turning a corner of the other road. Seeing this, Mr +Douglas had no resource but to give the order to our party to +retreat, for it was very evident that the enemy far outnumbered +us. As we did so, I called to the spies to hasten forward, for I +knew that we could no longer remain concealed. Hearing my voice, +the two men ran on; but at the same time our foes advanced at a +double quick step along the road. I saw that not a moment was to +be lost if we would save the lives of old Meeks and his nephew; +so, calling on Grampus and Tom, I made a dash forward in the +hopes of checking the enemy till we could meet them. +Unfortunately the rebels were too quick in their movements for +us, and before we could reach the fork of the road they had +already gained the same place, and effectually prevented us from +saving our friends whom we had too much reason to apprehend had +fallen into their hands, unless they had been able to save +themselves by flying in an opposite direction. From what I had +seen of the old soldier, I feared he was not likely to run even +on an occasion like the present. Mr Douglas now hailed me to +return, and of course I did so as fast as I could, as I should +inevitably have been made a prisoner. As it was we had enough to +do to keep our enemies at bay, and had not the darkness prevented +them from learning the smallness of our numbers, they might +easily have surrounded us. Though they pressed us hard we kept as +close together as the nature of the ground would allow, and every +now and then, led on by Mr Douglas, we uttered loud cries and +shouts, as if we were going to make a rush on them. The stems of +the trees also assisted to protect us from the fire which they +opened on us, so that not a man was hit. We were not sorry, +however, to reach our boats, when we jumped in with no little +haste, for the Americans were close upon us. They were almost +seizing the bows of the boat before we had time to get out the +oars and shove into the stream. One, indeed, had seized the +painter, but Tom Rockets dealt him such a blow with his cutlass +that he was glad to let go. The enemy now rushed down in numbers +to the shore, and began firing away at us as fast as they could +load. Fortunately in the darkness our boat offered no very +certain mark; but the shot came flying about us, spluttering into +the water like a shower of hail. Now and then, +<i>thud</i>—that peculiar sound—gave notice that a +bullet had struck the boat, but not a man was hit. As soon as we +had got a little way off, we pulled up the stream, and then +steered for the ship so as to mislead the enemy as to the course +we had taken. Long after they must have lost sight of us the +flash of their muskets showed that they were still peppering away +in the direction in which they supposed we had gone.</p> +<p>We reached the ship without further adventure. Captain Hudson +was very sorry to find that we had come off without the spies; +but he at once saw that this was owing to no fault of ours.</p> +<p>The next morning, as the first lieutenant, as usual, was +sweeping the shore with his glass, an exclamation of horror he +uttered made me point mine in the same direction. There, directly +abreast of the ship, hung suspended on the branches of a tree +scathed by lightning two human forms—one was stout and +short, the other tall and slight. There was too much reason to +believe that they were the bodies of our unfortunate spies. No +one was near them. Solitary they swung on the river shore, a +warning to others who might be inclined to follow their +example—a sad result of the ruthless necessity of war. They +probably had been seized and executed directly after they were +captured. We could not blame the Americans. Our generals had +frequently been compelled to do the same with their spies whom +they had taken, but even this did not put a stop to the system. +The sad spectacle I have described saluted our eyes whenever we +turned towards the shore; and I, for one, was very sorry for the +fate of Meeks and his nephew; but I must confess that we were +becoming so accustomed to the sights and horrors of warfare that +such sensations lasted but a short time.</p> +<p>I forgot to mention that one of the pieces of information +Meeks brought us was that our messmate Kennedy, who had charge of +one of the prizes taken off Cape May, had been taken by the +rebels, and was now a prisoner of war in their hands. It was with +no slight satisfaction that we saw the Greyhound come up to +relieve us on the 30th of May, when we made over to our +brother-officers belonging to her the full right to all the +productions of the gardens we had so assiduously cultivated on +the Island of Hope. On the 1st of June we ran down the river and +anchored off Newport, and on the 3rd sailed on a cruise towards +the Bay of Fundy, in company with the Amazon and Juno frigates. +The officers and ships’ companies of the three ships had +previously agreed to share the prize-money which might be made on +the cruise.</p> +<p>I should be almost afraid of wearying my readers, were I to +give a minute account of all the captures we effected and the +adventures we met with, but still I do not like altogether to +pass them by. Our main object, however, was to intercept the +American Commodore Manley, but as he had a force much superior to +ours, it was absolutely necessary for us to keep together, or we +might have found ourselves very much the worse for the encounter. +Had it not been for this, we should have taken many more prizes +than we did; indeed, we were compelled to allow numbers of +considerable value to pass by without going in chase. On the 26th +we took a sloop from Philadelphia bound for Boston with rice. On +the 26th we re-took a brig from Oporto, bound to London, which +had been captured by a rebel privateer off Scilly. We sent her to +New York, but we never heard anything more of her, so that she +must either have foundered or have been taken by the enemy. In +the latter case the prize-master and crew must have joined them. +On the 11th we took a vessel laden with lumber, which we burnt, +and on the 14th a sloop with wood, which we gave up to the +owners, as they were royalists; and on the 16th we took a brig +with fish and lumber from Boston to the West Indies. At length, +on the 23rd at daybreak, a flush-deck ship was seen becalmed +within two miles of us. We made out that she was pierced for +twenty guns, and from her appearance we had no doubt that she was +a rebel privateer. The boats were ordered out immediately, but +before they were in the water a breeze sprang up, and setting +every stitch of canvas she could carry, away she went before the +wind. We at the same time made sail in chase with our consorts, +which were a little astern of us, and of course we had every +hopes of making an important capture. By this time the rebel +government had given letters of marque, not only to Americans, +but to the inhabitants of various other countries, who, under +their flag, had become very troublesome to our trade, and it had +become necessary to endeavour to put a stop to the system.</p> +<p>The privateer soon showed us that she had a remarkably fast +pair of heels, and it became doubtful, after a couple of +hours’ chase, whether we had gained much, if anything on +her. Sometimes the wind increased, and then our greater size and +wider spread of canvas gave us the advantage, so that our hopes +of capturing her rose and fell somewhat as did the breeze.</p> +<p>We had the whole of the day before us, and a day it was of no +little excitement. We kept the lead, our consorts following, one +on either quarter, to be ready to cut her off, should the breeze +shift, and place her to windward. Hour after hour passed, and +still we were no nearer to her.</p> +<p>“What chance have we of getting hold of her?” said +I to Grampus, who was standing with me forward, keeping a +look-out on her.</p> +<p>“Why, sir, do ye see a stern chase is a long chase, as +every one knows, but a flaw of wind or a bit of a calm, or +somewhat of that sort, may throw her into our power, so that from +all I’ve seen, and you know that’s not a little, Mr +Hurry, I says never give up a-following an enemy as long as you +can keep eyes on her. When once you loses sight of her, why, then +its all guess-work, and a chance that you ever claps eyes on her +again.”</p> +<p>I ever after remembered Grampus’s observations both when +chasing and being chased, and frequently experienced their +practical wisdom. Everything was done to increase the speed of +the ships, the sails were drenched with water, so that not a +whistle full could escape through them, and the hammocks were +slung, and shot placed in them, but all was apparently at first +to little purpose.</p> +<p>“The rogues are laughing at us,” said Delisle, as +he and I paced the deck together, “I wish we could get a +calm, and have a chance of boarding them with the boats. They +would give us some warm work though, I suspect.”</p> +<p>“I should hope so,” said I. “I have always +preferred the excitement of downright fighting to the sort of +work we have lately had off Providence.”</p> +<p>“I should think so, indeed!” said he. “I +have often thought that if I were made a prisoner, I should die +of ennui. How people can exist shut up within the walls of a +dungeon has always puzzled me.”</p> +<p>We afterwards had good reason to remember this conversation, +and he, poor fellow, sadly to his cost. While we had been +speaking, dark clouds had been gathering in the north-west. They +now began to form a thick and heavy bank, which rose gradually +higher and higher in the sky. There was little doubt that they +indicated the approach of a strong wind, but whether or not it +would aid us in capturing the chase was a question.</p> +<p>“We shall have something to try our sticks soon, Mr +Willis,” said the captain to the first lieutenant; +“but we must carry on as long as they will stand, rather +than let that fellow escape. So fast a craft as he is will commit +no little damage to our trade, if allowed to continue at +large.”</p> +<p>“No fear, sir. It is not likely that a rascally rebel +will be able ultimately to escape from three of his +Majesty’s ships,” answered Mr Willis, who held the +Americans in supreme contempt.</p> +<p>“I do not know that,” observed the captain, who +had a very different feeling for the foe. “They have shown +in many ways that they are not to be despised, and several of +their vessels have contrived to give us the go-by.”</p> +<p>“Ay, yes, to be sure; but then they were probably not +worth catching,” said Mr Willis, not liking to acknowledge +that the enemy had anything to boast of. According to him, every +battle they had fought had been lost by them, and the time of +their entire destruction was fast approaching. The squall which +had for some time been brewing in the westward, now made its +advent known by curling up the waves, topping them with foam and +swelling out our sails to the utmost from the bolt-ropes. The +chase kicked up her heels a little as it caught her up, and then +went staggering away before it faster than ever. After her, +however, flew our two consorts and, ourselves, and still we felt +sure that we should capture her. The sea rose higher and the wind +increased, which was all in our favour, and after some time, +there could be no doubt that we were gaining on her, but night +was now approaching, and the darkness would give her a far better +chance than before of escaping.</p> +<p>“Do you think, Mr Willis, we should have a chance of +winging her, if we were to send a shot after her?” said the +captain to the first lieutenant, as they stood together, watching +the chase attentively.</p> +<p>“Certainly I think so!” replied Mr Willis; +“at all events, I’ll try, and I won’t fail to +do my best.”</p> +<p>One of the bow-chasers was forthwith run out and pointed by Mr +Willis himself. For a minute or more he looked along the gun at +the chase. At last he fired. The white splinters were seen to fly +from her quarter. The result of his first attempt encouraged him +to make a second. The gun was again loaded, but when he fired no +apparent effect followed. A third time he fired, but if the shot +struck, no damage was to be perceived. It was now rapidly growing +dark, and Mr Willis was becoming impatient, for uncomfortable +doubts began to rise in his mind as to the possibility of the +cruiser of the much-despised enemy escaping after all from us. +Grampus was standing near him. “Here, my man,” said +he, “you have the credit of being one of best shots in the +ship—try what you can do in clipping one of that +fellow’s wings.”</p> +<p>The old seaman looked gratified at the compliment, and +prepared himself to obey. First, however, he cast a hurried +glance to windward not altogether devoid of anxiety. I looked in +the same direction. There, gathering thickly and close overhead, +was the black mass of clouds which had long been driving towards +us, the seas looking white and more broken in the increasing +gloom. I thought he was about to speak, but turning to the gun he +stooped down, before it and applied the match. Scarcely had he +fired when its report was echoed by a discharge from the +artillery of the clouds, the wind roared in the rigging, the +studding sails, which had not been taken in, were blown away like +light fleeces from a sheep’s back and carried far-off +before the gale. The fore-topgallant sail and fore-topsail sheets +were carried away; the ship flew up into the wind, taking the +wheel out of the hands of the men, while she almost broached to, +creating a scene of confusion which did not often occur on board; +over she heeled to the blast; sheets were let fly; the spray in +showers broke over her; the voices of Captain Hudson and Mr +Willis were heard above the uproar caused by the dashing of the +sea, the rattling of blocks, and the howling and whistling of the +wind, with the other accompaniments of a sudden squall. When +order was somewhat restored, sail decreased, and the ship put on +her former course, we once more looked out for the chase. Not a +trace of her was to be seen. The dim outline of our two consorts +could be perceived on either quarter. They apparently had been +thrown into as much confusion as we had from the squall, but were +once more with diminished canvas standing in the same direction +as before.</p> +<p>“Oh, we shall soon be up with her again,” said Mr +Willis, who had gone forward to look-out himself for the chase. +“She doubtless lost some of her spars, if not her masts +altogether, in the squall.”</p> +<p>“Not so sure of that,” I heard old Grampus mutter +as he passed me. “I saw her all a-taunto, running away from +us in fine style when we were first caught. She’s given us +the go-by, or I’m no seaman.”</p> +<p>All night we ran on, looking out for the chase, and when +daylight broke and a hundred eager eyes were glancing round the +horizon she was nowhere to be seen. To pursue her farther would +have been vain, besides leading us too far from our +cruising-ground and risking the main object we had in view.</p> +<p>Returning to our station on the 28th we took two vessels laden +with wood, which we gave up as before. On the 4th of July we saw +a brig in a calm, about four miles from us. The signal was made +for all the boats of the squadron, manned and armed, to be ready +to attack her. Lieutenant Moss, of the Juno, had the command of +the expedition. Making sure of an easy victory, away we pulled +towards the stranger over the smooth shining ocean.</p> +<p>The brig we saw, as we drew near, was heavily armed; her +colours were flying, and she seemed prepared not to strike +without a blow. As soon as we drew within range of her guns she +opened her fire on us. This, of course, only expedited our +movements, and we dashed on towards her as fast as the oars could +send the boats through the water. The brig’s crew founded +their hopes of escape probably on the chance of a breeze +springing up, of which there were already some signs, while our +aim was to get on board before the wind filled her sails. The +rebels fought with desperation, and never relaxed their fire till +we were alongside. Two or three of our men had been struck. One +lost the side of his face by a round-shot which shaved him more +cleanly than he would have wished, and spoilt his beauty for +life. With loud shouts and cries our men leaped on board, and in +two minutes the brig was ours. She mounted ten carriage guns and +twelve swivels, was laden with rum and sugar, and was bound for +Boston.</p> +<p>On the 5th we ran a brig on shore after a chase of some hours. +From her size and pertinacity in endeavouring to escape, we from +the first suspected that her cargo was of value. No sooner had +she struck than the squadron hove-to and the boats were ordered +to pull in to re-take her. I on this occasion remained on board. +We were expecting to see the boats haul off the vessel, when, +just as they drew near, a large body of troops were perceived +hurrying down to the shore. The soldiers at once began firing +away at the advancing boats, but notwithstanding they pulled +alongside, drove the crew below, and took possession. We saw them +make a gallant effort to tow off the vessel, but in three or four +minutes, so heavy became the fire, they were compelled to +relinquish the attempt. When they reached the ship we found that +three men had been wounded, but happily none were killed.</p> +<p>“A tremendous loss we have had!” exclaimed Mr +Heron, who commanded the expedition, with a look of disgust. +“She is worth twenty thousand pounds at least, if not much +more. It is not every day the rebels have a vessel like her to +give us.”</p> +<p>“We must keep a sharp look-out after her, and if she +gets off, try to get hold of her another day,” said Mr +Willis.</p> +<p>In the evening we were directed to stand close in shore to +cannonade and endeavour to destroy her, but scarcely had we +opened our fire when a gale of wind sprung up, and we were +compelled for our own safety to run to sea. We, however, did not +yet give up all hopes of capturing her. A few days afterwards, +indeed, she fell into our hands, but we were not a little +disappointed to find that the rebels had in the meantime removed +the greater portion of her cargo.</p> +<p>Nothing for some days occurred to break the monotony of our +existence except innumerable unsuccessful chases which sorely +tried our first lieutenant’s temper, and the capture of a +prodigious quantity of fish. So abundant was the supply that it +was the business of the mate of the dog-watch to see that what +were not eaten were thrown overboard every night, to prevent the +people from keeping them too long. At length I was engaged in an +expedition with more serious results than had for some time +occurred.</p> +<p>On the 14th we rounded the end of that narrow neck of land +known by the name of Cape Cod, and which, circling round like an +arm with its elbow bent, forms a wide and extensive bay. We stood +along the eastern shore, eagerly looking into every nook and +inlet in which a craft could take shelter. As we got abreast of +Cape Cod Harbour we saw three vessels at anchor there—a +brig, a schooner, and a sloop. Mr Willis reported them to the +captain.</p> +<p>“We’ll stand in and overhaul them, then,” +was the reply, and the ship’s course was altered +accordingly.</p> +<p>No sooner were we perceived by the three vessels than they +slipped their cables and made sail in the hopes of escaping. They +steered across to the western shore, either on the chance of +finding shelter in some creek, or being able to beat out of the +bay, and thus get to windward of us.</p> +<p>“We shall bag the fellows this time at all +events,” said Mr Heron, rubbing his hands as we were fast +over-hauling the chases.</p> +<p>They did not, however, give in, trusting to a flaw of wind or +something else turning up in their favour. The Amazon and Juno, +however, by standing more to the northward soon cut off all +chance of escape. They were running for the harbour of Truro, but +before they could get there we drove them all three on shore at +some distance from each other. A loud shout from our crews +proclaimed the result of the chase. The boatswain’s shrill +whistle sounding along the decks was followed by the order for +all the boats to be manned and armed and sent in to get off the +vessels. I had charge of a cutter with Grampus and Tom, and +little Harry Sumner accompanied me. Our first aim was the brig. +We pulled towards her in good order as fast as we well could. It +was not till we were close alongside that the enemy showed +themselves to defend her. We took no notice of them, though they +opened a warmish fire of musketry on us, but, boarding together, +got out hawsers, and while some of the boats went ahead to tow +her out the crews of the others remained on the deck and kept the +enemy at bay. Thus in a few minutes we got her triumphantly +afloat, and while she was being towed out from the shore I was +sent in my boat to set fire to the sloop which lay nearly a mile +from the other vessels. I thought that as the attention of the +enemy was engaged with the brig the work would be easy, and +pulled boldly towards her. We had got within musket range when up +started three fellows from behind the bulwarks and let fly at us. +Their aim was good, for each of their shots struck the boat, +though happily no one was hit. This salute, however, did not stop +our progress.</p> +<p>“Give way, my lads, give way!” I shouted. +“We will soon punish them for their audacity.”</p> +<p>They fired several times after this, but without doing us any +damage. I was surprised at their boldness in still remaining on +board, but on our firing the swivel we had in our bows, +accompanied by a round of musketry, they quickly jumped out of +sight. As, however, we were close alongside, and just about to +hook on to her chains, the mystery was solved by the unwelcome +apparition of two or three hundred men, with levelled fire-arms, +who appeared mounting a line of sand-banks close to the water, +and behind which they had till now remained concealed. The first +discharge with which they saluted us knocked over two of my men, +and the next wounded two more. In addition to the musketry two +pieces of cannon were brought to bear on us, which, unfortunately +for us, were very well served. Seeing this, and believing that I +and all my people must be killed if we attempted to escape, I +turned the boat’s head round and sang out for quarter, and +all the disagreeables of a long imprisonment rose up before me. +So exasperated, however, were the people on shore that they paid +no attention to my request. Sumner had a white handkerchief, and, +tying it to a stretcher, waved it above our heads. It was, +however, all in vain. The enemy seemed resolved on our +destruction.</p> +<p>“Harry, my boy,” said I, “there is no help +for it. If I am hit, do your best to carry the boat out. Now give +way, my lads! If we can but hold on a little we shall soon be +clear.”</p> +<p>Even the wounded men pulled away with all their might except +one who was too much hurt to handle an oar. I took his place and +put Harry at the helm. The shot fell thick as hail around us, the +enemy shouting and shrieking at us like demons. Still we held on. +Now another of my men was hit. Suddenly I saw little Harry turn +pale. He sat upright as before, but his compressed lips and an +uneasy look about the eyes made me fear he was hit.</p> +<p>“Are you hurt, Sumner?” I asked.</p> +<p>“I think so,” he answered; “but never mind, +it is nothing, I am sure.”</p> +<p>I was sure that he was hurt, however, very much, and this made +me feel more savage against our enemies than anything that had +occurred for a long time, but there was no time to stop and +examine his wound. I had scarcely a man now left +unhurt—most of them seriously so. Two poor fellows let the +oars drop from their hands, and sank down in the bottom of the +boat. Tom was one of them. Grampus, indeed, was the only man +unhurt. He seemed to bear a charmed life, for he had run in his +time more risks than any of us without receiving a wound. I was +in despair, for I every instant expected to feel a bullet enter +my body, and that after all we should fall into the hands of the +enemy. The boat, too, was almost knocked to pieces, and it seemed +a wonder that she could still swim. The wind, fortunately, was +blowing strong off the land.</p> +<p>“We must try and get the foresail hoisted, +Grampus,” said I. “If we can, we may do +yet.”</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” he answered, stepping forward over +the prostrate bodies of our shipmates to execute the order.</p> +<p>Assisted by two of the men the least hurt, we got the mast +stepped.</p> +<p>“Now up with the sail, my men!” I sang out.</p> +<p>At length it was hoisted, though the moment the enemy saw what +we were about they seemed to redouble their efforts to destroy +us. I breathed more freely as I got the sheet aft, and saw the +canvas swelling with the breeze; but even then I knew that a shot +might carry away our mast or halliards, or, indeed, send us all +to the bottom. Just as I had got all to rights, and was ready to +take the helm, poor little Harry, overcome with pain and the loss +of blood, sank down by my side. I placed him carefully in the +stern-sheets, and Tom Rockets, though badly wounded himself, +crawled aft and endeavoured to examine his wound and to staunch +the blood which flowed copiously from his side. The bullets began +now to fall less thickly about us than before—a sign that +we were increasing our distance from the shore. Had the enemy +possessed a boat they might have taken us without difficulty, +but, fortunately, they had none. Indeed, I have no doubt that +their aim was to destroy us completely, as a punishment on us for +our attempt to burn their vessel. In spite of the shots which +still fell around us, we kept steadily on our course, while +occasionally I turned an uneasy glance over my shoulder to see +how far we had got from the enemy. At length scarcely a shot +reached us; a gentle thud every now and then showing us that +those which did so had almost lost their power. I was able now to +pay more attention to my young companion. I asked him how he +did.</p> +<p>“I am afraid that I am more hurt than I at first +fancied,” he replied. “If I die, you will write to my +mother, and tell her all about me, will you, Hurry?”</p> +<p>“Oh, don’t talk of dying, my good boy,” I +answered, though I felt a choking sensation in my throat as I +spoke. “We shall soon be on board, and then you will be +properly cared for, and will feel more easy.”</p> +<p>“Oh, I do not complain,” said he, “still, I +have an idea that I am mortally wounded. Perhaps it is only +fancy, you know, and I am not afraid.”</p> +<p>“That’s right, be a brave boy, and keep up your +spirits. You’ve many more years to live, and will be an +admiral one of these days, I hope,” said I, though my hopes +were far less sanguine than my words. “See, scarcely any of +the shots reach us; we shall soon be out of the enemy’s +fire.”</p> +<p>He looked up in my face and smiled. One of the wounded men +groaned. Harry heard the poor fellow. A look of intense pain +passed over his countenance.</p> +<p>“Oh, I wish that we could get to the doctor! Let him +look to that poor man before me; I am sure he wants him most. Who +is it?”</p> +<p>I told him, “Tom Ogle.”</p> +<p>“Ah, Tom Ogle,” said he. “Don’t give +way, my man. We were doing our duty, and there’s One aloft +who’ll not forget us if we trust in Him.”</p> +<p>“Bless you for those words, Mr Sumner,” Tom Ogle +gasped out between the paroxysms of his pain; “they do a +poor fellow’s heart good.”</p> +<p>All this time we were running off the land, with a strong fair +breeze, every moment the enemy’s shot falling farther and +farther astern. My great fear now was that some of my men would +bleed to death before they could receive surgical help. However, +they had bound up each other’s wounds in the best way they +could. From the enemy we at all events were safe. I did my utmost +to keep up the spirits of my men. I was thereby performing, I +knew, half the doctor’s work. I had been eagerly looking +out in the offing for our squadron. To my intense satisfaction I +now made out a sail standing towards us from the northward. I +pointed her out to Grampus.</p> +<p>“She’s the ‘Orpheus,’ sir. I knows the +look of them taw’sels too well to be deceived,” he +answered, after watching her for a few moments.</p> +<p>“You’re right, Grampus. It’s her without +doubt,” said I. “Hurrah, my lads! We’ll soon be +snug on board the old barkie.”</p> +<p>We neared the ship rapidly. Many eager faces were looking out +at us as we got alongside. Poor little Harry Sumner first claimed +my attention. I stooped down to lift him up, that he might be +handed on deck. His cheeks were blanched, his eyes were +closed.</p> +<p>“Oh, dear, oh dear! is the child dead?” exclaimed +old Grampus, as he took him from me.</p> +<p>“I fear so,” I answered with a sad heart. +“Let the doctor look to him at once.”</p> +<p>One after the other the wounded men were handed up.</p> +<p>“This is sad work, Mr Hurry,” said Captain Hudson, +as I went to report myself on the quarter-deck. I told him how it +happened.</p> +<p>“We must send in again, though, and punish the +rascals,” said he.</p> +<p>Notice was forthwith given that another attempt was to be made +to get off the brig. Plenty of volunteers came forward; indeed, +they are never wanting when any hazardous work is in hand. The +way we had been treated had excited great indignation against the +enemy among our people. Job Samson, our old boatswain, +volunteered to head the expedition. He had an idea that what +others failed to do he could always find out some mode of +accomplishing, and, to do him justice, he was ever ready to +attempt to carry out his plans in spite of every risk, though he +did not invariably succeed. He soon had his expedition ready. We +heartily wished him success as he pulled in towards the shore. +The Amazon had in the meantime come up, and as she was in-shore +of us and drew less water, she was ordered to stand in and cover +the attack. We eagerly, with our glasses, watched the +proceedings. We could see the enemy, in great numbers, mustering +on shore. Probably they did not expect that the Amazon’s +guns were going to take part in the fray. She stood in as close +as she could venture, and then opened her fire: but the enemy, +nothing daunted, returned it manfully from an earth battery, +which had been thrown up near the brig. In the meantime, in the +face of this fire, old Samson advanced boldly to the attack; but +round-shot and musket-balls are stubborn things to contend +against, and the boatswain seeing, however easy it might be +theoretically to capture the brig, that practically, if he +attempted it, he should lose the boat with himself and every man +in her, very wisely resolved to return on board, and wait for +another opportunity of signalising himself. We afterwards found +that, in this instance, the grapes really were sour, as the sloop +and schooner had taken in the most valuable part of the +brig’s cargo, and that she had remaining on board only +ninety tons of salt. We made several attempts during the +afternoon to cut out these vessels, but so well guarded were they +from the shore by riflemen and flying artillery, that after all +our exertions we were compelled to abandon the attempt. Happily, +however, no one was hit except those who had been wounded in my +boat. In the evening, before turning in, I went round to see how +the poor fellows were getting on. They all received me +cheerfully.</p> +<p>“We’re better off, sir, than if we had been boxed +up in a Yankee prison, even though as how we’ve got some +eyelet holes through us, d’ye see?” said Bob Nodder, +who was the most severely wounded of any of the party. He +observed that I was grieved to see the sufferings they were +enduring.</p> +<p>“It could not be helped, Mr Hurry. You did your best for +us, and if you had not kept cool, sir, we might every one of us +have been riddled with rifle-bullets.”</p> +<p>I felt still greater pain when I went to the side of little +Harry Sumner’s cot. He was in the officers’ sick-bay, +and the doctor had done his best to make him comfortable. He was +slumbering, so I did not speak. I stood for some minutes watching +his youthful countenance. It was almost feminine in its +beauty—so clear, so fair, so free from the effects of the +evil passions which distort and disfigure so often the features +of those of older years. His long light-brown hair had fallen off +his clear broad forehead, and his lips were parted, and moved +slightly, as if he were speaking to himself. A sickly gleam of +light from the ship’s lanthorn, which hung from a beam +above, fell on his countenance, and gave it a hue so pallid that +I thought the shades of death were fast gathering over him. My +heart sank within me. Were his anticipations, then, of evil so +soon to be realised? Of evil? Would it, indeed, be an evil to +him, poor child, to be removed from all the temptations to vice, +from the scenes of violence and wrong with which he was +surrounded? I felt it would not, and still I could not bear the +thought of losing him; and there was another, far, far away, who +would mourn him still more—his mother. Who would have the +courage to tell her that she would see her boy no more? I trusted +that I might not have the painful task to perform. I prayed +earnestly, for his widowed mother’s sake, that he might +recover; that he might go through his fiery trials in the world +unscathed; that he might withstand the world, the flesh, and the +devil, and, through the merits of our Master, attain eternal +happiness in the end. The surgeon entered the sick-bay. I signed +to him that the boy was sleeping.</p> +<p>“What do you think of his case, doctor?” said I +with an anxious face. “Will he recover?”</p> +<p>“If fever does not set in he’ll do,” +answered the medico. “McCallum will keep a constant watch +on him during the night. He’ll call me if any change takes +place. Ye need not fash yourself, Hurry; the boy is in no danger, +I tell you.”</p> +<p>These words consoled me. Still I was not perfectly satisfied. +The heart of a sailor, far removed as he is from the social +influences of the shore, looks out for something on which to set +its more tender affections.</p> +<p>I felt for that lone boy as if he had been a young brother or +sister. My feelings were, I dare say, shared by many of my +messmates. We most of us, if not cast originally in the same +mould, had by circumstances become shaped very much alike as to +the inner man; the same prejudices, the same affections, the same +passions, the same ideas of honour, and I will say the same +tender feelings and generous impulses, were shared by most of us +alike. But I was speaking of Harry Sumner. Several times during +my watch below I turned out to see how he was getting on. +McCallum reported favourably of him; so, tolerably contented, I +went back to my hammock and slept soundly.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap08" id="chap08"></a> +<h3>Chapter Eight.</h3> +<h4>Orpheus in Cape Cod harbour.—Sent on shore with flag of +truce.—Polite reception.—Camp attacked.—A +magistrate offers himself as a hostage.—Our captain’s +magnanimity.—My dying messmate.—At sea.—Thirty +rebel vessels captured.—Doubt whether this will induce the +colonists to return to their allegiance.</h4> +<p>Varied are the changes of a seaman’s life—I found +them so, at all events. An episode in my history was about to +occur, of which I little dreamed.</p> +<p>After the brush I have described with the enemy’s +batteries, the squadron came to all anchor. On the evening, +however, of the 15th of June, the Orpheus was ordered to get +under weigh, and proceed to Cape Cod harbour.</p> +<p>When the sun arose in the morning, the inhabitants of the +town, to their no small dismay, found us anchored within gun-shot +of their houses. I was just dressed when Captain Hudson sent for +me.</p> +<p>“Mr Hurry,” said he, “you are to go on shore +with a flag of truce. Inquire for the mayor or chief magistrate, +or authorities of some sort. Tell them that we are in want of +water and refreshments of various sorts, that we are perfectly +ready to pay for everything we have, and then politely inform +them that we are resolved, at all events, to have what we +require; and that if they decline supplying us, or in any way +molest us, we will knock their town about their ears and take +what we want by force.”</p> +<p>I signified that I clearly understood my orders, and, quaffing +a cup of a villainous compound called tea, and putting a piece of +biscuit into my pocket, I tumbled hurriedly into my boat and +shoved off. It took me about twenty minutes to reach the +landing-place before the town, whence the boat had been observed +approaching, and the very people I was in search of were ready to +receive me. The principal magistrate was a very dignified old +gentleman, with silver buckles on his shoes, velvet +small-clothes, a three-cornered hat on his head, and a +silver-mounted sword by his side. I did not expect to encounter +such a personage in so out-of-the-way and rough-and-ready sort of +a place.</p> +<p>“May I ask, sir, to what cause we are indebted for the +honour of a visit from the King of England’s ships?” +said he, bowing low.</p> +<p>I thought that there was more of mock humility than of respect +in his manner, though. I delivered the message the captain had +given me.</p> +<p>“Certainly, sir, certainly,” replied my friend, +smiling: “the arguments you use are incontrovertible under +our present circumstances. I doubt not that they will make all +the inhabitants of this place true and faithful servants of King +George.”</p> +<p>I was rather amused than offended with his manner, and was +pleased that I had to deal with a gentleman instead of a +lout.</p> +<p>“Do not let us weigh the force of the arguments, +sir,” I replied. “I shall be perfectly satisfied if I +have your word that you will not allow any attempt to be made to +molest our watering party, and will collect for us any provisions +we require.”</p> +<p>I gave him a list the purser had supplied me with.</p> +<p>“All your demands shall be complied with. You have my +word for it, sir,” said he, bowing as before.</p> +<p>This matter being settled, I pulled back to the ship. The +watering place was some little way from the town. The signal was +made for the boats to take the watering party on shore. It was +considered necessary at the same time, as a precautionary +measure, to send a strong body of men on shore to protect the +others, and, accordingly, a hundred marines and two hundred +seamen from the three ships were told off for that purpose. We +certainly had rather a warlike than a peaceable aspect as the +squadron of boats made for the shore.</p> +<p>We were met, as we landed, by our friend the mayor with a flag +of truce. He came to inquire why we approached in so warlike a +guise. Mr Willis, who commanded the party, replied that, while we +did not wish to injure others, we always liked to be in a +position to take care of ourselves. Satisfied with this answer +the mayor took his departure. A wood was before us. A succession +of sandy hummocks were between it and the shore. Among them we +made our bivouac. The spring from which we were to fill our casks +was on the borders of the wood.</p> +<p>According to rule, as we were in an enemy’s country, we +placed the usual lines of sentries, while the seamen, as rapidly +as they could, filled the casks and rolled them down to the +boats. At night we were compelled to knock off work, so we +lighted our camp-fires and made ourselves as comfortable as +circumstances would allow. Delisle, Drew, Nicholas and some +midshipmen of the other ships were seated with me on the ground, +in the neighbourhood of a fire, more that we might have its light +than its warmth, and superintend the cooking of some steaks which +we had resolved to have for supper. Tom Rockets was acting under +our orders, and boiling the kettle to brew some punch. We were a +very jolly party. Several of us had not met since we used to +assemble on board my prize at New York in the winter, and we had +had a good deal of knocking about since then. Many a tale was +told, and many a jovial song and not a few sentimental ditties +were sung, echoed by the seamen who sat grouped about. Thus hour +after hour passed by, and we felt no inclination to lie down. I +dare say we looked very picturesque as the light of the fires +fell on us: the seamen scattered about in every easy attitude; +the piled arms of the marines; the men themselves so different to +the sailors; the bayonets of the sentries in the distance; the +yellow sand-hills; the sea, calm and solemn, flashing every now +and then with phosphorescent light; and then overhead the dark +mysterious vault of heaven, studded with stars innumerable, all +speaking of the might, the majesty, the power unbounded of the +Creator. One by one my messmates dropped off to sleep. I lay on +my back for some time contemplating the magnificent spectacle. I +had often gazed on the stars before. I had taken the altitudes of +many; I had measured the distance of one from the other; I had +steered my course by them over the ocean; but then I had looked +on them only as useful appendages to our globe. Now, as I gazed, +they seemed to float—beauteous globes in the pure ether, +altogether independent of the puny world we call our own. How far +more pure and brilliant did they appear than in the misty clime +of old England! I began to envy the Americans the advantage they +possess over us.</p> +<p>My meditations were rudely and suddenly interrupted by the +sharp rattle of musketry, and a quick succession of reports in +return. Every man in an instant was on his feet. All flew to +their arms and hurried to the front. The rattle of musketry +increased, and the bullets came flying about our ears, while our +advanced sentries retreated rapidly in on the main body—I +might have said they ran as fast as their heels could carry +them—shouting out that the enemy in strong force were +pressing hard upon us. Mr Willis formed the marines in the +centre, with the blue-jackets as flanking parties in readiness to +receive the enemy. We had not long to wait before their dark +forms in dense masses could be seen climbing over the sand-hills, +threatening not only our front, but both our flanks.</p> +<p>“We are outmatched: I suspect we have been outwitted by +the rascals,” said Delisle, who stood near me; +“I’ll never trust these rebels again.”</p> +<p>“I cannot make it out,” I answered; “I +thought we could have placed perfect confidence in the word of +that old gentleman I met in the morning.”</p> +<p>We had, however, no time to discuss the matter; for every +moment the fire grew heavier, and we saw that we were far +outnumbered by the enemy. Now, under other circumstances, this +might have been a matter of little moment, for, had we advanced, +we might have gained an easy victory; but we at present had +nothing to gain by fighting, and should we have found ourselves +caught in a trap, and been compelled to lay down our arms, we +knew that our loss would be very seriously felt by the remainder +of our ships’ companies. We therefore, by as heavy fire as +we could maintain, kept the enemy at bay, and retreated in good +order to our boats, vowing vengeance against them for the +treachery of which we supposed they had been guilty. Strange as +it may seem, very few of our men were hurt, and none were killed. +The rebels, as is generally the case with unpractised troops, had +fired high, so that most of their shot had gone over our heads. +We embarked with all our casks, and quickly got on board our +ships, expecting next morning to have the satisfaction of +battering away at the town till not a brick should stand to +afford shelter to the treacherous inhabitants.</p> +<p>My first inquiry on getting on board was for Harry Sumner. He +had been going on well, but had frequently asked to see me. +Thinking he might be awake, I went to the side of his cot. He, +however, was sleeping. He looked very pale and thin. A few hours +of suffering had altered him much. I was going away when I heard +him whisper my own name. “See, mother dear, be kind to him; +and you, Julia, will love him, for he was kind to brother Harry. +You’ll not turn him away when I am gone—gone on a +long, long voyage, you know. You’ll love him for my sake, +both of you. He’ll talk to you sometimes about Harry. +There, there, mother dear, don’t weep; we’ll meet +again, you know;—yes, yes, after my long voyage. +Don’t cry, Julia dear, don’t +now—don’t?”</p> +<p>Thus he went on. I felt ready to cry myself, I know. I had not +heard him speak of his little sister—I could easily guess +the reason—he would run the risk of having her name +profaned by careless lips. At length he was silent. I slipped +away. Poor little fellow! in spite of what the doctor said, I +guessed that he at all events thought himself dying. I trusted +that he might be mistaken. With a heavy heart, though, I left him +and turned into my hammock, where in a very few minutes I was +sound asleep.</p> +<p>The word had already been passed along the decks to prepare +for action, and we fully expected that in a few minutes the fun +would begin, when a boat was seen coming off from the shore with +a flag of truce. It seemed a matter of doubt whether it should be +received after the way we had been treated by the rebels; but +Captain Hudson resolved that he would hear what they had to say +for themselves before he proceeded to extremities. The old +gentleman with whom I had spoken the day before, and several +substantial-looking personages were in the boat. They evidently +felt themselves in no trifling difficulty, and saw that it would +require the management of the most important people in the place +to save the town. Captain Hudson at first, wishing to give them a +fright, refused to listen to any of their explanations.</p> +<p>“A truce had been agreed on, and while we were acting +with perfect good faith and peaceableness, your people most +unjustifiably attempted to destroy us. I give you half an hour to +remove the women and children, and then expect the consequences +of your treachery,” said he, drawing his sword-belt tighter +round his waist, and turning on his heel with a look of +scorn.</p> +<p>“Hear me, sir,” said the old gentleman, stepping +forward. “We had, on my honour, nothing whatever to do with +the outrage of which you complain. The people who attacked you +were those whose vessels you have so wantonly destroyed. They +came to revenge themselves. When they found that we had pledged +ourselves to preserve the peace they returned quietly homewards. +If you wish to complete the watering of your ships we will in no +way molest you, and we will supply you with all the provisions +you require.”</p> +<p>“So you said before,” replied Captain Hudson. +“How can I depend on the fulfilment of your +agreement?”</p> +<p>“I for one, and I dare say others will be ready to +remain in your hands as hostages till our agreement is +fulfilled,” answered the old gentleman.</p> +<p>Captain Hudson, who was generous as he was brave, would not +listen to this proposal; but, stretching out his hand, he +answered frankly, “No, no, sir; I will not put you or your +friends to this inconvenience. I fully trust to your word. Go on +shore, and keep your combatively-inclined countrymen from +attacking us, unless they want to have your town burnt, and by +the evening we shall probably have relieved you of our +company.”</p> +<p>I never saw people’s faces brighten up more rapidly than +did those of our rebel visitors when they heard these words. It +was like the clearing away of a thunder-cloud from the sky in +summer. They were ready to promise all sorts of things, and to +supply us with all we desired; and, to do them justice, they +amply fulfilled their word. We completed our water, got an +abundant supply of fresh provisions, and sailed again that +evening on our cruise.</p> +<p>On the 21st of July we took a schooner from Bilboa to Boston +with cordage and canvas, and on the 22nd re-took a brig from +Quebec to London in ballast; on which day the Amazon parted +company and sailed with the prizes for New York.</p> +<p>On the 24th we took a schooner from Boston to the West Indies +with fish and lumber; on the 25th a brig from Martinique with rum +and molasses; on the 26th a schooner from Boston to the West +Indies with lumber, and on the same day chased a large ship close +into Boston light-house; but she effected her escape into the +harbour.</p> +<p>On the 31st the Amazon rejoined us, and informed us that she +had on her passage recaptured a large ship from Jamaica to London +with rum and sugar, which had been made prize of by the rebels, +and that she had sent her into Halifax.</p> +<p>On the 1st of August, at sunrise, a schooner was reported in +sight. We accordingly made sail in chase; but she seemed in no +ways inclined to be captured, and, setting every stitch of canvas +she could carry, she began to walk through the water at a great +rate. We soon saw that we should have to put our best leg +foremost to come up with her. This to the utmost of our power we +did.</p> +<p>I have already described many chases, so I will not enter into +particulars. Hour after hour passed, and we seemed to be no +nearer to her; still we had not lost ground, and, from her +pertinacity in endeavouring to get away from us, we of course +fancied that she was the more worth having. The longest day must +have an end, and so had this. At its termination, when night was +coming on, we were very little nearer the chase than at daybreak. +Still we hoped that a shift of wind might enable us to get up +with her, or that a calm might come on and allow us to reach her +with our boats. But neither one thing nor the other occurred. +Night came down upon us, and not the sharpest pair of eyes on +board could pierce through the dark mantle which shrouded her. +Some thought they saw her stealing off in one direction; others +declared they saw her steering an opposite course. The result was +that when morning broke, our expected prize had escaped us, and +we were compelled to stand back and rejoin our consorts, like a +dog with his tail between his legs. We had hopes, however, of +being able in some degree to indemnify ourselves for our loss, +when, on the 2nd of August, about two hours before daylight, the +shadowy outline of a ship was seen dead to leeward between us and +the land, the wind being somewhere from the south-west. Now she +was there, ghostlike and indistinct, a spirit gliding over the +face of the waters; now as I looked she had disappeared and I +could scarcely believe that I had seen her.</p> +<p>“Can you make her out?” said I to Grampus, who was +a quarter-master in my watch. The old man hollowed his hands +round his eyes and took a long steady gaze into the darkness +ahead.</p> +<p>“I did see her just a few minutes afor’ you spoke +to me, sir, but smash my timbers if I sees her now!” he +exclaimed, suiting the action to the word. “Where is she +gone to?”</p> +<p>“She has altered her course or a bank of mist is +floating by between us,” I suggested.</p> +<p>“That’s it, sir,” said he; “I +wouldn’t be surprised but what she’d heave in sight +again afor’ long, except she’s one of those craft one +hears talk of, aboard of whom there’s no living man with +flesh and blood to work them. If so be she is, I’d rather +not fall in with her.”</p> +<p>I laughed. “No fear of that,” said I; “she +has been reported to the captain, and we shall be making all sail +in chase presently. We shall then soon find out what she’s +made of.”</p> +<p>“Much as we did the schooner two days ago,” +muttered Grampus, as I left him. “I don’t know +what’s come over the ship that she don’t walk along +faster.”</p> +<p>The stranger had been reported to the captain, who very soon +came on deck, when all sail was packed on the ship in chase. The +stranger, for some time, did not appear to be aware of our +vicinity; indeed, we could frequently scarcely make her out +through the darkness. At length, however, she discovered that an +ugly customer was near her, and lost no time in setting every +stitch of canvas she could carry, and running directly off before +the wind. By this time we had got near enough to see that she was +a ship, and of considerable size.</p> +<p>“That craft carries a good many hands, I suspect, by the +smart way in which she made sail,” I heard Mr Willis +observe to the captain. “I should not be surprised if she +proves a privateer, or so-called ship of war belonging to the +rebel government. To my mind, we shall do well to treat all the +rascals we find on board such craft as pirates, and trice them up +to their own yard-arms.”</p> +<p>“You forget, Mr Willis, that two can play at that +game,” answered the captain. “The rebels have pretty +well shown that they are in earnest, and have established a right +to respect at all events. I don’t think hanging them will +bring them to reason. Let us treat them as open and gallant +enemies, and if we cannot make them fellow-subjects, at all +events we may induce them to become some day our friends again. I +confess to you I am sick of this sort of warfare. We must do our +duty, and take, sink, and destroy all the craft belonging to the +misguided people we find afloat, but there is neither honour nor +glory to be obtained by the work, and as for the profit, I would +rather be without it. Bah! I’m sick of such fratricidal +work.”</p> +<p>“I can’t say that I see things quite in the light +that you do, sir,” said the first lieutenant. “The +British Government make laws, and it is the duty of British +people to obey them; and if they don’t, it’s our +business just now to force them to it.”</p> +<p>“Your logic is unanswerable, Willis,” replied +Captain Hudson, turning away with a sigh. “There can be no +doubt what our duty is, however painful it may prove.”</p> +<p>I believe that many officers thought and felt like my gallant +and kind-hearted captain, and yet not a more loyal man, or a more +faithful subject of his sovereign, ever stepped the deck of a +ship of war.</p> +<p>As the first gleam of day appeared from beneath a dark canopy +of clouds, and shone across the leaden water, its light fell on +the royals and topgallant sails of a large ship, with studden +sails alow and aloft, running before the wind directly for the +American coast. Smoothly as she glided on, and rapidly as she ran +through the water, in all the pride of symmetrical beauty, she +was in a very critical position. As I looked at her I bethought +me she presented no inapt simile to a careless youth rushing over +the sea of life regardless of all the dangers which surround him, +and with the pit of destruction yawning before him. Haul her wind +and fight us she dared not, for we should have blown her speedily +out of the water; no friendly port that she could possibly make +was under her lee. The only hope, therefore, her crew could have +had of escaping was to run the ship on shore and to abandon her. +This it was our object to prevent them doing. The usual devices +for increasing our speed were resorted to. Every spar that could +carry a sail was rigged, while the canvas almost swept the water +on either side of us, but all to little purpose, it seemed. If we +increased our speed, so did the chase, and not an inch was +gained. As the day grew on, the breeze freshened, and at noon +some on board asserted that we had begun to overhaul her. We were +all of us on deck as often as we could, for she afforded far more +subject of interest than the ordinary lumber-laden merchant craft +it was our usual lot to chase. The clouds which had obscured the +sky at sunrise rolled gradually away; the sun shone down on the +blue ocean with undimmed splendour, glittering on the long lines +of foam which the two ships formed as they clove their way +through it.</p> +<p>I was, among others, watching the chase when McCallum came up +to me.</p> +<p>“Sumner wants to see you, Hurry,” said he; +“I think a little talk with you will do him good. He is +very low, left so many hours by himself, and he does not sleep +much.”</p> +<p>Our young messmate had been progressing favourably, according +to the doctor’s report, since he was wounded, but he was +nervous and fanciful, poor little fellow! and wanted more tender +nursing than the rough, albeit kind-hearted, treatment he could +obtain on board. Captain Hudson would gladly have landed him, +could he have found any friends on shore willing to take charge +of him; but as this was impossible, all circumstances would allow +was done to make him comfortable. I sat myself down on a stool by +the side of his cot, and told him all that was going forward on +deck.</p> +<p>“I wish that I could be about and doing my duty +again,” said he; “I’m weary of being boxed up +here below.”</p> +<p>“I should be glad if you could get sent home, and have +your mother and sister to nurse you till you are strong and +well.”</p> +<p>“Who told you that I had a sister?” he asked +quickly.</p> +<p>“You did, surely, Harry,” I answered; “how +else should I have known it?”</p> +<p>“Oh, I never spoke about her, I’m sure!” +said he earnestly. “She is such a little angel, Hurry, that +I could not bear to have her name uttered by any of our fellows +in the way they speak of each other’s sisters and female +friends.”</p> +<p>“Trust me, indeed, I will never mention her,” I +answered, appreciating his delicacy, though I felt a strong +desire to see the little girl he praised so highly. I did not +reflect that her portrait was painted by a loving brother. I got +him to talk more about her, and when his heart was opened he +seemed never tired of the theme. He told me how she was two or +three years older than himself; how she had watched over him and +instructed him in all that was good, and how bitterly she grieved +at his going away to sea, and much did he blame himself for +having often appeared ungrateful for her love and affection. +Often in a night-watch did my thoughts recur to Julia Sumner. It +was a midshipman’s fancy, and perhaps a folly, but it was +very excusable, I cannot help thinking even at the present +time.</p> +<p>Our conversation was interrupted by the report of one of our +bow-chasers: I sprang on deck. We had got the chase within range +of our guns, and we were not likely to let them remain inactive. +Still she stood on; not a trace nor a sheet did she slack; and as +our gunnery was not first-rate it must be owned, we could not as +yet hope to do her much damage.</p> +<p>“We have gained on her considerably since you went +below,” said Delisle, whose glass was fixed on the chase, +watching the effect of our shot. “In another hour, if the +wind holds, we shall get her well under our guns, and then +she’ll have very little more to say for herself.”</p> +<p>“Land ahead!” shouted the look-out from aloft. I +with others went to the mast-head to ascertain its distance. We +judged it to be the land about Cape Cod, some fifteen miles or so +away. It would take us a couple of hours to get up with it. +Evening, however, was now coming on, and it would be dark before +we could hope to reach it. We watched the chase more anxiously +than ever; the prospect of bringing her to before she should +reach the shore was every instant growing less. Those who manned +her were no cowards. As we were watching her, her stern-ports +opened, and a couple of shots came hissing by us. It was a +desperate chance. Her object was to cripple us, and if she could +do so, perhaps she hoped to haul her wind, and, favoured by the +darkness, to creep away from between us and the shore. We fired +our bow-chasers as often as we could in return, and more than one +shot told with damaging effect. Still every injury was repaired +as soon as received. The land, seen under the glow of the setting +sun, was growing more and more distinct, and by the time the +shades of evening came over us we were near enough to distinguish +it and the chase, now in dangerous proximity to its sands.</p> +<p>The chase had now lasted fifteen hours—another hour +would decide the point. It soon passed. It was a moment of +intense interest. Every man was at his station. Hands were in the +chains with the lead. We were nearer the coast than under other +circumstances we would willingly have been. The chase stood on +with everything set. One felt it a grievous pity that so +beautiful a fabric should be doomed to destruction. Her striking +would give us time to haul off. On she glided, her symmetry +unimpaired. In another moment her tall masts rocked to and fro; a +loud crashing and tearing, even at that distance, reached our +ears.</p> +<p>“Down with the helm!” shouted Captain Hudson. +“Haul aft the starboard sheets! Flatten in the starboard +braces! Give her the starboard broadside!”</p> +<p>These and other orders to bring the ship on a wind followed in +quick succession amid the roar of our guns, which sent the shot +crashing into the unfortunate chase. As soon as the ship was put +about she stood back on the other tack, pouring in a second and +still more destructive broadside. Again the ship was put about; +once more the starboard broadside was loaded, and as we came +abreast of the stranded chase, fired into her with deadly +effect.</p> +<p>“Boats away!” was now the order. The men, with +cutlasses by their sides and pistols in their belts, sprang into +them. Mr Willis led the expedition: not a moment was to be lost. +The stranger must be boarded before the crew could recover from +the effects of our broadsides, or people would come off from the +shore to defend her. She had fallen almost broadside on to the +beach, and on the other side the sea was washing over her. We +pulled round, and boarded under her counter, cutlass in hand. A +slight resistance only was made by her captain and officers and +some of the crew. A few were cut down, and the rest retreated +forward, and escaped on shore by a warp, which had previously +been carried there, no one attempting to stop them. As with +lanterns in our hands, we wandered over the ship, everywhere +signs were visible of the cruel effect of our broadsides. In the +cabin lay an officer and two men. We thought they were wounded. +We threw the light on their countenances; they had been dragged +there by their shipmates to be out of the way, probably, and had +died as they lay. Poor fellows! they had fought their last +fight—they were dead. Not a thing was found on board. A +glance showed Mr Willis that it would be impossible to get the +ship off, so he ordered us to set fire to her in every direction. +Having done so, and left the dead bodies to be consumed in a not +ignoble funeral pile, we hurried to the boats. We had been taught +by a former catastrophe not to delay too long. As we pulled away, +the flames, climbing up the masts and spars; to which the canvas +still hung, formed a magnificent pyramid of fire, which grew and +grew in height till it seemed to reach the very skies. It was a +fine spectacle, but a finer was to come. She was still burning +when we got back to our ship, and the boats were hoisted in. I +watched the conflagration from the deck. The fire threw a ruddy +glare over the sand-hills and the dark woods beyond, and by its +light we could see people watching, undoubtedly with bitter +hearts, the destruction of their property. Without a +moment’s warning, while the conflagration was at its +height, the whole mass of flame seemed to be lifted together like +a huge fire-work—then it spread far and wide, forming a +fiery canopy of mushroom shape, and breaking into a thousand +fragments, came hissing down into the surrounding ocean, while a +few burning embers alone remained to mark the spot where the tall +ship had lately been—a pretty night’s work for the +officers and crew of his Majesty’s ship Orpheus. I +don’t know that the thought of what we had been about +disturbed the rest of any of those who enjoyed the luxury of +turning into their hammocks. The next morning a boat with a flag +of truce was sent on shore to learn particulars of the vessel we +had destroyed. A number of persons were collected in the +neighbourhood of the wreck, and, as may be supposed, they did not +look very affectionately at us; but flags of truce were always +respected, in spite of the animosity which was daily increasing +between the belligerents, and an officer stepped forward to know +what we wanted.</p> +<p>We told him our errand. “Tell your captain,” said +he, “that he has done good service to his government, and +saved the capture of many a rich merchantman, if I mistake not. +The ship you have destroyed was the ‘Wilks’ +privateer, mounting twenty +guns—six-pounders—commanded by as brave a man as ever +stepped, Captain John Williams, and bound into the English +channel on a six-months’ cruise. If it is any satisfaction +to you, you may say that she was only off the stocks five weeks. +There’s the captain; he’ll never break biscuit more, +nor will several of our people who were drowned coming on shore. +There’s all that remains of poor Captain +Williams.”</p> +<p>He spoke with bitterness, and, lifting a flag, exposed the +form of a man in an officer’s uniform. He had been wounded, +it appeared, by one of our broadsides, and carried on shore by +his crew. I was not sorry, having received the information we +were ordered to obtain, to get away from the scene of the +catastrophe. This was our finishing stroke in the Bay of Fundy. +During our cruise there it appeared by the log-book that we had +seen ninety rebel vessels of various descriptions, of which we +had either taken or destroyed thirty-three sail—a highly +satisfactory amount of mischief to have committed in so short a +time—but it had no effect in making the Americans loyal, or +increasing their love for their British brethren.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap09" id="chap09"></a> +<h3>Chapter Nine.</h3> +<h4>Recommended to Sir Peter Parker.—Join Chatham with +Grampus and Tom Rockets—My messmate +O’Driscoll.—Appointed to command Pigot +tender.—Cruise with O’Driscoll.—Chase and +capture a schooner.—Find two ladies on board.—New +style of existence.—Discover skipper’s plot to +re-take his vessel.—Madeline Carlyon and Mrs +Tarleton.—Caught in a heavy gale.</h4> +<p>One forenoon a midshipman from HMS Chatham came on board, with +a letter from the admiral, Sir Peter Parker, to Captain Hudson. +The Chatham was at that time Sir Peter’s flag-ship. The +midshipman was of course asked below and pressed to stop for +dinner. In a remarkably short space of time he made himself at +home with all hands. He had a very red head of hair, very red +eyes, and very red face indeed. I have never met a redder person, +but he was far from ugly, and his countenance was brimful of +good-nature and humour. He and I quickly became friends. He +caught my name.</p> +<p>“Faith, that’s not a bad name you’ve got of +your own,” said he. “Mine is Patrick +O’Driscoll. If it happens not to be particularly well known +to fame just yet, I purpose to make it as notorious as it was in +the good old days in my native land.”</p> +<p>While O’Driscoll was entertaining us with some racy +anecdotes I was sent for by Captain Hudson into his cabin.</p> +<p>“Take a seat, Mr Hurry,” said he, in his usual +kind way. “I have an offer to make which I hope will prove +satisfactory to you. Sir Peter Parker has applied to me for some +mates and midshipmen, and I have especially named you, as I am +sure you will do credit to my recommendation. He has asked also +for some of my people, and as you seem to have attached to you +old Nol Grampus and Tom Rockets, they may, if they wish it, +accompany you, for I like to see an officer with followers. It +speaks well for both parties. I have not yet determined who else +I shall send. I have recommended you because I have no doubt that +you will get a step by the change.”</p> +<p>I warmly thanked my captain for the kind interest he had shown +in my welfare. And here let me pay a just tribute to the +character of my old commander. A more kind-hearted gentleman, or +a braver or better officer never walked the deck of a man-of-war. +I was sorry to leave my messmates of the Orpheus; but for the +reason Captain Hudson gave me, the opportunity of serving under +so distinguished an officer as Sir Peter Parker was not to be +lost. I will pass over all my leave-takings. Midshipmen are not +much addicted to the sentimentals. Let me be supposed alongside +the Chatham, accompanied by Nol Grampus, Tom Rockets, and the +chest which contained all my worldly possessions. Those +possessions were, by-the-bye, considerably decreased in quantity +and value since I left my paternal mansion two years before.</p> +<p>On stepping on board I was met by my red-haired friend.</p> +<p>“Ah! Hurry, my boy, it’s myself then is glad to +see you!” he exclaimed, squeezing my fingers and wringing +my hand with a vehemence almost sufficient to dislocate my +wrist.</p> +<p>“Happy to meet you,” I answered, not letting him +discover that he had hurt me.</p> +<p>This demonstrative mode of greeting was a trick of his, I +found, to try, as he said, what people were made of. Sometimes, +however, he caught a Tartar to his cost. The Chatham’s +midshipmen were a more rollicking set than my late shipmates. +However, I knew comparatively but little of them, for, as it +turned out, during the greater part of the time I belonged to the +ship I was away on detached duty. Scarcely had I joined her, when +I was sent on shore in command of a party of men to clear a +transport lying in Rhode Island. While I was engaged in this far +from pleasant duty I had to put up at the Cat and Fiddle Tavern, +kept by a certain Mrs Grimalkin. To cover her sympathy with the +rebels she used to exhibit on all public occasions an exuberance +of loyalty which I thought rather suspicious. By watching her +narrowly I was not long in discovering that she kept up a +constant communication with the enemy, and gave them notice of +all our proceedings. However, once knowing this, I was on my +guard, and used to amuse myself by telling her all sorts of +wonderful tales of what we had done, and what it was proposed to +do to bring the country to subjection. I hope that I was the +means also of sending some of the American cruisers to look after +merchantmen which had gone in totally different directions, and +of making others keep clear of fleets which had no existence.</p> +<p>Mrs Grimalkin was a Dutch woman by extraction, and retained +the appearance and many of the habits of her ancestors. +Numberless were the petticoats she wore, and unceasing were the +ablutions which her clean-tiled floors received. She was in the +main not a bad old soul, and I dare say she considered herself +perfectly justified, in consideration of the cause I served, in +charging me a preposterous amount for my board and lodging while +I resided under her roof.</p> +<p>Having cleared the transport, I returned on board. A few days +afterwards Sir Peter sent for me, and expressing his +satisfactions with what he had observed of my conduct, appointed +me to the command of the Pigot tender, the officer who had +hitherto had charge of her being on the sick list. A +midshipman’s berth is a very jolly place, but still there +is nothing like being captain of one’s own ship, so +thanking the admiral for the good opinion he had formed of me, +with a light heart I hurried below to prepare for my change of +quarters. I had not been thus engaged many minutes, when I was +joined by O’Driscoll, with a broad grin on his +countenance.</p> +<p>“Well, brother skipper,” said he, “how do +you feel with your new dignity?”</p> +<p>“What do you mean?” I asked.</p> +<p>“Why, faith, that I’ve got command of the +‘Lady Parker,’ a very tidy craft, and that we are to +cruise in company. Arrah, now—won’t we have a jovial +time of it, my jewel!”</p> +<p>“I hope so,” said I; “if we don’t +happen to meet with poor Luscombe’s ill-luck. There are two +sides to every question, remember.”</p> +<p>“Arrah, now. Never look at the reverse of a pleasing +picture, Hurry,” he replied. “Because Luscombe met +with ill-luck, we have a better chance of good luck, do ye see. +So now let’s get aboard our respective ships. I feel +wonderfully grown since I received my appointment.”</p> +<p>Luscombe, one of our master’s mates, had, while in +charge of a schooner, fitted out as a tender, been a short time +before captured by the enemy, after losing all his men, while he +himself had been severely wounded.</p> +<p>Our orders were to make the best of our way to Long Island +Sound, where we were to deliver some despatches to HMS Syren, and +then, after cruising a week off Gay Head, to return to Rhode +Island. Both our vessels were ready for sea, so, having obtained +leave to take Grampus and Tom Rockets with me, we pulled on +board, and got under weigh. A fine breeze carried us to sea, and +did not desert us till we made the shores of Long Island. We ran +into the Sound and delivered our despatches on board the Syren. +The spot wore a very different aspect to that which it had borne +when I was last there. Now the whole country was in possession of +the royal troops, who were under the full belief that it was +henceforward to remain their own. The reports were that the whole +of the American forces were completely disorganised and +disheartened, and that they would never again be able to make +head against the royalists. The truth was what was supposed, but +they had a man at their head who was a host in himself, and by +his courage, his wisdom, and energy, he made amends for all +deficiencies. George Washington was truly the man who established +the American Republic. For that great work he was especially +appointed by Heaven. Unhappily, the people of whom he made a +nation have too often since forgotten his precepts and example. +The farther they have departed from it the less dignified and +respected they have been. But I am anticipating events.</p> +<p>O’Driscoll and I would have been right glad of an excuse +to remain at New York, but we had not even sprung a spar, and our +craft were as tight as bottles, and our crews did not want a +single dose of physic among them, so we were obliged to put to +sea again that evening. We however contrived to pick up a round +of beef, two legs of mutton, and a turkey, with a sack of +potatoes, and some other vegetables, out of a bumboat which had +come down to supply the Syren, and which we waylaid before she +reached that ship. I must not forget also some soft tack, three +dozen of bottled ale, and a cheese, which set us up in the +comestible way for some time. Just as we got to sea the wind +veered round to the east and south-east, and with a favourable +breeze, under easy sail, we stood to the northward. The next day +O’Driscoll came aboard to dine with me. I had the turkey. +The bird had made so many objections to remaining in the coop +into which I put him, that I was obliged to kill him. He was +consequently rather tough, but midshipmen’s teeth +don’t stand at trifles, and we made considerable progress +in devouring him.</p> +<p>“This is very jolly, Captain Hurry,” said +O’Driscoll, pouring out for himself a glass of foaming ale. +“Here’s to you, man, and I don’t care how long +we’re on our cruise.”</p> +<p>“It will soon come to an end if this wind lasts,” +I remarked.</p> +<p>“Not a bit of it, if we’re inclined to make it +longer,” he replied. “Suppose now, a craft was to +make her appearance in the south-east, we should have to make +sail after her, and it might be many a day before we got back to +port, do ye see. Do you twig, my boy, eh?”</p> +<p>“Oh, yes, O’Driscoll. I understand you +perfectly,” said I. “But that sort of conduct does +not exactly come up to my notion of our duty to the service. We +might get a long cruise, certainly, but I don’t think we +should enjoy it, and we might just possibly fall into the hands +of an enemy, and end it in a prison on shore.”</p> +<p>“Ha! ha! ha! that would be an unpleasant termination to +our independent commands,” he replied, laughing. +“Well, I suppose to do our duty is the best policy. I +shouldn’t like the catastrophe you picture so +vividly.”</p> +<p>One thing I must say in O’Driscoll’s favour, +though his fertile brain conceived all sorts of mischief, he was +very ready to abandon any of his proposals when he found that +others objected to them. Though hot enough at times, and ready +enough to fight anybody and everybody who came in his way, his +anger was as quickly appeased. Thus also he was easily persuaded +by me to adhere to the letter of his instructions, and, in +perfect good-humour with all the world, he accompanied me on deck +to smoke our cigars. It was one of those lovely days, which occur +frequently in autumn in that part of the world, called by the +Americans the Indian summer. A thin, gauze-like mist hung over +the face of the deep—scarcely dense enough, however, to +mitigate the heat of the sun’s rays, which, darting forth +from the pure, blue sky, sparkled brightly on the crisply curling +wavelets, stirred up by a light southerly breeze. Everything gave +promise of a continuance of fine weather, and so, like two +pachas, we sat on the deck, calmly contemplating with philosophic +indifference all sublunary affairs. Not another sail was to be +seen within the circle of our horizon besides our two small +craft, so that as we had nothing else with which to compare +ourselves, we were content to believe that we were two very +important personages indeed. We had our coffee brought to us in +due form. It was not a common beverage among midshipmen, +certainly in those days, but Tom had learned to make it well of a +Spanish seaman on board the Orpheus. We finished our repast with +more than one glass of grog apiece, but not sufficient, I am +happy to say, to risk the equilibrium of either our minds or +bodies. While we were discussing the seaman’s favourite +beverage, O’Driscoll indulged me, and by necessity my +ship’s company, with some of his choicest songs, trolled +forth in a full, clear voice, and the liquor loosening the +muscles of his tongue, every word came forth with the richest +brogue of his native land. At first the people listened +attentively as they sat forward. Then they by degrees crept up +nearer and nearer, till at length Pat Doolan, a compatriot of the +minstrel, seemingly unable any longer to contain himself, burst +forth into the full chorus of one of the songs. To stop him would +have been impossible. The poor fellow flung his whole soul into +the melody. What a flood of recollections—of long pent-up +feelings—it brought back! Sooner than hold silence he would +have jumped overboard, I believe. The example was infectious. One +by one the rest of the crew took up the strain. Not one but had +the spirit of melody within him; and there we were, officers and +crew, all singing away together like mad people, or as if our +lives depended on the noise we made.</p> +<p>At sun-down we hove-to, and O’Driscoll returned on board +his own vessel, insisting on my returning his visit the next day. +The weather proving calm, I was enabled to fulfil my engagement, +and a merry time we had of it. So pleasant did I find this sort +of life, that I began to persuade myself that there would be no +outrageous impropriety in acceding to O’Driscoll’s +proposal to lengthen our voyage. Two days thus passed pleasantly +away, during which we made but little progress in our voyage. We +might possibly by carrying a greater press of sail have made +more, but we were, as I have observed, in no hurry to bring it to +an end.</p> +<p>On the morning of the 14th, as I lay fast asleep in my cot, it +having been my middle watch, I felt my shoulder shaken, while a +rough voice exclaimed—</p> +<p>“There’s a sail in sight, Mr Hurry, sir, on the +lee-bow. She’s the cut of an American +merchantman.”</p> +<p>Looking up, I saw the weather-beaten countenance of Nol +Grampus bending over me.</p> +<p>“Keep her away, and make all sail in chase,” I +answered, springing up; “I’ll be on deck in a +trice.”</p> +<p>I was not many seconds behind old Nol. The Lady Parker was on +our weather-quarter. Her people had not been so quick-sighted as +we were, but when they saw us making sail, they did the same. +Away we both went in hot pursuit of the stranger, which proved to +be a schooner. When she made us out she apparently took fright, +and likewise set every stitch of canvas she could carry to +escape.</p> +<p>There is nothing so exciting as a chase, whether on shore or +afloat. Next to it is a race. Here we had both combined, for we +wanted to catch the enemy and to beat the Lady Parker. The breeze +freshened, but the Pigot looked up to her canvas famously; and +sweeter to our ears than any music just then was the loud gush of +the yielding waters as they were parted by the sharp bows of my +little craft.</p> +<p>“You are a darling now!” cried old Nol, as he +looked up at the canvas, ever and anon, to see that each sail +drew its best. “Just show us what your heels can do this +time, at all events.” The schooner seemed to understand +him, and went faster and faster. We were somewhat distancing the +Lady Parker, and coming up with the chase.</p> +<p>“If the breeze holds, sir, we shall be within gun-shot +in half an hour, and then there’ll be but little chance for +that small hooker there,” observed Grampus, chuckling. She +was a bigger vessel than the Pigot, by-the-bye.</p> +<p>“It’s just possible that one of the enemy’s +cruisers may heave in sight, and spoil our sport before +then,” said I; “such a thing has occurred before now, +and there are plenty of them in these seas.”</p> +<p>“The more call for speed, then, sir,” replied Nol. +“Hurrah—blow your best, good breeze, and don’t +stint us.”</p> +<p>In even less time than Grampus had predicted, we got the +schooner within range of our guns. I half expected to see her +haul her wind and show fight. We began to blaze away with our +bow-chasers, but she stood steadily on, taking not the slightest +notice of us. Rockets and I had both tried our hands at a shot, +but without effect, so I sent him to the helm, and called Grampus +forward, to see what he could do. More than once he looked along +the gun without firing. “Here goes,” he at length +exclaimed, applying the match. I watched eagerly. Away flew the +shot—it struck. I could see the splinters fly, and down +came by the run the main-topmast of the chase. All hands gave a +grand hurrah. Still the chase stood on. In a short time, however, +we saw that there was some confusion on board. The ensign was +hauled down—then run up, and then hauled down again.</p> +<p>Just as we fancied that she was going to heave-to, up went the +ensign once more, and the hands were seen going aloft, to clear +away the wreck of the top-mast.</p> +<p>“What can the fellow be about?” said I; “he +cannot hope to escape us.”</p> +<p>“Perhaps, sir, he sees a big friend ahead, whom he +thinks will come to his assistance,” observed Grampus.</p> +<p>“We must give him another dose, then, to stop him before +his friend appears. Fire low this time!” I exclaimed, for +my blood was up at the thoughts of his escaping us. We yawed a +little so as to bring all our starboard guns to bear. The shot +took effect, and there appeared more confusion than before on +deck. “Let them have it again,” I sung out; +“this time they must give in!” The guns were loaded, +and our people were about to fire, when, as I was looking through +my telescope, I saw two figures rush on deck, and which instantly +made me arrest the order to fire. They were women. By their +gestures they were evidently endeavouring to persuade the crew to +continue their endeavours to escape or to yield at once. Which it +was I could not determine, but while they remained on deck I +could not bring myself again to fire on the vessel. I hoped that +we should be able to capture her without doing her further +injury. On we stood, therefore, as before. The ladies remained on +deck. I kept my eye on them, intending to fire at the +schooner’s rigging the moment they went below. I told +Grampus my reason for not firing. “That’s right, +sir,” he answered warmly; “no man who’s fit to +be a man ever hurts a woman if he can help it, whether old or +young, or whatever her nation—or black or white. And they, +d’ye see, bless their hearts, repays us; for no matter +where it is, if a man is sick or wounded, or in distress, they +are always ready to help him and nurse him and pity +him—bless them, says I. I don’t know what we should +do without them.”</p> +<p>The two ladies kept their posts, walking the deck, and every +now and then stopping and eyeing us—taking our distance, I +thought. We were rapidly decreasing it, however, and to me it +appeared that the chase had very little chance of escaping. I +must own that I was now doubly anxious to come up with her. All +sorts of romantic ideas came crowding into my imagination, and I +quite forgot that, after all, the petticoats might belong to the +skipper’s double-fisted wife and rosy-cheeked, loud-voiced +daughter. Still, whatever they were, I would not for worlds have +run the risk of hurting them.</p> +<p>As time sped away the more eager did I become to solve the +problem. When my eye began to ache with watching the chase, Nol +took the glass. I had had my breakfast brought on deck. I ate my +dinner there also. I was just washing down the cold salt junk and +biscuit with a glass of rum and water, when Grampus +exclaimed—</p> +<p>“The petticoats has wapperated, sir—that they +has.”</p> +<p>I jumped up, overturning my glass of swizzle, and putting the +helm to starboard, sung—</p> +<p>“Fire away, but high, my lads—take care, +now.”</p> +<p>Grampus had handed me the glass and hurried to a gun. Never +was there a better marksman. His eye coolly glanced along the +iron tube. He fired. The schooner’s fore-yard was shot away +in the slings, and directly afterwards her fore-top-mast went +tumbling over her bows.</p> +<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Nol, “we’ve got her +now, my lads.”</p> +<p>I watched through my glass. The females did not return on +deck. I only hoped that they were not frightened at the mischief +we had committed. The chase was now a complete wreck aloft. Still +her ensign was kept flying at her peak. Just, however, as I was +about to yaw once more, it was hauled down, and she was luffed up +into the wind. We were very soon up with her. Heaving-to just to +windward of her, I ordered a boat to be lowered, and, with Tom +Rockets and two other hands, pulled aboard. I directed Grampus to +keep a very sharp watch on the movements of the schooner, should +I go below, for the rebels were up to so many tricks that it was +necessary to be prepared for them.</p> +<p>As I stepped on the deck of the prize, I was met by a man whom +I took to be the master. He was a tall, lank man, and one of the +most melancholy-looking beings I ever beheld. I looked round for +the females.</p> +<p>“If they belong to our thread-paper friend here, the +chances are that their attractions are but small,” I +thought to myself. Still I was very curious to see them.</p> +<p>“Well, Mr Officer,” said the master, without +giving me time to speak, “if it’s any satisfaction to +you, you’ll understand that you’ve ruined a +hard-working man with a large family by this capture, and +frightened nearly to death two females aboard here.”</p> +<p>He spoke in a slow, drawling tone, but there was something in +it which made me fully believe him.</p> +<p>“It cannot be helped. I do but my duty,” I +answered.</p> +<p>“Your duty, sir! Is it the duty of a man, a gentleman, +to attack the weak and the oppressed?” said a deep voice +close to my ear.</p> +<p>The melancholy skipper had not spoken, the tones were too +feminine for him. I turned, and saw standing near me a lady who +had evidently just ascended from the cabin. I started. She was +something so unlike what I had expected to see. Her figure, +though slight, was tall and commanding, and a black dress set off +the brilliant whiteness of her complexion. Her dark eyes flashed +with fire as she spoke. Her features also, I saw, were very +handsome. I have not often been abashed, such a feeling does not +usually run in the blood of the Hurrys, but I was on this +occasion completely taken aback. I felt that I should have liked +to have jumped into my boat and pulled back to my own craft +without saying a word. However, I mustered courage to speak.</p> +<p>“Pardon me, madam,” I stuttered out, “I obey +the commands of my lawful sovereign, though those commands are, I +own, often painful.”</p> +<p>“The excuse all mercenaries make,” said the lady, +with bitter scorn in her voice. “And now, sir, that we are +your captives, may I ask what you purpose doing with +us?”</p> +<p>This question was rather a poser. I could not let the prize go +free, and yet I had no wish to detain any women as prisoners.</p> +<p>“I cannot answer the question at once, madam,” I +replied; “but I will do my best to land you as soon as +possible at the nearest point I am able to reach, to wherever you +may wish to go.”</p> +<p>I thought this would satisfy the lady, but not a bit of +it.</p> +<p>“Oh, then, we are to be compelled to leave the vessel in +which we have taken a passage and to be delayed on an errand of +importance because George of Brunswick chooses to try and force +unjust laws down the throats of a free people!”</p> +<p>“The fortune of war, madam,” I replied, my choler +rising somewhat at her remarks; still I did not forget she was a +lady, and that I was an officer and a gentleman.</p> +<p>“Such as brigands might be ashamed of,” she +replied. “Then, sir, we are to consider ourselves as your +prisoners?”</p> +<p>“Not a moment longer than I can help it, I assure you, +madam,” I answered, rather inclined to be amused than +angry, and hoping to pique her by my replies. “You are free +to go in any direction you please directly you have an +opportunity.”</p> +<p>“You speak mockingly, sir,” she said, apparently +determined not to be on good terms with me.</p> +<p>I was anxious to bring the conversation to a conclusion +without being rude to her; she was very evidently a lady, and +probably accustomed to be treated with attention. My curiosity +also was excited to know who her companion could be. We had seen +two females on board, and she had used the word “we” +several times as if her companion was her equal; whether older or +younger was the question. She herself had the appearance and air +of a matron who, though past the bloom of youth, still retained +much of her beauty. Bowing to her again, I turned to the +melancholy-faced master and inquired the particulars of his +cargo, where he was from, and where bound to. He was from Boston, +with a cargo of notions bound for Philadelphia.</p> +<p>“Well, then, captain, I’ll step below, just to +have a look at your papers,” said I, trying to appear as +unconcerned as possible. “Then we’ll get the wreck of +your masts cleared away and take you in tow. You and your mate +with two hands will go on board my vessel, the rest will remain +here to help work this craft.”</p> +<p>He saw that my orders were not to be disputed, though he +prepared to obey them with no very good grace. I had no fear of +any trick being played me, for the Lady Parker was fast coming up +to the scene of action, or I should not have trusted either the +lank master or the lovely dame. I hailed Grampus to send another +boat aboard, and while she was coming I dived below, disregarding +the black looks both of the master and the lady. I certainly was +not prepared for the vision of loveliness which broke on my sight +when I opened the door of the cabin. I somehow or other had taken +it into my head that the lady on deck was the youngest of the two +persons we had seen, and I expected accordingly to find a stout, +elderly dame acting as her chaperone or attendant. Instead, +however, there, half-reclining on a sofa, and reading, or +pretending to read, was a young and lovely girl. The lady on deck +possessed somewhat of a stern beauty; hers was of the most +perfect feminine softness. She was fair, with light-brown hair, +and a rich colour on her cheeks, and eyes so full and lustrous +that they pierced through and through me at once. I was very glad +she did not ask me to do anything I ought not to have done, for +as Adam was easily tempted by Eve, I fear me much that I should +not have had the resolution to refuse any request she might have +made. I stood for a minute at the door, looking, I daresay, very +stupid, and silent as a post. At last I blundered out—</p> +<p>“I beg pardon, miss; I came to see the ship’s +papers; I hope that I don’t inconvenience you.”</p> +<p>“Oh, no, sir, as the ship is, I conclude, in your power, +and the passengers are your prisoners, we can only be grateful +for any courtesy you show us,” she answered; and oh! what a +sweet, soft, musical voice she spoke in!</p> +<p>I was quickly followed below by the master, who proceeded to +hand me out his papers from a well-battered tin case.</p> +<p>“You are, I conclude, Mr Saul Cobb, master of the +‘Crab’ schooner—not much like a crab though, by +the way she went through the water,” said I, running my +eyes over the papers. “All well and good, Mr Cobb. We will +take the ‘Crab’ in tow as far as Rhode Island, where +Sir Peter Parker, the English admiral, will decide what is to be +done with her. Your passengers, I have no doubt, will be landed +at Newport, and a safe conduct will be granted them in whatever +direction they may wish to proceed.”</p> +<p>I looked up as I spoke, and bowed to the young lady. I found +her eyes fixed on me, though she very quickly withdrew them, and +I could not help fancying, vain puppy that I was! that a slight +blush tinged her cheeks.</p> +<p>“I trust, madam,” said I, “that we shall be +able to make arrangements satisfactory under the painful +circumstances of the case to you and the lady who is with +you.”</p> +<p>“She is my aunt,” she answered quickly. “But +I fear that it will be difficult to make amends to her for the +inconvenience to which she must be put and the bitter +disappointment she feels. She was called to the bedside of a +brother she believes to be dying from his wounds, and there being +no one else whose assistance she could claim, I accompanied her. +We hoped to have landed to-morrow. Could you not still manage to +put us on shore?”</p> +<p>She looked up with such a beautiful, earnest expression that I +instantly began to consider whether I could not by some +possibility do as she requested. As the result of my reflections +I replied—</p> +<p>“I am sorry to say I cannot do so. I dare not so far +depart from my very clear line of duty; still, any accommodation +I can afford you and your aunt will, I am sure, be sanctioned by +the admiral.”</p> +<p>“You are very kind indeed, sir,” said the young +lady. “I would not ask any officer to neglect his duty to +the king he serves; I should despise him if he did.”</p> +<p>She had risen from her seat, and stood resting her left hand +on the table, while her right was slightly raised to give +expression to her sentiments.</p> +<p>“Ho, ho!” I thought, “your politics do not +agree, then, with those of your aunt.”</p> +<p>I looked up into her face. I could not help it. How beautiful +and animated she looked! Her figure was not tall, though +exquisitely proportioned and rounded as if she enjoyed excellent +health, and had been subject to very few of the cares and +disappointments of life. In a word, I thought her a perfect +heroine, and so she was. I could not help congratulating myself +at the idea of having her society on board the tender for at +least the next two days, and perhaps longer, and I must own that +I was in no hurry to finish looking over the papers of the Crab, +though for the life of me I could not have told a word of their +contents.</p> +<p>“Well, mister, are you satisfied now?”</p> +<p>The harsh, grating sounds of Captain Cobb’s voice, for +he it was who spoke, recalled me to myself.</p> +<p>“Yes, yes,” I answered. “Turn your hands up +and get a hawser secured on board with plenty of +scope.”</p> +<p>I then once more addressed the young lady—</p> +<p>“I must beg you and your aunt to come on board my +schooner. This vessel is not in a safe condition for you to +remain in her. I will, believe me, endeavour to do everything to +secure your comfort and to mitigate the annoyance you must of +course feel. I will go on deck and endeavour to persuade your +aunt to do what is necessary.”</p> +<p>“I wish you would,” she answered. “I am +afraid that you will have no little difficulty, +though.”</p> +<p>I left the young lady preparing in a very methodical way to +pack up her things to remove on board the tender, while I, with +no little trepidation, went on deck to address the aunt. The Lady +Parker was fast coming up, and I wanted to make all arrangements +before O’Driscoll’s appearance.</p> +<p>The lady, as I expected, at first refused positively to leave +the vessel she was on board of unless by force. I assured her +that she would remain at very great risk to her own life and that +of her niece, should bad weather come on, and I assured her that +I would spare no pains to secure her comfort, and I pledged my +honour that she would be as safe under my protection as she had +been under that of Captain Cobb. “Besides, Captain Cobb +himself will be on board my vessel, madam.”</p> +<p>“In that case, sir, I will act according to your +commands,” said the lady, with one of her bitter +smiles.</p> +<p>As they had no attendant, she and her niece were some time in +putting up their things, and though I offered my services they +were stiffly declined by the elder lady. However, under the +counteracting influences of her sweet niece I felt that I could +bear a large amount of sourness from her.</p> +<p>At last I got them safely into the boat and on board the +tender, together with Mr Cobb and his mate and two of his men. +The rest I judged that I could safely leave where they were to +help work the prize. I sent Grampus on board her to take charge, +and we had the hawser secured when O’Driscoll came up. I +had no particular wish just then for his company, though I could +not for the world have shown any jealousy of him, so I signalised +him that all was right and that I was going to make sail for +Rhode Island. He, however, had seen the ladies on my deck, and he +would have been unlike any Irishman I ever met had he not desired +to know more about them. He accordingly signalised me in return +not to make sail till he had held some private communication with +me, and very quickly he was on board. After he had made a most +profound bow to the two ladies and looked a thousand unutterable +things, he seized me by the arm and led me forward.</p> +<p>“Oh, you lucky dog, Poynder,” said he, “to +have fallen in with such a prize—that magnificent creature +and that pretty little girl. Faith! I must accompany you back to +the admiral, just to see that you don’t get into any +mischief. I should like to bask myself every morning in their +smiles, even though it may be at a somewhat long +distance.”</p> +<p>I of course told him that he must do as he thought fit, but I +wasn’t sorry when he tumbled into the boat to return to his +own craft, and allowed me to prepare for the ladies’ +comfort on board mine. I of course gave them up the entire cabin, +and fitted up a sofa with sides for one of the ladies. What with +canvas, and flags, and some planks, I very soon had some fair +accommodation for them. My own cot I had slung in another part of +the vessel. The younger lady, when she returned on deck, after +inspecting the arrangements I had made, thanked me with a look +which made ample amends for all the trouble I had taken. The +elder one did not deign to take any notice of the matter. I had +been anxious to know their names. I had seen that of Tarleton on +one of the trunks, so I addressed the elder lady as Mrs Tarleton, +which she seemed to acknowledge as her proper appellation, so I +took the chance of being right, and called the other Miss +Tarleton; but she with a smile observed—</p> +<p>“No; that is not my name. I am called Madeline Carlyon. +That lady is the wife of my mother’s brother. She, as you +see, is very strongly opposed to the Royalist party. She has +reason, for she has suffered much from them. I am very much +attached to her, for she is an excellent, noble-minded person, +though she has, as you see, her peculiarities.”</p> +<p>“And are you, Miss Carlyon, equally opposed to the +Royalists?” I asked.</p> +<p>I felt that I was venturing on dangerous ground.</p> +<p>“Some of my family are Royalists, though some of them +are in opposition, and are what you, I fear, would call rebels. I +do not like the word.”</p> +<p>“Nor do I,” I answered warmly. “Though I am +a naval officer, and fighting is my vocation, I wish that this +dispute were settled. I would rather have any other enemies than +those we are now fighting with.”</p> +<p>“I am glad to hear you utter that sentiment, sir,” +said Mrs Tarleton, who had overheard the last part of our +conversation, as she continued her never-ceasing walk on deck. +“Cherish it, for it may produce wholesome fruit in time to +come.”</p> +<p>The wind held fair, and with the prize in tow, and the Lady +Parker, which could easily keep up with us in company, we steered +a direct course for the then small town of Newport, off which I +hoped to find the admiral. After the conversation I have +described above, the ice in Mrs Tarleton’s manner gradually +thawed. She began to regard me with some degree of interest, and +to look on me simply as a misguided young man whom she might hope +to win over to the cause to which she herself was so warmly +attached. I certainly did my best to obtain her good opinion, as +well as that of her niece, and I felt that at all events I was +winning that of the latter.</p> +<p>Delightful and strange were the sensations I experienced as I +leaned over the bulwarks by the side of that lovely girl, while +we watched the blue sparkling wavelets, and I told her of the +wonders of the deep, and now and then threw in a description of +some of the adventures I had gone through. It was, I repeat, +fortunate for me that she was at heart a loyalist, or she would +inevitably just then have converted me to whatever opinions she +held. We watched the glorious sun descend into his ocean bed in a +golden radiance which suffused the whole western sky; and then +the pale moon arose, and we stayed to gaze on its silvery beams +as they played over the calm waters of the ocean, just crisped +into wavelets by the light easterly breeze which blew us on our +way. It was very delightful. We were both of us very young, and +very unsophisticated. I had scarcely ever spoken to a young lady. +The last I had seen, and the impression she had made was not +deep, was Miss Deborah Doulass, the fair daughter of a retired +linen-draper at Falmouth. The Poynders are in no way a phlegmatic +race. The young lady was not backward in appreciating my +sentiments, and we might very probably have stood gazing at the +ocean till the moon had gone to bed also, when Miss Carlyon was +summoned somewhat hastily by her aunt. She put out her hand, and +as I pressed it I felt as if an electric shock had run through +me. The elder lady drew her shawl round her, and, bowing stiffly, +they retired one after the other down the companion-ladder.</p> +<p>I walked the deck for some time, all sorts of new sensations +jumping away round my heart and in my head, and then I turned +into the temporary berth I had had rigged for myself in the hold, +ordering Tom Rockets to keep a sharp look-out, and to call me the +moment he suspected even that anything, however trifling, was +going wrong. Close to my berth, and divided only by a thin +bulk-head, was the place where the prisoners were sleeping. They +were all snoring away when I turned in, but after a time I heard +one of them give some grunts.</p> +<p>“Peter,” said a voice. “Peter, are you +awake, man?”</p> +<p>I knew by the grating harsh tones that it was that of the lank +skipper.</p> +<p>“Yes, captain; I’m awake. What’s your +will?” was the answer.</p> +<p>“I’ll tell you what I’ve been thinking +of,” said the captain in a very low voice, evidently +getting near the person he was addressing. “It +wouldn’t be a hard matter to take this craft, and make off +with her. She is short-handed. We have four stout fellows, and +the woman I make sure would help us. I’d undertake, while +he is caterwauling away with the young gal, to knock that young +sprig of an officer overboard. Then we’d cast off the +hawser, and let the ‘Crab’ go adrift. They +needn’t know it was done on purpose; and while the other +king’s ship was looking after her to pick her up, +we’d have a fine start. At all events, this craft has the +best pair of heels, and she would never come up with us again. +What do you say, Peter, to this?”</p> +<p>“I’m your man, captain,” answered the mate +chuckling. “There’s four to seven, and that’s +no great odds if we choose our time. We can count, I guess, on +the woman if you put her up to the trick. It may be a job to do +that, though.”</p> +<p>“No fear on that score,” observed Captain Cobb. +“By the look of the sky when the sun went down, +there’ll be a breeze before to-morrow night. Just do you +talk to Ahab and Silas, and I’ll see about the +rest.”</p> +<p>The voices of the speakers sank so low after this that I could +not catch another word.</p> +<p>“Thank you, gentlemen,” said I to myself. +“I’ve had that trick attempted to be played on me +before now; but I didn’t think that you, my +melancholy-looking friend, were up to it. +However—forewarned, fore-armed—I’ll be ready +for you. I suspect that Mrs Tarleton will not be a little enraged +when she hears the part she is to play in the drama. She’ll +wither up the poor skipper into a mummy when she sees +him.”</p> +<p>I could scarcely refrain from laughing aloud at the idea. I +waited till the two conspirators ceased speaking, and as I +believed had gone again to sleep; and then I noiselessly left my +berth and went on deck. I had my own pistols ready, and I sent +Rockets to arm himself and the rest of the people.</p> +<p>In the morning, when the lank skipper and his people came on +deck, they looked somewhat dismayed at the appearance we +presented. I, however, said nothing, and treated him as if I was +totally ignorant of his kind intentions towards me. I was, +however, preparing to speak to him, in the presence of Mrs +Tarleton, hoping to enjoy her indignation and his dismay; but the +sight of Miss Carlyon put everything I was going to say out of my +head, as I sprang to the companion-hatch to hand her on deck. How +bright and beaming was the smile which irradiated her +countenance! While she was near, I scarcely had it in my heart +even to frighten the poor skipper, and certainly not to hurt him, +even had he attempted to carry out his kind intentions towards +me. She looked about her, enjoying the sight of the blue +sparkling sea and the fresh breeze.</p> +<p>“It is very beautiful,” said she at length.</p> +<p>“Very!” said I, but if she had asked me to say +what I thought so beautiful it would have made her blush. She did +not remark a bank of black clouds away to the eastward. I did, +and was sorry to see them, for I thought how much discomfort a +gale would cause her. The lank skipper saw them also, and +probably hoped for an opportunity to carry his pleasant little +plot into execution. I determined at once to spoil it. I had +somewhat prepared Miss Carlyon, by telling her that I knew of the +existence of a plan to take the vessel from me, but made very +light of it that I might not frighten her. Calling Captain Cobb +aft, while Mrs Tarleton was on deck, I looked him full in the +face, and recounted the whole particulars of the plan he had +concocted.</p> +<p>“And do you know, madam, our worthy friend not only +expects you to approve of his project, but to help him carry it +into execution, whether by the aid of the bowl or dagger I do not +know; perhaps he expects you to help in smothering us with +pillows while we are fast asleep.”</p> +<p>Never was a man more completely taken aback than was Mr Saul +Cobb on that occasion, nor was his confusion lessened by the +address of the lady.</p> +<p>“You wretched, miserable being! do you fancy that +because I am a patriot I would consort with murderers, whose sole +idea is how they may make money without a thought how they may +best serve their country?”</p> +<p>Her attitude, expression, and manner, more than her words, +expressed the vehemence of her feelings; and the skipper, without +attempting to excuse himself, turned round and, bolting forward, +dived down below to hide his head in darkness. I told Rockets to +keep an eye on him, for I thought he might do some mischief.</p> +<p>“You, sir, will, I am sure, acquit me of approving even +in the remotest way of such a scheme,” said the lady.</p> +<p>I assured her that I did, and I felt that I had, from the way +I had taken the matter, gained a yet further step in her good +graces. I then sent Rockets to tell the skipper that, should he +attempt to make any such demonstration as he had proposed, I +should forthwith be compelled to blow out his brains; but that, +if he behaved well, I would pass the matter over. I felt very +sure that he would give me no further trouble.</p> +<p>Scarcely had I thus settled this affair than down came the +gale on us with a fury unexpected. I shortened sail, lengthened +our hawser to the utmost, and then went to try and make the +ladies comfortable in the cabin. Still, notwithstanding all my +responsibilities and troubles, I had never before felt so happy +and proud in my life.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap10" id="chap10"></a> +<h3>Chapter Ten.</h3> +<h4>Gale continues.—My lady passengers.—My loyalty +put to the test.—Reach Rhode Island.—Ordered to +escort ladies to their destination.—Chased by a +stranger.—Fearful dangers.—Run through a narrow +passage.—Anchor.</h4> +<p>The little schooner kept plunging away through the heavy seas +caused by the gale, with her prize dragging astern. Grampus had +got some sail on her to help her along, but still she not only +made us labour much, but exposed us to considerable risk. This, +under ordinary circumstances, I should not have minded, and of +course, except in the case of the last necessity, I would not +have thought of casting her adrift to look after herself. Night +came on, and still there was no chance of the gale going down. I +was much relieved by O’Driscoll ranging up alongside and +hailing me, promising to stay by the prize should I be compelled +to cast her off. Still, as I had taken her, I naturally wanted to +have the satisfaction of bringing her in. As the darkness +increased, the gale blew heavier and the sea ran higher. Still, +fortunately, we were able to keep our course. Hour after hour +passed away, the little vessel plunging bows under, and dragging +away lustily at her heavy prize. I felt that she was straining +very much, and on sending below I found that she was making more +water than she ought to have done. Still I held on with the Crab, +hoping that the gale would break. At last it seemed to have +moderated a little, so I left the deck in charge of Rockets, and +descended into the cabin to offer what comfort I could to its +fair occupants. I asked leave to enter. Mrs Tarleton’s +voice assured me that I was welcome. I found both ladies sitting +on a sofa which I had lashed close to the table. A swing lamp +hung from above. They had books before them, and were attempting +to read. I doubt if they had made much progress. I told them that +I thought the gale was breaking, and that we might have fair +weather again before the morning.</p> +<p>“I trust so, indeed,” said Miss Carlyon. “It +appeared to me that we have been in very great danger; even now +the vessel seems dreadfully agitated, though my aunt assures me +that such storms are constantly met with at sea.”</p> +<p>“She is right, I assure you,” said I. “There +is no danger that may alarm you.”</p> +<p>Just as I spoke there was a loud report. Both ladies +shrieked.</p> +<p>“Oh, what is that?” exclaimed the younger. +“What can have happened, Mr Poynder?”</p> +<p>“Parted the hawser, which was towing the prize,” I +answered hurriedly. “Let me entreat you: do not be alarmed, +whatever happens. We shall have probably to lie by her all night. +With daylight we may make her fast again.”</p> +<p>Saying this I rushed on deck. I could just see the Crab astern +of us. The mainsail being handed, we hove the vessel to, under +her fore-staysail. She felt far more easy than she had done, +going free, and with the prize in tow. Still I never spent a more +anxious night. I did not either forget friend Cobb’s kind +intentions by me, and I hinted to him that I remembered them. At +length daylight came, and a dark cloudy sky hung over a dull +leaden sea. I looked anxiously around for the prize. She had +drifted away some three miles to leeward of us. I would rather +not have been nearer the coast than we were. Still I bore down to +her. O’Driscoll was nowhere to be seen. A cheery reply from +old Grampus assured me that all was right. He, moreover, +volunteered to send a hawser aboard of us. I accordingly hove-to +again on his weather-bow. A boat was lowered from the Crab, +manned by the prisoners, and in a short time, though not without +risk to the boat’s crew, we had the prize once more in +tow.</p> +<p>“I’ll not forget you for this, my lads,” I +sang out.</p> +<p>Captain Cobb looked daggers at his people, but I took care +that he should hold no communication with them.</p> +<p>My fair passengers, I found, had not suffered during the +night. As the schooner, when hove-to, rode easily, they fancied +that the weather had improved, and were perfectly satisfied. When +we once more made sail, although there really was less wind and +sea, they fancied that the weather had become worse, and I had +some difficulty in assuring them to the contrary. The subject +which caused me the most anxiety was the quantity of water the +vessel was making. It became, therefore, necessary to man the +pumps, and I was not sorry to have a good excuse for setting +Captain Cobb and his people to labour at them. The master, +especially, did not like it, and showed signs of +disobedience.</p> +<p>“Come, come, my friend,” said I; “I have +been somewhat lenient with you. I might have kept you in irons, +had I not run you up to the yard-arm, in return for the trick you +wished to play with me.”</p> +<p>“Well, now, mister, how did you find all that +out?” quoth my friend, looking me coolly in the face.</p> +<p>“Never mind,” I answered, tickled by his +impudence. “Man the pumps.” And I made him work away, +as he deserved, as long as he could stand. I kept a look-out for +the Lady Parker, and felt not a little anxious as to what had +become of her. I should have liked to have passed much more of my +time than I did in the cabin, but I was afraid of intruding on my +passengers. I believe they fully appreciated my delicacy. Several +times during the day Miss Carlyon ventured on deck, and seemed to +enjoy gazing on the stormy, foam-crested seas. I stood by her +side and supported her as the little vessel plunged into the +troughs, and rose again buoyantly to their summits.</p> +<p>“This is very fine,” she exclaimed +enthusiastically. “I do think the life of a sailor must be +very delightful, Mr Hurry. Had I my choice, I would select it +above all others.”</p> +<p>“You may be a sailor’s wife, though you cannot be +a sailor,” came to the tip of my tongue, but I did not +utter the words; instead of them I said, looking at her beautiful +countenance, and admiring its animation, “I love it dearly, +and would not change it for any other, Miss Carlyon, though it +has its shadows as well as its sunshine.”</p> +<p>“Ah, yes, but I always look at the <i>sunny</i> side of +every picture,” she remarked, smiling sweetly.</p> +<p>“You cannot help that. The light you see shed over +everything is but the reflection from yourself!” I blushed +as I felt an expression so different from my usual matter-of-fact +style drawn from my lips.</p> +<p>Miss Carlyon looked up with a bright glance, (not smiling +exactly), as much as to say, “What is that about?” +She was not, I thought, displeased, but I did not venture +anything of the sort again. I found myself led by degrees to tell +her all about myself, and my early life, and my adventures, and +then I described the sea under its various aspects, and I went on +to talk about ships of different classes, and how to rig them, +and the names of the ropes and sails and spars. She told me, in +return, a good deal about herself and her family, and her likes +and dislikes and occupations. Her father had property, I found, +between the Chesapeake and Potomac rivers in Virginia, where she +had generally resided. Since his death she had remained chiefly +with her aunt, Mrs Tarleton, though she hoped to return in a +short time, if the state of the country would allow it, to +Virginia.</p> +<p>“If you knew what a beautiful country it is, you would +love it as I do, Mr Hurry!” she exclaimed with enthusiasm. +“When this dreadful war is over, and the people have +attained their rights, and returned to their allegiance, you must +come and see us. I am sure that my family will one and all, +whatever their politics, rejoice in the opportunity of thanking +you for your kindness and courtesy to my aunt and me on the +present occasion.”</p> +<p>I of course said how delighted I should be, and fifty other +very pretty things besides. All I can say is that I had never +spent so enjoyable a time before at sea. Her aunt very seldom +came on deck, so that Madeline and I were left very much to +ourselves. I believe that Mrs Tarleton purposely did not +interfere, hoping by means of her niece to gain me over to the +cause to which she was so enthusiastically attached. From what I +knew of her, I am certain that if such was the case, she fully +believed that she was employing a lawful means for a good end. +The more I saw, however, of Mrs Tarleton, the more I learned to +admire her high-minded, noble, self-sacrificing disposition. The +love of freedom was with her a passion, and she held in utter +scorn all who submitted to, what she considered, tyranny. She was +indeed a person of the old heroic stamp, ready to dare and to do +all things in a righteous cause. The gale moderated sooner than I +had expected, the sea went down, and we had moderate and pleasant +weather. It was therefore with anything but satisfaction that I +made out Sir Peter Parker’s flag flying aboard the Chatham, +off Rhode Island, which our squadron had been busily employed in +blockading. I brought up with my prize close to him, and assuring +my passengers that I would endeavour to carry out the plans they +had suggested would be most for their convenience, I pulled on +board to report myself. The admiral smiled when I told him all +that had occurred.</p> +<p>“So these very charming ladies would like to continue +their voyage, and you pledged your word that I would not detain +them?” said he in a kind way. “Well, you were safe +there; we do not war against women, and we must not be behindhand +in courtesy after the treatment which some of our English ladies +have received at the hands of the rebels. They are anxious to +proceed to the neighbourhood of Philadelphia. You shall go there +in the ‘Pigot,’ and you will have no objection to +keep them as your passengers. Probably the city itself is by this +time occupied by the British forces; but I will give you a letter +to General Howe, and will beg him to afford them a pass through +the country occupied by our troops, and to allow you to escort +them till they are placed in safety among their own people. No; +do not thank me. I am glad to afford you what I have no doubt you +will find an interesting occupation, but I also have great +satisfaction in finding an opportunity of treating the ladies of +the opposite party in the way I feel they should be +treated.”</p> +<p>Never had I heard more satisfactory words. I could scarcely +refrain from rubbing my hands with delight.</p> +<p>“Then am I to sail at once, sir?” I asked.</p> +<p>“Certainly, let there be no delay. You can supply +yourself with provisions and water from the ship, and send the +master and crew of the prize aboard here. I’ll have them +put on shore. From what you say you will be glad to be rid of +them.”</p> +<p>Promising Sir Peter to carry out his instructions to the best +of my power, after seeing the purser about the provisions, and +getting as many extra luxuries as I could out of him, I jumped +into my boat and returned on board the tender. On my way I caught +sight of two vessels standing in towards the roads. I made out +one of them to be the Lady Parker, and the other looked very like +a prize she had made. So it proved. Before I sailed, +O’Driscoll came on board me, and explained how he had +missed me. He was as much pleased to see me safe as I was that no +harm had befallen him. In the squall during which the Crab had +broken adrift he had been hove on his beam-ends, and on getting +to rights he could nowhere see me. After some time he caught +sight of a craft, which he took for me, and made sail after her. +When morning broke she proved to be a stranger and on +over-hauling her he found that she was a rebel merchantman, so he +took her and brought her into Newport. He declared that he was +very jealous when he heard of what he called my good fortune.</p> +<p>“Will you change places now?” said he coolly. +“You shall have the ‘Lady Parker’ and all the +prizes you are certain to take in her, and let me run down in +charge of the ‘Pigot’ and the ladies.”</p> +<p>“You are joking now,” said I. “But stay a +moment and you shall pay your respects to my passengers. They +made many inquiries about you when they found that your craft was +missing.”</p> +<p>The ladies were most grateful to Sir Peter when they heard of +his courtesy, and begged O’Driscoll to bear their thanks to +him. My friend remained till the stores came on board, and when +he took his departure he vowed that he had irretrievably lost his +heart to the beautiful widow. I at the same time made sail and +stood to the southward. For the first day we had a fair breeze +and fine weather, and I was in hopes, for the sake of my +passengers, that we should make a good run of it to the Delaware. +I need not describe the various incidents which occurred, +interesting as they were to me, and important in their results. I +entirely won my way to the good opinion of Mrs Tarleton, and I +could not help being conscious that her niece no longer regarded +me as a common stranger. Still, how could I venture ever to +indulge any hopes of making her mine? I depended entirely on my +profession for my support, and that profession compelled me to +appear as an enemy of her relations and friends. Before I was +aware of the tendency of her reasonings, I found that she had +taught me to look on the fratricidal war we were waging in a very +different light to that in which I had at first regarded it. She, +however, I must insist, in no way weakened my patriotism. I loved +old England as much as ever, but she taught me to feel the +warmest sympathy for her countrymen and mine truly, who were +fighting in the noble cause of liberty. I describe my feelings as +they then existed. I leave to others to judge whether they were +right or wrong. A fierce war began to rage within me between +principle and feeling, interest and duty, and all the tender +sentiments of my nature. A less high-minded person would have +thrown all her weight into the scale, and might have made me +false to the sovereign in whose service I was engaged; but then I +flattered myself that a girl of her exalted principles would not +have so speedily won my affections. (See Note 1.) Now the murder +is out; in plain English, I was head over ears in love, and it +was a toss up whether I should, for the sake of Madeline Carlyon, +desert my colours, go over and join the Americans, and get a +captain’s commission, or remain true to my king and run the +chance of losing her. It puts me into a fever even now, to think +of all the feelings which came bubbling up in my bosom, and all +the ideas which came rushing into my brain, and the pulling and +hauling and tugging at my heart. Never had I been so racked and +tormented, tossed to and fro, kicked here and there, up and down. +At length my good angel came to my assistance. “Do your +duty like a man,” he whispered. “Don’t think of +consequences, what you would like or what you wouldn’t +like. Find out what is right, and do that.”</p> +<p>I had turned in, and, with a mind much calmed, fell +asleep.</p> +<p>“There is a strange sail on our weather-quarter, +sir,” said Tom Rockets, rousing me up. “Grampus +don’t like her looks.”</p> +<p>Nor did I, when a moment afterwards I stood on deck and made +her out through the pale light of a grey cold November morning. +“Make all sail!” I sung out. “If she is an +enemy, the sooner we are out of the way the better.” It was +blowing fresh, but I cracked on the little schooner as much as +she could carry, and away we went staggering under it with the +wind on our larboard quarter. The stranger, apparently, had not +made us out, and I was in hopes that we might escape observation. +The increased motion, I suppose, awoke the ladies, and to my +surprise before long they came on deck.</p> +<p>“What is the matter, Mr Hurry?” asked Mrs +Tarleton. “It appeared in the cabin as if there was a +fearful gale blowing.”</p> +<p>“You see that the weather is not so very bad,” I +answered evasively, “and I am naturally anxious on your +account to reach port.”</p> +<p>I never could act the hypocrite, and the lady was not +satisfied. As her quick-sighted eye ranged round the horizon she +caught sight of the stranger.</p> +<p>“What is that vessel out there?” she asked.</p> +<p>“That I cannot exactly say, madam,” I answered. +“She may be a friend or she may be a foe. Under present +circumstances I think it best to avoid her.”</p> +<p>“If she is an American vessel her captain would never +think of detaining you; and if she is English, you at all events +need not fear her,” she replied quickly.</p> +<p>“I would rather not run the risk of detention,” +said I. “It is possible, should she be an American vessel, +that her people may not believe our story.”</p> +<p>“Well, sir, I have no doubt that you act for the +best,” answered the lady, evidently not satisfied as she +saw the vessel tearing furiously through the water.</p> +<p>Her niece had said nothing, but seemed rather to enjoy the +rapid motion and the fresh air.</p> +<p>While they were still on deck, the stranger caught sight of us +and bore up in chase. Mrs Tarleton soon discovered what had +occurred, and was constantly watching the stranger.</p> +<p>I kept away a little, and, trusting to the Pigot’s +superior sailing qualities, I had little fear of continuing ahead +of her during the day, and of escaping her observation in the +night. The state of the weather, however, gave me most concern. I +saw Grampus looking up anxiously at our spars, and ever and anon +at the heavy seas which came up hissing and foaming astern. One +of our best hands was at the helm, but he came aft and stood by +him. I caught his eye as he was glancing over his shoulder.</p> +<p>“Beg pardon, sir; the more haste the worst speed, Mr +Hurry, you know,” said he in a low voice, thinking the +ladies would not hear him.</p> +<p>Thick heavy clouds were rushing up, one past the other, +rapidly astern of us. I saw that the time had indeed come to +shorten sail if I would not run the risk of losing my masts, or, +perhaps, of broaching-to and capsizing. I entreated my passengers +in a few hurried words to go below to be out of the way of +danger. Mrs Tarleton seemed inclined to stay. I was obliged to be +somewhat peremptory, and I did not lose her good opinion by being +so.</p> +<p>“Indeed, madam, there is considerable danger for you on +deck. I cannot allow you to run it. You must go.”</p> +<p>She gave me a look of surprise, and, without another word, +allowed me to conduct her and her niece to the companion.</p> +<p>In the meantime the crew had come aft to take in the mainsail +and gaff-topsail. I next had the fore-topgallant-sail and +foresail off her. This was done only just in time, before the +squall came down on us and I had to lower away and close-reef the +foresail. The wind had at the same time caught the ship. I took +her to be a flush-decked vessel, a corvette probably. She had +been looking at us and not thinking of herself probably, for I +soon discovered that several of her sails had been blown away, +and I suspected that she had received further damage. We at all +events benefited by her misfortune, and kept well ahead of her. +Still she continued the chase. I felt the truth of the saying +that it is much pleasanter chasing than being chased. All day +long we ran on, plunging into the seas, and wet from the foam +which blew off them over our counter. More than once I thought we +should have been pooped. The vessel also began again to leak. +Night came on; the leak increased. We lost sight of our pursuer, +but our condition became very trying. I endeavoured to make the +best of matters, but my anxiety increased. We were off the +northern coast of New Jersey. The wind was veering round more to +the eastward, and we were getting a rock-bound shore under our +lee. There were harbours I might run into, but the thick weather +had prevented me from taking any observations, and though by my +log I could tell pretty well how far we had run, yet I could not +be certain, and, unless from dire necessity, I was unwilling to +attempt to make any port short of the Delaware. At times the wind +hauled a little more round to the northward, and as it did so my +hopes proportionally rose of being able to keep off shore.</p> +<p>Only for a moment did I at times leave the deck to speak a +word of comfort to my passengers. Mrs Tarleton was, I saw, fully +aware of our danger. I think her niece suspected it, but if she +did she completely concealed all signs of fear. On one occasion, +when I entered the cabin, they rose from their knees. Together +they had been offering up prayers to Him who alone can quell the +tempest, for our safety. Their last words reached my ears. I +stood at the door and humbly joined in their petition. I quickly +had to return on deck. I had been obliged, when the wind shifted, +to get some after-sail on the vessel. She heeled over fearfully, +yet I knew must be making great lee-way. I could not venture to +take any canvas off her.</p> +<p>“What do you think of it, Grampus?” said I, after +some time.</p> +<p>“Why, sir, I don’t like it,” was his +unsatisfactory reply.</p> +<p>I did not again ask him his opinion. The sea kept flying over +us, the night grew darker and darker, and the gale blew stronger +and stronger. The leak was increasing. Two hands were kept +constantly at the pumps. I wished for Mr Saul Cobb and his +companions. Nothing could be well worse. Still I never for a +moment lost courage. I felt sure that the prayers of those below +would not be uttered in vain. The hours wore away. I kept a +bright look-out on the starboard bow to discover breakers, should +they be near, while my ears were constantly awake to detect their +terror-inspiring sound. How I longed for daylight! I dared not +lay-to: I dared not shorten sail. I could only stand on with any +prospect of safety. The gale increased: the sea was constantly +making a clean breach over the deck. All hands had to hold on +fast, or we should have been washed overboard. At the same time +the water was gaining terribly on us. A new danger threatened the +schooner; she might founder before we could gain a harbour, even +if she escaped shipwreck. A considerable part of the New Jersey +shore consists of long, low, sandy beaches, which in thick +weather can scarcely be seen till a vessel is nearly on them. I +judged by my calculations that we were by this time close in with +Squan Beach, or Island Beach or Long Beach. My chart told me that +there was a passage between the two latter, and several inlets to +the south of the last, up which I could run and be safe; but to +find them in the dark was impossible.</p> +<p>“Grampus! listen! what is that sound?” said I.</p> +<p>“Breakers, sir!” he answered in a slow way; +“there’s no doubt about it. But we shall have +daylight soon. Ah, look-out, there sir, there it is!”</p> +<p>I looked seaward, and a pale streak was just appearing in the +eastern sky. It grew wider and wider, and at length darkness gave +way to the rays of the yet hidden sun. The prospect revealed to +us was not cheering. The sea broke as heavily as ever, and not a +mile to leeward of us a terrific surf rolled over a long white +sandy beach. As I watched the foaming broken mass of waters as +they rolled furiously up to it, I felt convinced that, should the +schooner once get within their power, not a human being on board +would escape. Not a break was to be seen. The wind was dead +on-shore, blowing with a determined heavy pressure; and the +little vessel, though she made fair headway, was surely drifting +nearer and nearer to destruction. Oh, what agony of mind I +suffered! I cared not for myself, but I thought of that fair girl +and her lovely relative doomed to so hard a fate. I called +Grampus to me and asked him if he could advise anything. He shook +his head—</p> +<p>“You’ve done all that a man can do, Mr +Hurry,” was his answer.</p> +<p>“Then I must prepare those two poor ladies for their +inevitable fate,” I thought to myself.</p> +<p>Before going into their cabin, I took another look at the +chart which I kept outside it. At the south end of Long Beach was +a passage, I found, leading into Little Egg Harbour.</p> +<p>Grampus hailed me. My heart bounded into my mouth again.</p> +<p>“There is an opening, sir. I make it out clearly. Keep +her close and by, my lad!” he sang out to the man at the +helm. “If we just clear the point we shall do +it.”</p> +<p>I held my breath. The schooner dashed on, half buried by the +seas. She was almost among the breakers—then broad on our +bow appeared an opening—heavy rollers went foaming over +it.</p> +<p>“Up with the helm! In with the main-staysail! Square +away the fore-yard! Hold on for your lives!”</p> +<p>I rapidly uttered these orders, one after the other. Away +before the gale we flew, the sea breaking high on either hand of +us. One roller after the other came hurrying on, but we rose to +their summits, and then with one more frantic plunge we sank down +into smooth water, and in another moment, rounding the vessel to, +I let go the anchor and we rode safely under the lee of the +sand-bank.</p> +<hr /> +<p>Note 1. I had at first thought, from what Miss Carlyon said, +that she was herself warmly attached to Royalist principles; and +so in truth she was, but love of country and love of freedom, +with a clear sense of justice, had overpowered them, and although +she did not possess the enthusiasm of her aunt, she was still a +strong advocate of the popular cause. Had she indeed the bias I +originally supposed, her aunt would have thrown all her influence +to prevent me from making any further advance than I had already +done, and I am certain that the young lady would not have acted +in opposition to the wishes and advice of her family. Very +unromantic principles these, but the young lady in question was +totally unlike any heroine of any novel I ever read.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap11" id="chap11"></a> +<h3>Chapter Eleven.</h3> +<h4>Run up Little Egg River.—Meet the militia lieutenant +whose life I saved.—“One good turn deserves +another.”—Set out for Washington’s +camp.—Fall into the hands of the Hessians.—The ladies +in danger.—Devastating march of +mercenaries.—Escape.—House in which we are lodged +attacked.—Place the ladies for safety in a root house.</h4> +<p>We were saved. The gale blew as hard as ever outside; the sea +broke furiously on the sandy shore, the foam reaching across the +bank even to where we lay, while the wind whistled through the +rigging with a shrill and mournful sound. No sooner did I see +that the anchor held than as I was hurrying below to quell the +alarm of my passengers, I met them coming on deck, unable to +comprehend the cause of the sudden change from the wildest +tossing to the perfect calm in which we lay. They looked about +them with an expression of astonishment on their features, +evidently puzzled to know how we could have got where we were; +then they clasped their hands and raised their voices together in +prayer and heartfelt gratitude for their safety. The sudden and +simultaneous movement touched my heart, and while I admired their +simple piety it made me sensible of the hardness of my own heart +in religious matters.</p> +<p>“Where are we, Mr Hurry?” asked Mrs Tarleton. +“We owe much, I feel sure, under God’s providence, to +your excellent seamanship.”</p> +<p>I thanked her for her good opinion of me, and told her that we +were, I believed, at the mouth of Little Egg Harbour, on the +coast of New Jersey, and that I hoped to run up the river and to +land her at some spot at which conveyances might be obtained, as +I would not risk her safety by continuing the voyage. Her niece +looked far more than her aunt expressed, so I was perfectly +satisfied, though she said but little. They knew that I should be +in no hurry to part from them; indeed, I had received orders from +Sir Peter not to do so till I had conducted them to their friends +or seen them in a place of safety.</p> +<p>While I was still talking to the ladies. Grampus called me +aside and hurriedly told me that, if the hands were not sent to +the pumps, in a very short time the schooner would go down. I +accordingly set all hands to work, and when they had lessened the +water in the hold I once more made sail, and, with the lead going +on either side, I stood through a passage to the southward, and +then to the west again up Little Egg River. I hoisted a flag of +truce as I stood on. After some time I came in sight of a +gentleman’s house—a long low building with a verandah +round it—the usual style of building in that part of the +country. Near the house was a village. I dropped my anchor and +lowered a boat to go on shore.</p> +<p>“We will accompany you, Mr Hurry,” said Mrs +Tarleton, who at that moment with her niece followed me on deck +after I had announced my intention. “Should the country be +in possession of the troops of George of Brunswick, you are safe; +but if in that of our patriot troops, you may be liable to +molestation.”</p> +<p>To this proposal I could raise no objection, so, ordering +Grampus to keep the people at the pumps to prevent the vessel +from sinking, I handed the ladies into the boat, and steered for +a rough little wooden stage near the large house I had observed +on shore. I had a white flag at the end of a boat-hook in the +bows of the boat, that I might be prepared for friends or foes. +Not a person was to be seen moving. I ran the boat alongside the +stage, and with my passengers stepped on shore, leaving Rockets +with the flag and two other hands in the boat. There was, for a +short distance, a piece of uncultivated open ground, and then a +wood of somewhat scrubby trees through which a path led. We had +walked along it but a short distance, when, turning an angle, we +were confronted by a body of militia, mustering some dozen or +twenty men.</p> +<p>“Halt!” cried the sergeant at the head of the +party. “Strangers! who are you?”</p> +<p>I tried to explain.</p> +<p>“That’s all very well, and may or may not be true, +mister,” answered the sergeant, who certainly was not one +of nature’s gentlemen. “I ain’t bound to +believe your gammon, I guess; you may be spies, so come along +with us and we’ll see about it.”</p> +<p>Here Mrs Tarleton stepped forward.</p> +<p>“We are American ladies,” said she. “We owe +much to this officer, and trust that our countrymen will afford +us the aid we require.”</p> +<p>The fellow still doubted, and was evidently inclined to use us +roughly, when we saw a fresh body of men coming along the road, +headed by an officer. He at once advanced to inquire into the +matter. At first he also seemed not at all ready to believe +us.</p> +<p>“So many spies are dodging about in various disguises +that you may be of that character for what I know to the +contrary,” he remarked, eyeing us hard.</p> +<p>Mrs Tarleton was inclined to be very indignant. As I looked at +the man there was something in the tone of his voice and his +countenance I thought I recognised.</p> +<p>“Is your name Spinks?” I asked.</p> +<p>“I guess you’re right,” he answered.</p> +<p>“And you were wounded before New York, and an English +officer gave you a sup of spirits and some fresh water, and +washed your wounds, and—”</p> +<p>“He did, he did; and you’re the man who did +it!” he exclaimed, springing forward and grasping my hand +warmly. “I thought I knew your voice—you saved my +life, that you did. I said Amos Spinks would be grateful, and so +he will. I’m a lieutenant now; I was then only a +private.”</p> +<p>This was, indeed, a fortunate encounter. Full credit was now +given to our statements. The house to which we were proceeding +was, we found, the property of a gentleman of some consideration, +who, although a patriot, had from ill-health remained at home. +Lieutenant Spinks and his men escorted us to it. The ladies were +cordially welcomed, and I was treated with the greatest civility +and attention. Our host, John Plowden, was a perfect gentleman of +the old school, who received us with many a bow, in bag-wig and +sword, knee-breeches and buckles, flowered waistcoat and +three-cornered hat. Dinner was instantly prepared, and beds were +offered, but Mrs Tarleton wished to proceed on her journey that +very afternoon. At first Mr Plowden would on no account consent +to this arrangement, but, Mrs Tarleton having explained to him +her earnest desire to see her brother, or to gain tidings of him, +he willingly promised to do his utmost to enable her to +proceed.</p> +<p>“I fear much, however, madam, that you will be exposed +to insult from the troops of the enemy who still occupy part of +the Jerseys, though I feel sure that the inhabitants, whatever +side of the question they take, would in no way annoy +you.”</p> +<p>Mrs Tarleton looked at me as this was said. We were sitting at +dinner, a midday meal, with several members of Mr Plowden’s +family round the table. My instructions from Sir Peter were to +see the ladies in safety with Washington’s army. I turned +to Mr Plowden—</p> +<p>“If, sir, you can guarantee the safety of my vessel +during my absence, and secure me free egress from this harbour on +my return, I will proceed with Mrs Tarleton and Miss Carlyon, and +I trust shall have the means of securing them from any +inconvenience of the nature to which you allude.”</p> +<p>Mr Plowden thought a little.</p> +<p>“I can be answerable for the safety of your vessel, and +that no one will prevent her leaving the harbour when you +return,” he answered. “But remember, sir, I cannot +prevent your people quitting her if they wish to do +so.”</p> +<p>“I will trust to your honour, then, sir,” said I. +“My men are staunch, and I have no fear of their deserting +her. I am ready to set out whenever the ladies desire +it.”</p> +<p>“And I have determined to accompany you,” +exclaimed Lieutenant Spinks, grasping my hand again. “One +good turn deserves another. This is the gentleman who preserved +my life, and I want to show that I am grateful. He will be safe +enough from molestation on his way to General Washington’s +camp, but he may find some difficulty when returning.”</p> +<p>Of course I told Mr Spinks that I should be very glad of his +society, though I wondered how he could be certain of obtaining +leave of absence from his regiment. I soon learned, however, that +both officers and men took the liberty of giving themselves +leave, with very little ceremony, from many of the militia +regiments, into which but a very slack style of discipline had as +yet been introduced.</p> +<p>While the ladies were resting, and preparing for their +journey, I returned on board the tender, and, leaving Grampus in +charge, received from all hands an assurance that they would obey +his orders and remain faithful to their colours.</p> +<p>“Never fear us, Mr Hurry,” said Grampus; “we +hopes you will see them beautiful ladies safe with their friends, +and will soon come back to us.”</p> +<p>I told him I hoped to return in a few days, and as I went over +the side all hands gave three cheers as an earnest of their +sincerity.</p> +<p>The arrangements for the journey were soon made, and by two +o’clock our party was ready to commence the journey. At the +door stood a coach covered with gilding, but very much the worse +for wear. Four horses were attached to it, but their sorry +appearance showed that they would not be able to drag it except +at a slow pace, and for a short distance. On the coach-box sat a +white-headed negro. He had once been a strong stout man, but age +had shrunk up his flesh and muscles, and his countenance now +seemed composed alone of black bumps and wrinkles and +protuberances, with two white orbs set in the midst of them. His +lank body and limbs were covered with a livery of blue and +silver, but, like the coach, sadly faded and worn. Two horses, of +somewhat better appearance, were held near at hand by some negro +boys, and a little farther off two black mounted servants held +the reins of a couple of well-conditioned palfreys with +side-saddles on their backs. Mr Plowden led the ladies to the +door.</p> +<p>“I have done all I could, madam, for your +convenience,” said he, bowing low and pointing to the +equipage. “This war has left me in a very different state +to what I have been accustomed, or I would have enabled you to +journey in a style more befitting your position in life. The +carriage will convey you as far as those sorry steeds are able, +and then I fear that the bad nature of the roads will require you +to continue your journey on horseback.”</p> +<p>Suitable replies were made, affectionate expressions were +exchanged between Mrs and the Misses Plowden and their guests, +and the latter took their seats in the old family coach. Spinks +and I mounted the horses, the black servants and the +baggage-horses followed, and with many bows and waves of the +hands the cavalcade moved forward. The carriage rolled creakingly +on, pitching and tumbling and bumping over the stones and into +the ruts in the road. Frequently I moved up to the window to +exchange words with its occupants. They both expressed their +anxiety for the time when they might dismiss the vehicle and +mount on horseback. At first the country was very uninteresting, +but by degrees it improved, and rich undulating ground and hills +and fertile valleys, here and there dotted with cottages and +flocks and herds, were seen on every side. As we proceeded, men +in half-military uniform, working in the fields, would look up +and inquire whence we came and where we were going, but they were +easily satisfied with the civil answers we gave them.</p> +<p>It was late in the day before we drove into the courtyard of a +house very similar in character to that we had lately left. We +were not expected, but a note from Mr Plowden explained matters, +and we were cordially received by the ladies of the family. The +master was with the army, so were his sons. One had already +fallen in the unfortunate strife. I at first was received with +some stiffness. I could not expect it to be otherwise; but that +soon wore off, and I felt myself as one of the family. I must not +delay in describing each event of our journey.</p> +<p>A truly Indian summer morning ushered in the next day. In high +spirits Miss Carlyon mounted her horse, as did her aunt, and with +kind well-wishes from our late hosts we trotted out of the +courtyard. They felt great relief from the noise and jolting of +the old coach. The old black coachman gazed after us with a look +of reproach, as if he thought we had no business to be merry +after we had deserted him. That day’s ride was to me one of +the most perfect enjoyment. Scarcely for a moment did I leave +Madeline’s side, and every instant knit my heart closer and +closer to her. I forgot all that the future might bring forth, +all the difficulties to be encountered; the months, perhaps +years, of separation, before I could hope by any possibility to +call her mine, and revelled only in the present. I could not tell +what she might think or feel. I dared not ask, lest the +delightful enchantment by which I was surrounded might be rudely +broken. She eagerly listened to all I said, smiled and blushed +and—but I won’t go on. I knew that I loved her, and I +thought she loved me. Spinks was an excellent companion on such +an occasion; silent and phlegmatic, he occasionally only would +ride up to offer a few remarks to Mrs Tarleton, and then would +drop astern and seem lost in his own reflections. As the day +advanced, signs of war’s malign effects began to appear. +Poor fellows, with bandaged heads and arms in slings, were met +limping and crawling along. Hedges and walls, overturned +cottages, and whole hamlets burned to the ground. The tide of war +had during the summer swept over this part of the Jerseys. The +mischief we saw was, however, chiefly effected by foraging +parties from the British forces, especially by the Hessians, so +dreaded and hated by the colonists.</p> +<p>“Two causes have alienated all true hearts from the +British crown in this country,” observed Mrs Tarleton. +“The supercilious manner of the civil and especially of the +military officers sent from England towards the colonists, and +the attempt to coerce them with foreign mercenaries. We could +have borne unjust laws and taxes, because they could be repealed; +but the pride of all the gentlemen of the land has been aroused +not to be quelled, except by entire separation from those who +could thus insult them.”</p> +<p>We were within a few miles of that magnificent stream, the +Delaware River, when we gained sufficiently exact information to +enable us to guide our future course. The British fleet, under +Lord Howe, had complete command of the lower part of the river. +The city of Philadelphia, lately the seat of Government, had +fallen into the hands of the army under General Howe, after the +battle of Brandywine, when Washington had been compelled to +retreat. General Howe, it appeared, had neglected to take +advantage of his success, and the patriot forces, emboldened by, +his inaction, were about to attack him again, when a terrific +storm of rain prevented the engagement. After this the British +troops, having advanced to Germaintown, were vigorously attacked +by the whole patriot army, and victory seemed inclined to their +standard when, the Americans becoming separated by a thick fog, a +panic seized them, and they made a precipitate retreat. General +Washington’s army, we heard, was now at a place called +White Marsh, about fourteen miles from Philadelphia. Thither Mrs +Tarleton resolved immediately to proceed, in the hopes of meeting +her brother, who, though wounded, was still, she heard, with his +regiment.</p> +<p>As both shores of the Delaware were now in possession of the +British, there was much chance of our falling in with some of +their troops. Strange as it may appear, I felt very anxious to +avoid them. I could not bear the idea of exposing my charges to +the scrutiny and the inquiries to which they would be subject, +though my presence would, I trusted, prevent their being exposed +to any personal annoyance. We accordingly turned our +horses’ heads to the north, intending to cross the river at +a spot a considerable distance above Philadelphia. We had +travelled some miles without meeting anyone from whom we could +make inquiries. I began to be somewhat anxious, fearing that the +peasantry might have concealed themselves in consequence of the +approach of an enemy, and I was on the point of begging +Lieutenant Spinks to ride forward and make inquiries, when a +cloud of dust rose up from a valley before us, and the dull heavy +tramp of a body of men was heard ascending the winding road up +the hill. I instantly reined up and drew my companions on one +side, where they were concealed by a small clump of trees, while +I advanced with Spinks a little way in front, each of us waving a +white handkerchief, to show that we were there with no hostile +intent.</p> +<p>“They are the enemy!” cried Spinks. “Oh, the +villains! May they all be—”</p> +<p>“Which enemy?” I asked, forgetting for a moment +that he was an American.</p> +<p>“The scoundrel Hessians,” he answered with an +oath. “They are the last people I would wish to have +met.”</p> +<p>I agreed with him, but there was no time to be lost, as we +could distinguish the advanced guard with their glittering arms +and dark uniforms coming over the brow of the hill. No sooner +were we perceived than several men advanced at double quick step +and surrounded us. We could not make ourselves understood, so, +holding Sir Peter Parker’s letter in my hand, and pointing +to my uniform, I signified that I wished to be conducted to their +colonel. By this time a halt was called. A light company was sent +out as skirmishers into the wood through which we had passed, and +the officer I asked for rode up in front. He looked at my naval +jacket, and then at the militiaman’s uniform, and evidently +regarded us with no little suspicion. I found, however, that he +could speak English, and I endeavoured rapidly to explain +matters.</p> +<p>“A very odd story this you tell me,” he answered. +“How can you expect me to believe you?”</p> +<p>I handed him Sir Peter’s letter.</p> +<p>“I do not know his handwriting. This may be a +forgery,” said he. The colonel was a weather-beaten, stern, +wary old man. I have seldom met a person less likely to be moved +by any of the gentler sympathies of our nature.</p> +<p>“I’ll tell you what it is, colonel. I was left for +dead, near New York, by some of your people, and this sea-officer +here came up and saved my life, and that’s the reason I +came along with him,” exclaimed Spinks, who was excessively +indignant at our statement being doubted.</p> +<p>The mention of New York reminded me of the narrow escape I had +had of my life on the day to which Spinks alluded, and I thought +I recognised in the man before me the officer in charge of the +party of Hessians who so nearly finished Simeon and me when +General Pigot came up to our rescue. I asked the colonel if he +recollected the circumstance. He smiled grimly.</p> +<p>“I think I recollect the circumstance,” said he; +“but what has that to do with the matter?”</p> +<p>“Simply that you thought I was a rebel then, and you +found that you were mistaken, and in the same way that you will +find you are mistaken now if you molest me.”</p> +<p>Scarcely had I ceased speaking when a shriek resounded through +the wood. I knew too well whence it proceeded. I wheeled round my +horse, and, putting my spurs into his side, was in a moment at +the spot where I had left the two ladies and their attendants. I +found them surrounded by Hessian soldiers, some of whom were +attempting to catch hold of their horses’ heads and to drag +them from their saddles. I drew a sword from the scabbard of the +first man I reached, and before he could look round I had dashed +in among the miscreants, cutting at them right and left. I felt +maddened with rage, and thought not of the consequences. Madeline +saw me coming, and held out her hands to implore my aid. I +reached her just as a soldier had succeeded in catching the +bridle of her horse and had almost dragged her to the ground. +With a blow of my sword I sent the fellow reeling backwards, and +placed her in her saddle. Mrs Tarleton had managed hitherto to +elude the soldiers; but in another instant they would have closed +in on her, when Spinks, followed by the Hessian colonel, galloped +up.</p> +<p>The appearance of the latter prevented the soldiers from +attacking her. He ordered them back into their ranks. I pointed +to the pale and terrified ladies, and asked him if this was the +way Germans behaved towards helpless women. He looked ashamed and +attempted to apologise. I saw my advantage and pushed it to the +utmost.</p> +<p>“They are anxious to visit a wounded, perhaps a dying, +relation, and you threaten to delay them,” said I.</p> +<p>“We cannot allow people to wander about, and perhaps +give notice of our expedition,” replied the colonel.</p> +<p>“As to that, colonel, depend on it, every step you take +is well known to General Washington, and if he does not attack +you it is because he does not think it worth while,” put in +Spinks, in his amusingly independent manner.</p> +<p>The Hessian officer looked as if he would like to eat him.</p> +<p>“Well, sir,” said I, “you have every proof I +can give you of the correctness of my statement. You see what Sir +Peter Parker says. Will you allow my party to proceed?”</p> +<p>The colonel must have seen that we could in reality not do him +the slightest injury by any information we could give as to his +movements, so after some more conversation he ordered his +detachment to advance, while he remained with us. It was with +much satisfaction that I saw them march by, casting no very +friendly looks at us.</p> +<p>“Now proceed as fast as you can,” said the grim +old officer. “My men are rather unmanageable at times. They +might have attempted to revenge themselves for the way you +treated their comrades, though on my word you were perfectly +right.”</p> +<p>We thanked the gruff old man for his courtesy. I suspect that +he had a softer heart than he would have wished to appear under +his rough exterior, and, taking his hint, moved on as rapidly as +our horses would carry us to the northward.</p> +<p>I will not repeat the indignant expressions uttered by Mrs +Tarleton at the conduct of the Hessians. I could only blush for +my country, and bitterly regret that such men were employed in +that fratricidal warfare. Madeline expressed her thanks to me, +rather by her looks than her words. She said little, afraid of +wounding my feelings, but I suspect that the behaviour of the +Hessians made her abandon any sympathy for the Tories which she +might have entertained. Every now and then we looked round to see +that none of the Hessians were following us. Their march could be +traced by the fields trampled down—cottages unroofed or +burnt—stacks of corn scattered about, and walls and hedges +overturned. It showed the utterly unprotected condition of New +Jersey at the time—that no opposition was offered them in +their progress. For my part I felt that the patriot cause was +hopeless, and it was with a secret feeling of gratification that +I pictured to myself the service I might render to my friends +when the royal cause should finally triumph, and all ranks be +compelled to submit. I did not venture to ask Mrs Tarleton what +opinion she had formed from the aspect of affairs, but she +apparently divined my thoughts.</p> +<p>“It is very sad to behold all this,” she remarked, +pointing to the devastated country. “But, Mr Hurry, do not +be mistaken. Those who come to conquer us little know the amount +of endurance possessed by the Anglo-Saxon race, if they fancy +that we are about to succumb because they have laid waste our +fields, cut down our fruit-trees, and burned our villages, or +because our undisciplined troops have in some instances been +compelled to retreat before them. I tell you, Mr Hurry, we shall +be victorious in the end.”</p> +<p>Soon after this we came to a spot where three roads branched +off before us. We hesitated which to take, and not a person was +to be seen to inquire our way. That to the right led, it appeared +to me, in the direction we wished to proceed. We took it, and +shortly began to ascend a steep hill among trees, now richly +tinted with the varied hues of autumn, though many of the leaves +had already fallen, and thickly strewed the ground. Never had my +eye rested on such gorgeous colouring as that wooded height +presented. Madeline and I could not refrain from reining up our +horses, and turning round to enjoy the superb view which lay +spread out before us over the country across which we had lately +passed. At our feet was a broad valley, with a succession of +undulating hills beyond, and fields and orchards and cottages +sprinkled about. There were to be seen groves of the delicate +straw-tinted beech, and the ruddy maple, with its shades of +brightest yellow and green, and oak forests of a dark copper hue, +as if changed into metal by an enchanter’s wand, and in the +hollows, dark patches of the sombre cypress of North America, +which delights to grow in the stagnant marsh; nor was the +graceful birch with its white stem, or the willow, wanting to add +variety to the woodland scene. To our right the majestic stream +of the broad Delaware wound round from the north-west towards the +city of Philadelphia, now the head-quarters of General +Howe’s victorious army. While we were looking across the +valley at the wood into which the Hessian troops had passed, we +saw several men appear at the outskirts. After looking about +them, it seemed to us, they descended rapidly the hill. Others +followed, and it appeared as if the main body were making a +retrograde movement, and perhaps might march along the very road +we were taking. At all events I was anxious not to expose my +charges to any fresh insults, and therefore once more put the +party in movement. Spinks volunteered to ride back to ascertain +in what direction the Hessians were about to march. He promised +not to expose himself unnecessarily, and to overtake us speedily, +so I saw no objection to his proposal.</p> +<p>We rode on as fast as the horses could go, without risk of +falling over the very rough and ill-formed road. It was late in +the day, and still Spinks had not overtaken us. I began to feel +anxious about him, for I knew that, should he fall into the hands +of the Hessians, he would have very little mercy to expect from +them. After what had occurred they would probably look upon him +as a spy, and hang him without ceremony. I thought of sending +back one of the servants who had charge of the baggage-horses, to +try and learn something about him, but Caractacus, the negro in +question, positively refused to go.</p> +<p>“If Massa Spinks dead, Cractus no make him live +again,” he argued. “If he live, he come back of his +self.”</p> +<p>There was no controverting this opinion, so we continued our +journey. We at last came to a cottage, in which was an old woman +almost deaf and blind. After much interrogation, I found that her +two sons had gone to the wars with General Washington, and that a +daughter-in-law who lived with her was away to get some +provisions, and, what was of importance to us, that we were on +the road we had wished to take. We had still a league to go +before reaching the house at which Mrs Tarleton wished to rest +before crossing the river. Spinks knew of it, so we hoped that he +would rejoin us there. There was something very genuine about +that poor fellow. I had done him a service, and he wished to do +me one, so I could not help taking a liking to him. Both Mrs +Tarleton and her niece had become somewhat anxious about our +friend. The shades of evening grew rapidly denser, for the +twilight in that latitude is short, and still he did not appear. +We could not, however, stop for him, and it became at last so +dark that we could scarcely find the entrance to the house at +which we were to stop. It seemed a long, low building, surrounded +by a courtyard and walls, with several out-houses and gardens and +orchards outside. I made out an entrenchment in front, with a +wooden bridge over a moat, and then a stone wall with some +massive gates. After ringing for some time they were opened, and +several armed men appeared on either side. As we rode on to the +hall door there appeared a blaze of light inside, and a tall, +dignified old gentleman came down the steps to assist the ladies +to dismount.</p> +<p>“I am glad to welcome you and your niece to my house +under any circumstances, Mrs Tarleton,” said he, as he led +them up the steps. “But you find us somewhat in marshal +array just now, and I am afraid may be put to some inconvenience. +The enemy’s troops have crossed the river, and it has been +considered necessary to fortify this post.”</p> +<p>“I can never complain of any inconvenience in our noble +cause,” said Mrs Tarleton.</p> +<p>I knew well that not only would she cheerfully bear any +inconvenience, but would glory in any suffering or hardship she +might be called on to endure on account of it.</p> +<p>The public rooms, as we passed along, were, I perceived, +filled with a number of persons, some in military uniforms, and +others in the dresses of civilians. I was formally introduced, +and though at first I was received with some restraint, in a +little time the manner of the host and his numerous guests became +as cordial as if I was an old friend, instead of belonging to the +party of their enemies. There were no ladies or any females left +of the family. They had all been sent off to another house some +way into the interior, to which it was believed the enemy were +not likely to penetrate.</p> +<p>From what I could learn, it was not at all improbable that the +house, which commanded a reach of the river, might be attacked +before long, and I was therefore very anxious to get my friends +across it, and once more on their journey towards head-quarters. +Mrs Tarleton, however, seemed to think that she might wait safely +till the next morning, and, as no news of the British troops had +been brought in, I hoped that the delay would not bring them into +any danger. Supper was over, and the officers of the little +garrison not on guard had retired to their rooms. I had one +allotted to me, looking out on the river, which shone with a +silvery hue from the light of an almost full moon, while the +swill of the stream, as it rushed by, had a pleasing and soothing +effect. I could hear, ever and anon, the distant bark of a dog, +the tramp and challenge of the sentries, and the voices of some +of the men of a militia regiment quartered in the out-houses and +in some hastily-constructed huts within the courtyard.</p> +<p>My mind was occupied with too many thoughts to allow me to +sleep. After several attempts I gave it up. My companions in the +room were much in the same condition, and as they rose and +resumed their outer clothing, I did the same. They proposed +making the round of the works, and I asked leave to accompany +them. Scarcely had we reached the front door when voices were +heard, and the clatter of a horse’s hoofs in the +courtyard.</p> +<p>“A scout has come in, and will bring us news of the +enemy,” observed one of the officers. “Let us hear +what he has to report.”</p> +<p>In another second the light of the lamp in the hall fell on +the countenance of the newcomer, and I recognised my friend +Lieutenant Spinks. His dress was bespattered with mud from head +to foot; his horse shook in every limb as he dismounted; his head +was bare, his countenance was pale as death, and through a rent +in his coat I saw the blood oozing slowly out.</p> +<p>“They are coming!” he exclaimed. “The +rascally Hessians! I have been watching them all the evening to +ascertain which way they were taking. I got too close at last, +and was discovered by one of their pickets, just as they were +getting under arms. They are going to make a night-attack on this +place. Of that I am certain.”</p> +<p>The senior officer in the house, Colonel Barlow, now came +down, and Spinks made him a full report of his adventures. He had +run a great risk of being taken, and I was truly glad that he had +escaped. There seemed to be no doubt that the Hessian troops were +advancing to attack the house. The officers assembled were +unanimous in the opinion that they could defend it. Every one was +instantly on foot. Loop-holes had been cut in all the walls. They +were at once occupied by men. Some light field-pieces defended +the front of the house—the weakest point; some men were +stationed on the roof; the bridge over the moat was drawn in, +and, indeed, every preparation was made to stand a siege.</p> +<p>In the midst of the preparations Mrs Tarleton appeared in the +hall among the officers collected there. Her countenance was as +calm, and her voice, when she spoke, as firm as if nothing +unusual was occurring.</p> +<p>“You will be able to hold this fort against those +wretched mercenaries, I hope, Colonel Barlow?”</p> +<p>The colonel replied that he had no doubt about it.</p> +<p>“Then we will remain and see the result,” she +answered. “I cannot bear the thought of running away when +so many of my countrymen are exposed to danger.”</p> +<p>“While such are the sentiments of our women, our cause +is sure to triumph, madam,” said the colonel. “Still +it is my duty to try and persuade you not to expose yourself and +niece. The fortune of war is always uncertain. Independent of the +risk you run from the shot of the enemy, we may be overcome, and +then your fate would be a sad one. It will be wise in you if you +will consent to leave us at once. A boat is being made ready to +ferry you across the river, and on the other side the country is +occupied by patriot troops.”</p> +<p>Still Mrs Tarleton would not consent to go. She knew that her +presence would encourage the garrison to resist to the utmost. I +would very much rather for her sake, and especially for that of +her niece, that she had gone at once to a place of safety. As, +however, I must, at all events, be a non-combatant, I felt that I +could remain by their side and aid their escape. The better to be +able to do this, I set off at once to examine the situation of +the place, and to see that the boat was in perfect readiness to +cross the river. Caractacus and his companion, I found, were both +accustomed to pull an oar. There was a horse-boat also at hand, +and as there would probably be time before the attack commenced, +I got Colonel Barlow to allow the horses and baggage to be +conveyed across at once, and left at a farm-house of which he +told me, at a short distance from the banks. I directed +Caractacus and Sambo, as soon as they had performed this duty, to +return at once, so as to be ready for any emergency.</p> +<p>“Is, massa, we come back and fight de Hessians; oh, ki, +berry likely,” exclaimed the negro, giving a poke with his +elbow at his sable companion’s ribs.</p> +<p>The other grinned, as if he considered the bare possibility of +his doing such a thing a very good joke. I saw that I could not +very well depend on them.</p> +<p>“No, I don’t want you to fight, only to help the +ladies escape; you understand me? I promise you a dollar each if +I find you at the boat when I come down.”</p> +<p>The negroes understood this sort of reasoning better than any +argument I had used, and promised obedience. Had Mrs Tarleton, +however, known beforehand of the arrangements I had made, I +believe she would have countermanded them, so confident was she +on all occasions of the success of her party. When any defeat had +occurred, she evidently looked on it as an exception to the +general rule, or rather as a means to the victorious termination +of the strife.</p> +<p>By the time I had made all the arrangements I had described it +was past midnight. Some of the gentlemen retired again to their +beds, but I with others sat up. My position was rather a curious +one. Here was I, a guest in an enemy’s camp, with the +prospect of an engagement, and unable to side with either party. +Certainly, however, I could not have been treated more kindly or +courteously than I was by the Americans on that occasion. A party +of a dozen or more of us were sitting smoking and chatting in the +large plank-lined dining-hall, by the light of a huge fire, when +a sergeant of militia entered with the announcement that several +scouts had come in, reporting that the enemy were advancing, and +were not more than a couple of miles off. In less than an hour, +then, we might expect an attack. I have never felt more anxious +than I did on that occasion. Immediately all within the house +were on the alert; the walls were manned; the wooden bridge +hauled up, the guns loaded and run out, and every preparation was +made to repel the assault. Being myself very doubtful of the +result, I looked about for a place where the ladies might remain +in comparative safety. The most secure spot was a root house, +where stores of vegetables are kept during the winter. There, at +least, no shot could reach my friends, and as it was on the side +nearest the river, they might more easily escape thence to the +boat. Having found a piece of matting, I carried it, with some +chairs and cloaks, to the place, and then returned to beg Mrs +Tarleton to take shelter there. She laughed at my proposal.</p> +<p>“What! do you think that the women of America are +accustomed to skulk from their enemies when their presence may +avail to encourage their friends, and they may be of use to the +wounded?” she answered, looking at the same time towards +Madeline, in the expectation that she would utter her +sentiments.</p> +<p>“Perhaps, dear aunt, we might be of more use out of the +way of danger, in some place where, should any of our friends be +wounded, they might be brought to us,” remarked her niece, +“especially as Mr Hurry has so considerately prepared a +refuge for us.”</p> +<p>Still nothing Madeline or I could say could move Mrs Tarleton +from her purpose. At length Colonel Barlow came to our aid, and +so strongly urged the point that she appeared inclined to give +in. We were standing at the moment in the centre of the +dining-hall. Our conversation was interrupted by the loud report +of musketry—the pattering of the bullets against the roof +and sides of the house—the louder roar of the +field-pieces—the cries and shouts of the men within the +building, and of their unseen assailants. The colonel and his +officers hurried off instantly to the defences. Madeline +trembled; even Mrs Tarleton turned pale. Several shots found +their way into the room where we were. The shouts of the +assailants grew louder; the bullets fell thicker and thicker. A +bright glare burst forth. One of the out-houses had caught fire. +Two wounded men were brought in and placed on the ground. Mrs +Tarleton and her niece knelt down by their sides. I assisted. +Madeline, I observed, had ceased to tremble while employed in her +work of mercy. One poor fellow soon ceased to breathe; he had +been shot through the lungs. The other groaned heavily; the +haemorrhage was internal. I soon saw that their efforts to aid +him were of little avail. He quickly joined his companion in +another world. For a minute or more there was a cessation of the +attack: then it began again with greater fury than before, and +the bullets came pattering against the walls like hail, many +finding their way into the room. I seized Mrs Tarleton’s +hand, exclaiming—</p> +<p>“Come, madam! no woman should remain thus unnecessarily +exposed.”</p> +<p>Madeline took her other hand, and together we led her through +the garden to the place I had prepared for their reception.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap12" id="chap12"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twelve.</h3> +<h4>The Americans overpowered.—Spinks assists us to +escape.—Cross river.—Reach Washington’s +camp.—Interview with the great chief.—Mrs Tarleton +finds her brother, Colonel Hallet, wounded.—My stay in the +camp.—An affair of outposts.—Farewell to +Madeline.—Quit the camp, accompanied by Spinks.—After +many adventures rejoin the tender.</h4> +<p>Madeline and I endeavoured to hurry along Mrs Tarleton, but +she appeared totally insensible to the dangerous position in +which she and her niece were placed. Several bullets came +whizzing by us, but she kept her head as erect as would the +oldest veteran. I had almost to drag her on, and I was very +thankful when at length we reached the door of the building +unscathed. I had told Lieutenant Spinks where to find us, should +he wish to communicate with the ladies.</p> +<p>In spite of his wound, he had joined in the defence of the +place. Not so Caractacus and Sambo. When we entered, I saw two +bundles among the piled-up turnips and potatoes. I gave a kick at +them, and out tumbled our two sable attendants.</p> +<p>“Oh, ki, massa, is dat you?” exclaimed the first, +springing to his feet. “Come along—dis no good place +for any wise man. We get across de river, and away from dese +Hesse devils.”</p> +<p>“All in good time,” I answered. “Do you take +care of the ladies while I go and learn the state of +affairs.”</p> +<p>It was now the part of Mrs Tarleton and Madeline to press me +to stay, and not to expose myself to danger. I promised to obey +in the latter point, but urged the necessity of ascertaining how +matters were progressing, that I might judge whether we might +safely remain where we were, or whether it would be better at +once to cross the river. Unwillingly they let me go. I managed to +climb up to the top of a wall. A glance showed me that a +considerable body of men were engaged in the attack, and that +they were well provided with field-pieces, which were already +making some impression on the walls. Two of the out-houses were +in flames; the roof of the main building had caught fire, and men +were engaged in extinguishing it, while the number of the killed +and wounded was very considerable. I felt convinced that, +heroically as the garrison were defending themselves, they could +not long hold out. With this conviction I returned to my friends, +and urged Mrs Tarleton to allow me to conduct her at once to the +boat. While she was still hesitating, Lieutenant Spinks rushed +into the vault, blood streaming from his arm. “All is +lost!” he exclaimed. “Fly, ladies, fly, or those +villainous Hessians will be up to us before you can escape. The +colonel is making a stout resistance, and may keep them back for +some time, but he ordered me to come on and hasten your +flight.”</p> +<p>After hearing this, I was determined that there should be no +further delay; so, sending the negroes on to the boat, we took +the ladies’ arms and followed as rapidly as they could +walk. Not for a moment would I allow them to stop and look +back.</p> +<p>The boat was in readiness: we stepped in. I urged Spinks to +come also, as with his wound he could be of no further use. I +had, however, almost to force him on board. Without a +moment’s delay we shoved off. I put Spinks at the helm, and +took an oar. The blacks seized the other two, and there was no +necessity to tell them to pull away lustily. We were only just in +time. The shouts and shrieks and cries increased. Thick flew the +bullets—many passing over our heads. The flames grew +brighter; the main building was on fire, and burned furiously. By +its bright glare we could distinguish the dark figures of the +combatants—the assailants climbing over the walls on either +hand, and the defenders of the place in detached parties, still +desperately endeavouring to oppose them. Suddenly trumpets +sounded, voices were heard calling loudly, and there was a +cessation of firing. We pulled on, however, across the river, for +I thought very likely that, if we were discovered by the victors, +we should be fired at, and compelled to return. The ruddy glare +was reflected on the broad stream, and the banks were lighted up +by the flames of the burning house, so that we had no difficulty +in finding our way across to the right landing-place.</p> +<p>The farmer in whose charge the horses had been left, brought +them out as soon as we appeared. “I would ask you to +stay,” he said, “but I know not how soon the enemy +may come upon us. You must take a stirrup-cup, though; it will do +the hearts of the poor ladies good. They want something to keep +up their spirits, I’m sure.” I forget the mixture +that was produced. I know that it was very good, though the +ladies would not be prevailed on to do more than taste it. +Lieutenant Spinks would allow us to make only a very short delay +to get his wound washed and bound up, declaring all the time that +it was of very little consequence. “I’m well +accustomed to shot-holes by this time, I guess, so never +fear,” said he. I must say this for him, that he was +decidedly a very plucky fellow, and was, I suspect, a fair sample +of the men who won independence for America. The good-natured +farmer then ordered a lad on horseback to show us the way, and +uttered many hearty good wishes for our safety. “None of +the enemy are to the north of us, so I think you may reach the +camp without difficulty,” he remarked. He asked no +questions about me. I suspect that Caractacus and Sambo had fully +enlightened him.</p> +<p>We pushed on for the remainder of the night, and did not even +draw rein till morning dawned. It was wonderful how well the +ladies endured the fatigue they were undergoing; not a complaint +escaped either of them; indeed, Mrs Tarleton seemed rather to +glory in the hardships she was undergoing.</p> +<p>Instead of striking at once into the country, we kept to the +north, so as to make a circuit towards the spot where it was +understood General Washington was then encamped. I tried to +persuade Spinks to stop and rest, but on he would go, as long as +his horse would carry him. Our steeds, however, at last began to +knock up, and we were glad to discover a farm-house among the +trees a couple of hundred yards from the road. The inmates +received us cordially. Breakfast was instantly placed before us, +and a room prepared where the ladies might lie down and seek that +rest they so much required. The farmer put Spinks into an +arm-chair, and scarcely had he finished his breakfast than he +leant back and fell fast asleep. I felt much inclined to follow +his example, but our host would not let me. He wanted to hear all +about us, and, to do him justice, he was ready to impart an +abundance of information in return. Unaccustomed to the sight of +uniforms, it never occurred to him that I was a British officer, +and from the far-from-pleasant way he spoke of my countrymen, I +felt no inclination to enlighten him. What surprised me most was +to hear of the disorganised state of Washington’s +army—the want of food and clothing from which it was +suffering, and the utter insufficiency of all the commissariat +arrangements. The wonder was how, in such a condition, the +American forces could withstand General Howe’s +well-supplied, and well-disciplined troops.</p> +<p>“I’ll tell you what it is,” observed the +farmer; “one has a just cause, and the other +hasn’t—that’s the difference.”</p> +<p>I did not tell him that there were two sides to that opinion, +and that some people might consider the royal cause the just +one.</p> +<p>A three hours’ rest refreshed all our party as well as +our horses, and we were once more in the saddle. No further +incident of importance occurred till in the afternoon we came +suddenly on an outlying picket of the patriot forces.</p> +<p>The main body of Washington’s army was at this time +encamped at a place called White Marsh, about fourteen miles to +the north of Philadelphia. We had approached it from the +north-east. The officer in command of the picket came forward, +and Mrs Tarleton explained who she was, and her object in +visiting the camp.</p> +<p>“Can you give me any information respecting my brother, +Colonel Hallet?” she asked with an anxious voice.</p> +<p>“Colonel Hallet is alive, madam, but he requires more +rest than he obtains,” answered the officer with a grave +look. “I see him often, but I cannot report favourably of +him.”</p> +<p>I saw that more was implied than was said. While this +conversation was going on, I brought my horse close up to that of +Miss Carlyon. I could not but realise to myself that the moment +of our parting had arrived. The thought sent a pang, such as I +had never before felt, through my heart. Madeline herself looked +grave and sad. Was it the account of her uncle’s state of +health which made her so or was it—vain puppy that I felt +myself—because we were about to part—perhaps for +ever.</p> +<p>How distant the prospect appeared, with the numberless +vicissitudes of a sailor’s life intervening, when we might +hope to meet again! Could we venture to indulge that hope? Should +we ever meet? Should I not rather be prepared to part for ever? I +would not allow myself to be overcome by a thought so full of +agony.</p> +<p>“Miss Carlyon!” I gasped out, and I drew my +breath, while I felt as if I could not utter another word.</p> +<p>“Hurricane Hurry!” said a low voice within me, +“what are you about? Act like a man!” However, I did +not feel a bit the wiser. “Miss Carlyon,” I began +again, “I have almost completed the duty I was sent on. You +and your aunt will soon be within the lines of General +Washington’s camp.”</p> +<p>She looked very grave, and I thought pained. I continued: +“I must now return with all speed to my ship, +though—though—” I could not for the life of me +find words to express what I wanted to say.</p> +<p>“Mr Hurry must be aware how deep an obligation he has +conferred upon my aunt, and we should have been glad if we could +have avoided making his duty irksome,” said Miss Carlyon in +a low, deep voice, while the colour came into her cheeks for an +instant and then fled, leaving her paler than before.</p> +<p>I was certain her voice trembled as she uttered the last +words.</p> +<p>“Irksome!” I exclaimed. “Oh, Miss Carlyon, +how could you for a moment think so? It has been the most +delightful duty I ever performed. Duty did I call it? It has been +unspeakable joy and happiness to me, almost from the time you +came on board my vessel, to feel that I was of service to you; +that you were under my care and protection. Day after day that +feeling increased, till it has grown into a part of my being. It +would be my delight to feel that I could spend my life in the +same way. Why should I conceal it? You may not care for +me—you will return to your own people, and perhaps scarcely +ever cast a thought on the rough sailor who is tossing about on +the wild ocean; but he never, never can forget the days of +intense happiness he has passed in your society, in watching your +every look, in serving you with a true and faithful +love—in—”</p> +<p>The temper of the Hurrys was breaking forth with a +vengeance.</p> +<p>“Oh no, no; do not say those words!” she +exclaimed; “I do—I do regard you +with—with—deeper feeling than I ought. Can you ask me +to say more? But oh, Mr Hurry, this dreadful war!”</p> +<p>“Madeline, the war will end; the time will come when you +may be mine!” I exclaimed vehemently. “Will +you—will you then consent?”</p> +<p>“Mr Hurry, I will,” she answered calmly. “If +you come and claim me, you will find me true. Some women never +love more than once. Yet I will not bind you. You have your +profession to occupy you. Your family may disdain a rebel’s +child with her property confiscated. You may wander to all parts +of the world: you will see numberless women—many very far +superior to me—you may—”</p> +<p>I interrupted her with a vehement exclamation of denial as to +the possibility of anything she suggested occurring. I need not +repeat all I said—all the vows I uttered. I did not believe +that mortal power could make me break them.</p> +<p>We had remained somewhat behind the rest of the party while +Mrs Tarleton was speaking to the officer of the picket, and +Lieutenant Spinks was gaining information as to the road we were +to take to reach head-quarters. It was now time to move on. +Anxious as I was not to part from Madeline till the last moment, +I felt that, as an officer of the Royalist party, I ought to +offer to remain in the outskirts of the camp; but to my great +satisfaction Mrs Tarleton at once overruled my objections.</p> +<p>“Our friends will wish to thank you for the great +service you have rendered us, and you will require a few +hours’ rest at least before you commence your return +journey,” she observed.</p> +<p>Madeline’s look I thought said, “Do not go +yet;” so I agreed to the proposal. The marks of recent +strife were sadly evident along the road over which we passed, in +the blackened remains of houses, woods cut down, and fences +destroyed.</p> +<p>We passed through several other pickets till we finally came +to where a considerable body of troops were encamped within +intrenchments, and with some rugged hills in front. Among the +troops was a corps of fine, tall, active-looking young men, whose +uniforms and accoutrements were in the most perfect order. +Accustomed as I had been to see the ill-clothed, various-sized, +undisciplined militia, I was particularly struck by their +appearance.</p> +<p>“Those are General Washington’s guards,” +observed Mrs Tarleton. “He has much need of such men; for, +though prizing the lives of those under him, he is sadly careless +of his own. He himself is, I do not doubt, not +far-off.”</p> +<p>We had not ridden a hundred yards when we saw before us a +group of mounted officers in handsome uniforms, with plumes +nodding and arms glittering. I had somehow or other pictured to +myself the rebel generals as a dingy-looking set, like the +Covenanters of old, or Cromwell’s Invincibles, and I could +scarcely persuade myself that those I saw were officers of the +enemy’s army. Among them rode one whom the eye would not +fail to single out from the rest—tall, handsome, and +graceful—the noble expression of his countenance showed +that he had the right to command. I was struck, too, with the way +in which he managed his horse, and sat on his saddle. He was an +enemy and a rebel; but for the life of me I could not help +pulling off my hat and bowing low, when, as he saw Mrs Tarleton, +he rode forward to greet her. I guessed he could be no other than +the renowned chief General Washington. Among the officers were +Generals Sullivan, Wayne, and Woodford; Lord Stirling, a gallant +Scotchman, who in spite of his rank had joined the patriots; the +noble Frenchman, the Marquis Lafayette, and his veteran German +friend the Baron De Kalb; as also Generals Irvine, Reed, and +other native officers. Their appearance was very military, but I +had no eye for anyone but the commander-in-chief. He bowed to +Madeline, and took Mrs Tarleton’s hand in a most kind and +courteous manner, while his voice as he spoke was gentle and +melodious.</p> +<p>“I gladly welcome you to our camp, madam, deeply as I +mourn the cause which has brought you here. Your gallant brother +is still with us. One of my aides-de-camp will conduct you to his +quarters. You will, I fear, find Colonel Hallet much changed. He +should long ago have retired from active duty, but his patriotism +overcame all suggestions of prudence. I would that all who +advocate the independence of our country were like +him!”</p> +<p>Mrs Tarleton made a brief answer. She was anxious to hurry to +her brother. A short conversation, however, first ensued between +her and the general, which I did not overhear; then, calling me +up, she introduced me formally and explained who I was. General +Washington received me in the frankest manner.</p> +<p>“I am happy to welcome one who has been of so much +service to those I highly esteem, and Mr Hurry may be assured +that he will find none but friends as long as he thinks fit to +remain in this camp.”</p> +<p>I made a suitable reply, regretting that duty must summon me +so speedily away.</p> +<p>“Perhaps you will have reason to alter your +intention,” said Mrs Tarleton with marked emphasis. +“I will make you known to Lord Stirling and other friends; +they may have more success than I have had in proving to you +which is the right side of the question.”</p> +<p>Madeline looked at me, and I thought she seemed to say, +“Oh, I wish they may succeed!”</p> +<p>General Washington simply remarked, “At all events, Mr +Hurry is welcome here as long as he stays with us. I hope to have +the pleasure of his company at dinner to-day.”</p> +<p>Several of the other officers came forward and spoke to me +very kindly, and by the general’s directions a junior +aide-de-camp attached himself to me, while another accompanied +Mrs Tarleton and her niece to Colonel Hallet’s +quarters.</p> +<p>As they rode away I could do no more than take a hurried and +formal farewell of them both—I dared scarcely hope that I +should be able to see them again. Lieutenant Spinks had several +friends in the camp, with one of whom he intended to take up his +quarters. He promised to call for me if I persisted in my +resolution to commence our return journey on the following day. I +found Captain Douglas, the officer in whose charge I was placed, +a very pleasing, gentlemanly man. To avoid giving any cause of +suspicion, I refrained from moving about without first asking him +if I could walk in that direction, and I thus soon gained his +good opinion, as he fully appreciated the motive of my +conduct.</p> +<p>As the dinner-hour approached he took me to his tent, where I +might get rid of the dust of my journey. It was pitched close to +a farm-house occupied by the general. A barn attached to the +farm-house, and hastily fitted up, served as a dining-hall and +council-chamber. Here a number of officers, mostly generals and +colonels, were assembled. I, a midshipman, felt very small among +them; and certainly the attention which was paid me by so many +great people was well calculated to turn my head. However, I was +wide awake enough to know that all is not gold that glitters. +From what I had previously heard, and from what I saw when +passing through the camp, I could not help discovering that the +American forces were in many respects in a very bad condition, +ill-fed and worse clothed. Whole corps were in a very ragged +state, and some were almost shoeless, and entirely stockingless. +This in the summer was bad enough, but with winter coming on, it +was enough to disorganise the whole army.</p> +<p>The feast to which I had been invited was, considering the +state of affairs I have described, a very grand one. Everyone was +in good spirits, and laughed and talked with the greatest +freedom. I could scarcely believe that these were the men who had +lately been engaged in a deadly strife, and might any moment be +called out to give battle to a well-disciplined and fierce enemy. +The provisions were somewhat coarse, and probably not cooked by +the most experienced of artists; but I had been accustomed to +meet with much worse at sea, so that I did not think much about +the matter. Toasts were drunk, healths were pledged, and I was +frequently invited to take wine by the officers present, although +some looked at me, I thought with eyes rather askance, as if they +did not quite approve of an officer of the opposite cause being +at large in the camp.</p> +<p>The party, however, did not sit long after dinner, and when it +broke up, Douglas took me with him to his tent. “Come, we +will have a cup of coffee together before you turn in,” +said he, as we sat down; “I have a French servant who +understands cooking it better than any man I ever met. You shall +have at the same time a pipe of the true Virginia weed. No one +produces better than does our general on his estate; and this he +gave to me as being some of the very best he ever saw.”</p> +<p>I found my friend’s encomiums were fully justified by +the excellence of the tobacco; nor was his coffee to be despised. +Several officers looked in occasionally, and we had a very +pleasant evening. They were, however, at last hurriedly summoned +off, and I threw myself down on the camp bedstead my host had +prepared for my use.</p> +<p>Weary as I was I could not sleep. Something I was certain was +going forward. More than once my ear caught the not very distant +rattle of musketry and the roar of cannon, and I could not help +fearing that the camp itself might be the object of attack, and +that Mrs Tarleton and Madeline might be involved in the confusion +which must ensue, and perhaps exposed to greater danger than any +they had yet escaped. I considered how I could find means of +being of service to them. Unhappily I did not know my way to +Colonel Hallet’s quarters, and should the necessity I +apprehended arrive, I was not likely to find anybody to guide me +to them.</p> +<p>Douglas had gone out; I felt that I ought not to leave the +tent till his return as I might very naturally, by wandering +about, have thereby exposed myself to the suspicion of some +sinister motive; so I lay still, eagerly listening that I might +make a guess at the way things were going by the sounds which +reached my ears. Now and then there was a roll of a +drum—now a bugle sounded—then the distant report of a +field-piece, and next, a whole volley of musketry. I sat up with +my arm resting on my pillow, ready to spring to my feet at a +moment’s notice. I felt very sad. I could not bear the +thought of not seeing Madeline again; and even should I see her, +I knew that I must be prepared to part from her for an indefinite +period—for many long years perhaps. How changed might she +and I be by that time!</p> +<p>“It will not do to indulge in these thoughts,” I +exclaimed, passing the palm of my hand to my brow; “they +will unman me, or make me turn traitor. Traitor! ay, that’s +the word. I must throw no false gloss over it. Deserter—a +wretch, false to his flag! No, no; she herself would despise me. +These men now in arms around me have never sworn allegiance to +their sovereign; they have been forced into rebellion by +ill-treatment and injustice, by numberless insults. I should have +no such excuse. If I unite myself to them it will be for my own +gratification alone. No, no, I’ll not do it.”</p> +<p>I must confess that many such discussions as this I had in my +own mind at this period, but I resisted the tempter in whatever +form he came. The firing ceased; still I listened, expecting it +to recommence. At length Douglas returned:—</p> +<p>“An affair of outpost!” he remarked carelessly. +“You were disturbed by the firing. Howe’s army is +somewhat near at hand. He wishes to draw us into the lower +ground, but General Washington knows the strength of our +position, and the advantage it gives us, too well to be tempted +out of it. The enemy has retired; you may rest in quiet for the +remainder of the night.”</p> +<p>By daylight all the camp was astir. Lieutenant Spinks soon +made his appearance. He looked pale, but said that his wound did +not hurt him, and that he should be able to accompany me if I was +ready to commence our return journey. I had no excuse to offer to +myself for delay, but every reason for getting back to my vessel. +I however frankly told Captain Douglas that I wished to bid +farewell to the ladies I had escorted to the camp. I have an idea +that he suspected how matters stood.</p> +<p>“We will ride to Colonel Hallet’s quarters +directly after breakfast,” he answered promptly. “By +that time they may be ready to receive you.”</p> +<p>Spinks promised in the interval to get the horses and servants +prepared for the journey.</p> +<p>A frugal and somewhat hurried meal over, I set out with +Captain Douglas. A ride of upwards of a mile over exceedingly +rugged ground brought us to a hamlet of log huts. I remarked on +the way the inaccessible nature of the ground, and saw the wisdom +of Washington in holding it. I made no remark in reference to +this, but we talked freely on various topics not immediately +connected with the war. My heart beat quick as my companion +pointed out a long low hut, and remarked—</p> +<p>“There lies poor Hallet, and I fear that he will never +leave the place alive.”</p> +<p>The walls of the building consisted of long rough trunks of +trees piled one on the other, the ends fitting at the angles +together, and a scoop made in the lower log to admit the convex +part of the upper one. Not that I remarked this at the time; all +my thoughts were occupied with what was to occur. Douglas went to +the door. It was opened by a soldier. After a minute’s +delay he beckoned to me to follow him. In a small roughly-boarded +room sat Mrs Tarleton and her niece. They rose, and the former +took me cordially by the hand—</p> +<p>“Again I must thank you for enabling me to reach my poor +brother in time to find him alive,” she said in a mournful +voice.</p> +<p>I of course expressed my satisfaction of being of use, and +looked to see what Madeline would say. I had taken her hand. She +forgot to withdraw it.</p> +<p>“Indeed, indeed we are grateful,” she uttered in a +low voice.</p> +<p>She could not trust herself to say more. I would have given +much to have been alone with her, but I saw no chance of this. +Perhaps it was better as it was. What she herself wished I could +not tell. Mrs Tarleton showed no intention of leaving the room. I +longed to say a great deal, but I felt tongue-tied. Captain +Douglas had but little time to spare. He looked at his watch. I +saw that I could no longer delay. I bade farewell to Mrs +Tarleton. Madeline came to the door of the hut. I took her +hand—it trembled in mine:—</p> +<p>“Oh! Mr Hurry,” she said in a low, faltering +voice, “I will never, never forget you.”</p> +<p>Douglas had thrown himself on his horse. I leaped on mine and +had to follow him at a gallop. Madeline was still standing at the +door of the hut when a rocky height hid it from my view. Spinks +was in readiness for a start with Caractacus and Sambo. We soon +left the camp of the American army far behind, and pushed on for +the Delaware. We crossed it some way up, for the British forces +were now in possession of both banks for a considerable distance +above Philadelphia. That city remained entirely in their hands. +An attack had, however, I found from Spinks, been planned by the +American generals to re-take it, but had been abandoned by +Washington on account of the great loss of life it would have +entailed.</p> +<p>In spite, however, of the general want of success of the +patriots in the south, their spirits were raised, and their +determination increased, to hold out by news of the surrender of +General Burgoyne and his entire army to General Gates at +Saratoga, as well as of the evacuation of Ticonderoga, and +several forts on the Hudson, and the abandonment of a marauding +expedition up that river from New York. We succeeded in crossing +the Delaware without impediment; but we had no little difficulty, +at times, to avoid falling in with the troops of the contending +parties. Once or twice we had to gallop very hard to get out of +their way. As Spinks observed, “It would be very +disagreeable to be hung up as spies before we had time to explain +who we were.” In spite of his weakness, he, poor fellow, +bore up manfully, and I was truly sorry to part from him. At +length we came in sight of Little Egg River, and, to my very +great satisfaction, I caught a glimpse of the tender, directly +opposite Mr Plowden’s house. I rode up to the door to +restore him his horses, and to return him my thanks for their +loan. He most kindly pressed me to remain a day with him, but I +was anxious to be on board my vessel and once more at sea. Three +cheers greeted me as I got alongside. Not a man had deserted, and +Grampus gave me a favourable account of the behaviour of all +hands. The tide and wind were fair for us. The anchor was hove up +and sail was made. It was fortunate that I had not delayed. +Scarcely were we under weigh when, through my glass, I saw a +considerable body of troops with some light artillery march down +to the beach. I doubted much whether Mr Plowden could have +protected me. One or two shots came flying after us to make us +heave-to, but the wind freshened. The little vessel glided +swiftly on, till once more she bounded freely over the blue +ocean. As I inhaled the fresh sea air I felt happier than I had +done for many a day. I trimmed sails and stood away to the +northward to rejoin the admiral off Newport.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap13" id="chap13"></a> +<h3>Chapter Thirteen.</h3> +<h4>Rhode Island.—Sent to assist Syren and +transport.—Frigate blows up.—Take a +prize.—Grampus in charge.—Tender on her beam +ends.—Join Sir Peter Parker on board Bristol.—My old +messmates.—Appointed as lieutenant to the Chameleon and +then to the Camel.—Sail for Gulf of +Florida.—Fever.—War with France.—Once more at +Jamaica.</h4> +<p>I gave the land a wide berth, thereby getting fine weather, +and with a fair breeze had a quick run for Rhode Island. I +brought up close to the flag-ship, and hurried on board to make a +report of such of my proceedings as I thought it incumbent on me +to inform the admiral about. He was pleased to approve of all I +had done, but when I mentioned the ladies, he looked hard at me +as if he had read my secret.</p> +<p>“You’ll not wish to be idle, I know. Give your +vessel a refit, and I shall have work for you before long,” +said he with, I thought, a significant look.</p> +<p>I accordingly ran into harbour, hove the tender down, and in +three days was ready for sea, when I received orders to accompany +his Majesty’s ships Flora, Lark and Lady Parker tender to +the assistance of the Syren frigate, which with a transport had +run on shore at Point Judith, the people being made prisoners by +the rebels.</p> +<p>At ten o’clock at night we, with the two frigates, +dropped anchor about two miles off shore, having the wrecked +ships just inside of us. We were not long allowed to remain in +quietness before we were discovered by the enemy, who commenced a +hot fire on us from three eighteen-pounders. As it was important +not to allow the enemy to increase their force, four of our boats +were instantly manned ready to proceed to the attack. The first +lieutenant of the Chatham was sent in command of them, and each +officer was furnished with a supply of combustibles, with +directions to heave them on board the ships, so as to blow them +up without delay. The first lieutenant of the Flora had charge of +the second boat, the second of the Lark the third, and I +commanded the fourth. We were all ready by eleven o’clock, +when we pulled away towards the Syren. There was no use to +attempt concealment, for we were conscious that our motions were +narrowly watched; and this was proved when we approached the +shore, for we were welcomed with a very warm salute of big guns +and small-arms, the musket-balls and round-shot rattling round us +in a far from pleasant manner. To add to the difficulties to be +encountered, a heavy sea was running, which washed up alongside +the stranded frigate, and created a considerable risk of causing +the boats to be stove in.</p> +<p>“Pull away, my hearties, pull away!” sang out our +gallant commanding officer. “We’ll make a short +business of the work in hand when we once get +alongside.”</p> +<p>He was as good as his word. In spite of the iron and leaden +shower which rattled around us, we dashed on. The masts had gone +by the board, but had been secured, and by this means a stage had +been formed leading from the ship to the shore. Along this stage +the enemy, till we drew near, were busily engaged in carrying off +the stores and provisions out of the ship. When they saw us +coming they gave up the work and poured instead a number of armed +men on board. The bowmen stood ready, boat-hooks in hand, to hook +on as the sea sent us surging alongside. When our boats rose to +the top of the waves we tumbled in on deck through the ports, +with our cutlasses in our teeth and all sorts of combustibles +under our arms. The enemy did not like our looks, and as retreat +was open to them they could not resist the temptation of taking +advantage of it; so when we appeared through some of the headmost +ports, they retired over the stern. To set fire to our grenades +and other fiery engines of destruction, and to heave them down +below and to scatter them fore and aft, was the work of little +more than a minute. The enemy scarcely understood what we were +about, or they would have tried to interrupt our proceedings. The +effect of our combustibles was very rapid. A number of +inflammable things were scattered about; they at once caught +fire, and thick wreaths of smoke, followed by fierce flames, +darted upwards on every side.</p> +<p>“To the boats! to the boats!” sang out our +commander.</p> +<p>It was time indeed to be into them, for the fiery element was +already surrounding many of the guns, which, being shotted, were +going off as the touch-holes became heated. Almost enveloped in +wreaths of smoke and fiercely crackling flames, we rushed to the +ports, aware that any moment the ship might blow up and carry us +high into the air. Explosion after explosion followed each other +in rapid succession, giving us warning of what might occur. Our +gallant leader got dreadfully burned. I saw him just as he was +about to fall, I feared, into the flames. I grasped his arm, and +together we leaped into the first boat we saw alongside.</p> +<p>“All hands quit the ship!” he shouted, before he +would allow the boat to shove off.</p> +<p>No one, we were assured, was left behind. It was time to be +free of her. Glad enough we were to pull away, and we soon had +the satisfaction of seeing the other three boats free of the ship +and pulling out to sea. Several of the crew of the boat had once +belonged to the Syren.</p> +<p>“There goes the old girl. She deserved a better +fate,” they exclaimed, as they watched the conflagration. +“She keeps up her spirits to the last, though,” they +added, as her guns were discharged one after the other in rapid +succession—some of them doing, I suspect, some damage on +shore, towards which their muzzles were pointed. We were saved +the trouble of destroying the transport, for by some means or +other she had caught fire, and before the enemy could get on +board to put it out or to save any of her stores, she had burnt +to the water’s edge. The enemy kept popping away at us +while we pulled off from the shore, for the light of the burning +frigate falling on the boats’ sides made us tolerably +conspicuous targets. However, we kept the ship as much as +possible between us and the rebels, and as they were likewise not +particularly good shots, we escaped with a very trifling amount +of damage. Indeed, I should, before I had had experience in the +matter, have believed it scarcely possible that so much powder +and shot could have been expended with so small a result. One man +got a flesh-wound in the right arm, and another had his head +grazed, while the boats were struck not more than half-a-dozen +times in all. Suddenly the firing ceased. There was a perfect +silence. Then the flames from the frigate seemed to burn brighter +than ever, and it appeared as if the whole blazing mass was +lifted bodily up into the air like a huge sky-rocket. Fragments +of masts and spars and planks darted above the rest, and then, +scattering around, very quickly again came hissing down into the +water. A deep groan escaped the bosoms of many of our men. There +was no cheering—no sound of exultation. An old friend had +been destroyed; they mourned for her, though they themselves had +assisted in her destruction. War, and what war produces, is at +the best very horrid work. I cannot, even now, think over all the +havoc and destruction we, as was our duty, were the means of +producing, without feelings of regret and shame.</p> +<p>It was nearly midnight when I got back to my craft. The signal +was soon afterwards made to weigh anchor, when we made sail +towards the mouth of the harbour. There had been a stiffish +breeze all the time we had been engaged in the destruction of the +Syren, but it had not come on to blow very hard, and the night +was extremely dark. The schooner’s head was off shore, and, +overcome with fatigue, I had just thrown myself on a locker, with +my clothes on, to snatch a few moments’ sleep, when Tom +Rockets roused me up with the information that a strange sail was +crossing our bows. I instantly sprang on deck, and, catching +sight of the stranger, put up the helm in chase. Away we flew +through the hissing, heaving seas after her, shrouded in a mass +of foam. I asked Grampus what he thought her.</p> +<p>“A schooner, sir. When I first saw her there was no +doubt of it,” was his answer. “An enemy’s +coaster.”</p> +<p>Just as he spoke, a gleam of light breaking through the clouds +showed us the chase right ahead. She had now very little chance +of escaping from us. We were coming up with her hand-over-hand. +As we drew near I fired one of our bow-chasers. Still she held +on, so I fired another, and this time with some effect, for she +at once put down her helm and hauled her foresail to windward. +The tender had a jolly-boat belonging to her. I jumped into it +with Tom Rockets and another hand, and soon stood in safety on +the deck of the prize. She had, I saw, a number of hands on +board, and I felt somewhat surprised that they did not bundle me +and my two hands into the boat, and tell us to go back whence we +had come. She was, however, only a quiet honest trader, so her +master affirmed, from Bedford, bound to Connecticut with fish and +oil. On counting her people, I found that she mustered sixteen in +all—stout, fierce-looking fellows. Some two or three of +them said they were landsmen, and one hailed as a Quaker and a +non-combatant, but I did not like the looks of any of them. I +sent Rockets to the helm, and told him to keep the prize under +the lee of the tender. I found that the schooner had a large boat +on board. I accordingly ordered the crew to lower her into the +water.</p> +<p>“Now, my lads,” said I, “tumble into her +yourselves, and make the best of your way to the shore. It is a +dark night, and not very pleasant weather, I own, but it is +either that or a prison, you know.”</p> +<p>Before I had done speaking the rebels had begun to launch the +boat, too glad of the opportunity of getting on shore to consider +the danger they must run in reaching it. The Quaker, however, did +not appear at all to relish the trip, and protested vehemently +against being thus unceremoniously sent adrift. He protested that +he was as quiet as a lamb, and, that he would obey my orders as +strictly as if he had taken the oath of allegiance to King +George. I told him that might be, but that “necessity has +no law greater than itself.” Then he assured me that he was +a non-combatant; that to fight was against his principles, and +that he would not dream of lifting a finger against any man.</p> +<p>“I dare say not, friend,” I answered, “but +you wouldn’t mind boring a hole in a ship’s bottom +and letting her go down, or setting fire to her, and letting her +blow up with all hands on board, provided you could make your +escape unhurt, eh?”</p> +<p>I saw that I had by chance hit the right nail on the head, and +that he had, some time or other, done the very thing I suggested. +He said nothing further. Still he evidently did not like being +turned adrift in the boat. I, however, was inexorable. The enemy +had so frequently retaken vessels which had been captured from +them, that I was, I own, afraid to trust any of the prisoners I +had just made. I accordingly bundled the Quaker in with the rest. +I must own that I acted a harsh part. It turned out a terrible +night. It was blowing very fresh, and there was a heavy sea +running, while it was more than usually dark. I scarcely +reflected at the time on the dreadful risk to which I was +exposing the poor fellows. In vain I afterwards endeavoured to +discover what became of them. They might have reached the shore +in safety, or been picked up by some friendly vessel; but they +might have been run down, or their boat might have been swamped, +and they all might have perished miserably. I pray they might +have escaped. If not, their deaths were at my door.</p> +<p>As soon as the prisoners had shoved off, I sent the boat back +to the tender, and Grampus and two men returned in her.</p> +<p>“Grampus,” said I, “I put you in charge of +this craft. I hope that it is not the last of which you will get +command.”</p> +<p>He pulled the front lock of his hair when I made him this +speech, and looked round with a glance which showed that he did +not over highly appreciate the honour.</p> +<p>“I’ll try to get her into harbour, sir, at all +events,” he answered, as I stepped into the boat, and not +without difficulty returned to the tender, when, with my prize, I +again made sail for Rhode Island. An hour afterwards I captured a +whale-boat, from Connecticut to Bedford, with four hogs-heads of +salt. As I could spare no people to man her, after making the +prisoners come on board, I took her in tow. I was in hopes of +carrying her into harbour, but it soon came on to blow harder +than ever, and before long I had the dissatisfaction to find that +I had towed the prize under water, and, to avoid any mishap to +ourselves, I had quickly to cut her adrift. When the morning +broke, so heavy a gale was blowing that, being unable to reach +Rhode Island, I bore away for the Seaconnet Passage, making a +signal to my prize to do the same. We reached it not without +difficulty. I was well content to drop my anchor not far from his +Majesty’s ship Kingfisher, which I found lying there. +Grampus came in soon after, and brought up near me. I asked him +if he was sure that his ground tackle was good. He answered, +“Pretty well,” but he wished that it were better. An +officer from the Kingfisher soon after came on board, and advised +us to look to our cables, for it was coming on to blow harder +than ever. The caution was not needed. I had done all I could to +secure the tender, and she seemed well able to ride out the gale. +The prize, however, I saw was labouring heavily. I watched her +anxiously, both on my own account and that of Grampus and the men +with him.</p> +<p>At noon, just as I was leaving the deck, I heard an +exclamation from Rockets, which made me pop my head pretty +rapidly up the companion-hatch, and, looking to leeward, I saw my +prize, amid a mass of foam, driving away at headlong speed +towards the enemy’s shore. To help her was impossible. I +was more sorry at the thought of losing Grampus than of anything +else. Even should he and his companions escape with their lives, +they would, at all events, be made prisoners by the enemy, and I +might chance never to meet my old follower again. First one cable +parted, then another. Grampus made sail as quickly as he could, +but he could only show a very small amount of canvas with the +gale there was then blowing. I watched the schooner anxiously +through my glass. Tom Rockets stood by my side, as eager about +her as I was. On she drove. She appeared to be almost among the +breakers.</p> +<p>“She’s lost, sir, she’s lost!” +exclaimed Tom.</p> +<p>“No, no,” said I, taking another glance. +“Grampus is handling her like a good seaman, as he is. She +keeps her luff, and is shooting out again into clear water. +Hurrah! Well done, Grampus! She stands up to her canvas bravely. +She is making for Fogland Ferry. If she carries nothing away she +will reach it too.”</p> +<p>Such were the exclamations to which I gave utterance as I +watched the progress of the prize. More than once she appeared to +be nearing the land, and I thought that I could make out people +following her course, ready to take possession of her should she +drift on shore. Then, again, she stood off clear of danger, and +at length disappeared in the distance. By daylight next morning, +the weather having moderated, I once more made sail in quest of +my prize, and as I drew near the wharf at Fogland Ferry, to my +great satisfaction, I found her safely moored alongside of it. We +remained here some days, till at last, the weather becoming +finer, on the 27th of November I sailed with my prize for +Newport. I was very anxious to carry her there in safety. I had +gained her not without danger and difficulty, and she afforded a +substantial evidence that I had not been idle during my cruise. +Scarcely was I clear of the land when I made out a large +whale-boat, which I chased for three hours and ultimately took. +She had on board a cargo of beef, pork, cheese, and tallow. +However, it came on to blow harder than ever, so, much against my +will, I had to heave a cold shot into her, which sent her to the +bottom, and once more I was compelled to run for the Seaconnet +Passage.</p> +<p>Next day, that is, on the 28th, I once more put to sea, but in +a short time it came on to blow harder than ever. Still, in my +anxiety to reach my destination, I did not like to put back, and +kept hammering away in the hopes of making good my passage. +Feeling that I must take ten minutes of sleep, I went below, but +scarcely had I thrown myself on a locker when I was hove off it. +I sprang on deck, and found that a squall had thrown the vessel +on her beam-ends. I sang out an order to cut away topsail +halyards, sheets, main and fore ties, peak halyards. It was done, +not without difficulty. Still she would not right. I put the helm +up. She answered it, and away we floundered, almost water-logged, +to our former place of anchorage in the Seaconnet Passage.</p> +<p>On the 29th, getting all things to rights again, I once more +sailed; and this time, in spite of the gale, and not without +difficulty, I reached Newport with my prize. I got some credit +for my proceedings, and I felt that I was amply rewarded by the +way the admiral spoke to me.</p> +<p>“I have my eye on you, Mr Hurry, and it is, I feel, my +duty to mark out merit for reward,” he observed, with a +pleasant smile, one day when he had invited me to dine with +him.</p> +<p>I got three or four days’ rest, and, on the 3rd, sailed +once more on a cruise.</p> +<p>I had not been out many days when a tremendous gale sprang up +which compelled me to lay-to. During this time the little vessel +shipped several heavy seas, which I more than once thought would +send her to the bottom. At last one heavier than its predecessors +came rolling and roaring towards us.</p> +<p>“Hold on, my lads!” I sang out.</p> +<p>There was nothing else to be done. It struck the vessel.</p> +<p>“She is sinking! she is sinking!” cried out +several of the people, as the sea washed over us.</p> +<p>She rose again; but our enemy had left us in a pretty state of +wreck and confusion. The caboose was gone, and so was everything +on deck not thoroughly secured. The water, too, in torrents was +rushing down below. Still our masts stood, and not a rope was +carried away. I immediately ordered the pumps to be rigged, and +had to keep all hands spell and spell at work at them. The gale, +which had been blowing from the north-east, now shifted to the +north-west as hard as ever. I had no choice but to remain +hove-to, and to work away at the pumps to keep the vessel afloat. +Our caboose being gone, and as we had no stove below, we were +unable to light a fire to cook anything. We were all, therefore, +compelled to live on raw meat. The crew didn’t seem to +think this anything of a hardship; indeed, seamen, when not hard +pressed, will often, to save themselves the trouble of cooking, +or because they prefer it, eat it in that state.</p> +<p>I have had many a hard time at sea, but that was as hard as +any as long as it lasted. As soon as I could venture to make +sail, I shaped a course for Rhode Island, and, getting a better +land-fall than I expected, I reached it on the 12th of December. +When I went to report myself to Sir Peter, he received me very +kindly.</p> +<p>“You have had a pretty rough time of it, Mr +Hurry,” he remarked.</p> +<p>“Yes, sir,” I replied, and I told him how the +tender had been knocked about, and what a hard time we all had +had of it; but I made no complaint, and finished by saying that I +was ready to go again to sea in her as soon as she had undergone +the necessary repairs.</p> +<p>“No, no, my lad,” he answered. “I like your +spirit; but she and you have had enough of it just now. You shall +lay her up for the winter, and probably before the spring we may +have other work carved out for you.”</p> +<p>I was very glad to hear this, and very speedily got the tender +dismantled and laid up. The admiral, of course, knew more than I +did as to what was going forward, and I guessed that none of us +should have long to remain idle.</p> +<p>On the 20th of December, 1778, the Bristol, Raisonable, +Nonsuch, Somerset, and a fleet of transports arrived from the +Delaware River; and on the 27th Sir Peter Parker shifted his flag +to the Bristol, taking with him the officers of the Chatham and a +hundred seamen. Sir Peter Parker was now only waiting the arrival +of Lord Howe, to proceed to the West Indies to take the command +there. I looked forward to the time with great satisfaction, for +I had no doubt that the admiral would give me every opportunity +in his power of winning the step I so much coveted.</p> +<p>Two or three days after I joined, Delisle and another old +shipmate, O’Brien, made their appearance on board the +Bristol, to which I found that they had been appointed. It was a +pleasure to us all; for latterly I had been so constantly on +detached duty that we had seen but little of each other. We were, +I may truly say, like brothers, regarding each other with the +most sincere and truest affection. I doubt if any friendship is +greater than that of people thus situated. We anticipated all +sorts of fun in the West Indies; for those were the palmy days of +the islands, when the planters, or rather their managers and the +merchants residing there, lived like princes, and treated all +visitors with unbounded hospitality. It was in too many instances +with them a short life and a merry one. Delisle had been there +for a short time, and so had several of our other shipmates, and +the accounts they gave were quite sufficient to make us long to +go there.</p> +<p>On the 4th of January Lord Howe arrived at Rhode Island, and +on the 15th we sailed thence for our destination. One thing only +made me regret leaving the American shores; the certainty that I +should have no further chance of again meeting Madeline Carlyon +till the war was ended, and I might obtain leave to go on shore +to visit her no longer as the professed enemy of her countrymen, +but, as I trusted, an accepted suitor and a friend of America and +the Americans. Though I may not be constantly mentioning her, it +must not be supposed that she was ever out of my thoughts. All my +hopes and wishes for the future were wrapped up in her; and often +and often I had to struggle hard against the wish of quitting the +service, and of seeking her out without delay. Of course I very +quickly saw the folly, not to say hopelessness, of such a +proceeding. I had nothing but my profession to depend on; and if +I were to desert that profession, how was I to support a wife and +as to joining the ranks of the enemy and fighting against my +countrymen, that, even in my maddest moods, never entered my +imagination. However, I will not now dwell further on the +matter.</p> +<p>The first island we made was Antigua, where we arrived, +without meeting with any adventure worthy of note, on the 5th of +February. We found there HMS Aurora, with Vice-Admiral +Young’s flag on board. We sailed again the next day with +two transports under our convoy, and arrived at Port Royal in +Jamaica on the 15th. Here Sir Peter Parker superseded +Vice-Admiral Gayton as Commander-in-Chief. On the 18th we went +alongside the wharf at Kingston, and hove down to repair and +clean the ship’s bottom. We had now many opportunities of +seeing this, one of the most beautiful and picturesque of the +West India islands, as well as of engaging in the gaieties of the +place. With regard to the scenery, others have often described it +far better than I can pretend to do, while the thought of +Madeline kept me from entering into the somewhat extravagant +gaieties which were of daily occurrence. The repairs of the ship +took us till the 20th of March, when we hauled out into the +harbour.</p> +<p>A short time after this, two ships came into port direct from +England, the Ostrich and Active. Each of them had left a +lieutenant behind them; and Sir Peter appointed two of ours to +fill up the vacancies, and in their steads my friends Delisle and +O’Brien obtained their commissions. I was beginning to feel +somewhat jealous of them, when the Chameleon came in. Several of +her officers had been disabled, having been blown up in a prize +she had taken, and were now gone to the hospital. Among them was +Lieutenant David Mackey, in whose room the admiral gave me an +acting order.</p> +<p>I was sorry to part with my old shipmates, still it was with +great satisfaction that I found myself raised to the rank I had +longed to obtain, as I had no doubt that I should soon be +confirmed in it. My duty in the ship was, however, both +disagreeable and severe. In those days, when the schoolmaster had +made but little progress, in the Navy especially, and not much on +shore, it was difficult to obtain good and steady warrant +officers, and I was especially troubled with a drunken boatswain, +gunner, and carpenter. Drunk or sober, they were constantly +insubordinate, setting a bad example to the crew, and quarrelling +with each other. I determined, however, to master them, and +compel them to do their duty, or get them dismissed from the +service. As I was the only officer in the ship directly over +them, my task was not an easy one.</p> +<p>Having run the ship over to water at Rockfort, I found, on my +return to Port Royal, that the admiral shifted his flag from the +Bristol to the Chameleon. He had just been promoted from Rear of +the Blue to Rear of the Red.</p> +<p>My troubles and annoyances with my subordinates continued to +increase. Scarcely a day passed but what they were guilty of some +neglect of duty, which more than once placed the ship in a +dangerous position. I was continually afraid that the gunner, by +some carelessness in the magazine, would blow her and all on +board up into the air. I have no doubt that most of the +catastrophes of that nature, which have from time to time +occurred, have been caused by the conduct of which he was guilty. +Fortunately for me, I was thoroughly supported in my duty by +Captain Douglas of the Chameleon, who was in every respect the +officer and the gentleman, and I am much indebted to him for many +kind and favourable remarks he made respecting me to the admiral. +When a man is endeavouring to do his duty, it is pleasant to be +spoken of as an active, zealous, intelligent officer, as I know +he did of me. The misconduct of the gunner grew more and more +unbearable, and at length I was compelled to bring him, as also +the boatswain and carpenter, to a court-martial. The result was +that the former was broke, and rendered incapable of again +serving his Majesty; while the other two, who did not deserve a +less punishment, were severely reprimanded. They would have been +broke likewise but for the difficulty which then existed of +finding intelligent and educated men to fill the posts they +occupied.</p> +<p>The Camel, Captain Bligh, having come into harbour with one of +her lieutenants sick, I was appointed to her as +acting-lieutenant, her captain having done me the favour of +applying for me to the admiral. We left the harbour on the 10th +of June, and anchored next day in Bluefield’s Bay, where we +found lying HMS Hind, Southampton, and Stork, with a hundred sail +of merchantmen.</p> +<p>On the 25th we proceeded with them to the Gulf of Florida. The +weather was intensely hot, the sun struck down with unmitigated +fury on our heads, and in a few days seven cases of fever +appeared on board. Scarcely was a man taken ill than he became +delirious, and in a few hours he was dead. Thus in six days we +lost twenty seamen and seven marines, together with Lieutenant +Thomas Philipsmith of the marines, and Mr John Eaglestone, +master’s mate. It was a sad and weary time we had of it. +Captain Bligh kept up his spirits in a wonderful way. I messed +with him all the time I was on board, and he always spoke frankly +and openly to me; indeed, I should be most ungrateful did I not +acknowledge the kindness with which he treated me on all +occasions.</p> +<p>“I hope we may do better when we get clear of the +land,” he remarked. “This climate tries the poor +fellows sadly.”</p> +<p>It did indeed. On the 28th the master, purser and surgeon were +taken ill, and a few days afterwards I was myself struck down, as +were the gunner, surgeon’s mate, and fully sixty more men. +Thus, we had not enough men to work the ship; and for some time +Captain Bligh and one of the only officers capable of doing duty +had to take charge of the ship watch and watch. The weather also +was constantly squally, with thunder, lightning, and heavy rain, +and this kept us in the gulf till the 20th of July.</p> +<p>On the 28th, in latitude 32 degrees 30 minutes North and 74 +degrees 19 minutes West, we parted company with the fleet, which +was bound for England, while we made sail back to Jamaica.</p> +<p>I pass over this period of my adventurous existence more +rapidly than I have described the former part of my sea-life, +because it is full of painful recollections. I had often and +often seen men struck down in battle, without allowing my +feelings in any way to be agitated; but it went to my heart to +see my brave shipmates carried off one after the other with +fever, without being in any way able to relieve their sufferings, +or to devise means to save them from death. That fever, +“yellow jack” as we used to call it, is truly one of +the most dreadful scourges of the West Indies. There is no +avoiding him. All ranks are equally sufferers, for he picks off +rich and poor alike, the strong and weak, the brave man and the +coward. Still, I believe that the best way to prevent his attacks +from proving fatal is to live moderately but well—not to be +afraid, and to avoid exposure to rain and fogs. It is wiser to +soak the clothes in salt water than to allow them to be wet with +fresh and to dry on the back. However, it is very certain that, +if a man does not play tricks with his constitution when he is +young, as do so many young fellows in every variety of way when +he is exposed to similar baneful influences, he will better be +able to withstand them.</p> +<p>On the 17th of August we made the Island of Hispaniola. Two +days after that, as I was walking the deck as officer of the +watch, the look-out at the mast-head hailed to say that a sail +was in sight. We were then off Cape François.</p> +<p>“Where away?” I asked.</p> +<p>“Right ahead to the westward!” was the answer.</p> +<p>“What does she look like?” inquired the captain, +just then coming on deck.</p> +<p>“An English frigate, sir!” replied the +look-out.</p> +<p>She might be, or she might be an enemy’s cruiser, for I +was aware that they had already some large ships fitted out. We +were, as far as I knew to the contrary, still at peace with +France and Spain. Weak as I was from the fever, (though I had got +over it far more rapidly than I could have expected), I was so +anxious to ascertain, as soon as possible, the character of the +ship in sight, that I went aloft myself to watch her with my +glass. As we drew near each other, Captain Bligh ordered the drum +to beat to quarters, and the ship to be got ready for action. The +nearer we got, the more convinced was I that the look-out was +right, and that the stranger was an English frigate. In a short +time she hoisted English colours, and soon afterwards made the +private signal, by which we knew that she was his Majesty’s +frigate Minerva. On getting within hail we hove-to and exchanged +civilities, which, as they cost nothing, are very current coin. +We found that she had been out on a cruise for some time, but, +like us, had not made any captures. Her captain was deploring his +ill-luck.</p> +<p>“Better than being taken oneself,” remarked +Captain Bligh.</p> +<p>“No fear of that,” was the answer; “I shall +take very good care that no one—Frenchman, Spaniard or +rebel—captures me. As for the two first, I don’t +suppose they will ever go to war again with us.”</p> +<p>“Don’t be too sure of that,” said Captain +Bligh. “A pleasant cruise to you, however, and a more +fortunate one than we have had. We are bound back to Jamaica. I +hope we shall make a quick passage there.”</p> +<p>Such, as far as I can recollect them, were the parting words +of the two captains. Scarcely had we lost sight of the Minerva +than we fell in with a fleet of merchantmen from Saint Domingo. +We agreed that, if there was but a war, what rich prizes they +would prove, and we should, without difficulty, have been able to +take the greater number of them. They sailed on their way, and we +continued on our course for Jamaica. We reached Port Royal +without any further adventure on the 28th of August. Scarcely had +we dropped anchor than a boat from his Majesty’s ship Niger +boarded us.</p> +<p>“Grand news—glorious news!” cried a +midshipman who came in her. We all asked him what he meant. +“Why, there’s war with France, and a rattling war it +will be, too, from all accounts. All the ships here are getting +ready for sea, and we shall pick up no end of prizes.”</p> +<p>Captain Bligh stamped with his foot and turned round when he +heard this. And well he might, when he recollected the rich +prizes we had let slip through our fingers. A vessel came in +directly after us, which brought the unwelcome intelligence that +the Minerva had been taken by the French frigate Concord only +nine hours after we had spoken her. Had we, therefore, only come +up a little later, the tables might have been reversed, and we +might have brought in the Concord as our prize. The Minerva was, +as may be supposed, taken by surprise, her captain not believing +that a war had broken out with France, or I am very sure that she +would not have so easily become the prize of the enemy.</p> +<p>The circumstances I have mentioned were of course vexatious, +but such is the fortune of war, and I believe the knowledge that +we had now a foreign nation to contend with, instead of those +whom we could not but look upon as countrymen, afforded +unmitigated satisfaction throughout every ship in the British +Navy.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap14" id="chap14"></a> +<h3>Chapter Fourteen.</h3> +<h4>In command of Dolphin.—Sent to warn +ships.—Chased.—Captured by Chermente.—Carried +to Saint Domingo.—Find old friends in misfortune.—On +our parole.—Tom remains with me.</h4> +<p>Pretty well worn out with fatigue, which the duties of the +ship entailed, as soon as we had made all snug I turned into my +berth, hoping to get some sleep. Scarcely, however, had I closed +my eyes and forgotten for the moment all sublunary matters, than +I felt some one tugging at my shoulder, and on looking up I saw a +midshipman standing at my bedside.</p> +<p>“Sir,” said he, “the admiral wishes to see +you up at the Penn immediately.”</p> +<p>“I wish he didn’t, though,” I thought to +myself. “Couldn’t he let a poor careworn wretch have +a few hours’ quiet sleep after knocking about for so many +weeks at sea, and having been in the clutches of Yellow +Jack?” I didn’t say this, though.</p> +<p>“Very well,” I answered, jumping up and putting on +my coat with a yawn which nearly gave me the lock-jaw. +“I’ll be up there forthwith.”</p> +<p>The Penn, it must be understood, is the name given to the +residence usually occupied by the head commander-in-chief on the +station. It is beautifully situated on an elevated spot above the +city of Kingston, overlooking the noble harbour of Port +Royal.</p> +<p>Ordering a boat to be manned, I pulled on shore, and climbed +up to the Penn.</p> +<p>“I’m glad to see you back, Hurry,” said Sir +Peter kindly. “I know your zeal for the service, and I have +more work for you. You know of the war with France. I must send +you off at once to sea in quest of the cruising ships to give +them notice of the event, and to direct them forthwith to return +into port. In the first place you will look out for the +‘Druid’ at the east end of the island, and give her +notice of the war, and then you will proceed to the Saint Domingo +coast, where you will find, probably, the greater number of +merchantmen. How soon can you be ready?”</p> +<p>Of course I replied, “At once,” wondering what +craft I was to go in.</p> +<p>“Very well,” said Sir Peter; “I expected as +much of you. You will take command of the ‘Dolphin’ +schooner. She is now in the harbour. I am not quite certain in +what condition you will find her. However, there is no other +disposable craft. Fit her for sea as fast as possible. Take three +or four hands with you; I cannot spare you more. Let your two +followers you spoke to me about, be of the number. Here is an +order by which you can obtain all the aid you require from the +dockyard people and others. Good-bye; I hope to see you back +shortly.”</p> +<p>With these words I parted from the admiral. It was now three +o’clock in the morning. Hurrying on board the flag-ship, I +got hold of Grampus and Rockets with their bags, and accompanied +by them and a couple of more hands and a boy, I called for my own +traps and bedding on board the Camel, and then went alongside the +Dolphin tender. She looked certainly in a very hopeless +condition. She had her lower-masts standing, but was entirely +unrigged, without stores or sails, or even ballast on board, +while her bottom was covered with grass a foot at least in +length. Still I knew that not a moment was to be lost; the +service I was required to perform was of the greatest importance, +and I was not to be deterred by difficulties. I unmoored her +immediately, got her alongside the dockyard wharf, and began +taking some ballast which I found there on board before anyone +was up. Then I sent Grampus to rouse up the authorities, whose +aid I required. Fortunately the sudden outbreak of war kept +people on the alert, so that I had less difficulty in getting +assistance than would have otherwise been the case.</p> +<p>Soon after daybreak the deck of the Dolphin presented a scene +of ant-like industry. Gangs of negroes were hurrying backwards +and forwards with coils of rope and spars and sails; others were +rolling down kegs of water, and others casks of beef and pork and +biscuit, and packages of other comestibles, while the riggers +were at work getting the rigging over the mast-heads, setting it +up, bending on sails, and my own people were below, stowing away +the various articles as they came on board. I made a list of +essentials, and took good care to see that they came on board and +were stowed where they were to be found, or very likely I should +have gone to sea without them. I saw to everything myself, or +sent Grampus to ascertain that people were losing no time in +executing my orders. I left nothing to chance. I met with no +little grumbling from some of the slow-going officials.</p> +<p>“What a hurry you are in, sir!” said one or two of +them, who dared not, however, openly disobey my authority.</p> +<p>“Yes, my friend,” I answered, laughing, +“that’s natural to me; and just now I am in as great +a hurry as I ever was in my life; so be smart, if you please, and +keep your people moving.”</p> +<p>That is the way I managed. I did not swear or abuse them, but +if I found anyone slow I pulled out the admiral’s order and +said that the work must be done faster.</p> +<p>“Impossible, sir!” answered another official to +one of my demands; “it cannot be done. In two or three days +we may get the matter settled for you.”</p> +<p>“Impossible! In two or three days do you say?” I +exclaimed, looking fixedly at him. “In two or three hours +you mean. Impossible,—I don’t understand that word, +nor does Sir Peter, depend on that. If the things are not on +board in three hours I shall report you. I don’t want to be +severe, my friend, but I am in earnest.”</p> +<p>The gentleman understood me, and within the time specified the +stores were on board.</p> +<p>In spite of all I could do, however, I could only get a +mainsail, foresail, fore-staysail, and jib. I had no topsails and +no square sail. Thus, should I be chased by an enemy, I should +be, I felt, like a bird with clipped wings, I should have very +little chance of escaping. I got some of the weeds scraped off +the vessel’s bottom, but still there were more than enough +remaining. Such good speed did I make, that before three +o’clock in the afternoon of that very day I was ready for +sea, or, rather, I was in such a condition that I could put to +sea, though the urgent necessity of the case alone warranted me +in so doing.</p> +<p>“Well, sir,” observed Grampus, with the +familiarity of an old shipmate, “if we comes to meet with +Harry Cane in our cruise, it’s like enough that we shall be +nowhere.”</p> +<p>Just before we got under weigh, Captain Lambert, of his +Majesty’s ship Niger, came on board. He shrugged his +shoulders when he saw the condition I was in.</p> +<p>“The admiral ordered me to get to sea as fast as I +could,” I remarked; “I’m doing my best to obey +him.”</p> +<p>“That you are, Mr Hurry,” he answered. +“You’ve done very well—very well indeed, I say. +I wish you to keep a look-out for me off Saint Domingo, and bring +me any information you may have picked up. I am under orders to +sail to-morrow morning to cruise off that island with my own +ship, and with the ‘Bristol’ and +‘Lowestoffe,’ and I shall have my tender with me. You +will know the squadron by one of the three ships having a poop, +and from our being accompanied by a schooner. Now good luck to +you. I will not detain you.”</p> +<p>“Thank you, sir,” said I; “depend on it I +will not disappoint you.”</p> +<p>With a light breeze we stood out of the magnificent harbour of +Port Royal, leaving a fleet of merchantmen, which the news of the +war with France prevented from putting to sea. I certainly was +not given to be much influenced by outward circumstances, but I +did not feel at all in my usual spirits, and could not help +fancying that some calamity was going to occur to me. These +sensations and ideas probably arose both from my being overworked +and from the unsatisfactory way in which my vessel was fitted +out; added to this, I knew that the seas would be swarming with +the enemy’s privateers, both Americans and French, and that +I could neither fight nor run away. I considered over the latter +circumstance, and bethought me that, if I fell in with any enemy, +I would, at all events, endeavour to escape by stratagem. My men +would, I knew, support me. Nol Grampus and Rockets I was sure I +could trust, and the others I had chosen because they were sharp +clever fellows, and up to anything.</p> +<p>It was not till the 3rd of September that I weathered the east +end of the island of Jamaica. I cruised off Morant Point for some +time, keeping a very bright look-out for the Druid. She was +nowhere to be seen. Sir Peter had directed me not to lose much +time in looking for her. She might have chased an enemy for +leagues away and not be back to her cruising ground for days. +Perhaps she might have taken some prizes and returned to Port +Royal. As I began to lose all hope of seeing her before +nightfall, the wind came fair for me to proceed through the +windward passage. I accordingly put up my helm, made all the sail +I could, and stood for the island of Heneago.</p> +<p>On the evening of the 6th I made Cape Tiberoon, on the west +end of the island of Saint Domingo, without having fallen in with +any vessels, and about eight o’clock the same evening I +passed the Navasa, and carried a fine breeze till the following +morning, when I brought Donna Maria to bear east at the distance +of two or three leagues. I had not liked the look of the weather +for some hours.</p> +<p>“What do you think of it?” said I to Grampus, as I +saw the clouds gathering thickly around us from all directions, +while the sea assumed a peculiarly dark, leaden, ominous +colour.</p> +<p>“Why, sir, Mr Hurry, do you see, to my mind, the wider +berth we give the land the better,” he replied, giving his +usual hitch to his trowsers. “There’s what they calls +in these parts a whirlwind or old Harry Cane coming on, or my +name is not Nol Grampus.”</p> +<p>I was too much afraid that Nol was right, and accordingly +stood off the land under all sail, keeping a look-out, however, +on the signs of the weather, so as to take in our canvas in time +before the gale came on. I had not, notwithstanding this, made +good much more than a league when it fell a dead calm. The sails +flapped idly against the masts, and the little vessel rolled from +side to side, moved by the long, slow, heaving undulations which +rolled in from the offing.</p> +<p>“I’m not quite certain that you are right, +Grampus, as to the coming whirlwind, but we will shorten sail, at +all events,” I observed.</p> +<p>“Beg pardon, Mr Hurry, sir; but just do you follow an +old seaman’s advice, and take all the canvas off +her,” he answered with earnestness. “It’s doing +her no good just now, and we haven’t another suit of sails +if we lose them. When the wind does come, it is on one before a +man has time to turn round and save the teeth being whisked out +of his mouth. Come, my lads, be smart, and hand the +canvas,” he added, calling to Rockets and the other +men.</p> +<p>I was soon very glad that I was not above taking an old +seaman’s advice. Scarcely ten minutes had passed, during +which time the calm had been more profound than ever, when, as +suddenly as Grampus had foretold, the whole ocean around us +seemed covered with a sheet of seething foam, and the whirlwind, +in all the majesty of its strength, struck the vessel, pressing +her down till her bulwarks touched the water, and I thought she +would have gone over altogether. I sprang to the helm and put it +up, while Grampus hoisted the fore-staysail just a foot or so +above the deck. Even then the canvas was nearly blown out of the +bolt-ropes; so far she felt its power, however, and, her head +spinning round as if she had been a straw, away we drove before +the hurricane. Where were we driving to was the question. I +anxiously consulted the chart. We were in that deep bay in the +island of Saint Domingo, with Cape Donna Maria to the southward, +and Cape Saint Nicholas to the north, and I saw that a slight +variation in the course of the gale might hurl us on the coast, +where the chance of our escaping with our lives would be small +indeed. Happily the wind at present came out of the bay, or I +believe my ill-found little schooner would have gone to the +bottom, as did many a noble ship about that time. The sea, even +as it was, soon became lashed into furious billows, which broke +around us in masses of foam, which went flying away over the +troubled surface of the ocean, covering us as would a heavy fall +of snow. Grampus and I stood at the helm, keeping the little +vessel as well as we could directly before the gale, but we +tumbled about terrifically, and more than once I caught him +casting anxious glances over his shoulder astern, as if he +expected some of the seas, which came roaring up after us, to +break over our decks.</p> +<p>“What do you think of it, Grampus?” said I.</p> +<p>“Why, Mr Hurry, sir, I don’t like the look of +things,” he answered. “If one of them seas was to +fall aboard of us, it would wash every soul of us off the deck, +and maybe send the craft in a moment to the bottom. Still, I +don’t see as how there is anything we can do more than we +are doing. If the schooner was to spring a leak just now, and +that’s not unlikely, we should be still worse off, so we +may be content with things as they are.”</p> +<p>I admired Nol’s philosophy, though I kept an anxious +look-out on the larboard bow, dreading every instant to catch a +sight of the shore, past which I knew we should have a narrow +shave, even should we be fortunate enough to escape being driven +against it. The coolest man on board was Tom Rockets. He kept +walking the deck with his hands in his pockets, ready enough, I +saw, for action, but certainly not as if a fierce hurricane was +raging around him. Now and then he had to pull out his hands to +lay hold of the bulwarks as the craft gave a lively roll, or +plunged down into the trough of a sea; but as soon as she grew +comparatively steady, he began walking away as before.</p> +<p>On we drove. The dreaded coast did not appear. Still I could +scarcely hope that we had passed it. The wind began to shift +about at last. Grampus said that it was the termination of the +hurricane. Still it might play us a scurvy trick before it was +over, and drive us on some inhospitable shore. I began now to +look for further signs of the ending of the storm. It got round +to the northward, and on we drove till we caught sight of the +coast. It was a most unwelcome sight, though, for should the +little craft once get within the power of the breakers, which +were dashing furiously against it, I could not hope that a single +man on board would escape with his life. Even Tom Rockets began +to think that the state of things was not so pleasant as it might +be. I saw that he had taken his hands out of his pockets, and was +holding on with the rest of the people. Away we drove—the +threatening shore every minute growing more and more +distinct.</p> +<p>“What prospect is there, think you, Grampus, of the +hurricane coming to an end?” said I. For from want of +anything else to be done I was obliged to keep my tongue +going.</p> +<p>“I thought as how it was going to break but just now, Mr +Hurry,” he answered, casting his eye all round the horizon. +“It seems, howsomedever, to have breezed up again, and if +it don’t shift before long, there’s little chance of +the schooner’s living, or any of us either for that matter, +many hours more.”</p> +<p>“We must meet our fate, then, like men, and Christians +too, I hope,” I answered, looking at him. “We have +done all that men can do, I believe.”</p> +<p>“Yes, sir, that we have,” he replied. “We +can do no more, and it isn’t the first time Nol Grampus has +had to look Death in the face, so I hopes that I shall not shrink +from him. Come he will, I know, some day, sooner or later; and it +matters little, as far as I can see, if he comes to-day or +to-morrow.”</p> +<p>“Not if we put our trust in One who is able and willing +to save our souls alive,” I observed. “That makes all +the difference whether death should be feared or welcomed. It is +not what we suffer in this world that we should dread, but what +we may deserve to suffer in the next; in the same way it is not +what we enjoy here, but what we may be able to enjoy through all +eternity, that we should long for.”</p> +<p>“Very true, sir—very true, Mr Hurry,” +replied Grampus; “but the worst is, that we don’t +think of these things till just at such moments as the present, +when the flood has done, and the tide of life is fast ebbing +away.”</p> +<p>Thus we talked on for some time. I felt really with my old +friend Nol, that though there we all stood in health and +strength, we might soon be removed to behold the glories of the +eternal world.</p> +<p>Suddenly Nol looked up. Holding his hand to the wind, and +casting his eye on the compass—</p> +<p>“I thought so, sir,” he exclaimed. +“There’s a shift of wind. It has backed round again +into the eastward.”</p> +<p>Such was providentially the case. I took the bearings of the +land. We might now hope to drive on clear of it. The sea was, +however, getting higher and higher, but the Dolphin proved to be +as tight as a cork and as buoyant, and I began to get rid of all +my dread of her foundering, provided her masts and rigging did +not give way.</p> +<p>Considering the manner in which she was fitted out, however, I +did not feel quite easy on that score. Still nothing more could +be done, so we had, as best we could, to wait events. At length +there was a lull. I expected that it would breeze up again.</p> +<p>“The gale has worn itself out, to my mind, Mr +Hurry,” observed Grampus, after a careful survey of the sky +and sea.</p> +<p>“I am sure I hope so,” I answered; “I was +getting somewhat tired of it, and so I suspect was the schooner. +Sound the well, and see what water she has made.”</p> +<p>He sounded the well, and reported three feet.</p> +<p>“I thought so. Rig the pumps, and let us try and get her +clear while we can.”</p> +<p>All hands pumped away with a will, and soon got her free of +water, when the sea went, as it soon did, gradually down. It +showed me that the leak had been caused by the way the little +vessel had strained herself, and that probably, had she been +exposed much longer to the fury of the hurricane, she would have +foundered. By night the gale had sufficiently abated to enable me +to set a reefed foresail, and once more to haul up on my course. +I made but little progress during the night and following day. I +was standing along the coast, towards the evening of the next +day, with the wind from the northward, when I discovered in-shore +of me what I took to be the masts of a vessel just appearing out +of the water. I conjectured that she had been sunk in the +hurricane of the previous day, and on the possibility that some +of the crew might still be clinging to her rigging, although I +was on a lee-shore, I resolved to bear down on her. I pointed her +out to Grampus, and asked his opinion.</p> +<p>“No doubt about it, sir,” he answered. +“There may be some danger to us, I’ll allow, +especially if it was to breeze up again, but where’s the +man worthy of the name who refuses to run some danger for the +sake of helping his fellow-men in distress? To my mind, sir, let +us do what’s right, and never mind the +consequences.”</p> +<p>I’ve often since thought of the excellence of some of +old Grampus’ remarks.</p> +<p>“Up with the helm, then! Ease away the main and head +sheets!” I sang out. “We’ll run down and have a +look at the wreck.”</p> +<p>I kept my glass anxiously turned towards the object I had +discovered, in the hopes of seeing some people clinging on to the +rigging. As we drew near, I found that only a single mast +appeared above water, as well as her bowsprit, and that she had +all her canvas set. Not a human being could be seen in any part +of the rigging. I got close up to her. She was a sloop of about +seventy tons. She had evidently been caught totally unprepared by +the hurricane, and every soul on board had been hurried into +eternity. Finding that there would be no use in waiting longer +near the spot, for there was not the slightest probability that +anyone was floating on any part of the wreck in the +neighbourhood, I again hauled my wind, and stood to the +northward. At ten o’clock at night a fresh gale sprang up, +which compelled me once more to bring-to under a reefed foresail. +I am thus particular in narrating details of events which led to +a most disastrous result. Truly we cannot tell what a day may +bring forth. I had fallen in with no merchantmen, which would +have been a most suspicious circumstance, had I not supposed that +they might have been lost in the hurricane, or run into port for +shelter, otherwise I should have supposed that they had fallen +into the power of the cruisers of the enemy. On the 8th I passed +Cape Nichola Mole, and on the 9th made the island of Heneago, +bearing nor’-nor’-east, four leagues. At eight +o’clock in the evening I tacked, and stood off-shore, with +a fine breeze, with the intention of passing in the morning +between Heneago and the little Corcases, for the purpose of +speaking his Majesty’s frigate Aeolus, stationed in that +passage, and bearing her the information that the war had broken +out. At five o’clock of the morning of the 10th, the wind +shifting round to the eastward, I tacked, and stood to the +northward, through the Corcases. At daybreak Tom Rockets was sent +aloft to keep a look-out for any sail which might be in sight. +Soon afterwards he hailed the deck to say that he made out two +sail on the lee bow, just appearing above the horizon. I went +aloft with my glass and soon discovered four altogether, one much +smaller than the others. She was a schooner, the other three were +ships. I had little doubt that it was a squadron, composed of the +Bristol, Lowestoffe, and Niger, with her tender, which were to +sail the day after me, and which I expected to fall in with in +this neighbourhood. They were still too far-off to make out +exactly what they were. I came down, however, with my mind +perfectly at ease, and went to breakfast. Grampus, who had charge +of the deck while I was below, watched them narrowly, and did not +differ with me as to their character. I therefore stood towards +them, as I was anxious to communicate with them without delay. My +orders directed me to speak all cruisers, and besides, as it may +be supposed, I was eager to get the duty I had been sent on +accomplished, and to return again to Port Royal.</p> +<p>When I came on deck again, I found that we had drawn +considerably nearer the strangers. I scrutinised them again and +again. One of them had a high poop, and I remembered Captain +Lambert’s remark to me the day I sailed, that this was one +of the marks by which I should know his squadron. I thus stood on +boldly towards them. As we drew nearer, I saw Grampus eyeing them +narrowly. The expression of his countenance showed me that he had +considerable doubt on his mind as to their true character. We had +now got within three miles of them.</p> +<p>“What do you think of them, Grampus?” said I, as I +took the glass which I had just before handed to him.</p> +<p>“I don’t like their looks, sir,” he +answered. “That headmost frigate is English—so I take +it from the look of her hull and the cut of her canvas—but +the others I can’t make out by no manner of means. I +don’t think the ‘Bristol’ or the +‘Lowestoffe’ are among them.”</p> +<p>I had come to the same conclusion that Grampus had; but I +wished to confirm my own opinion by his. We stood on for five +minutes longer. My suspicions of the character of the strangers +increased.</p> +<p>“We are running into the lion’s jaws, I +suspect!” I exclaimed; whereat Grampus and Rockets opened +their eyes to know what I meant. “Hoist our colours, and +let us learn what they are without further delay.”</p> +<p>Scarcely had we run our ensign up to the peak than up went the +French flag at that of the headmost frigate which at the same +time fired a warning gun at us.</p> +<p>“Up with the helm! Ease off the main-sheets! Keep her +away!” I exclaimed.</p> +<p>The orders were quickly obeyed, and away we flew with a strong +breeze directly before the wind. I had two very good reasons for +endeavouring to escape by keeping before the wind. In the first +place, a fore-and-aft vessel has generally a great advantage over +a square-rigged ship on that point of sailing, and I might +otherwise have drawn the enemy’s squadron towards the +station of the Aeolus. As she was so much inferior in strength to +it, she would easily have fallen into their power, especially as, +not being aware that war had broken out, she would have been +taken by surprise.</p> +<p>As soon as I put up my helm and kept away, the headmost of the +strangers crowded all sail in chase, making signals to the rest +of the squadron to follow her—undoubtedly not to allow me +any prospect of escaping. She fired two or three shot, but she +was still too far-off to hit me. All the other vessels hoisted +French colours, and any lingering hope I might have retained, +that after all I might have been mistaken, and that the strangers +were English, now vanished. Still my principle has always been +never to give in while life remains, and so I resolved to hold on +till I got completely under the enemy’s guns, and then, +when I found that there was a strong probability of my being +sunk, to haul down my colours, but not till then. I had heard of +a small vessel escaping even from under the very guns of a big +enemy, and I intended not to throw such a chance away. I called +my crew aft.</p> +<p>“My men,” said I, “I won’t ask you to +stick to me to the last, because I know you will. Those ships +astern are enemies: we’ll do our best to escape from them, +and if we are taken and the chance is given us, we’ll +endeavour to heave our captors into the water, and to re-take the +schooner, won’t we?”</p> +<p>“Yes, sir, that we will,” answered Grampus. +“I speak for the rest, because I know their minds, and you +are just the man to do the thing if it is to be done.”</p> +<p>I told the people that I was gratified at the good opinion +they had formed of me, and sent them back to their stations. I +did not like the look of things. The chances of escaping were +very small, and the prospects of a French prison in the climate +of the West Indies was anything but pleasant.</p> +<p>The breeze freshened, and we went tearing away through the +smooth blue sea, sending up the white sparkling foam on either +side of our bows, and leaving a long line of white astern; but I +now sadly felt the want of a square-sail and topsails. Had I +possessed them to set, I fancied that I could easily have kept +ahead of my pursuers. My glass was seldom off them, while I also +kept it sweeping round ahead in the hopes, though they were not +very sanguine, of discovering the British squadron, for which I +had at first mistaken the enemy. On we flew, but the sharp line +of the horizon on every side was unbroken by the slightest dot or +line which might indicate an approaching sail. I watched the +enemy. It was soon too evident that they were coming up with us +at a speed which sadly lessened our prospects of escape. Still we +kept beyond the range of their guns. Unless, however, fortune +changed in our favour, this could not long be the case. Gradually +I saw the chance of getting away diminishing, and the conviction +forced itself on me that we should all be soon prisoners of war. +I called Grampus to me; he was of the same opinion.</p> +<p>“Well, then,” said I with a sigh, “our first +duty is to destroy all the letters and despatches with which I +have been entrusted. Bring them up at once.”</p> +<p>Grampus dived below, and returned with the despatches +delivered to me by Sir Peter Parker, as well as with some thirty +or forty letters from the merchants of Jamaica, addressed to the +masters of their privateers cruising off the island, with none of +which I had hitherto fallen in. I tied the whole of the documents +up in a piece of canvas, with a shot in it ready to heave +overboard when the last ray of hope had disappeared. I stamped +with rage as I saw my enemies overtaking me; I could not help it. +My men, too, eyed them as if they felt that if they had been on +board a ship in any way able to cope with such opponents, they +would speedily have given a good account of them. I scarcely knew +what to wish for. A tornado was the only thing just then likely +to serve me. It might have sent the schooner to the bottom, but +if she weathered it, I hoped that I had a chance of escaping from +the big ships, which were very likely to be widely scattered +before it.</p> +<p>The sky, however, gave no indication of any change of the +sort. Grampus and Tom I saw pulling very long faces at each +other, as much as to say, “It’s all up with +us.” They were too right. On came the headmost ship with +the Dolphin hand over hand, the flag of France flaunting proudly +at her peak. A shot from one of her bow guns was a significant +notice to me to heave-to. I did so with a very bad grace, and as +I put down my helm, I could not help wishing that France and all +Frenchmen were swept away into the ocean.</p> +<p>“They always have been, and always will be, an +unmitigated nuisance to old England!” I exclaimed, as I +took a turn on the deck, while my little craft lay bobbing away +slowly at our big opponent, which, having also hove-to, was +lowering a boat to board us. Then I took up the bundle of letters +and hove them overboard, when down they sank, probably to find a +tomb in the stomach of some hungry shark.</p> +<p>“At all events, Messieurs Crapauds, you will not be much +the wiser for what is in them,” I exclaimed with a feeling +of no little bitterness.</p> +<p>If I did not feel inclined exactly to cut my own throat, I +certainly had a very strong wish to knock the fellows on the head +whom I saw pulling towards me. It did not take me many minutes to +pack up my own wardrobe. My people, as is usual, put on all the +clothes they possessed, one over the other, and then we all stood +ready to receive our most unwelcome visitors.</p> +<p>Their boat was soon alongside, and a well-dressed, +gentlemanly-looking officer jumped on board, and announced to me +in English that I was a prize to the French frigate Chermente of +thirty-two guns, Captain McNamara, an Irishman in the French +service.</p> +<p>“It is the fortune of war,” he observed. +“You did your best to escape us when you found out that we +were not your friends. You and your people will come on board my +ship; the schooner may be useful to us.”</p> +<p>I could only bow to this polite speech, and say that I was +ready to attend him on board his ship. The French seamen, +however, did not seem inclined to treat us with much ceremony, +and several who came on board rummaged about in every direction +to pick up whatever they could find.</p> +<p>With a heavy heart I left the Dolphin, and was soon +transferred to the deck of the French frigate. The squadron to +which I had become a prize consisted of the Dédaigneuse +and Chermente, both of thirty-two guns, the Active of +twenty-eight, and the Providence privateer, which with the Active +they had taken the day before. I cannot say much for the +discipline of the French frigate; for it appeared to me that the +crew were very much inclined to be insubordinate, in consequence +of which the officers had to exercise a considerable amount of +severity in keeping them under necessary discipline.</p> +<p>It was a bitter pill I was compelled to swallow. For ten long +years I had been serving my country incessantly as midshipman and +master’s mate, and now at the very moment when I felt sure +that I was about to emerge from the subordinate rank of a petty +officer, and to obtain my commission as a lieutenant, no longer +to be subject to the midnight calls of quartermasters and the +unnumbered snubs which patient midshipmen from their superiors +take, I found all my hopes of my promotion dashed to the ground, +and myself an unhappy prisoner of war.</p> +<p>I had, however, plenty of companions to share my misfortune; +on board the two French frigates were most of the officers and +crew of the Active, as well as of the privateer. Scarcely had I +stepped on board than who should I see walking the deck in +melancholy mood but my old friend and messmate Delisle, and by +his side was Paddy O’Driscoll. How changed had soon become +the light-hearted, jovial midshipman! The feeling of captivity +was weighing heavily on his spirits. Indeed, what is there more +galling to an officer than to see the ship to which he lately +belonged in the hands of his enemies, and himself compelled to +submit to any commands they may choose to issue? They both, as +they turned in their walk, started at seeing me; for of course +they did not know that I was on board the vessel just captured. +They came forward and shook hands warmly.</p> +<p>“I cannot welcome you on board this craft, my dear +Hurry,” said Delisle, “though under other +circumstances I should have been truly glad to fall in with +you.”</p> +<p>“Bad luck to the day when we fell into the power of the +Frenchmen!” exclaimed O’Driscoll. “And to think +that an Irishman, or the son of an Irishman maybe, should be +their captain makes matters worse. I’m ashamed of my +countryman, that I am, except that to be sure he has behaved like +a gentleman to us since we came on board, and so have all his +officers.”</p> +<p>“What more could we expect?” said I. “He did +but his duty in capturing us: perhaps before long the tables may +be turned, you know. There’s a larger squadron of our ships +not far-off, and I don’t give up all hopes that these ships +may fall in with them.”</p> +<p>My two friends pricked up their ears at what I told them, +though I myself was very far from sanguine about the two +squadrons meeting. Should they meet I had no doubt which would +prove victorious. We of course did not express our hopes to our +captors, but we kept a constant look-out for the British +squadron. Not a sail, however, appeared, our hopes of obtaining +our freedom grew less and less, and on the 11th of the month sunk +to zero when we entered the harbour of Cape François. We +found there the French frigate Concorde and the late British +frigate Minerva which she had captured. There were also several +sail of French Saint Domingo ships. In my hurry and annoyance on +quitting the Dolphin I discovered that I had left behind me my +chest of clothes. They were not of any great value, though, as I +much wanted them, they were so to me. I therefore requested +Captain McNamara to send for them. He at once politely complied +with my wish, but the midshipman he sent soon returned with the +unpleasant information that the chest was in the cabin, but was +empty. It appeared that after the Chermente’s boat had left +the Dolphin, the people of the Dédaigneuse had boarded +her, and plundered her of everything of value. When Captain +McNamara heard of this, he instantly sent on board that ship, and +endeavoured to recover my property; but all his trouble was in +vain. The French seamen were far too knowing to give up anything +they had once got possession of, and after a good deal of trouble +I was finally compelled to be content with my loss, as I saw that +there was no probability of recovering my property.</p> +<p>On the 14th my brother-officers lately belonging to the Active +and I were politely informed that we were to be conducted on +shore to give our parole that we would not attempt to make our +escape. After a short consultation, we all agreed that, although +to get away from the lion’s jaws into which we had fallen +was not altogether impossible, it was very unlikely that we +should succeed, and that by not giving our parole we should be +subject to a vast deal of annoyance, it was wiser at once to give +it, and to wait patiently till we were exchanged. Constant +confinement in a prison in the West Indies, or on board a +guard-ship in harbour, it was suggested was very likely to +release us; but it would be into another world, to which we had +just then no inclination to go if we could help it. We were +received on shore by a guard of ill-favoured +blacks—“regular blackguards,” as +O’Driscoll observed—between whom we were conducted to +the residence of his Excellency Governor D’Argu. We were +kept waiting for some time in a balcony which ran round the +house, subject to the inspection and remarks of a number of black +and brown urchins, who made us feel some of the bitters of +captivity by jeering and pointing at us, while we had not even +the power to drive them away. At length an officer came into the +balcony and asked us into a large room, furnished only with mats, +a few chairs, and some marble tables, on which stood some red +earthenware jars, full of water, and some decanters of claret, +looking very cool and pleasant. The great man was seated at a +table at one end of the room. He received us, I thought, at first +very grumpily. He did not understand English, but I recognised +the polite officer who had boarded the Dolphin when I was +captured, and who appeared to be there in the capacity of an +interpreter. The governor enquired our respective ranks. I fully +expected to be classed among the midshipmen, and to receive my +pay and treatment accordingly; but I fortunately had in my pocket +the appointment given me by Sir Peter Parker as acting-lieutenant +of the Camel. I bethought me of exhibiting it, and, much to my +satisfaction, it was acknowledged, and I was told that I should +be treated in all respects as a lieutenant, especially as I had +been in command of a vessel when captured. I was surprised indeed +to find a considerable sense of justice in all the proceedings of +our captors at this time. Perhaps the bitter feeling they +afterwards entertained for the English, when they had sustained +numberless defeats, had not then sprung up. My friend, the second +captain of the Chermente, having explained to us the alternative +to which we should be subject if we refused to pledge our words +of honour, told us that we should be at liberty to go on shore +whenever we liked, and to walk about within a distance of a mile +from the shore. Some of us complained of the narrowness of the +circle to which we were confined. The governor looked quietly up, +and remarked that we might consider ourselves fortunate that it +was no narrower. The observation was interpreted for our benefit, +and no further remark was made on the subject. We all went +through the ceremony required of us, and then, without loss of +time, were once more marched down to the boats and conveyed on +board the Chermente, where all the rest of the prisoners were +collected. Most of the men were sent away in a cartel. Nol +Grampus parted from me with great reluctance, but when Tom +Rockets was told he must go, he turned round towards me and +exclaimed—</p> +<p>“Mr Hurry, sir, do you want to part with me? I’ve +sailed with you since I was a boy, and, come foul weather or +fair, if I have my will I’ll follow you still. Just tell +these mounseers that you want a servant to tend on you, and that +you can’t do without me, and then maybe they’ll let +me stay.”</p> +<p>I tried to persuade Tom that it would be better for him to go +away, but all I could say would not turn him from his purpose, +and so I made his wishes known to the governor. To my surprise, +he was allowed to remain in the capacity of my servant, on my +pledging my word that he would not attempt to escape. I +afterwards found that a considerable number of seamen were +detained by the French, to be exchanged afterwards when more +Frenchmen were taken prisoners. On the outbreak of the war on +this station, at all events, the French had, I believe, the +advantage in that respect. Afterwards, however, it was all the +other way, and we English had more prisoners than we could well +look after.</p> +<p>We spent a week on board the Chermente while, I suppose, our +captors were considering what was to be done with us. Now I must +say that, though I have no love for the French, or French manners +or customs or ideas, still I should be very ungrateful if I did +not acknowledge the kindness and attention we all received from +Captain McNamara and his officers. O’Driscoll said it all +arose from his father being an Irishman. However, as his officers +were not Irishmen, I am inclined to believe that a portion of the +nation are capable of great courtesy and kindness, and I am not +at all disposed to utter a sweeping condemnation against them, +like an old master in the service whom I once knew. My worthy +messmate was taken prisoner and kept in France some eight or ten +years or more. When at last he was released, and an officer was +wanted for some special purpose who spoke French well, he was +applied to, it being supposed that by that time he would have +acquired a perfect knowledge of the language. “What!” +he exclaimed, with an indignant expression, “do you suppose +that I would so far forget what was due to my nation and my +profession as to go and learn the humbugging ugly language of the +enemies of my country? No, indeed, I did my best not to learn a +word, and I am proud to say that I know as little of French now +as when I was first taken prisoner.” Though I may have +laughed at my worthy friend’s want of worldly wisdom, I +could never help admiring his sturdy, uncompromising +patriotism.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap15" id="chap15"></a> +<h3>Chapter Fifteen.</h3> +<h4>Ordered to proceed to Ou Trou.—Escape from our black +guards.—Kind reception at a country-house.—Our guards +re-appear. Meet Delisle.—Again well entertained by a +planter.—Adventures on the road.—Reach Ou +Trou.—Put up in a stable.—Bad treatment of prisoners +of war.</h4> +<p>Hitherto we had been treated with kindness and attention by +the officers of the French frigate, but a change in our lot was +about to occur. On the 20th September we were suddenly ordered to +go on shore, and when there we found that we were to prepare for +an immediate start to a place called Ou Trou, thirty miles away +in the interior. Having been marched up to the governor’s +house, we were told to be ready to commence our journey by three +o’clock, and were then allowed to go about our business. We +accordingly, feeling the necessity of fortifying the inner man, +went to the first inn of which the place could boast, called the +Dutch Hotel, and ordered the best dinner it could turn out. +“Plenty of wine!” was the general cry, at which +Mynheer von Tromp grinned furiously. We were just the customers +he liked, and promised to fulfil our wishes to the utmost of his +power. In the meantime we strolled about the town. There was very +little to attract us in it, and our footsteps took us +involuntarily to a spot whence we could obtain a good view of the +ocean, which we feared that we were destined for so long a time +not again to see. Alas! how many of us were destined never again +to behold that ocean we loved so well! As Delisle and I sat +together and looked out on the bright blue expanse spread before +us, and dotted here and there with white sails glancing in the +sunbeams, and observed the unfrequented shore and the +fishermen’s boats drawn up on the beach, we agreed how easy +it would have been, had we not given our parole, to have made our +escape, and as to danger, we settled that we would have run it +willingly for the sake of escaping from our confinement. We would +have put off in one of the canoes and pulled away right out to +sea till we were picked up by an English cruiser or merchantman. +While we were sitting admiring the scene several negroes passed +us, great, big, burly fellows, laughing and singing at the top of +their voices. Each couple of them carried a burden resting on two +poles. We soon suspected their errand. On reaching the beach, +close to the water, they threw down their burdens and began +digging away with short spades they carried at their waists. They +did not cease laughing and shouting, and had soon dug a shallow +hole big enough to contain a dozen people. The burdens which they +had borne to the spot were quickly tumbled in. Before the +operations were concluded other big, half-naked negroes arrived +with more corpses, which were treated in the same unceremonious +manner, and then all were speedily covered up, and the black +monsters went stamping and dancing, singing all the while, +carelessly over the huge grave.</p> +<p>“Who can they be?” I asked of Delisle; “I +mean the poor fellows who lie buried down there at our +feet.”</p> +<p>My messmate spoke French, so he called one of the negroes as +they passed and made the inquiry of him. The black fellow grinned +horribly.</p> +<p>“English seamen. Taken prisoners lately. They have the +fever among them. Yellow Jack. They are dying like rotten sheep. +No matter. They are all heretics, so we bury them here. They are +not fit for consecrated ground. Bah!” was the answer, +delivered with a broad grin, as if the speaker had uttered a good +joke.</p> +<p>Delisle turned away and came back to me.</p> +<p>“Let us return to the inn,” said I. “It must +be dinner-time; I cannot enjoy this spot any longer.”</p> +<p>All our party quickly assembled at the hotel, and we soon +forgot the unpleasant scene we had witnessed. Mynheer had not +forgotten our order to have an abundance of liquor ready, though +I cannot say much for the delicacy of the viands he placed before +us. I know that the bottles circulated round the table very +rapidly, and that the wine was pronounced very good. It +possessed, I remember, the quality of being very strong, so that +we soon forgot, thanks to its fumes, all the misfortunes which +had been oppressing our spirits, and soon hilarity and fun +reigned among us. While we held up our sparkling glasses, and the +joke and laugh went round, no one would have supposed that we +were a party of forlorn prisoners about to be marched off to a +solitary abode in the midst of a half-barbarous island. Toasts +and sentiments were uttered, and even songs were sung, and, for +my own part, I know that I entirely forgot where I was or what I +was about to do. While our revels were at their height a black +officer made his appearance at the door.</p> +<p>“Messieurs, it is time to begin your journey. Your mules +are at the door. You must mount at once and proceed.”</p> +<p>The order was more easily given than obeyed. With regard to +the matter of mounting and sticking on, that, in whatever +condition a seaman is, he can generally accomplish; but the +guiding a horse, mule, or donkey is a very different affair, and +beyond often the power of a sober sailor, much more of a drunken +one.</p> +<p>“Oh, bad luck to the blackguards! we are not going to +have our conviviality cut short by them or any like them!” +exclaimed O’Driscoll, filling up his glass with Burgundy as +some of the party were about to rise from their chairs.</p> +<p>“Let’s sit down and be merry yet awhile +longer—we shall not get such liquor as this at the town +where we are to take up our abode.” He little knew what a +true word he was speaking when he said that. His example was +infectious, and, captain and all, we sat down and filled up our +glasses. A toast was proposed, succeeded by a tremendous rapping +on the table. Before it had ceased the door was swung open and a +nigger officer marched into the room in a furious rage.</p> +<p>“For what you disobey orders?” he exclaimed, in +very tolerable nigger-English; “you come out at once and +mount, or I get the whip in among you and make you +fly!”</p> +<p>“Ho, ho, Quasho, you’ve got an English tongue in +your head! where did you pick that up, you rascal—you +run-away slave from Jamacy, I guess—eh, eh?” cried +O’Driscoll, turning round and looking at the fellow with an +expression of supreme contempt.</p> +<p>I fully expected to see the anger of the negro become +ungovernable; instead of that, however, he prepared to back out +of the room, and as far as a negro can turn pale, he did so, and +seemed at once to lose all power of speech.</p> +<p>“You’ve hit the right nail on the head, +O’Driscoll,” observed Delisle; “however, there +is no use in exciting the anger of the people, we may suffer for +it in the end.”</p> +<p>Others were of the latter opinion; and at last we all rose, +and paying the landlord’s somewhat extortionate demand with +the best grace we could, considering the hole it made in our +pocket, went out to inspect our beasts. They were tolerably +strong animals, and two or three looked as if they had some go in +them, at all events.</p> +<p>“I say, Hurry, just keep an eye on those two +beasts,” said O’Driscoll, pointing at two of the best +mules. “No one else seems to know one brute from +another.”</p> +<p>Such was the case, for all hands, except Delisle, were more +than three sheets in the wind. Poor Robson, one of the +lieutenants, was one of the worst. Two negroes mounted on mules +appeared to serve as our escort or guard. They were armed with +long, formidable-looking pistols stuck in their belts, with +hangers by their sides. Had we wished to get away, or had we +known of any place to which we could fly, we should have used +wondrous little ceremony in disposing of them.</p> +<p>“Mount, gen’men, mount!” exclaimed the black +officer.</p> +<p>“More easily said than done, old codger,” +hiccoughed Robson, essaying to get across the back of a restive +mule. “I should like to see your nigger grand excellency +with three bottles of Burgundy under your belt attempting to do +that same. However, to men of courage nothing is +impossible—so here goes. Heave ahead, my hearties!” +Making a spring, he threw himself on to the top of the saddle, +but with an impetus so great that he toppled over completely and +came down on his nose on the opposite side.</p> +<p>One of our black escort, seeing the catastrophe, hurried up to +help the fallen officer. Robson seeing him coming, and not +comprehending his intentions, tackled him at once as if he had +been an enemy, and the moment he came within reach began +pommelling him away most vehemently. This naturally excited +Sambo’s anger, and forgetting his habitual dread of white +men, he paid him back much in the same coin. The spectators +meantime shouted with laughter, urging on the combatants. Drunk +as he was, Robson soon, I saw, got much the best of it, and was +punishing the nigger most severely. The latter did not like this +treatment, and was, I suspected, growing vicious. Now one rolled +in the dust, now the other, but Sambo was generally the sufferer. +Fearing that he might make use of a long knife I saw stuck in his +belt, I made signs to Tom Rockets, who not having had the means +of procuring Burgundy, was happily sober, to go in and put an end +to the combat.</p> +<p>Poor Tom had better not have interfered, for Sambo, mistaking +him for his first antagonist, began pommelling away most +furiously at his head, while Robson, not comprehending the cause +of his interference, attacked him on the other side.</p> +<p>“Who are you, you son of a sea-cook, who ventures to +interfere in the quarrels of two gentlemen, I should like to +know?” he hiccoughed out; “let me tell you, I +don’t allow such proceedings!”</p> +<p>“My eyes, two gentlemen!” exclaimed Tom, fairly +nonplussed; “you is an officer, sir, but a rum sort of +gentleman is t’other, I should think.”</p> +<p>Tom bore his hammering for some time, when, getting a fair +lick at Sambo, he sent him spinning away ten yards off with a +blow of his ox-like fist. Sambo looked very much astonished, +scarcely comprehending at first whence the blow had come, but it +had the effect of teaching him, I suspect, for the future, to +respect the arm of a British tar, and of putting an end to the +combat, which, I fain must own, did not redound much to the +credit of my brother-officer.</p> +<p>“Come, sir,” quoth honest Tom, seizing him by the +leg, “just let me hoist you aboard this here animal, +you’ll be more comfortable-like than kicking away here on +the ground.”</p> +<p>Robson made no objection, but looked up with a smiling aspect +in Tom’s face.</p> +<p>“Yeo-ho! heave-ho!” sang out my follower, and the +lieutenant was quickly seated on the back of the quadruped, +though, I suspect, he sat there with no great amount of comfort, +for he held on tightly by the pommel with both hands, as if he +expected soon to be tossed off again. Perhaps he had in his +recollection the occurrence of some such accident in former +times.</p> +<p>After this there was a general cry of “Heave ahead, my +hearties, heave ahead!” And we all mounted as best we +could. Our two black guards got on their steeds in no very +good-humour with affairs in general, and us in particular, though +their mules were the greatest sufferers.</p> +<p>How the authorities could suppose that two niggers, albeit +armed with the longest hangers, and the biggest pistols ever +used, could keep in order a party of half-drunken British +officers rendered reckless by vexation, I do not know. It made us +fancy that they had very few men to spare for any service but +that of actual warfare.</p> +<p>They had our word that we would not run away, but certainly we +had given no pledges that we would not indulge ourselves in any +frolic which might be suggested to our fertile imaginations.</p> +<p>The word at last was given, and off set our cavalcade from the +town of Cape François, the negroes shouting and the mules +kicking and snorting and making all sorts of wonderful noises. We +did not leave the place with any especial regret, but we should +have done so had we known where we were going. Robson, whose head +was pretty strong, soon recovered his equilibrium, and he, +Delisle, O’Driscoll, and I rode together. I am no great +hand at describing scenery. I remember it was wild in the +extreme—blue ranges of hills and deep valleys, and plains +partly cultivated, but mostly left in a state of nature overgrown +with giant ceybas, between which were seen in rich profusion +every species of parasitical plant twining and twisting and +hanging in drooping wreaths, which monkeys converted into swings, +while humming-birds at the pendant ends built their tiny nests. +Then there were mango thickets, which as we journeyed among them, +with their dense foliage, shut out the view on every side, and +tall palm-trees towering up proudly here and there in the plain. +There were rice and sugar plantations also, and their houses of +one storey and red-tiled roofs and broad verandahs, and gangs of +negroes as they trudged, laughing and shouting, to their work at +the baking-house or mills for crushing the canes, and in the wide +savannahs there were cattle grazing and herds of long-eared, fine +mules, which put our sorry steeds to shame.</p> +<p>“I say, this is terribly slow work,” quoth +O’Driscoll, ranging up alongside me; “what do you say +to giving our nigger friends the go-by? We can’t come to +much harm. We’ve got the bearings of Ou Trou, I +fancy—indeed, I don’t think that there is any other +town in that direction. At all events, we may meet with some +adventure, and it will be pleasanter than jogging along at this +rate.”</p> +<p>The proposal was one which jumped amazingly with the fancy of +all the party. We had not long to wait before we had an +opportunity of putting our scheme into execution. We four were +ahead of the rest of the party. Suddenly we came upon a spot +where four roads branched off in different directions.</p> +<p>“Away we go, my boys,” shouted O’Driscoll, +and to the astonishment of our guard we struck our spurs into the +sides of our mules, and off we galloped, each by a separate road, +or rather track, for road, properly so-called, there was none. We +had agreed to reunite after riding on for twenty minutes or so, +but we forgot that such a determination might not be so easily +accomplished as designed. Our black guard pulled up, shouting +lustily, and tugging at and scratching his woolly locks, +uncertain in which direction to pursue us. In vain he shouted, +and shrieked, and swore. The extraordinary mixture of nigger and +French oaths in which he gave vent to his fury had no effect on +us. He might as well have tried to stop a fly-away eagle with +them. We turned round and shook our hands and laughed at him. +After going on for a little time I discovered that he did not +pursue me, so when my mule began to show signs of fatigue I +pulled up and rode on leisurely. Not long after. I heard a +tramping behind me, and expected to find that it was the negro, +but on looking back I made out O’Driscoll in chase of me. I +having accordingly hove-to, he came up to me, laughing +heartily.</p> +<p>“Well, faith, we have clean done the niggers!” he +exclaimed. “We may now ride on leisurely and see what +fortune has in store for us. I intend to throw care to the dogs +and to forget that I am a prisoner of war. What’s the use +of moaning and groaning, and sighing and dying? But oh, Molly +Malone! Molly Malone, what will ye do when ye hear that your own +faithful Patrick may chance to be kept so many long years away +from you? Ay, there’s the rub, Hurry. Now you, you happy +fellow, don’t care for anybody. It’s all the same to +you where you may be, but should Molly, now, think I was never +coming back and go and marry some one else, it would be a bitter +pill to swallow.”</p> +<p>Paddy went on conjuring up all sorts of melancholy pictures in +which Miss Molly Malone played a conspicuous part, till his +feelings fairly got the better of him and he began to blubber +outright. This was too much. I doubt not the Burgundy helped the +tears to flow. My own feelings and thoughts I kept to myself and +did my best to comfort him, and in another three minutes he was +roaring at the top of his voice with laughter.</p> +<p>“Hillo, what’s that ahead? A stately mansion, as I +am a gentleman!” he exclaimed, as a red-tiled building of a +single storey appeared before us. “We’ll go and +request the hospitality of the noble owner. I have no doubt that +he will be enchanted to afford it when he discovers that we are +officers and gentlemen.”</p> +<p>We turned aside through a gateway which led to the mansion. It +was a large, low edifice surrounded by a broad verandah, a flight +of stone steps leading to the principal entrance. As we rode up a +thin old gentleman, with a powdered wig, long-tailed coat, silk +breeches and diamond buckles, appeared at the top of the steps +and summoned a troop of negroes, who rushed forward to assist us +to dismount and to hold our mules.</p> +<p>“This is treating us with proper respect,” +observed O’Driscoll, assuming an air of as much dignity as +he could command, and, mounting the steps, he commenced an +address, which the old gentleman, in spite of his politeness, +showed that he could not possibly comprehend. I could command a +few sentences in French by this time, so I tried to explain that +we were travelling towards Ou Trou, and that we were uncertain of +our way. He said something about commissionaires. I suspect he +took us for Americans. However, he politely invited us into a +large airy room covered with mats, and made us sit down on a cool +cane-bottomed sofa and had sweetmeats and cakes and delicious +cool wine and water brought in, and then he produced a bundle of +unexceptionable cigars, and we were speedily made very happy and +comfortable. We smoked and laughed and talked away, but I doubt +that our host understood anything we said. This was all very +pleasant, and we enjoyed it amazingly. At length the ladies of +our host’s family arrived. They had been driving round the +estate—it was a large sugar one—in a volante, jogging +and jolting, I doubt not, for the roads, if so they might be +called, were execrable—a fine thing for the bile, as +O’Driscoll observed.</p> +<p>The ladies looked as if their drive had agreed with them, for +they were full of life and animation and courtesy and kindness. A +French creole is really a very handsome creature—I mean +those of the softer sex. The men are generally dried-parchment, +shrivelled-up-looking little monstrosities. I cannot account for +the difference. We made out that there was <i>madame la +mère</i> and three daughters, and a brace of cousins. They +must have had a couple of volantes or more, for the mother would +have amply filled the half of one at least, and two of the +daughters would have required a capacious vehicle to convey them, +independent of hoops, with which they had not encumbered +themselves.</p> +<p>They speedily threw themselves into chairs and sofas, and +coffee was brought to them, and then cigars, which they lighted, +without ceremony, from small lumps of hot charcoal handed to them +by a little black slave-girl.</p> +<p>In a short time some young men came in. They appeared to be +brothers and cousins of the young ladies, or perhaps there was a +lover or so among them. One went to a spinet which stood at the +end of the room, and another brought in a violin and began to +strike up a dancing air. Then, to show that we were civilised +beings, O’Driscoll and I rose to our feet, and each +offering a hand to a young lady, we commenced a minuet to the air +which was being played. We flattered ourselves that we performed +our parts to admiration, though our knowledge had been picked up +during a few evenings spent on shore at New York during our last +stay there. To the minuet succeeded a regular country-dance. Here +O’Driscoll felt that he could show off in right good style, +and accordingly frisked and frolicked and jumped about in the +most vehement way imaginable. He soon danced himself into the +good graces of all the lady part of the community, who seemed to +admire his red hair and ruddy cheeks, which formed so great a +contrast to their own complexions. I heard them remarking that he +was a <i>joli garçon</i> and a <i>bon garçon</i>, +and the more impudent he looked, and the more he frolicked, the +more they admired him. I came in for some share of their +commendations, I flatter myself, though not perhaps to so large a +one as he did, but whether or not from the same cause I will not +pretend to say. Evening was drawing on and our contentment and +hilarity were at their height—as to being prisoners, we +forgot all about that—when who should pop his head in at +the door but the ugly black rascal who had acted as our guard, +the fellow with the long pistols and hanger. We endeavoured to +ignore his acquaintance and laughed heartily in his face, when he +said that he had come to carry us off.</p> +<p>“Pooh, pooh!” exclaimed O’Driscoll, going up +to him, and, shaking him by the shoulders, turned him about to +shove him out of the room; but an harangue he uttered appeared to +have a considerable effect on our host. What he said I do not +know. Our host’s manner at once changed towards us.</p> +<p>“It appears, gentlemen,” said he, coming up to us, +“that you are setting at defiance the authorities of the +island. I cannot sanction such a proceeding. I took you for very +different people to what I now find that you are. I regret it, +but I must give you back into custody.”</p> +<p>Such was the import of the old gentleman’s address as +far as we could comprehend it. It made us look very blue and feel +very foolish. The worst of it was, that even our fair friends +began to turn up their noses at us. Suddenly O’Driscoll +slapped his leg with vehemence.</p> +<p>“I’ll bet a thousand dollars that black scoundrel +has been telling a parcel of lies about us, which has so suddenly +made our friend, Monsieur Shagreen here, so suddenly change his +opinion of us. I’ll ask him, and assure him that the +blackamoor is not to be trusted.”</p> +<p>On this O’Driscoll held forth to the old gentleman, who, +however, as he could not make head nor tail of what was said to +him, was not much edified. Had we been able indeed to speak +French fluently, I have no doubt that we should have got the +better of the nigger. As it was he got the better of us, and +finally got us again under his guardianship. The only consolation +was that we obtained the sympathy of the ladies, who, when they +really understood our painful position, at once exhibited a +delicacy and kindness which we had not expected when we were +first introduced to them. They quickly disappeared, and came back +with a variety of articles which they thought might conduce to +our comfort. Blessings on the sex, whether black, brown or white, +wherever they are found! The negro fumed and foamed and talked +very big, I doubt not, though what he said we could not clearly +comprehend. He seemed also disposed to prevent us from receiving +the gifts which the ladies offered. This made them, we saw, very +indignant; but they quickly managed to get round him, and, either +by threats or bribes, induced him to promise that he would treat +us with kindness. They stowed all their gifts, which consisted +chiefly of eatables, into some grass bags, which were slung +across our mules’ backs in front of us. The negro showed by +his impatient gestures that he wanted to be off, so, bidding our +kind hostesses farewell and expressing our gratitude as best we +could, we descended the steps to mount our beasts. Our +host’s leave-taking was far more formal than his reception +of us. He was evidently a kind-hearted, generous man, but could +not shut out of his sight certain visions of offended dignitaries +angry at the entertainment he had afforded to the enemies of La +Belle France.</p> +<p>We were sorry that we could not more clearly explain to him +our sense of his hospitality. He waved his hand as we mounted, +but declined to take ours, and showed to the bystanders by every +means in his power that he was heartily glad to be rid of us.</p> +<p>“Never mind, we’ll not be offended,” said +O’Driscoll, as we rode on. “He is a fine old +gentleman, and I dare say, if it were not for his fear of the +powers that be, he would have been as polite as ever to +us.”</p> +<p>We had gone on some miles when the clattering of an +animal’s hoofs attracted our attention, and to our +satisfaction we saw Delisle coming along a track to our right. He +had lost his way and met with all sorts of adventures; but, as he +spoke French well, he easily got out of them. He also had been +entertained very kindly by a creole family, who took him for a +French officer, but threatened if any heretical Englishman came +into their power they would do for him. At that time the Roman +Catholic inhabitants of the French colonies were bigoted in the +extreme—though surpassed probably by the Spaniards and +Portuguese, who even then would have thought they were doing God +service to burn a heretic.</p> +<p>It was now growing dark, or rather the sun was on the verge of +the horizon, and we knew that in another ten minutes day would +have changed into night, so rapid is the transition in those +latitudes from light to darkness. We began to wonder what had +become of Robson. Half-seas-over as he had been, as we grew more +sober and capable of reflection we began to fear that he had met +with some accident. Still, as we should not find him by stopping +still, and our guard would not let us go out of our road +again—at least, the instant we gave signs of such an +intention he began tapping away at his hanger or presenting one +of his long pistols as a signal to us to keep in our straight +course—on we jogged, therefore, as fast as our mules could +trot, for we had yet a long distance to accomplish before we +could reach Ou Trou, and were anxious to be there. Fortunately, +before long the moon rose. Oh! what a magnificent pure orb she +looked floating in the clear ether—a pure, chaste globe, +one could see its roundness—not like the patch of red putty +she generally seems in northern climes stuck on to a black board. +The dark outlines of the hills and tall trees stood clearly +defined against the bright sky, and in the damper and more +sheltered spots fire-flies were darting about and filling the air +with their brilliant flashes, while the shrill cries of frogs and +night-birds and whirr of beetles resounded on every side. We were +riding on, listening to these varied sounds of animated nature, +when we saw some dark objects, which appeared like human beings, +lying on the grass by the road-side.</p> +<p>“What can they be?” exclaimed Delisle. “Dead +men, I fear.”</p> +<p>We rode on—O’Driscoll was ahead. He +dismounted.</p> +<p>“Very noisy dead men, for they snore most confoundedly +loud,” he cried out. “As I am a gentleman, +here’s Robson, and he has chosen the fat stomach of a +greasy nigger for his pillow! I hope he enjoys the odoriferous, +sudoriferous resting-place. His dreams must be curious, one would +think. What is to be done with him, I wonder?”</p> +<p>By this time we had all assembled round our fallen shipmate. +We in vain tried to rouse him. A few inarticulate grunts were the +only answers he could give to our often-repeated remonstrances. +The negro was much in the same condition; but it was evident that +he had had sense enough before falling into repose to allow the +ruling passion to have sway, and he had contrived to pick our +friend’s pocket of his purse and watch, which he held +firmly in his grasp. The negro guard, when he came up, wanted to +prevent our recovering Robson’s property, and pretended +that it belonged to his compatriot and that we had no right to +it.</p> +<p>We guessed, as was the case, that Robson had been hospitably +entertained at some farm, when, having taken on board a further +supply of liquor, he had been completely overcome, and that the +negro had been sent to guide him on his way. Probably our +shipmate had been treating him in return, and, when pulling out +his purse to pay the reckoning, had excited his cupidity. Happily +for Robson his guide was too far gone by this time to run off +with his booty, and so both had come to the ground together, the +robber and the robbed levelled by that arch destroyer of the +human intellect—strong drink. Oh, when I now come to think +of it, how disgusting was the scene!—though I did not +trouble my head much about the matter myself in those days. +Robson was a gentleman, and had refined ideas and pleasant, +agreeable manners, and yet, when once wine thus got the better of +him, he would thus sadly demean himself. After some pulling and +hauling we got him up, and having caught his mule, which was +quietly grazing near, wiser than his rider, we put the biped on +his back. Delisle went ahead and O’Driscoll and I propped +him up on either side—the negro we hauled up on a hank and +left to recover and make the best of his way home. We had +difficult work to keep Robson steady, for the bumping of the mule +brought him sufficiently round to make him fancy that he could +take care of himself, and he every now and then made an attempt +to do something which he was utterly unable to accomplish. +Certainly one of the most trying things to the patience is to +conduct a drunken man along a straight road. Our guard also was +continually urging us to go faster, which we were utterly unable +to do. Fortunately, before long we came in sight of a house +belonging apparently to a large coffee estate, and standing near +the road. Bright lights were gleaming from within, and the sounds +of music and revelry came forth through the open windows. It was +a sight tempting indeed to poor forlorn creatures like ourselves, +who had little chance of seeing such again for many a long +day.</p> +<p>“What say you?” cried O’Driscoll. +“Perhaps we may kill two birds with one stone. We may get +these merry people to take care of Robson and at the same time to +entertain us, if Sambo there don’t interfere. We’ll +try at all events. Delisle, my boy, come along and interpret for +us, will you?”</p> +<p>Delisle, who on most occasions was one of the most quiet and +best behaved men in existence, albeit a perfect fire-eater on +occasion, entered at once into the fun of the thing and followed +his countryman under the balcony, when the latter began to cry +out—</p> +<p>“Oh messieurs! oh mesdames! ici, ici! un pauvre +garçon se va mourire!”</p> +<p>Several ladies came into the balcony and looked over, curious +to ascertain what was the matter. When they saw us bearing Robson +in our arms, some of them cried out that a stranger had come with +a dead man. Others said that he was only sick; and then some +gentlemen came and looked out, all dressed in knee-breeches, long +silk waistcoats and coats, and with swords by their sides—a +very respectable-looking assemblage. They all talked away and +consulted for some time, and the upshot of the matter was that +several of them came down, and calling us round to the front +door, assisted us to carry Robson up the steps and into a quiet +room, away from the scene of revelry. There we put him to bed, +one of the gentlemen recommending a tumbler of +<i>eau-sucré</i> as the best medicine we could give him. +He took a huge draught of it.</p> +<p>“Superb nectar! finest grog I’ve tasted for a long +time?” he exclaimed. “Give me more of it.”</p> +<p>We gave him another huge jorum. He sucked it down with great +satisfaction, and it undoubtedly cooled the fever which was +raging in his inside. Our French friends, we flattered ourselves, +did not find out his real condition; and when we had made him +comfortable they invited us all to the room in which they were +holding their revels. Sambo, our guard, for some reasons best +known to himself, made no objections to the proceeding. Perhaps +he judged that it was the best way of disposing of us. Perhaps he +had some acquaintance—I won’t say of the fair +sex—among the sable inmates of the mansion, with whom he +had no objection to pass a short time while we were amusing +ourselves in the society of the masters and mistresses.</p> +<p>We danced, and ate sweetmeats, and drank coffee and +claret-and-water and smoked cigars and cigarettes to our +hearts’ content, and laughed and talked to the nut-brown +maids who composed the female portion of the party, for there was +not a white face among them. We were quite disappointed when our +black guard put his head into the room and sang out—</p> +<p>“Allons, messieurs, allons?”</p> +<p>“I should like to <i>allons</i> you and your ugly +mug?” exclaimed O’Driscoll, eyeing the negro with no +friendly look. But there was no help for it. The black fellow was +our master; we had passed our word of honour not to attempt to +escape, and to behave ourselves orderly, and we felt that we had +already verged on the bounds of propriety in what we had done. +Our polite hosts promised to take very good care of Robson and to +forward him on with an escort the next day, should he have +recovered his strength.</p> +<p>Once more, therefore, we were in the saddle and proceeded +through forests and among mountains and by plantations, guided by +the light of the moon, till, very sore and very tired, we +arrived, past midnight, at a place which our guard informed us +was Ou Trou. We said that we wished to lodge at the best inn, on +which he chuckled audibly, and told us that we had better take up +our abode for the night in a shed hard by among some piles of +Indian-corn straw. We agreed that we had often been compelled to +sleep on far more uncomfortable couches, and that the next +morning we would set out to explore the town and choose lodgings. +With this comfortable reflection, after our guard had disappeared +into a neighbouring shed with our weary beasts, we, not less +weary, I suspect, fell asleep.</p> +<p>We were awakened at an early hour the next morning by the +sound of English voices, and, getting up from our straw couches, +we found several of the officers lately belonging to the Minerva, +who also had been sent to this place, and, hearing of our +arrival, had come to look for us. They gave us an account of the +way in which their ship had been taken. We were not aware that +they had been captured, and together we bemoaned our hard fate in +thus being made prisoners at the commencement of a war which +probably would be a long one. Having stretched ourselves, we +looked out at the door of our shed. The prospect was very rural +and very tropical, but, as just then we wanted some of the +civilised comforts of life, a few substantial houses would have +been more gratifying to our sight. However, at that moment a +voice was heard indulging in a half-French, half-negro song, and +a jolly fat blackamoor appeared, with a white apron on, a bowl +under one arm and a towel over the other.</p> +<p>“Ah, there comes our perruquier. He’s a capital +fellow. You’ll want his aid, some of you. Venez ici, +Antoine!” sang out one of our friends.</p> +<p>Antoine, nothing loth, turned aside to us, for every new chin +added to his wealth; and he very soon had us shaven and shorn as +clean as the friar the old nursery song tells about, and all the +time he was talking and laughing and singing in the most cheery +way imaginable. Our friends then brought us some milk and bread +for breakfast, and, hungry as we were, we were right glad to +partake of it. This done, we sallied forth to inspect the town, +as we had hitherto persisted in calling it. What was our +disappointment and disgust to find that it was not superior to a +village of very poor pretensions, and that there was scarcely a +house fit, in any way, for us to occupy. There were, however, +three shops, great rivals, each trying to ascertain what +atrociously bad articles they could pass off on their customers, +and how high the price they might venture to demand. Thoroughly +disappointed, we returned to our shed to rest during the heat of +the day. In the afternoon we again sallied out, and succeeded in +securing a tumble-down looking house, with three rooms in it and +several out-houses adjoining.</p> +<p>This miserable place, then, was to be our abode for weeks and +months, perhaps for years! We were all of us but scantily +supplied with clothes; we had but few books, and but a scarcity +of writing materials, and no fowling-pieces, so that we could not +even look forward to the prospect of obtaining some sport to +enable us to pass the time, and to assist in furnishing our +ill-supplied table. Altogether, our prospect was gloomy and +disheartening in the extreme, nor could any of us discover a ray +of light in the distance to cheer our spirits. Happily, sailors +are not apt to moan and groan except when they are more +comfortable than they have ever been before in their lives on +shore, surrounded by their families and all the luxuries of +civilisation; and then if they want their promotion, or can +manage to dig up a grievance, they grumble with a vengeance. +However, when real difficulties and dangers and troubles come, no +men look up to them better; and so we resolved to be as happy as +we could, but I must say that I never in my life had as much +difficulty in making the best of it as I had on this disastrous +occasion. Bitter, bitter indeed is the lot of a prisoner of +war!</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap16" id="chap16"></a> +<h3>Chapter Sixteen.</h3> +<h4>Our quarters at Ou Trou.—My asthmatic +companion.—Illness and death of Captain Williams.—The +melancholy burial-ground.—Try to kill time, but it kills +most of my companions.—Startling news.—Life in the +village.—Our condition becomes worse.—Death of more +of my companions.—Orders for our release arrive.</h4> +<p>Our mansion at Ou Trou consisted of three rooms, for which the +liberal-minded copper-coloured owner insisted on our paying +nineteen dollars a month. This was to serve as the habitation of +twenty officers ranking as lieutenants. The midshipmen had +another house appropriated to them of much the same character. +Ours had out-houses connected with it, rather more extensive than +the building itself, and as it was impossible for us all to +stowaway in the house, especially in such a climate as that of +Saint Domingo, we came to the resolution of drawing lots to +determine who should occupy the outer buildings. An inspection of +a comfortable barn in England will give no idea of these +unattractive edifices. To increase their undesirableness as +abodes for men, most of them were already occupied by mules or +horses or cows or donkeys. When we gave signs of our intention to +dispossess them, the owner asserted that we had no power to do +so; they were the first tenants, and had the right of occupation +in their favour.</p> +<p>“Now, gentlemen, are you all ready?” exclaimed the +senior officer present; “we must settle this important +matter. Four persons in each room is as many as they can possibly +contain, the remainder must abide by the lot which falls to them. +Two in the stable where the old horse now lives, two in the +cow-shed, two in the tumble-down barn, and two in the large +stable, where the mules and donkeys have till lately held their +revels.”</p> +<p>This last edifice was in tolerable repair, and, provided its +four-legged inhabitants were turned out, we considered would make +a very tolerable abode. One after the other of us drew lots. +Lieutenant Manby of the Minerva found himself the occupier of the +shed with the old horse, and I was beginning to hope that I might +obtain a berth in the house, when, lo and behold! I found that I +was destined to share my abode with him. He was, as everybody who +knew him would agree, a first-rate excellent fellow, so with +regard to my human companion I had reason to consider myself +fortunate; but the old horse, with the thermometer often at a +hundred, was a considerable drawback to any comfort we might hope +to find in our abode. Our landlord probably suspected that we +should turn him out, so the very first night that we retired to +our new abode the fellow made his appearance and told us to +remove him at our peril.</p> +<p>“But the horse may eat us!” urged Manby.</p> +<p>“More likely that you will eat the horse,” +answered the Frenchman, who was a bit of a naturalist. “He +is graminivorous; you are carnivorous. He can’t eat you, +but you can him.”</p> +<p>“He may bite, though!” I suggested.</p> +<p>“No, he has no teeth; he is too old for that,” +replied the Frenchman, laughing.</p> +<p>“Ah! but his odour; that isn’t pleasant to +delicate olfactories,” I observed humbly.</p> +<p>“Oh, that’s nothing when you are accustomed to +it,” replied the tyrant, grinning from ear to ear. +“You are too particular. Just let him take his side of the +building, and do you take the other, and you will be completely +at your ease.”</p> +<p>As it was useless arguing with so pertinacious a disputant we +were compelled humbly to submit. The horse had one stall—we +took possession of the other. To make ourselves as comfortable as +circumstances would allow, we collected all the hay and straw and +reeds, so as to form a thick layer of dry materials between our +bodies and the damp ground—for damp it was, in spite of the +heat of the climate. It was too late in the day for us to attempt +more, and, weary in mind and body, we climbed up into our nests, +and were soon asleep. I was awoke by the wheezing and coughing of +the asthmatic old horse, and, looking up, I saw what appeared to +me an extraordinary phenomenon. Suddenly the air around us was +filled with bright sparkles of light. Now they flashed on one +side, now on the other; now the whole space above our heads was +illuminated; then all was darkness; then the +lights—thousands of them there appeared to be—burst +forth once again, more brilliantly than ever. I could not help +rousing up Manby, to ask him what he thought about the +matter.</p> +<p>“The matter, Hurry!” he answered, yawning; +“why, that our stable stands in a particularly damp +situation, and that the place is full of fire-flies. You’ll +hear frogs croaking before long, and see great big water-snakes +crawling about, and reptiles of all sorts. The snakes, they tell +me, are harmless; but it is not pleasant to awake and find one +encircling one’s neck. However, we shall soon get +accustomed to them, so people say, and that’s a comfort. I +don’t know whether it is pleasanter to be asleep or awake. +Just now, when you roused me up, I was dreaming that I was a +horse, and that ugly copper-skinned landlord of ours was trying +to put a saddle on my back to take a long ride, but I would not +let him, and so he was thrashing me unmercifully. I dare say he +would treat his beast much in the same way if left to +himself.”</p> +<p>“Do not let us be talking of our dreams. Our waking +thoughts are sufficiently unpleasant,” I observed.</p> +<p>After a time we managed to go to sleep again, but for some +weeks scarcely a night passed without our being disturbed by +unusual noises or by the visits of snakes or reptiles of some +sort. Once we were invaded by a whole army of land-crabs, which +were passing across the island, and it was some time before we +could persuade them to turn aside from our door. Many paid the +penalty of their temerity with their lives, and were cooked next +morning for breakfast. By-the-bye, in the cooking department we +were at first sadly deficient, but from the instruction we +received from some of our French masters, we soon became great +adepts in the art, and were independent of any help. One reason +why we did not succeed at first was the scanty supply of food +with which we were furnished. The Frenchmen, however, showed us +where we might go out into the woods near the village, and gather +vegetables and roots and nuts of all sorts for ourselves. After +that we were never in want of the bare necessaries of life. We +received an allowance from the French Government for our +subsistence. The lieutenants received three shillings a day; the +purser, master and surgeons only two; and the midshipmen but one +shilling; on which, poor fellows, it was scarcely possible for +them to exist. The captains were allowed more, I believe, and had +a house found them some little way from Ou Trou, where they were +able to live in somewhat less discomfort than we did. They used, +however, their best exertions to lessen the inconveniences we +were doomed to suffer; but the authorities paid but little +attention to their representations. The residence hired by the +midshipmen was even smaller and in a more dilapidated condition +than ours, and from the smallness of their allowance, considering +that their appetites were fully as good as ours, they were truly +very badly off, poor fellows. We of the lieutenant’s rank +accordingly consulted together, and agreed to have our mess in +common for them and for ourselves. The midshipmen gratefully +accepted our offer, and each of us threw his pay into a common +stock and appointed two caterers to make the necessary +arrangements and to contract with one of the copper-coloured +French shopkeepers to supply us with breakfast and dinner and to +do our washing. These arrangements being made, we flattered +ourselves that all would go on swimmingly. Certainly our +provisions were better and more abundant than we had expected; +but we fancied that we had fallen in with a liberal-minded man, +who was anxious to treat us well. We had a dreary time of it, +however. Day after day passed away much in the same way. We had +no shooting or fishing—no musical instruments—so that +we had not even music to relieve the monotony of our existence. +We had but few books also; some of us read them; but, generally +speaking, under the relaxing influence of the climate, we felt +very little inclined for any literary pursuit. A few games were +invented which served to kill time, but killing time is not a +pleasant or inspiriting occupation, especially when a man +reflects that time is sure to kill him in the end. We walked +about the neighbourhood of our dreary abode as far as we were +allowed to go, but we soon got weary of the negro huts, and the +palm-trees and the rice fields and the coffee plantations, and +the cocoa-nuts and plantains and bananas, and the monkeys and +opossums and racoons, and parrots and humming-birds. I dare say, +if we had not been prisoners and compelled, as it were, to see +the wonderful productions of animal and vegetable life, we should +have been highly interested in them—at least, we ought to +have been. One or two of our surgeons, who had a little turn for +natural history, contrived to pass their time by collecting +specimens, and examining into the nature and habits of the +animals which abounded in the country; but naval officers, +especially in those days, did not trouble their heads much about +such matters, and were somewhat inclined to look down upon those +who did. We talked of our prospects—they were gloomy +enough; we tried sometimes to sing, but for that we had not much +spirits; and so the days passed away. It would have been +surprising, even in a healthy climate, if disease had not +attacked us under similar circumstances. For some time it stood +aloof, but it came at last, and made ample amends for its delay +by its violence. We had been about a month at Ou Trou, when one +day we were all seated at dinner in a sort of courtyard, which +being in shade served us as our mess-room and drawing-room, +unless the weather was bad, when we had to retire into our hot, +stifling little house. We were all in tolerably fair spirits that +day. O’Driscoll had been telling some of his good stories, +more than one song had been sung, and jokes were flying about, +far more than was usually the case. There were a few absentees in +consequence of sickness, and we heard also that Captain Williams, +lately commanding the Active, was ill. Poor man! he severely felt +the loss of his ship, though, having been compelled to yield to a +vastly superior force, no blame was attached to him. His spirits, +it was said, had never risen again since he was taken prisoner, +and he was thus but ill able to combat with the baneful effects +of the climate and the irksomeness of imprisonment. Just then, +however, few of our party were thinking about anything but the +present moment and the unusually good dinner we had been +enjoying, when who should make his appearance near the head of +the table but Monsieur Roquion our purveyor, with a smiling +countenance and a long bill in his hand.</p> +<p>Our caterers inquired why he had come.</p> +<p>“For to present my litte <i>compte</i> to you, +gentilmen,” he answered, for he indulged occasionally in a +few words of English, especially when he wanted to say anything +very disagreeable.</p> +<p>One of the caterers took the bill, and we saw them both +looking over it together, and pulling wonderfully long faces.</p> +<p>“What is the matter?” asked Delisle. +“Anything wrong with the account? Let us know the worst. It +cannot be very bad, I hope.”</p> +<p>“Only our excellent friend here has brought us in a +charge of a hundred dollars more than we expected to have to pay, +or than we ought to pay,” was the answer.</p> +<p>“Never mind; we’ll contest it, and the fellow will +have to go without the money, I hope.”</p> +<p>Monsieur Roquion understood the remark, for he grinned widely +from ear to ear.</p> +<p>“Go and get us a proper account, Master +Yellow-face,” said our chief caterer. “This little +bill of yours is too much by half.”</p> +<p>I don’t know if the worthy understood what was said, but +he refused to take back the account, and, after grinning at us a +little longer, took his departure.</p> +<p>We finished our dinner without much concern about Monsieur +Roquion and his bill; but we had unfortunately come to the end of +our stock of wine and tea, and a few other luxuries, and where to +obtain them except from Monsieur Roquion was a puzzle. The next +morning we determined to try, so we went to his shop to order +what we wanted; but he instantly met us with a hint that +“<i>Le petit compte</i> must first be settled.”</p> +<p>We appealed to the commandant—a personage of whom I have +not hitherto spoken, because I had nothing to say in his favour, +but very much to the contrary. He replied that the demand was a +just one. We suspected that he was to come in for his share of +the spoil. We at length got angry, and said that we were cheated +and would not pay. Thereat he grinned broadly, and informed us +that it was his duty to see justice done to Monsieur Roquion, and +that he should stop a portion of our allowances till the debt was +paid. We protested loudly against this decision; but he only +grinned the more, and with a bland smile informed us that might +made right, and that we might take what course we liked.</p> +<p>We could do nothing but submit; and the next pay-day we found +that he had determined to stop half our allowance. So we found +ourselves reduced to eighteen-pence a day, while the poor +midshipmen had only sixpence—a sum on which they could +barely exist. We did our best to help them out of our own +pittance; but to all of us it was like falling from affluence to +penury. Misfortunes, it is said, never come alone. Certainly at +that time we experienced plenty of them. We were all sitting +together discussing what was best under our circumstances to be +done, when Delisle, who had gone to see Captain Williams, came +back with the report that he was much worse, and wished to see +his son, who was a midshipman, and had been living with the +others. Delisle went for the boy; and as he passed by, on his +return, I saw that he looked especially sad. That evening notice +was brought us that Captain Williams was dead, and his poor young +midshipman son was left an orphan; and a prisoner in that far-off +pestiferous land. Delisle brought the boy back with him, and with +all the kindness of his heart endeavoured to console him.</p> +<p>In that climate decomposition follows death so rapidly that, +almost before the human form is cold, it is necessary to commit +it to the grave. We agreed, therefore, that early next morning we +would all go and pay the last respects to the late unfortunate +captain of the Active. Accordingly, snatching a hasty breakfast +of dry bread and milk—for that was all the food the present +low state of our finances would allow us to indulge in—we +sallied forth, taking poor little Williams with us, whom we +intended should act as chief mourner. When we arrived at the +house, and went into the room where Delisle had last seen the +body, it was no longer there. We searched about, but nowhere +could we see it. In another room we found Captain Stott, late of +the Minerva. His health, like that of his brother captain, had +given way, and he looked very ill and wretched.</p> +<p>We told him that we had come to assist in burying poor Captain +Williams.</p> +<p>“You have come, then, too late, gentlemen,” he +answered with a deep sigh. “Two ill-conditioned negroes +came this morning with a guard of three or four soldiers, and +informed me that they had come to remove the body. I protested +vehemently, and, had I possessed force, would have prevented +them, but it was in vain. The wretches, with taunts and sneers at +our being heretics and unworthy of Christian burial, carried away +the body of my friend and brother-officer, and, I conclude, have +thrown him into the ground in some out-of-the-way +place.”</p> +<p>Captain Stott was too ill, or he would have followed the +barbarians in spite of the soldiers. Two or three other people +tried to do so, but were driven back with angry threats, and at +last gave up the attempt. We were very indignant when we heard +this, and resolved at once to go and try and find out where the +wretches had buried the captain. We ascertained the direction +they had taken and pursued them. We should soon have been at +fault in that trackless part of the country, but we fell in with +a little negro boy to whom I had been kind on more than one +occasion, and he told us that he had followed the men at a +distance, and undertook to show us the spot where our countryman +had been buried. It was not far-off, and when we reached it our +indignation became greater than ever. The authorities had +evidently studied how they could most insult and annoy us.</p> +<p>In a piece of waste ground where offal and rubbish was cast, +and where the bodies of the few malefactors who were ever brought +to justice, as well as those of dogs and other animals, were +deposited, they had ordered our poor friend to be interred. He +had been placed there, fastened up in a piece of canvas, without +a coffin and without ceremony of any sort. We stood with mournful +countenances and with hearts full of bitterness and indignation +over the foul spot, discussing among ourselves whether we ought +not to dig up the body and carry it to the churchyard of Ou Trou, +there to bury it among others who at all events had called +themselves Christians. Our intentions must have been suspected, +for in a few minutes a guard of soldiers made their appearance, +and, threatening us with their pikes or halberds, made us desist. +We then determined to go at once to the commandant. He received +us with a look of haughty contempt. He remarked that our +countryman was a heretic—that the priests considered that +he had died out of the pale of their true Church like a dog, and +that like a dog he must be buried.</p> +<p>“Does the holy religion of Christ teach you thus to +treat your enemies?” exclaimed Delisle, indignantly. +“We are Christians, as you call yourselves, and have, as +such, a right to Christian burial.”</p> +<p>“I know nothing about that matter,” answered the +commandant. “The priests say that you are not, that you are +cut off from the only true Church, and are thus condemned to +everlasting punishment. This being the case—and I am bound +to believe it—what matters it where your bodies are +placed?”</p> +<p>Such was the tenor of the reply we received from an officer +holding a commission under the government of a nation which +prided itself on being the most enlightened and civilised in the +world.</p> +<p>Though in France the outward signs of religion were still +adhered to, the <i>savants</i> and <i>literati</i> were already +paving the way by their false philosophy for that terrific +outbreak of popular fury which deluged their country in blood, +and well-nigh rooted out all that was noble and good and worthy +in the land. At this time in Saint Domingo, and probably in the +other French dependencies, there was an ostentatious show of +religion which was sadly belied by the manners and customs of the +people. At all events, a person bearing his Britannic +Majesty’s commission was entitled, as a prisoner of war +according to the law of nations, to all the respect due to his +rank as an officer and a gentleman.</p> +<p>We returned to our home, wondering who next among us would be +carried off to be put into that revolting receptacle of the dead. +We had now seriously to turn it in our minds how we should be +able to exist. A bright idea struck me—I would become a +gardener. There was a considerable portion of ground attached to +our mansion. I had had some little experience before in my life; +others also knew something about the art, and so we hoped that +our united stock of knowledge would produce us a good supply of +vegetables. We had unfortunately but little money to purchase +tools, or seeds or plants, but we did not disdain to turn +beggars. We borrowed what tools we could, and manufactured spades +and hoes and rakes out of wood. They were not very neat, but they +answered our purpose. Seeds cost but very little; many were given +us, others we bought. The poor unsophisticated, ignorant blacks +were very kind-hearted, and gave us all they could spare. Thus +our garden became our greatest source of amusement, and at the +same time a most profitable employment.</p> +<p>Often for days together we had no other food but that which +our garden produced. We had yam, cassava, choco, ochro, tomatoes, +Indian kale, Lima beans, potatoes, peas, beans, calalue, +beet-root, artichokes, cucumbers, carrots, parsnips, radishes, +celery and salads of all sorts; nor must I forget the magnificent +cabbage-trees some two hundred feet high—not that we +planted them, by-the-bye—or the fruits, the cocoa-nut, +plantain, banana, the alligator pear, the cashew, papaw, custard +apples, and others too numerous to mention; the recollection of +which even now makes my mouth water, as it did sometimes then, +when we saw but could not obtain them. If it had not been for our +garden I believe that we should one and all of us have succumbed +to that fell climate. In vain we endeavoured to learn how the war +was going on. No news was ever allowed to reach us but what was +of the most disheartening nature, and Monsieur Roquion always +contrived to bring it with a grin on his countenance which we +knew meant mischief, though we could not make up our minds to +believe him or not. One day he came in with a smile on his +countenance, and shrugging his shoulders—</p> +<p>“Very sorry for you, as we do not here benefit by your +loss,” he remarked, endeavouring to put on a look of +perfect sincerity. “You have, undoubtedly, heard the sad +news. Your brave Admiral Keppel has been defeated in the channel. +Most of his ships have been sunk or taken, and he himself has +been captured and is a prisoner in France.”</p> +<p>Days and days passed away and we heard no more, and though we +used every exertion to discover the truth, no one we met could +contradict it. Next we heard that the successful French fleet had +pursued Admiral Byron on his voyage to America, had brought him +to action and completely dispersed and destroyed his fleet. We +daily talked the matter over among ourselves. We could scarcely +believe that the sun of England had set so low, and yet what +right had we to doubt the truth of what we heard? We had +ourselves been captured by the enemy, and might not others have +been equally unfortunate?</p> +<p>Then we heard that the French had blocked up Lord Howe in New +York, and that the American patriots had triumphed over the +British army and were everywhere successful. How earnestly we +longed for letters which might inform us of the truth! but our +cunning captors took care that we should not get them. Perhaps +they themselves believed the reports they spread among us. One +thing we knew, that in spite of all their reverses, the English +were not likely to give in without a desperate and prolonged +struggle, and that, therefore, our captivity might be continued +to an indefinite period. I therefore considered if I could not +make myself more comfortable than I had hitherto been. I called +Tom Rockets to my councils. He, faithful fellow, had been +constantly in attendance on me.</p> +<p>“To my mind, sir, the best thing to do would be to keep +chickens,” he observed with a look of simple earnestness. +“My old mother used to keep them, and I helped her to feed +them, and I know all their ways; and if we could get a few we +could keep them in this here stable of yours, sir, and they would +well-nigh feed themselves.”</p> +<p>I thought Tom’s proposal so good a one that I forthwith +put his plan into execution. I had made several friends among the +negroes by stopping and talking to them and exchanging a joke +occasionally. Not that what I said was always very comprehensible +to them, nor were their replies to me, but they understood my +signs as I did theirs, so that we got on very well.</p> +<p>“Now, Tom,” said I, “we will go out and buy +these same chickens. You know a laying hen from an old cock, I +suppose?”</p> +<p>“Lord love ye, yes, sir,” was Tom’s answer, +with a grin. “And if so be ye wants any of the rhino, +I’ve saved three dollars, which will go far to buy them; +and you know, Mr Hurry, sir, it will be an honour and pleasure to +me if you will take them. I’ve no use for them, and may be, +if they stop burning in my pocket, I shall only drink them up +some day.”</p> +<p>I thought this too probable, but still I was unwilling to take +the honest, generous-hearted fellow’s money. I had myself +scraped together a couple of dollars, with which I expected to be +able to purchase a cock and five or six fowls, and I thought that +would be enough. Tom and I accordingly set out on our expedition, +with our dollars in our pockets. Before long we reached the hut +of an old negro and his wife, where I had seen some good-looking +fowls. Looking about, however, we saw none of them. As we were +going away old Quasho made his appearance, followed by Quashie, +his better half. In vain, however, did we tell them we wanted +some fowls; I had forgotten the French word, and they did not +understand us.</p> +<p>“I think as how I can make them know what we wants, +sir,” said Tom and he began crowing away at the top of his +voice; then he cackled most lustily and began running about as a +hen does before she begins to lay an egg, and finally, having +provided himself with a round stone, he produced it as if he had +just deposited it in a nest. Then he pulled out one of his +dollars and held it up before them. Quasho and Quashie clapped +their hands with delight at the significance of the action, and +away they scuttled into the woods, soon returning with a couple +of hens.</p> +<p>“Bons, bons!” cried Tom, taking them, but not +giving up the coin. Again he crowed and again he cackled, and +gave the old couple a shove to signify that they were to go off +and bring more fowls. It did not suit them, it appeared, to +comprehend what he wanted, but Tom was not to be done, so at last +Quasho exclaimed—</p> +<p>“Jiggigery, niggery, hop,” or some words which so +sounded, and away scuttled the old lady, bringing back a couple +more hens.</p> +<p>Tom, having secured them by the legs under his arm, allowing +them to peck away at his back, attempted the same manoeuvre, but +the old people put on such a look of dull stolidity that I was +certain they would give no more fowls for the dollar. I told him, +therefore, to give up the dollar, and we continued on our way to +another hut, where, for another dollar, we got the same number of +fowls. Three dollars were thus expended, and, with our +newly-acquired farm produce, we returned in triumph to my +stable.</p> +<p>Manby was highly amused at the notion of my turning egg and +chicken merchant, which I told him it was my intention to do. In +that country food of all sorts for my fowls was easily procured, +so I had no difficulty in collecting an ample supply. This became +one of my chief occupations. Tom Rockets and I used to go out +into the woods with bags, and come back loaded with nuts and +seeds and roots for my pets. The consequence of their being thus +amply supplied with provisions was that they quickly took to +laying eggs, and thus in a short time I had four or five eggs +every morning. Some of these Tom and I ate, and others we sold or +exchanged for meat. They, with the produce of our kitchen garden, +enabled us to be pretty well independent of the provisions +furnished us by the authorities. Thus, what I at first thought a +misfortune turned out to be a real benefit, because the necessity +of procuring food made me exert myself, and afforded me an +occupation of interest. I gave them all names, and I knew each of +them, and they soon learned to know me and to come at my call. +Whichever I summoned came flapping up to me, cackling or crowing +as the case might be, whether cock or hen. I was rather proud of +the nickname which my messmates gave me of “the +farmer.” Often, when they were almost starving after our +mess was broken up, I was able to supply myself and Tom with a +comfortable breakfast and dinner. Never, indeed, were dollars +better expended. I have already mentioned the various reports of +disasters to the British arms, both by sea and land, which +reached us from time to time. Soon after I got my fowls we were +told, as an undoubted fact, that Jersey and Guernsey had been +taken by surprise, and that every man, woman, and child in them +had been destroyed on account of their loyalty to England; but +the most terrific and heart-rending news came at last. It was +that England herself had been invaded; that the enemy, having +gained a secure footing in the country, had won three or four +pitched battles, and had finally taken London, after a terrific +resistance, when half the population were slain. Probably, under +other circumstances, we should not have believed this last report +unless it had been fully authenticated, though, unguarded as the +shores of England at that time were, we knew that it was +possible; but, dispirited and ill as many of us were, we were +fully prepared to give credence to any story even of a less +probable character. For two or three weeks we were left in the +most dreadful state of doubt and uncertainty as to whether +England still existed or not as an independent nation. Some of us +fully believed that liberty no longer was to be found except in +the highlands of Scotland and among the mountains of Wales.</p> +<p>The first gleam which banished these dreadful surmises was the +announcement which reached us on the 5th of November, that +Captain Philips, of the 60th Regiment, and Mr Rankin, a passenger +in the Minerva, were forthwith to be set at liberty. They +received permission to go at once to Jamaica under a flag of +truce.</p> +<p>We could scarcely believe this information when we heard it, +and it was only when we saw them setting off with joyful +countenances, bidding us all farewell, that we were convinced of +its truth. It also assured us that the various accounts we had +from time to time heard of the disasters which had befallen the +power of Great Britain were very contrary to what was the case. +The invasion of England had long been a favourite scheme of the +French, and I thought then, as I have since, that some ambitious +general or sovereign will find it one of the very best cards he +can possibly play to make the attempt for the purpose of gaining +supreme power in the country, or of securing the position he may +before have obtained.</p> +<p>Death was now busy among us. On the 20th of November Captain +Stott’s steward died—a faithful fellow, who had +willingly followed his master into captivity. Near the village +was a wide savannah—an extensive open, level space, +destitute of trees, and overgrown in most parts with a rank +vegetation, and dotted with pools of water, among which snakes +and venomous reptiles of all sorts delighted to roam. Here the +poor man was carried by a couple of blacks and cast into a hole +they dug for the purpose.</p> +<p>Very soon after this event, which I find recorded in my +journal, I most unexpectedly received a box containing linen and +clothes, sent me by a friend at Jamaica. In the pockets of some +of the clothes I discovered a packet of letters. Two of them were +from home. What a thousand thoughts and feelings and regrets did +their contents conjure up! Many, many months had passed away +since I had heard from any of my relations and friends in Old +England, and I had begun almost to fancy that I was forgotten, +and should never receive any more letters. I read these over and +over again, and then I went in search of Delisle, that I might +have the pleasure of reading them to him. He and I were like +brothers, and like a brother he entered into all my feelings, and +was almost as much interested in the contents of my letters as I +was myself. One of them was from my sister Lucy—a sweet, +good, pretty girl. I described her to him, and, poor fellow, from +my portrait, (I am sure it was not overdrawn, though), he fell in +love with her. He was ever afterwards talking of her, and +constantly asking to see her letters, and I agreed to introduce +him when we got home, whenever that might be, and he promised, if +she would have him, to marry her. So it was settled between us. +No one will find fault with him or me for what we did.</p> +<p>I must not forget another important letter from the friend who +sent the box. In it he told me that the admiral had most kindly +kept a vacancy open for me as a lieutenant on board the Ostrich, +but at last, when he could not arrange my exchange, he had been +reluctantly compelled to fill it up. This, of course, added to my +annoyance at having been made prisoner. The parcel of clothes was +very valuable, for I found that they would fetch a high price in +the place, and as in that warm climate a very small supply was +sufficient, I resolved on selling the greater portion of them. +This I forthwith did, at a price which enabled me to pay all my +debts at the hucksters’ shops, and gave me a good sum +besides. I thought that it would have been inexhaustible, and +accordingly feasted sumptuously for several weeks, and +entertained my friends freely in my stable, or rather in front of +it, where, under the shade of a grove of cocoa-nut trees, I used +to spread my board.</p> +<p>On the 2nd of December, Mr Camel, who had been purser of the +Active, and the son of Captain Williams, were sent to Jamaica on +their parole in a cartel, but no one else of our party was +allowed to leave the place. Reports had just been going about to +the effect that we were all to be forthwith exchanged, and +therefore, when we found that they were false, an overpowering +despondency sprung up among us. To increase the misery of our +condition, a report reached the commandant, invented by some +malicious person, or perhaps by the authorities themselves, to +increase the harsh treatment to which we were subjected, to the +effect that we had formed a plot to set fire to the village, and +that, taking advantage of the confusion thus created, we intended +endeavouring to make our way to the sea, and then to seize some +small vessel and escape in her to Jamaica. It was not likely that +a number of officers who had given their parole to remain quiet +would be guilty of an act so dishonourable as to endeavour to +escape. It was, however, believed, and we were in consequence +even more severely treated than before. I say believed, but I +should be more correct if I said that the authorities pretended +to believe it. We had now a guard constantly set over us, and +whenever we went out we were narrowly watched. The food with +which we were furnished was worse than ever, and when we +complained of the purveyors or hucksters the commandant replied +that he could not interfere, and that we must take what was +offered us, and be thankful that it was no worse. Often many of +our poor fellows had not the bare necessaries of life, and it was +only by great exertion that I was able to procure them, as I have +described, for myself and a few of my more intimate friends. I +had not supposed that so degenerate a race of Frenchmen existed, +for when they saw us all rapidly sickening and advancing towards +the grave, instead of relaxing their system of tyranny, they only +increased their ill-treatment, and made us believe that they +really wished to put us to death by inches.</p> +<p>On the 4th, poor young Bruce, a midshipman of the Minerva, +died, and was buried in the savannah among many of our countrymen +who had already fallen victims to disease. Captain Stott, we +heard, was sinking fast, and on the 15th he too succumbed to +sickness and, I truly believe, a broken heart. Some of his +friends attended him to the last, and a large body of us went up +to keep guard, to prevent his body being carried away, as had +been the case with Captain Williams.</p> +<p>As soon as he was dead, we lieutenants carried him to our own +house and in the morning we sent a deputation to the commandant, +saying, that as Captain Stott was one of the oldest officers in +his Majesty’s service, we considered that he ought to be +buried with as much form and ceremony as circumstances would +allow in the public cemetery of the place. Our request was, +however, peremptorily refused. We all of us, accordingly, +assembled in our uniforms, and bore the body of the old captain +to the savannah, where, at a lonely spot, we dug a grave with +such implements as we possessed, and, prayers being said, +deposited him in it near his midshipman and steward.</p> +<p>There they rest, in that scarcely known locality, free from +that trouble and care which has followed many of those who +attended them to their graves. Some of those were, however, soon +to be laid to rest alongside them. Perhaps it was through some +feeling of humanity that, a few days afterwards, the son and +nephew of Captain Stott—two little fellows scarcely more +than ten years old—were allowed to go to Jamaica under +charge of Mr Varmes, purser of the Minerva. Bartholomew, one of +the lieutenants of the same ship, was very ill of the fever. He +had scarcely been able to creep to the burial of his late +commander, but still he had some hopes of recovery. Our medical +man had very little experience of the nature of the fell disease +which was attacking us, so that those taken ill had but a small +chance of getting well.</p> +<p>I was sitting one day by the side of poor Bartholomew, +endeavouring to afford him what consolation I could. Alas! with +regard to his worldly prospects there was little I could offer. I +tried to point to higher things—to the world to come. +Unfortunately men do not think enough of that till they are on +its very threshold. He was expressing a hope that he should get +better, and I entertained the same; suddenly the door of the room +was thrown open, and Adams, another of the Minerva’s +lieutenants, rushed into the room with an animated +countenance—</p> +<p>“Cheer up, Bartie, old fellow!” he exclaimed. +“An order has just arrived for our release. I have seen it, +and we are to set off at once for Jamaica.”</p> +<p>“Hurrah!” exclaimed the other lieutenant, lifting +himself up in his bed. “Then I shall not have to leave my +bones in this horrid hole. Hurrah! On, my fine fellows, +on!”</p> +<p>He waved his hand above his head as if he had his sword in it, +and was leading a party of boarders. I heard a rattling sound. I +looked at his countenance. An awful change had come over it. +Before I could even support him he fell back in his bed and was +dead. Adams and I stood for a moment like persons petrified, so +sudden and shocking was the event. We bore him at sunset to our +field of the dead in the savannah, and there the hands of his +friends and brother-officers laid him beside the grave of his +late captain. Adams, however, got away and reached Jamaica in +safety. Thus ended, in gloom and almost hopeless despondency, +that, to us prisoners, ever memorable year of 1778. For what we +could tell to the contrary then, we might have to remain till +peace was restored, or till England succumbed to the enemies +gathering round her.</p> +<p>Proud of our country as we were, and confident of the bravery +of her sons, what had we to hope for? Although at sea the ancient +supremacy of our flag had been ably upheld, on shore, either from +want of good generals or from our pernicious military +system—perhaps from both causes combined—no +brilliancy had been shed on the British arms; indeed, we only +heard of defeats, ill-conducted expeditions, and disasters of all +sorts, which often made our hearts sink to the very depths of +despondency.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap17" id="chap17"></a> +<h3>Chapter Seventeen.</h3> +<h4>Attacked with fever.—Mammy Gobo, my black +nurse.—Recovery.—Death of Delisle.—Sail for +Jamaica.—Promoted.—Join the +Porcupine.—Chase.—A +mishap.—Becalmed.—Provisions run +short.—Sufferings.—A fresh breeze brings us +relief.—Jamaica again.</h4> +<p>I had long held out against the attacks of that arch enemy, +the yellow fever, to which so many of my companions in misfortune +had succumbed. Several vacancies having occurred in the house, +Manby had gone there and left me to the society of Tom Rockets +and my cocks and hens. I, however, had got so accustomed to the +place that I had no wish to go elsewhere. Impunity had made me +fancy that I was proof against the fever. It found me out, +however. In an instant I was struck down. I entreated that I +might be left where I was. Tom made me up as comfortable a bed as +he could, and covered me with a boat-cloak and a blanket. Strange +as it may seem, in that climate I felt excessively cold, and +thought that nothing would warm me. Hour after hour I lay +shivering as if nothing could ever make me warm again, and +expecting all the time that I was about to die, and thinking that +those I loved most on earth would perhaps never gain tidings of +my fate. Then I felt so hot that I had a longing to jump into the +nearest stream to cool my fevered blood. Poor Tom sat by my side, +often wringing his hands in despair, not knowing how to treat me, +and yet anxious to do all in his power to be of assistance. At +length one day he jumped up as if a bright thought had just +struck him, and out he ran, leaving me alone. I scarcely expected +that I should be alive when he came back, so weak and wretched +did I feel. An hour or more passed when he reappeared, +accompanied by an old black woman with whom I had occasionally +exchanged a joke in passing, and I believe bestowed on her some +trifle or other,—Mammy Gobo I used to call +her,—little thinking the service she would be to me. She +felt me all over and looked at my tongue, and then off she +trotted. She soon, however, came back with some pots and herbs +and some bricks. She first made Tom dig a hole, in which she +lighted a fire and at it heated some bricks. These she applied at +once to my feet, and, putting on her pots, formed some decoctions +with the herbs, which she made me swallow in large quantities. +Had she not providentially come, I believe that I should have +died that very night. As it was, I was evidently a subject +requiring all her care and skill. She seemed anxious to bestow +both on me. All night long she sat up by my side, and all day she +watched over me. It appeared to me that she never slept. If I +opened my eyes they were certain to fall on her jolly ugly +visage, with her large eyes turned full upon me, seemingly to +inquire what I wanted. When at last she began to go away +occasionally for half an hour at a time to collect more herbs, or +for some other purpose, Rockets was always ready to take her +place, and attended me with all the affection of a true and warm +friend. Strong as my constitution was, I am very sure that had I +not been watched over by Mammy Gobo and Tom I should not have +recovered—that is to say, I felt then, and I feel more +strongly now, that they were the instruments, under a merciful +Providence, by which I was preserved so long from destruction +while hanging between life and death, and ultimately of my +recovery, though it was long before that took place. Probably in +consequence of his constant attendance on me, before I had begun +to recover, Tom himself was attacked with the fever, and there he +lay in the stall next to me, moaning and groaning, and +occasionally raging with delirium. I ought to have mentioned that +some time before this our old horse had been removed to a place +of superior accommodation—I suspect to our tumble-down, +rickety stable; but, as we wanted his room more than his company, +we did not complain of this. Mammy Gobo was no respecter of +persons, and I was glad to find that she attended on Tom with as +much care as she had done on me. The poor fellow was very +grateful.</p> +<p>“Ah, sir,” he said, “though that ’ere +nigger woman has got a black skin, to my mind she has as good and +red a heart in her body as any white-faced person. It’s +just the painting of the outside which ain’t altogether +according to our notions; but after all, sir, beauty is, as you +know, sir, only skin deep.”</p> +<p>I fully agreed with him on this point, and at that moment poor +Mammy Gobo was more welcome to our sight than the most beautiful +creature in existence. What cooling drinks she concocted out of +herbs and simples, and what delicious messes out of various sorts +of vegetables and fruits and roots, the productions of that +fruitful climate! However, Mammy Gobo could not always attend on +us, for she had several other patients and had to look after her +own affairs at home. During her absence our poor chickens fared +but ill, for we could not go out to collect food for them, and +the supply we had before stored up was soon expended. They, in +consequence, had to go forth to forage for themselves. At first +they came back regularly enough, but then we remarked that one +was missing; then next day another did not make its appearance, +and so on the third day two were missing. In a few days half our +stock were lost. We told Mammy Gobo of what had occurred, and she +said she would try and find out who had robbed us. When, however, +she was present, all the chickens came back. We certainly did not +suspect her of being the thief, but we felt sure that the real +thieves watched her movements and ran off with our fowls when she +was out of the way. We were compelled also to kill several of our +stock of chickens for food, Mammy Gobo having especially +prescribed chicken-broth when we became somewhat convalescent. +They were now reduced to a very small number. One by one they +also disappeared till none remained, and then we were indeed in a +very miserable and forlorn condition. We were still too ill, +however, to think much of the future, but we found it impossible +to supply even our present wants; and had not the kind-hearted +black woman catered for us, assuring the hucksters that I was +certain to recover and pay them, I believe that we should have +starved.</p> +<p>At last I was able to get about a little, though the fever was +still on me, and I managed to crawl to the house to see some of +my brother-officers. The greater number of them were sick, or had +been ill and nearer death’s door. I inquired for my old +shipmate and friend, Delisle. “He is ill in that +room,” was the reply. I went forthwith to him. A few short +weeks of sickness had made a great change in his countenance. He +took my hand when I approached the wretched pallet on which he +was stretched.</p> +<p>“I am glad to see you recovering, my dear Hurry,” +he said in a low, feeble voice. “It is all up with me, +though. I shall never be a post-captain—never command a +ship—my last battle is fought. I must yield to God’s +will. It seems hard, though. You know all about my friends. If +you ever reach home, go and tell them about me. I can’t +talk more. I am weak—very weak—couldn’t hail +the maintop if I was to try. Oh, it’s hard, very hard, to +be thus cut off by the arm of this vile climate—very, +very.”</p> +<p>He was silent. I tried to console him, to raise his spirits, +for I was certain they had a good deal to do in enabling a person +to recover. In vain were all my efforts. He sank slowly, and +before morning one who had long been my friend and the companion +of my Orlopian days on board the Orpheus, and lately my messmate +also in the Bristol, was no more. The blow prostrated me in body +and spirits, and I felt inclined to give in, and lay my head down +beside his. Soon after daylight we sallied forth with the body of +our brother-officer, and took our way towards the dreary +savannah. We were followed by some of our guards and other +individuals, anxious, we concluded, to watch our proceedings. Our +party was but small, for alas! the greater number of the +lieutenants were unable from sickness to attend the funeral. We +were a melancholy party—pale, haggard, and squalid. We +placed the body on the grass. What a fine, handsome young fellow +he looked! We began to dig his grave. Without consideration, we +began to dig it east and west. When we had proceeded some way in +our work, our French masters interfered and said that we ought to +dig it north and south, that only Christian men, good Catholics, +should be buried east and west, that they might be ready to rise +when summoned by the sound of the last trump. We resolved, +however, not to give in to so absurd a demand, and continued our +labours. Again the Frenchmen interfered. On a further +consultation one of our party recollected that graves were +usually placed east and west in England, and so we told our +tyrants that we were only following one of our own national +customs, and to it we intended to adhere. From our not +recollecting the custom, all our other countrymen had been buried +north and south. After some further dispute about the matter we +were allowed to proceed, and thus poor Delisle rests in the +position which is considered most orthodox, though I cannot say +that I should be inclined to attach much importance to the +matter. Sad and sick, I went back to our stable. The exertion I +had gone through almost finished me. The other lieutenants wanted +me to go to their house, but I had no spirits for society. I +preferred my own wretched abode and the companionship of Tom +Rockets and the old black woman. Never did one brother mourn for +another more sincerely than I did for Gerard Delisle. Thus the +days and weeks and months drew slowly along till April arrived. +That month was passed much as the others till on the 28th, a day +not likely to be forgotten by me. Several of my friends had come +in to see me, and they were all sitting about in the stable. We +were bemoaning, as we often did, our hard fate.</p> +<p>“As for me,” I exclaimed, “I fully expect to +lay my bones in that dark, dreary savannah! What hope have I of +ever getting away?”</p> +<p>Suddenly a voice was heard outside the door shouting lustily. +We thought it was one of our friends running about in the +delirium of fever, when in rushed Lieutenant Moriarty with an +open letter in his hand of a very official appearance.</p> +<p>“It was directed to me, so I broke the seal. You and +Manby and I are free. Hurrah, boys, hurrah!” he exclaimed. +“Hurrah, hurrah!”</p> +<p>I thought at first that he was mad, and could not believe him +till he let me inspect the letter. It was from General +D’Argue, informing us that, in consequence of a request +from Sir Peter Parker, we had leave to embark on board a cartel +for Jamaica. I turned the document over and over again in my +hand. There could be no doubt about its genuineness. Ill and weak +as we all were, for we still had the fever on us, we resolved to +set off the moment we were able. After the first ebullition of +our feelings was over, we recollected what must be the sensation +of the friends we were leaving behind, and Moriarty did his best +to soothe them by assuring them how rejoiced we should be if they +were able to go likewise. Some of them, I thought, looked +compassionately on me, for I was at that time confined to my bed, +such as it was, and, as I thought, utterly unable to walk. The +news of my liberty, however, worked more wonders towards my cure +than all the physic the first of doctors could have given me, or +the decoctions of good Mammy Gobo. The next day, however, when it +was known that I had got my liberty, the hucksters, shoemakers, +and washerwomen poured in their bills on me, which, though not of +any great amount, I found totally beyond my means to pay. I +promised them that I would transmit the amounts the instant I got +back to Jamaica; but they said that would not do, and that if I +could not pay them they must appeal to the authorities, and that +I must be detained. I was in despair. I was eager to be gone. I +felt that I should not live if I remained. In my dilemma +Lieutenant Lawford, who had a letter of credit on a merchant at +Cape François, came forward in the most liberal and +generous way, and supplied me with fifty dollars, which was all I +required to satisfy the demands of my creditors. My mind being +thus relieved, I felt myself strong enough to get up and assist +in making the preparations for our journey. We engaged a carriage +to convey us to the coast, for none of us were in a fit state to +ride on horseback. I will not dwell on the sad countenances and +the depressed spirits of our brother-officers whom we left +behind.</p> +<p>On the morning of the 30th of April, with a buoyancy of +spirits to which I had long been a stranger, I with my companions +got into the rickety vehicle which was to convey us the first +part of our journey, Tom Rockets being perched on a seat behind. +We arrived at about eight o’clock at the village of +Lemonade—an attractive name on a hot day—and near +there found a boat in readiness to carry us to Cape +François. How delicious the sea-breeze smelt!—how +refreshing to our parched skins and stagnant blood! It appeared +to me to drive away at once all the remains of the fever. I felt +like a new being, strong and hearty, in a moment. I found, +however, when I attempted to exert my strength, that I had very +little of that left. Once more we found ourselves in the +far-from-delectable town of Cape François. As the cartel +was not ready, we had to take up our abode at a tavern, where we +were joined by two other naval officers who had been imprisoned +in another part of the island. We had some difficulty in amusing +ourselves during our stay, but every day we were picking up +health and strength, and at length, on the 8th, we all five +embarked, with two masters of merchantmen who had lost their +vessels, and thirty seamen, on board the cartel, and commenced +our voyage to Jamaica. On the 10th we put into Saint Germains, +another part of Saint Domingo, where we received some more +released prisoners, and on the following day we bid what I hoped +would prove an eternal adieu to the most inhospitable of islands. +With the exception of the houses we had stopped at on our way to +Ou Trou, we had not been received into the abodes of any of the +white inhabitants of the country. Some of the coloured people +would willingly have treated us kindly, but they were kept in awe +by the authorities, and thus the only real kindness we received +was from the poor unsophisticated blacks. For my own part, I have +felt ever since deeply grateful to Mammy Gobo and her +ebony-skinned countrymen and countrywomen, and have been most +anxious to do them all the good in my power. With regard to the +French residents, all I can say is that I recognised among them +none of the supposed characteristics of the French nation. +Instead of proving hospitable and polite, I should say that I +never saw a greater set of bears in my life.</p> +<p>Our voyage was short and merry, though one of the subjects +which afforded us most amusement was our own forlorn, +half-starved, almost naked condition. We were all much alike, so +we could afford to laugh at each other. The weather held fine and +our voyage was speedy, and on the ever-to-be-remembered 13th of +May we sighted the entrance of Port Royal harbour, where we +dropped anchor in the afternoon. I found that I had been absent +exactly nine months and three days. In spite of my +tatter-demalion appearance and my consciousness that I was much +like the wretched apothecary who supplied the love-lorn Romeo +with the fatal potion, as soon as I got on shore I hastened up to +pay my respects to Sir Peter Parker. He received me, as I knew he +would, with the greatest kindness, and when I apologised for my +ragged appearance he laughed and assured me that he would much +rather see an officer in a threadbare uniform, worn out in active +service, than in one shining and bright in consequence of want of +use.</p> +<p>“You’ll stay to dinner with me, Mr Hurry,” +said the admiral. “We must try to put some more flesh on +those bones of yours.”</p> +<p>I looked at my tattered garments.</p> +<p>“Oh, never mind those; they are honourable, like a flag +well riddled,” he observed. “I want you, besides, to +tell me all that happened to you during your +captivity.”</p> +<p>Dinner was soon afterwards announced, and during it I gave the +admiral an account of the chief events which had happened while I +was at Ou Trou. He was very indignant when he heard of the way we +had been treated, and especially of the mode in which Captains +Williams and Stott had been buried. I made him laugh at some of +our contrivances, and particularly at my having turned hen +keeper. I described also to him our residence in the stable with +the old horse. I declared that I had tried to teach the horse my +language, and, not succeeding, had endeavoured to learn his, and +that I was in a fair way of succeeding when he was removed from +our habitation. This really was the case; I had made great +friends with the old animal, and I was beginning to know exactly +the meaning of all the noises he made. The admiral was highly +amused with all I told him. He put me, in return, in high spirits +by informing me that, on hearing I was captured, he had directed +that I should be rated as a mate of the Bristol, and kept on her +books, and that, in consequence, I was entitled to a share of +prize-money, which, as she had been very successful, would be of +some amount. Several officers, post-captains and others, were +present, as were three or four civilians, planters and merchants. +The latter invited me to their houses, and one of them, Mr +Martin, insisted that I should drive back with him, and make his +house my home till I got a ship.</p> +<p>“That he has got already,” said the admiral, +presenting me with a paper, which I found was my commission as +lieutenant, and that I was appointed to the Porcupine +sloop-of-war of fourteen guns, commanded by Captain John +Packenham. I could not find words to express my thanks to the +admiral, but he said, “Pooh, pooh; we want active, +intelligent, gallant young men not afraid of a gale of wind, or +of an enemy ashore or afloat,” he answered. “You have +fairly won your promotion, and I congratulate you on obtaining +it.”</p> +<p>With these kind words I parted from the admiral, and took my +seat in my new friend’s carriage.</p> +<p>“We have time to see old Stukely this evening, and +ascertain the amount you have got to your credit. It won’t +make you sleep the worse,” said he, as we drove along.</p> +<p>“Forty or fifty pounds, probably,” I remarked. +“It would make me feel as rich as a king.”</p> +<p>“We will see, we will see,” he replied.</p> +<p>To the agent’s we went. He was a friend of Mr +Martin’s, so without more ado he turned to his books.</p> +<p>“Hurry? Hurry of the Bristol?” he muttered. +“A trifle, I know.”</p> +<p>I bethought me, “It won’t be ten pounds after all, +perhaps.”</p> +<p>“Oh, yes, here I have it. Three hundred pounds, Mr +Hurry! You can draw it whenever you like: our friend here will +assure me of your identity.”</p> +<p>I couldn’t help throwing up my cap for joy.</p> +<p>“Well, I am rich,” I exclaimed; “like that +old fellow Croesus I once read of at school. Thank you, +sir—thank you. Hurrah, hurrah!” I burst out into a +loud fit of laughter.</p> +<p>At first Mr Martin smiled at my joy, but he soon began to look +grave, as did the agent, for they perceived that I was +over-excited—that, in truth, the admiral’s good wine +and my unexpected good fortune, acting on a frame shattered by +sickness, had upset me, and they seemed to think that there was +every probability of a return of my fever.</p> +<p>“I am very glad to hear that you have got this little +sum. It will help to supply you with an outfit,” observed +Mr Martin, wishing to calm me down a little.</p> +<p>“Enough for an outfit!—enough to fit out a prince +or found a kingdom,” I exclaimed vehemently. “Ha, ha, +ha!”</p> +<p>“Well, never mind that just now,” said my kind +friend; “just get into my barouche, and come along to my +house in the meantime. To-morrow we will talk about these +matters.”</p> +<p>I made no resistance, and, getting into his carriage, we soon +reached his cool and comfortable mansion in the neighbourhood of +Kingston. I was immediately put to bed, and off I went into a +sleep so sound that an earthquake or an hurricane would scarcely +have awoke me.</p> +<p>It was late in the day when I at length opened my eyes, +feeling quite a new being. A thorough sound sleep, with my mind +at ease as to my prospects, was all I required to restore me to +health. This I had not got since I left Ou Trou. As soon as I had +dressed and breakfasted I set off for Port Royal harbour, and +joined my ship, as happy a fellow, I may truly say, as ever +crossed salt water. I was most kindly received by my new +shipmates, who seemed to vie with each other in trying to make +amends to me for the sufferings I had undergone. I had very +little time to be idle, or to amuse myself on shore. That I +suspect was the better for me. The ship was all ready for sea, +and on the 18th of the month, just four days after I got back to +Jamaica, we sailed on a cruise, in company with his +Majesty’s frigate Hinchinbrook, commanded by Captain +Parker, the admiral’s son, off Cape Saint Antonio. I found +that the Camel, which had been sent to accompany a fleet through +the gulf, had on her return, when off Cape Saint Antonio, seen a +considerable number of Saint Domingo ships. One she had taken +which was very valuable, but, being a slow sailer, the others had +escaped her. Her captain informed Sir Peter that he was certain +if a couple of ships would sail immediately the fortunes of all +on board would be made. In consequence of this the admiral +despatched the Hinchinbrook and my ship the Porcupine, directing +us not to wait to fill up with provisions or water, but to +proceed at once to the locality where these rich prizes were to +be found.</p> +<p>On the 25th we arrived off our station. The next day a +stranger was reported in sight—a schooner. We made all sail +in chase. How delightful it was to feel myself once more on board +ship, bowling away with a fine breeze through the free sparkling +waters, with England’s time-honoured flag above my head. I +could scarcely refrain from shouting with pleasure, and I do not +think that anybody would have been much astonished had I done so, +for I should have replied, “Let me tell you, old fellows, +if any of you had been shut up in a dull village in an abominable +climate, half-starved, ill-treated and insulted, hearing +constantly that old England was conquered, that her fleets were +destroyed, and her people led into captivity, with your +companions and friends dying about you, and, when dead, buried +like dogs, you would shout when you found yourselves at liberty, +and able once more to do battle with the enemies of your +country.”</p> +<p>Whether the schooner was American or French we could not at +first determine, but that she was an enemy there could be no +doubt. The prospect of prize-money is always pleasant, though +when obtained, in too many cases, it is spent in folly and +extravagance. All hands were in high spirits; a good beginning to +a successful cruise we thought it would prove. Cape Antonio bore +at the time south-east. We had almost got the chase within range +of our guns, when a grating sound was heard, and a shock was felt +which sent most of the ship’s company toppling down on +their noses; the water surged up alongside, and we found that we +were on shore. Here might be a speedy conclusion to all our hopes +of prize-money—not that we cared for the paltry sum the +vessel in sight might have given us, but for what we might obtain +by our cruise altogether. Not a moment was lost in clewing-up +everything, lowering boats, and in laying out anchors; but, +notwithstanding, we stuck hard and fast. British seamen, however, +do not give way to despair in a hurry. Fresh anchors and warps +were laid out. We sounded round the ship to see where most water +was to be found. Then we worked away with our purchases. We had +no wish to start our water or to heave our guns and provisions +overboard till the last extremity. Fortunately the wind fell. We +hove away with a will. “Hurrah, hurrah?” was the cry +fore and aft; “she moves, she moves!” Our success +encouraged us. The Hinchinbrook, before we got on shore, was out +of sight; so was the chase by this time. At length our efforts +were rewarded with success, and once more we had deep water under +our keel. What was satisfactory, also, we had suffered little or +no damage.</p> +<p>For the next fortnight we were employed chiefly in chasing and +speaking a vast number of Spanish merchantmen bound to the +Havannah, and as we little suspected all the time that war had +been declared between England and Spain, we allowed them to +proceed. This was provoking enough, for, they would have proved +very rich prizes. We spoke also his Majesty’s ships +Winchelsea, Camel, Lynne, and Druid, with a convoy from England +for Jamaica, and on the 15th of June, the period of our cruise +being up, and our provisions, moreover, growing short, we left +our station and made sail for Port Royal.</p> +<p>On the 1st of July, judging by our reckoning that we were +within a few leagues of Jamaica, our surprise was very +considerable when we struck soundings on the Misteriosa bank, +about a hundred leagues to the westward of where we supposed +ourselves to be. Captain Packenham sent forthwith for the purser, +and in consequence of the report he gave we were immediately put +on half allowance, having, even at that rate, provisions to last +us only for fourteen days. There we were, dead to leeward, while +light winds and frequent calms occasioned our progress to be very +slow. We kept at it, however, making every inch of ground we +could. Still by the 12th, being at a considerable distance from +land, we were of necessity put on yet further reduced allowance +of a biscuit a day, an ounce of pork and half a pint of water. I, +who just then required sustenance more than most of my +companions, felt the want of substantial food very much. The +Hinchinbrook, with which we were still in company, was also short +of provisions, and could ill spare any to supply our wants. We +now both of us felt the inconvenience of having sailed in so +great a hurry. It had been calculated that we should take a week +to get to our station; that we should cruise there a couple of +weeks, and take a week to return. Things were now growing +extremely serious, though the men bore their want of food very +well, but we could not help seeing clearly that the time might +shortly come when we should really have nothing whatever on +board. On the 15th, believing that we could not possibly reach a +port, we stood to the northward and kept in the latitude of +Jamaica, hoping thus to fall in with a fleet of merchantmen under +convoy of some ships of war, which we knew were to sail from +Jamaica about that time. We had look-outs stationed at each +mast-head, eagerly on the watch for any strange sail, friend or +foe, from which we might have obtained relief. We should +certainly have attacked any foe, even twice our force, for the +sake of obtaining food from them. I believe that, so desperately +we should have fought, we should have conquered. Men are like +wild beasts when hungry. There is nothing they will not dare and +do. Still we were doomed to disappointment. On the 30th of July, +all our bread and water being expended, we were reduced to an +allowance of one ounce of pork for each man daily. It did just to +keep body and soul together. We were compelled to send each day +on board the Hinchinbrook for a small cask of water, which was +all they could spare us. Even of this small allowance we felt +that we might any day be deprived, should we, as was very +probable, be separated from our consort by a gale of wind. On the +2nd of August the faces of the purser and his clerks were longer +than usual. The ounce of pork was diminished to half an ounce, +and then some of the messmen found that they were getting only a +quarter of an ounce, I guessed, by the countenances of the men as +they went forward, but they said nothing. They very well knew +that the present state of things could not be helped. Very soon +the purser came aft to the captain who was on the +quarter-deck—</p> +<p>“Sir, I have to report that there is not a pint of water +or an ounce of bread or biscuit, or anything eatable on +board,” was his very unsatisfactory announcement.</p> +<p>The captain stood as cool and unmoved as if he was hearing an +account of any ordinary occurrence.</p> +<p>“You have some tallow candles and oil, and some raisins, +and a few other little things of that sort?” he +remarked.</p> +<p>The purser said there was a small supply on board.</p> +<p>“Very well, they will serve to keep all hands alive for +a day or two, and by that time we may hope to fall in with +assistance,” he answered.</p> +<p>He then called us all round him, and officially announced what +the purser had told him.</p> +<p>“I’ll let the people know the state of +things,” he added, and directed that they should be +summoned aft.</p> +<p>Their pale, thin faces, and the slow way in which many of them +walked, showed that the want of sufficient food was already +telling on their strength.</p> +<p>“My lads,” said Captain Packenham, “we put +to sea in a hurry, and we expected to be back before our +provisions were expended, but we are mistaken. We are short of +food, but many ships have been in a worse case. We have done our +best to get back to Jamaica, and as we cannot get there, I hope +we may fall in with some vessels or other from which we may get a +supply of provisions, either friends to give them to us, or +enemies from which we may take them, and, hungry as we are, I +would not fear to lay you alongside an enemy’s ship, for I +am very certain you would take care to provide yourselves with a +good supper at the end of the fight.”</p> +<p>The crew warmly cheered this speech, though the voices of many +of the poor fellows sounded hollow and faint. They knew, however, +that, badly off as they might be, not an officer would touch a +mouthful of food while they were without it. How eagerly we all +looked out for a sail which might bring us relief! There was no +necessity to hail the mast-heads to ascertain that the men +stationed there were doing their duty. I certainly did not wish +myself back at Ou Trou, but I never suffered such pangs of hunger +there as I was now doing. We had two or three prophets of +disaster on board, and they were continually citing instances +where the whole crew of a ship had died from starvation, or +perhaps where only one or two had survived to tell the tale of +their misfortunes. Water was our greatest want. The wind was +light, almost a calm, and the sun shone forth on the calm shining +sea with intense fury, the very pitch in the teams of our decks +bubbled up, and if we had a beef steak we might have cooked it on +the capstan-head. We put on our sword-belts, and drew them +tighter and tighter round our waists. The men used their +handkerchiefs for the same object. But all would not do. Tight as +we drew them we could not stop the gnawing pangs which attacked +us. Those on watch had, of course, to keep the deck. The rest of +the officers lay down in their cabins, but I could not remain in +mine. I was soon again out of it, and climbing up aloft eagerly +to scan the horizon, in the hopes of finding a sail in sight. In +vain I looked round; not a speck was to be seen above the +horizon. At length the sun went down, and darkness came on, and +there the ship lay becalmed, with her crew of starving men. +Anxiously all that night passed away—the calm continued. We +had indeed practical experience of how hard hunger and thirst is +to bear. We could see the Hinchinbrook at a little distance from +us, rolling her polished sides in the water, over which the +moonbeams were now playing. She was now in as bad a condition as +we were, and could no longer render us any assistance. The sun +again rose, and then the two ships lay with their sails idly +flapping against the masts. A hurricane would at that time have +been welcomed—anything to move us on. There was no piping +to breakfast that day. The boatswain put his whistle to his +mouth, but instantly let it fall again. The men, however, were +mustered at divisions, and then they were set on to do all sorts +of work, to keep their minds employed if possible, although their +jaws were to be idle. At dinner-time as much of the oil and +tallow candles as could be spared was served out, but some of the +men could not touch the greasy compound, even though about a +thimbleful of rum was offered at the same time to wash it +down.</p> +<p>“Stay a bit,” observed the surgeon, “in two +or three days they will take it eagerly enough.”</p> +<p>It was not from hunger we suffered so much as from thirst. +That was terrible. Hour after hour passed by. No relief appeared. +I began almost to wish that I had laid my head down alongside my +poor friend and old shipmate, Delisle, in the desolate savannah +near Ou Trou. The thought was wrong—rank ingratitude to the +merciful providence which had preserved me—but it was +human, I fear. How admirably our gallant fellows behaved! +Scarcely a murmur or a grumble was heard. Again the sun went +down. That night was one of great suffering among many of the +crew. Some tried to keep up their own spirits and those of their +messmates by singing and cutting jokes and telling stories. Still +it would not do. They soon broke down. The surgeons kept going +about, administering stimulants to those who appeared sinking, +but their store of medicine was soon exhausted, and they could do +no more. Day came again, but no relief was brought us. I with +others climbed aloft. Not a sail was in sight. In vain—in +vain we scanned the horizon, the calm continued, and the ships +floated idly on the smooth, sullen, treacherous water. Yet who +that could by any possibility have seen those two fine, +well-appointed men-of-war would have supposed that so much +suffering, alarm, and dread existed on board them! Death had not +yet visited us, but we could not tell when he would commence his +work of destruction. Any moment he might begin to strike, and we +knew that he would not cease till he had made an end of all. The +men were piped to divisions, but scarcely an attempt was made to +find employment for them. They lay listlessly along the decks, +some could scarcely walk. The voices of the officers, as they +issued their orders, sounded hollow and strange. I felt sure that +many would not last out another day. The hours still drew slowly +on, without bringing us any relief. Captain Packenham had retired +to his cabin to conceal the pain he was suffering. The first +lieutenant and I still kept the deck, but I began to feel that I +must soon go below, or I should fall where I stood. The greater +part of the crew were completely prostrate. Some few of the +stronger men continued every now and then to go aloft to take a +look-out round the horizon, to learn if any sail were in sight. I +turned to my brother-officer—</p> +<p>“What think you, Staunton, of our prospects?” said +I.</p> +<p>“The Jamaica fleet ought to be here by this time,” +he answered.</p> +<p>“But if they have been delayed, or have already passed +or steered another course, what are we to do?” I urged.</p> +<p>“Starve to death,” he answered, in a hollow voice. +“A day—a few hours—will settle the +point.”</p> +<p>We neither of us spoke again for long after that. The +ship’s head kept going round and round the compass. Some of +the people were too weak even to endeavour to crawl into the +shade. We supported ourselves as long as we could against the +bulwarks, but at length had to sit down on a gun-carriage, our +knees refusing any longer to hold us up. The day was drawing on. +I felt with Staunton that another day would settle the question +of life or death for most of us. One by one the men had come down +from aloft, giving up all hope of seeing a sail approaching to +our relief. Weak as they were, we could not insist on any of the +poor fellows remaining up there, except as volunteers.</p> +<p>I was thinking over all I had gone through at different parts +of my life, and how often I had been mercifully preserved. +“I’ll not give in even now,” I said to myself. +“I’ll go aloft, and have another look-out.” +Suddenly I felt my strength returning. I got up, and, slinging my +glass over my shoulder, went up the fore rigging. It appeared to +me that I was as strong and active as ever. I gained the foretop +mast-head. I unslung my glass and looked out. There, right away +to the westward, was a long, dark line in the horizon, which +could be caused I knew alone by a fresh breeze, and even as I +looked and hailed the welcome sign of deliverance, several dots +appeared above it, the loftier sails, as I well knew, of +approaching ships. I rubbed my eyes. Again I looked to assure +myself of the reality of what I fancied I saw, and that I might +not be deceived by some phantom of the brain. No, I was certain +that I was right; there were the approaching sails. With a strong +breeze they came on quickly towards us.</p> +<p>“Several sail in sight!” I shouted out, and my +voice was scarcely weaker than usual. I waved my hand and pointed +in the direction I saw them.</p> +<p>The effect was electrical. Men who seemed before almost at +their last gasp rose to their feet. The officers came hurrying on +deck. Captain Packenham himself appeared. Many mounted the +rigging and joined me aloft to assure themselves that I was not +deceived. There could be no doubt about the matter. All saw the +approaching ships. Royals, topgallant sails, topsails appeared +one after the other above the horizon. They might be the ships of +the expected Jamaica fleet, or they might be enemies. By that +time the sea was swarming with them. In that case we should have +to fight for what we wanted.</p> +<p>“No matter,” was the cry of all on board, +“we are ready and able as ever to meet a foe.”</p> +<p>The prospect of relief roused everyone, and though our cheeks +were thin and our strength was feeble, our spirits rose and we +felt that we could fight as well as ever. Anxiously we watched +the approaching strangers. As we rose their courses out of the +water we felt pretty certain from their appearance that some of +them were men-of-war. At length we made out their colours. They +were English. They might, however, have been hoisted to deceive +us. Not to be taken by surprise we went to quarters. We now +clearly ascertained that the two headmost ships were frigates and +the rest merchantmen. They soon showed the private signals. They +were the Aeolus and Prudente frigates with the long-expected +convoy for England. We hoisted signals of distress, and, lowering +our boats, they were alongside them by the time they hove-to near +us.</p> +<p>The different way in which we were treated by the officers of +the two frigates was very remarkable. Captain Waldegrave of the +Prudente aided us in the most kind and compassionate way, and he +was warmly seconded by two of his lieutenants, Campbell and +Ferris, who exerted themselves to the utmost to bring provisions +on board without an instant’s delay. They sent us their own +dinners which had just been dressed, and also all the cooked meat +on board, so that we were able at once to satisfy the cravings of +hunger. They despatched also all the delicacies they could think +of, likely to be of use to us from their own private stores. The +officers of the other frigate, on the contrary, treated our +sufferings with heartless indifference, and seemed much vexed at +having to give up some of their provisions towards supplying our +wants, and at the delay which we caused them.</p> +<p>The masters of the merchantmen seemed to vie with each other +which should afford us most voluntary assistance, and among +others we were especially indebted to Captain Louis of the +Augustus Caesar, a large London ship, who sent us wine, tea, +sugar, sheep, fowls—indeed, everything we could possibly +require. Altogether from them and the men-of-war we were supplied +with provisions for three weeks. Delightful indeed was the change +from actual starvation to the abundance we now enjoyed. With +right good-will did we cheer the fleet which had so amply +relieved our distress as we parted from them and made sail once +more for Jamaica.</p> +<p>The following day, the 6th of August, we saw the Island of the +Grand Caymayne. Here we anchored for a few hours and were then +ordered by Captain Parker to proceed direct for Jamaica with +despatches for his father. One of the ship’s company was +destined never to reach it. The captain of the maintop, a fine +active fellow, fell from aloft, and, striking part of the +rigging, bounded overboard. The ship was instantly hove-to, a +boat was lowered and pulled towards the spot where he fell. Some +thought they saw his head floating above the waves. In vain we +looked about for him. Either stunned by his fall he sank at once, +or a shark, one of those ravenous monsters of the deep, had made +him his prey. Poor John Nettlethorp! There were mourning hearts +in your quiet home in Devonshire when the ship returned and your +fate was told those who had long-expected to see you once +again.</p> +<p>On the 19th we reached Port Royal. We found everybody in the +greatest excitement making preparations to receive Count +D’Estaign, who, with a powerful fleet and army, was hourly +expected to make an attack on the island. None of England’s +colonies can boast of more loyal and devoted inhabitants than +does Jamaica, as they have given abundant proof of on numberless +occasions.</p> +<blockquote> +<p>“Yes, gentlemen of England, who stay at home at +ease,<br /> +Ah! little do you think upon the dangers of the +seas.”<br /></p> +</blockquote> +<p>Little also, say I, do you dream of all the racketing and +knocking about your naval defenders have to go through in time of +war that you may stay at home at ease!</p> +<p>My journal will give you some idea of what seamen have to +endure. In harbour one day, at sea for weeks, then to encounter +storms and ship-wrecks, battles and wounds, famine and sickness, +extremes of heat and cold, pain and suffering, defeat sometimes +and imprisonment, with the many ills which make the heart sick, +and when at length we return into port, instead of obtaining rest +we have to refit ship, take in stores and provisions, and seldom +enjoy a moment of leisure till we are once more ready for sea. I +was very far, even in the days of which I speak, of complaining +of this. I chose my profession. I loved it. I delighted in +action, and all I wish to impress on my readers is the nature and +duties of a sailor’s life. Still, had I again to begin my +existence in this sublunary world and once more to choose my +profession, above all others I would select that of an officer in +the glorious navy of old England.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap18" id="chap18"></a> +<h3>Chapter Eighteen.</h3> +<h4>Expected attack from Count D’Estaign.—War with +Spain.—Expedition against Saint Fernando +D’Omoa.—Visit from King of the Mosquito +Shore.—Cannonade the town.—Set it on +fire.—Storm the town.—Rockets and his two +cutlasses.—Gives one to Spaniard to fight with.—Rich +galleons captured.—I have command of the Saint +Domingo.—Nearly lost.</h4> +<p>That summer of 1779 was a busy time for the right loyal and +patriotic people of Jamaica, and I believe that even had the +Count D’Estaign, with his twenty-six line-of-battle ships +and nine or ten thousand troops, made his appearance, he would +have found it no easy task to gain a victory.</p> +<p>After our return from our starvation cruise we remained but a +day in harbour, and again sailed for Old Harbour with despatches +for the Penelope. Having delivered them we were returning when we +fell in with a small schooner. She made a signal to us to +heave-to, and an officer came on board who brought us the news +that war with Spain had broken out, and directed us to go in +search of the Penelope and acquaint her with the fact. We +overtook her the following day, and of course we all regretted +that we had not been aware before of the war, as we had allowed +so many Spanish vessels to pass us which, had we captured, would +have proved rich prizes.</p> +<p>Once more we got back to Port Royal, and had to go alongside +the wharf to heave down and repair the ship. Sir Peter had made +every preparation to receive the enemy. An advanced squadron was +kept cruising off the coast, while the entrance of the harbour +was rendered impracticable by strong booms laid across it, and by +forts armed with heavy guns on either side.</p> +<p>On the 11th, however, notice was brought us that Count +D’Estaign had sailed for America, where, having been +severely handled at the siege of Savannah, he returned to Europe +with the greater part of his force, sending some, however, back +to the West Indies. They had, however, already done us some +mischief by the capture of the Islands of Saint Vincent and +Grenada, with other places of less importance, while they had +also made not a few prizes on their voyage.</p> +<p>Sir Peter Parker was now designing an attack on the fort of +Saint Fernando D’Omoa. He had been informed that the +Spaniards had threatened to attack the bay-men on the Mosquito +shore and Bay of Honduras, and that they had already landed at +Saint George’s Quay, which place they had plundered, and +treated the inhabitants with the greatest cruelty. To protect +this settlement from further insults, the instant she was ready +for sea, the Porcupine was directed to take on board +Captain-Commandant Dalrymple and a small party of the Loyal +Irish, and to proceed to the Black River on the Mosquito shore. +We sailed on the 12th of September, but, having carried away our +mainmast, we had to return to replace it, so that it was not till +the 20th that we could make a fair start. We reached our +destination off the mouth of the river on the 27th. This is one +of the most dangerous situations in which a ship can bring up, as +the bay is completely open to the north, the quarter from which +the winds are most prevalent. The only safe proceeding, as the +anchorage is none of the best, is at once to run to sea. A bar, +on which a tremendous surf breaks, stretches across the mouth of +the river, so that, except in calm weather and a slack tide, the +landing is dangerous in the extreme. Of this we had a sad proof +soon after we arrived there. Everything being made snug, to +obtain fresh provisions was our first consideration. For this +purpose a boat was despatched under the command of Mr York, a +master’s mate, with directions to enter the river and to +procure fresh beef and other eatables. All sorts of commissions +were likewise given him.</p> +<p>“Give my compliments to King Hodge-podge, and tell him +that I’ll knock up his quarters before long,” sang +out one of his messmates.</p> +<p>“Take care of those rollers there, Mr York,” I +observed. “They are apt to play people a scurvy trick every +now and then.”</p> +<p>“Ay, ay, sir,” he answered; and then in a lower +tone he added, “I’ve crossed such bars as that fifty +times, and I should think I knew by this time how to handle a +boat on one of them.”</p> +<p>I pretended not to hear the remark, and the boat pushed off +from the ship’s side. Away she pulled towards the bar. I +could not help following her with my glass. The bay was calm, but +the current was running out strong, and a slow, smooth, rolling +swell came in from the offing. The boat glided swiftly on towards +the mouth of the river. Just before she reached the bar I had +observed two or three rollers break with great fury on it. I +called the attention of Captain Packenham and some of my +brother-officers to what I had remarked. I fancied that I could +see York looking back in triumph, as much as to say, “You +see I don’t fear the bar you speak of.” Then on +glided the boat. A huge roller rose between us and her so +suddenly, it seemed to come from the very depths of the sea. On +it went; others followed; but where was the boat? A cry of horror +escaped from all those looking on. With my glass I made out +through the mass of foam a black object and several smaller ones +floating near, but they rapidly disappeared. There could be no +doubt that the boat was swamped. The instant this was ascertained +the captain ordered all the boats to be lowered that they might +go in and endeavour to pick up any of the crew who might be +carried out to sea. I went in one of them. Our orders were +especially not to venture on the bar. We were not long in +reaching the place. We looked eagerly about for any traces of our +lost shipmates. Even the boat had been rolled over and over till +not a plank remained holding together. An oar came floating out +towards us, and as I watched it I saw one end rise up suddenly as +if the other had been pulled at violently. We pulled up to it, +and as we got near I saw a dark triangular fin gliding away +through the blue bright water. I now saw clearly what had been +the fate of any of the crew who might have hoped to save +themselves by swimming. We returned with sad hearts on board, but +sailors cannot mourn long even for their best friends. The fate +of those who have been taken may be theirs to-morrow.</p> +<p>A few days after this Captain Packenham invited me to +accompany him on shore to pay a visit to the Intendant of Black +River. We took care, warned by the accident which I have +described, to have a black pilot, and under his guidance we +safely crossed the dangerous bar. Once in and able to draw our +breaths freely, we were delighted with the beauty of the scenery +which on every side met our eyes—woods and green fields, +and hills and valleys, diversified the banks of the river, which +branched off in different directions, and added much to the +picturesqueness of the landscape. From the accounts we received +of the barbarities committed by the Spaniards, we longed to meet +them, to chastise them as they deserved. They had just before +this made an attack on the settlement, where they had destroyed a +large amount of property, and carried off a number of prisoners, +both men and women, to Merida, the capital of Yucatan. Thence +they were afterwards shipped to Havannah, where, if they were no +better treated than we were at Saint Domingo, their fate was hard +indeed. On the 5th of October we were highly honoured by a visit +from his Indian Majesty of the Mosquito shore—King +Hoco-poco we used to call him—I forget his name. He came +accompanied by a long retinue of princes, generals, and chiefs of +all sorts, rejoicing in very curious names, very dark skins, and +a very scanty amount of clothing. We received his Majesty with +all the honours we were able to pay him, by manning yards and +firing a salute of twenty-one guns. We had also a feast spread +for his entertainment, with an abundance of liquor, which he +seemed to consider much more to the purpose. He and his chiefs +indulged very freely in the potent beverages placed before them, +and at length they returned on shore, highly delighted with the +entertainment, vowing eternal friendship to England, and +excessively drunk. The accounts of the atrocities committed by +the Spaniards, which we had just received, induced Captains +Packenham and Dalrymple to come to the resolution of making an +attack on one of their settlements. We accordingly beat up for +volunteers, and in a very short time collected a hundred Indians +and Black River volunteers, under the command of an Indian +general named Tempest. Having embarked our army, we sailed on the +6th of October from the Mosquito shore with light westerly winds. +On the next day three strange sail were seen from the mast-head +to the northward. They very soon also discovered us, and made all +sail in chase.</p> +<p>“Are they friends or foes?” was the question we +asked each other.</p> +<p>Captain Packenham was not a man to run away from either one or +the other, so we backed our main-topsail, and lay-to for them. We +watched them with no little anxiety till they drew near. I forgot +to say that my old friend O’Driscoll had joined the ship as +a supernumerary, and that I had once more with me my faithful +companions in many an adventure, Nol Grampus and Tom Rockets. Nol +did not look a day older than when I first came to sea. Rockets +was now grown into as stout, active and strong a seaman as any in +his Majesty’s service. I could not so often have a yarn +with my old followers as I used to when I was a midshipman, but I +frequently exchanged words with them, and never failed to take +them on any expedition on which I was sent.</p> +<p>“I hopes as how them strangers are friends, old +ship,” I heard Tom remark to Grampus. “Three to one +is long odds if they ain’t, and I suppose our captain +intends to fight, as he don’t seem inclined to run. I only +hopes as how he will fight, and sink rather than give in. +I’ve no fancy to be made prisoner, and to be kept on short +commons among blackamoors, as we was at Ou Trou.”</p> +<p>“No fear, my boy,” answered Grampus. “Our +skipper has got some dodge or other in his brain-box, and depend +on it he’ll make the ‘Porcupine’ stick up her +quills all in good time. You’ll see.”</p> +<p>I could not help telling the captain the opinion the crew +formed of him, which was a very just one. Neither he nor I had +much doubt that the ships in sight were British. We hoisted +British colours, so did they; and in a short time we were all +paying compliments to each other, they being his Majesty’s +ships Charon, Lowestoffe, and Pomona, under the command of the +Honourable Captain Luttrell. He confirmed the account we had +received of the attack of the Spaniards on the British +territories, and informed us also that he had been in quest of +two Spanish galleons which had taken shelter under the +strongly-fortified town of San Fernando D’Omoa. He had +wished to attack the place, but, it being remarkably strong, he +had considered that, with the force under his command, he could +scarcely hope for success. Now, however, with the reinforcements +we brought him, he considered that he would have a fair chance of +taking it.</p> +<p>Having called a council-of-war, all the captains agreed that +the exploit might be accomplished. Accordingly, we made sail for +the westward. There was a general satisfaction throughout the +fleet when it was known that an attack on the fortress was to +take place. As with light and variable winds we moved slowly on +to the westward, the ships’ companies were employed in +making scaling-ladders, fascines, and all the other requisites +for a siege. Our whole force consisted of the following ships and +vessels:—</p> +<table border="6" cellpadding="10" cellspacing="2"> +<tr> +<td></td> +<td>Guns.</td> +<td>Men.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Charon</td> +<td>44</td> +<td>300</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Lowestoffe</td> +<td>32</td> +<td>220</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Pomona</td> +<td>28</td> +<td>200</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Porcupine</td> +<td>16</td> +<td>100</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Racehorse</td> +<td>8</td> +<td>50</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Peggy</td> +<td>6</td> +<td>15</td> +</tr> +</table> +<p>All the above together with 100 Indians and Volunteers, and 12 +Loyal Irish—no very mighty armament for the attack of so +strong a place. But British sailors hold to the belief that what +men dare they can do; so we went on, never doubting of success. +We anchored to wood and water at the Bay of Truxillo, and then +sailed on, touching at various other places till, on the evening +of the 16th, we anchored in Porto Carvalho Bay, not far from the +place we had come to attack. Night had set in before we +approached the land, so that there was little fear that the enemy +would obtain notice of our approach. All of us were in high +spirits at the thoughts of fighting the Spaniards, and +O’Driscoll and I agreed that it was far better than having +to make war on the Americans, whom, rebels as they might be +called, we could not help looking on as our brothers and +cousins.</p> +<p>All arrangements had in the most judicious way been previously +made, so that we were ready, directly the anchors were dropped, +about nine o’clock at night, to commence landing our +forces. Everything was done with the most perfect order and in +complete silence. The boats from all the ships were lowered, and +about three hundred seamen and marines, with about a hundred and +fifty Indians, volunteers and regulars, were embarked in them. +The oars were let fall in the water, and together they pulled in +for the shore. I watched the boats as long as they could be seen +through the darkness, like some sea-monsters gliding noiselessly +towards their prey. O’Driscoll accompanied the shore +expedition. On landing, the Indians, who were sent forward, +attacked the enemy’s look-out houses, and, having killed a +Spaniard and taken two more prisoners, returned in triumph. At +midnight the army began their march to the westward, and the +ships at the same time weighed and stood along shore. On Sunday +morning, the 17th, the ships lay becalmed about a league off +shore, when the troops halted to report themselves. No time, +however, was lost. They had hoped to have arrived before the +place just at daybreak, when they would certainly have surprised +it, and even now it was hoped that the enemy would not have heard +of their approach. On the summit of a high hill, overlooking the +fortress, stands the governor’s house—a very +important post. Towards it they hurried, and before ten +o’clock reached its base. Up the hill like a swarm of ants +they rushed, and in spite of all opposition quickly carried it. +The garrison were now, of course, on the alert to receive us. It +was not, however, till three in the afternoon that the wind +allowed us to stand into the harbour, when we made the signal to +the forces on shore that we were ready to co-operate with them. +As we took up our stations, directly opposite the town, we +commenced a heavy cannonade, which was warmly returned by the +enemy from a battery of between twenty and thirty heavy guns. In +a short time the effect, of our fire was very visible. Flames +burst forth from different parts of the town, which was soon +burning furiously in every quarter, and it seemed to us very +evident that it would soon be entirely burnt to the ground. As +the unfortunate inhabitants were afraid of leaving the town, for +fear of falling into the hands of the Indians, from whom they +could expect no quarter, many of them, we had too much reason to +believe, were burnt to death.</p> +<p>During the heat of the engagement the Lowestoffe, in her +eagerness to get close up to the fort, ran on shore, and was +considerably galled while she remained there by the enemy’s +fire. The rest of the squadron lending her assistance, she soon +got off. All the ships were, however, much cut up both in spars +and rigging, while a considerable number of men had been killed +and wounded. The commander, in consequence, finding that we had +produced no impression on the enemy’s works, threw out a +signal for the ships to haul off for the night. As we sailed out +of the harbour, the Spaniards, fancying that we were about to +abandon the enterprise, made a sortie, and furiously attacked the +forces on shore. They were, however, repulsed with much loss, and +again took shelter within their works. At night a lieutenant was +sent in command of a hundred men, to try and open a communication +with the forces on shore, but the enemy were too much on the +alert to render the attempt practicable.</p> +<p>We were under no little apprehension all the time as to the +fate of the forces on shore, for we could see that a furious +attack was being made by the Spaniards on Governor’s Hill, +and its result it was impossible to ascertain. At daylight we +once more stood in, when we had the satisfaction to discover that +our forces still held Governor’s Hill, and had thrown up +works on it from which they were bombarding the town. As the wind +would not allow us to get in close to the forts, we hove-to +main-topsails to the masts, and employed ourselves in firing +random shots at the enemy’s works while the Lowestoffe +repaired damages. At five in the afternoon, seeing a British +Union Jack flying close to the woods at the water’s edge, +the Porcupine was directed to run in and land her guns. This was +done under a heavy fire from the fort. I was among those sent on +shore, and I was ordered to take fifty men under my command, and +with four guns to lead them up through the town of Omoa to the +top of an exceedingly high hill on the other side of it. The +enterprise was of no slight danger and difficulty, but it pleased +me the more. I had Grampus and Rockets with me. Placing our guns +on light carriages between us, away we rattled as fast as our +legs could move. The faster our speed, the greater would be our +safety. Where we were going the enemy could not guess; they never +thought that we were about to scale the rocky height before us; +they did not know what tricks blue-jackets could play on shore. +They kept peppering away at us as we proceeded, and now and then +one of my men was hit; one poor fellow was killed, three were +wounded. A fine fellow, Jackson, who was near me as we dashed +through the town, caught sight of a dog running through the +streets, evidently having lost his master.</p> +<p>“I’ll have that ’ere animal,” he +exclaimed, springing on towards him.</p> +<p>The dog turned tail and ran off, but Jack was too nimble for +him, and catching him up under his arm, and holding his head so +that he could not bite, he was bringing the animal in triumph +when a shot struck him on the arm. He staggered on +notwithstanding.</p> +<p>“Jackson, my man, I’m afraid you are badly +hurt,” I exclaimed, as I saw the blood streaming down his +side.</p> +<p>“Never fear, sir,” he answered, “I’ve +got the dog; I wanted him for you. Take him, sir.”</p> +<p>I had a piece of rope in my pocket, which I fastened round the +dog’s neck and led him on. Jackson was a severe sufferer, +for he lost his arm in consequence of his wound. On we hurried, +and, climbing the height, dragged up our guns after us. Before +the enemy guessed what we were about, we had them on the top of +the hill ready to open on the fort. With the same rapidity we +threw up the necessary earthworks and soon began firing away with +a right good will down into the fortress. The Spaniards showed us +that two could play at the same game. All night long we blazed +away, doing no little mischief to the enemy. They, however, in +return, dismounted one of our guns. On the morning of the 19th +three fresh batteries were opened from our works on +Governor’s Hill, and our hopes increased of speedily taking +the place.</p> +<p>I enjoyed from my elevated position a full view of the whole +surrounding sea and country. Below me was the town, still burning +in places and smouldering in others. On one side was +Governor’s Hill, with the batteries blazing away at the +devoted fort which lay below the town, and was replying from all +sides to the fire directed towards it from the land and sea. Now +the ships, with the exception of the Porcupine, stood in to +attack the fort in more serious earnest. Boats came passing and +re-passing to her, and, as I found was the case, as all our guns +were on shore, Captain Packenham with the greater part of the +ship’s company went on board the other ships to assist in +fighting them. The ships stood in very close to the walls of the +fort before they dropped their anchors, and then commenced a +heavy cannonade, the effects of which soon became apparent by the +crumbling away of the works on every side. Night, however, put a +stop to the work of destruction. Darkness had just closed in when +I received orders to leave my exalted post and to join the party +destined to storm the works at daybreak on the following morning. +This was just according to my taste. I had never a fancy to know +that work was being done and not to be engaged in it.</p> +<p>It was nearly midnight before I joined O’Driscoll and my +other friends. I found them sitting round their watch-fires, not +so much on account of the cold as to keep off the mosquitoes, and +enjoying a good supper, which they ate as they cooked. We had no +cloaks, so we sat up all night discussing the probabilities of +our success on the morrow. We talked and laughed and joked as if +there was nothing particularly serious to be done. Adams, one of +our midshipmen, was the merriest of the merry. He above all of us +was making light of the difficulties and dangers to be +encountered. Towards morning our voices grew lower and lower, and +at length no one spoke. I sat also silent, looking up at the dark +sky studded with a thousand stars, wondering to which of them I +should wing my flight should I lose my life in the coming +struggle. I dozed off for a few moments, it seemed to me, and +then the drum beat to arms and I sprang to my feet. At the same +moment the ships re-commenced their cannonade. Every arrangement +had already been made, so that each man of the expedition knew +his station. Not an instant, therefore, was lost. We hurried to +our ranks. I had a hundred men under me. Of course Grampus and +Rockets were among them. Grampus had armed himself with a musket +and cutlass, but Rockets had managed to get hold of two +cutlasses. I asked him why he had thus encumbered himself.</p> +<p>“Why, sir, you see as how one on ’em may be +broken, and then I shall have t’other for fighting +with,” he answered with his usual simplicity.</p> +<p>Down the hill we rushed, the marines and Loyal Irish on either +flank. Nothing stopped us. It seemed scarcely a minute from the +time we were on our feet till we were close under the walls. The +fascines were thrown into the ditches, and the ladders being +planted against the walls, up we climbed, as O’Driscoll +observed, like ants attacking a sugar cask. We had already +mounted the walls and were leaping down into the town before the +enemy knew what we were about. As soon as they were aroused they +made a stout resistance and poured a heavy fire on us. Several +men near me were killed or wounded. Poor young Adams was cheering +on his party placed under his orders. A bullet struck him. His +sword was uplifted, his cheerful voice was still sounding on my +ear when I saw him fall over, and before he reached the ground he +was dead. Our men poured over the walls, and on we rushed among +the buildings in the fortress. We encountered a body of Spaniards +led on by an officer who apparently had only that instant been +roused out of bed, for he had neither his coat buttoned, a hat on +his head, nor a sword in his hand. Another party of men on my +left engaged my attention, and I was about to attack them when I +saw Tom Rockets rushing towards the unarmed officer. I thought +Tom was going to cut down the Spaniard, and so I dare say did the +latter, but instead of that I heard him sing out, +“Señor Don Officer, you no habby cutlash-o, +I’ve got two-o! Take one of mine, old boy; let’s have +fair play and no favour. Stand aside, mates, and we’ll have +it out like men!”</p> +<p>On this, to the very great astonishment of his enemy, he +presented him with one of his cutlasses, and made a sign that he +was ready to begin the fight. The Spaniard, however, had no +notion of fighting with so generous and brave a fellow. Probably, +also, he found the Englishman’s cutlass rather an awkward +weapon to use, so he made signs to him to take it back, and that +he would yield himself up as a prisoner of war. Tom thereupon +took back the cutlass, and, shaking the Spaniard by the hand, +assured him that he should be ready to have the matter out, if it +so pleased him, as soon as the public fighting was disposed of. +So sudden had been our attack, and so unexpected by the +Spaniards, that we had even fewer men killed and wounded than on +the previous days. The Spanish officer and his men having +yielded, I left them under charge of Tom and some of my people, +while I pushed on, accompanied by Grampus, towards the summit of +the fortress, on which stood a flag-staff with the Spanish flag +flying. The Spaniards rallied bravely round it, but, charging +them cutlass in hand, with loud huzzas we put them to flight, and +very soon Nol Grampus had hauled down their flag and hoisted our +own glorious ensign in its stead. It was a signal to the ships to +cease their fire, which was becoming somewhat annoying to us as +well as to our foes. In a few minutes all the defenders of the +fortress were scattered far and wide, or had thrown down their +arms and sued for mercy. Thus the important fortress was won. The +first thing I did was to look-out for Tom Rockets, whom I found +guarding the Spanish officer, and endeavouring to assure him of +his friendship and protection. Some of the prisoners were carried +on board the ships, others were shut up under a guard in the +fortress, and others were allowed to take their departure. +Besides two richly-laden galleons and a dhow with dry goods in +the harbour, we found in the fort twenty thousand dollars, a vast +quantity of quicksilver, three or four hundred slaves who had +been lately landed, and were to have been sent into the interior, +and sixty thousand pounds’ worth of silk, cables, anchors, +and other naval stores,—the whole not being of less value +than a million sterling.</p> +<p>On my return on board I acquainted Captain Packenham with Tom +Rockets’ gallantry. He was much amused, and at once sent +for the brave fellow to come to him on the quarter-deck. Tom +approached, hat in hand, looking somewhat sheepish, as if he was +afraid of getting scolded for having done something wrong. When, +however, the captain praised him for his conduct, he gave a hitch +to his trowsers and a twist to his hat, exclaiming—</p> +<p>“It’s all right then, sir? I thought as how +perhaps I ought to have knocked the Spanish gentleman over; but +you see, sir, I didn’t like to take the life of a man who +hadn’t even a cutlash to fight with.”</p> +<p>Captain Packenham assured him that he had done perfectly +right, and that he would look after his interests. He spoke to +the commodore about him that very afternoon, and it was agreed to +give him a boatswain’s warrant; but Tom at once declined +the offer, saying that he had only done his duty, and did not +want any reward.</p> +<p>After Captain Packenham’s return from the +commodore’s ship, he told me that he was going home at once +with despatches, and that I was to be removed from the Porcupine +into the Charon in order that I might with some of her crew take +charge of the Saint Domingo, one of the galleons we had just +captured. I had placed under me a mate, three midshipmen, and +thirty-six of the best seamen of the Charon, including my two +followers, for whom I got leave to accompany me. I had now a new +follower, the dog I had captured in the burning town. I gave him +the name of Omoa, to which he soon answered and became greatly +attached to me. I at once set to work to get the prize ready for +sea; but she had much to be done to her, and it was not till the +8th of November that, having scaled guns and bent sails a few +days before, I warped out of the harbour, and made sail in +company with the other ships of the squadron, leaving the +Porcupine and the captured dhow for the defence of the fort.</p> +<p>I must remark that a short time afterwards, the place being +attacked by a thousand regular troops, the men we had left there +in garrison were compelled to make their escape on board those +two vessels. And now commenced one of the most unpleasant and +anxious voyages I ever made in my life. I did not think it was to +be so at the time, though. On the contrary, I was highly +delighted at obtaining the command, when I got on board, and +discovered that the galleon was the richest-laden vessel we had +captured, and that several thousand pounds would come to my share +alone if I succeeded in carrying her safely into port. Not, I +must say, that I thought about the money for itself. I never was +mercenary. I should have been considered wiser had I been so, but +my thoughts instantly flew to Madeline Carlyon. I pictured to +myself peace restored between the revolted provinces of America +and England, and I, with wealth at my disposal, able to go over +and claim with a good grace the hand of the only girl for whom I +had ever felt that deep affection which would induce me to marry. +She was always in my thoughts, and now that I felt that, with the +required wealth within my grasp, there was a possibility of our +being united, I began in my imagination to realise the happiness +I anticipated. Whatever dangers or difficulties I was in, I +always thought of her. She, though far away, spurred me on to +exertion. She—in the tempest, on the lee-shore in unknown +seas, in darkness and surrounded with rocks and shoals—was +ever present, and I believe that, had it not been for her, I +should more than once in despair have given up the struggle with +the adverse circumstances which well-nigh overwhelmed me.</p> +<p>It was soon seen that the bulky old galleon would not keep way +with the men-of-war, so the Lowestoffe took us in tow, not much +to the satisfaction of those on board. Thick squally weather with +rain came on, and away we went plunging after her. For two days +this continued, and during the time I could scarcely ever leave +the deck. At last I went below on the night of the 10th, but +hardly had I turned in and got my eyes well closed when I was +aroused up again by a terrific uproar, and, rushing on deck and +hurrying for’ard, I found that the Lowestoffe was taken +aback and was making a stern-board right down upon us. +Fortunately an axe was at hand. With a couple of strokes I cut +the hawser, and, putting up the helm, we were just able to run to +leeward out of her way. Soon after this the commodore made the +signal to tack, and the wind then shifting and a heavy gale +coming on, I lost sight of the squadron. Directly after this I +made out the land on the lee bow bearing east-south-east, three +or four miles off. Whether I could weather it was the question; +but I made all the sail I could venture to carry. I stood as +close-hauled as I could, watching with no little anxiety the +unwelcome coast. The vessel looked up to the gale in gallant +style, and at length I was able to bring-to under my +foresail.</p> +<p>Thus I remained all night. At six in the morning made sail +under the courses to the north-east, and at eight wore and saw +the land bearing south by south, distant five or six leagues. At +noon was again obliged to bring-to under the foresail, it blowing +hard with a thick fog and squalls.</p> +<p>On the 11th, the wind continuing to blow as hard as before, I +saw the island of Rattan. At 5 p.m. I fired six guns as signals +for a pilot, but night coming on with the accustomed bad weather, +I wore and stood out to sea. The next morning I bore away for +Truxillo, on the Spanish main. At 10 a.m., being close in-shore, +the wind shifted, and blew a heavy gale with very thick weather, +which obliged me to stand to the eastward. At noon, though we +lost sight of the land, I found that we were in very shoal water, +and as may be supposed I became very anxious when I found that +there was no one on board who had ever been there before, or was +at all acquainted with the coast. All we knew was that it was +considered a very dangerous and difficult one. Since we left +Omoa, from not having even seen the sun, I had been unable to +take an observation, nor had I any chart of the Gulf of Honduras +in the ship. My officers, as were all on board, were as well +aware as I was myself of the danger the ship was in, and a bright +look-out was kept for the land. At 2 p.m. we made out an island +under our lee. I soon saw by the way the ship was setting that we +should be unable to weather it. My only resource therefore was to +attempt to run between it and the main. I kept the helm up, and +stood for the channel. I was under the impression, as were my +officers, that it was the island of Bonacca, between which and +the main a book of sailing directions we had on board told us +there was a passage; but as we neared it the characteristic +features which we discovered convinced us that we were mistaken, +and that it was the Hogsties. Now we had been assured at Omoa +that between it and the main there was no passage. We did not +make this discovery, however, before we had stood on too far to +return. Our eyes, however, could not deceive us; a passage there +certainly was, but whether a shallow or intricate one we could +not tell. I kept the lead going and a bright look-out in all +directions; still it was work to try any man’s nerves. +There was a nasty broken sea running, and I felt sure that if the +ship struck on any of the numberless rocks under her bottom, not +many minutes would elapse before she must go down. I kept her on, +notwithstanding this, under her foresail. We were gradually +shoaling our water—sixteen fathom, twelve, ten, six, four +had been announced. I drew my breath faster and faster. It was +not a moment I should have liked anyone to put a trivial question +to me; still I could make out a channel of clear water ahead, and +I did not despair.</p> +<p>“By the mark three,” sang out the man in the +fore-chains.</p> +<p>Matters were coming to a crisis. If we shoaled the water much +more we could not hope to force the heavy galleon through. Not +only should we lose all her rich cargo, but our lives also would +be sacrificed, for the few boats we had were in so bad a +condition that they would scarcely be able to carry even half the +people we had on board. For my own part, I did not feel that I +had many more hours, or I might say minutes, to live, for I +always held to the opinion that a captain should always be the +last to leave his ship, and not then till he has seen to the +safety of all those entrusted to his care.</p> +<p>On we glided—not very fast though. I stood conning the +ship; sometimes we passed so close to shoals and rocks that we +could have thrown a biscuit on them, and still the lumbering old +Saint Domingo floated free.</p> +<p>At length we were once more in four fathoms of water, then in +five; but still I did not feel that we were clear of danger; +there might be other reefs running across from the island to the +main which might bring us up. I however began to breathe more +freely, and the faces of my officers wore a more satisfied +expression. Still we had many a turn and twist to make, but with +a leading wind we had little difficulty in doing this. +“Breakers ahead!” sang out Grampus from forward.</p> +<p>“Starboard the helm,” was my reply.</p> +<p>“Starboard it is,” cried the man at the wheel.</p> +<p>“Breakers on the larboard bow!”</p> +<p>“Port the helm.”</p> +<p>“Port it is,” was heard along the deck, and so we +glided by danger after danger till all were passed, and I +breathed freely at finding the ship at length clear of the +island. I then once more hauled in for the land to try and +ascertain our situation; but the weather came on so thick again +with heavy squalls that I was compelled very soon to stand off +once more, still ignorant of where we were.</p> +<p>My difficulties were not over. At 5 p.m. the mizen-yard was +carried away in a heavy squall, though happily no lives were lost +by the accident. While we were endeavouring to repair the damage +it fell a stark calm, and the old galleon began to roll away +awfully in the swell. I at once ordered the lead to be hove, for +I knew that there were treacherous currents hereabouts.</p> +<p>I had soon proof of this. The first cast gave us thirteen +fathoms; very soon we had ten, eight, and so on, till we shoaled +the water to five fathoms. I guessed that we should very soon be +on shore if this continued, so I saw that I must resort to the +only alternative of anchoring, a dangerous proceeding in the +uncertain weather we were having. Still I held on as long as I +could, and hoped for a slant of wind to enable me to beat off. My +hopes were in vain. It was near midnight, when a heavier gust +than we had yet had struck the ship, and soon the man with the +lead gave notice that we had shoaled our water to three fathoms. +Not a moment was to be lost, so I gave orders to clew up all our +canvas and to let go the best bow anchor. This was done without +delay. Our cable held on, but I soon discovered that a strong +current was setting past us to the east-south-east, at the rate +of three knots an hour, which, should our anchor not hold, would +very soon send us on shore.</p> +<p>I at last began to feel as if my anxiety would break me down, +as all the dangers with which we were surrounded were brought to +my thoughts. We had a dark night, a heavy gale of wind, a +lee-shore, a strong current, untried and probably not over-good +ground tackle, and a great uncertainty as to our position. Added +to this, I had under my command a vessel worth four hundred +thousand pounds, and between thirty and forty lives entrusted to +my care. Our anchor held, but not without dragging slightly. +Anxiously I walked the deck and waited for break of day. I +thought it would never come. It did at last, however, and +revealed a sight sufficient to make the stoutest heart quake. +Scarcely more than a cable’s length from the ship appeared +a ledge of rocks over which the waves were washing with sullen +roars, while the log hove overboard showed me that there was a +strong current setting towards a high rocky bluff land dead to +leeward of us. Towards it the ship was surely though slowly +dragging her anchor. One thing only could save us. We must +without delay get sail on her. We tried to weigh the anchor, but +soon abandoned the attempt as hopeless. I called the officers +round me, in a few words explained our position, then sent every +man to his station. Nol Grampus stood, axe in hand, ready to cut +the cable as I gave the word. Two good hands were at the helm. +The men were aloft, ready to loose sails. I waited till the +ship’s head tended off the land, then at a wave of my hand +the sails were let fall and sheeted home, down came old +Nol’s gleaming axe, the end of the cable disappeared +through the hawse-hole, the sails filled, and away glided the big +ship from the threatening rocks. Still she was not free from +danger. I held my breath, as did every seaman on board, as we +gazed at the bluff land it was necessary to weather. The current +set strongly towards it, a shift of wind might yet cast away the +ship. Down she seemed settling towards it. We were doing our +utmost to avoid the danger; we could not carry more sail, the +ship was kept as close as possible to the wind. Still we had +already escaped so many dangers before that I hoped we might +this. Higher grew the land frowning above us, nearer appeared the +breakers. In ten minutes I saw that our fate would be decided. +The wind remained steady. None of our gear gave way. The surf +broke under our lee as we glided by; we were safe; and once more +reducing sail we stood out to sea. We, however, were still in far +from a pleasant position, or rather, we could not tell in what +position we were, and had every reason to believe it a bad one. +Various were the opinions broached on board as to our +whereabouts. Some thought we were in the Bay of Dulce; others +that the point we had just weathered was Point Manwick; while the +Spanish prisoners affirmed that we were certainly down in the +bottom of the Gulf of Honduras. I could scarcely believe that the +currents and gales we had encountered, strong as they were, could +in so short a time have drifted us so far out of our course. As +the day drew on the weather moderated, and the mists clearing +away, we found ourselves surrounded by a number of rocks and +islands. The Spaniards nodded their heads and affirmed that they +were right in their assertions. Fortunately the sun came out to +settle the question. I was able to take two altitudes, and found +that we were abreast of the Island of Rattan. Not long after this +I got a sight of Truxillo Bay, the place the commodore had +appointed for the rendezvous. I accordingly ran in and anchored +there at six o’clock, hoping to find the rest of the +squadron in the place, but, much to my disappointment and +surprise, not another ship was to be seen. This being the case, I +had to examine my officers, to ascertain what I was next to do. +Much to my satisfaction I found that I was forthwith to proceed +home to Falmouth, and, having reported my arrival to the Lords +Commissioners of the Admiralty, to await their further orders. In +consequence of this I immediately proceeded to wood and water the +ship. This was a long and tedious operation, for having lost all +our boats one after the other in the gale, I was obliged to +employ a couple of very frail canoes. I persevered, however, and +by working hard managed to make progress in the task. While some +of the crew were on shore cutting wood and filling the casks, +others were employed in towing them off in the canoes, which were +likewise laden with wood. Though I worked myself, for the purpose +of setting an example, I found time to make an excursion or two a +little way into the interior. I was accompanied by Martin, one of +my master’s mates, and a great friend of mine. We took our +guns with us and my dog Omoa, who had now become much attached to +me. The shores of this bay of Truxillo are wild and desolate in +the extreme. Nature here revels in perfect freedom, and gigantic +trees of all sorts tower up on every side. It is a long way from +any inhabited place; I had heard, however, that the Spaniards +once had a settlement here of considerable size, but it having +been attacked by the buccaneers and Indians, about a hundred +years ago, they were compelled entirely to abandon it; since +which time nature had resumed her original sway over the +territory, and as we wandered through the forest not a sign of +human life or human industry did we for a long time perceive. At +length, however, landing one day at a different part of the bay +to that which we had before explored, about a quarter of a mile +from the beach, we came suddenly upon a high-built wall. A little +farther on we found ourselves walking over what had evidently +been a paved street of great length and breadth. In another +minute we found ourselves with the walls of houses on either side +of us, the vast trees growing out from among them and forming a +sheltering roof with their boughs, showing for how long a period +they must have been deserted. There were churches too, which we +discovered to be such by their construction and the massiveness +of their walls; many of them of considerable size, and built of +well-burnt bricks. Altogether we were struck by the elegance and +substantial appearance of the different buildings, so superior to +those of modern architecture, and which convinced us that we were +standing in the midst of a once magnificent and wealthy city. Its +wealth had proved its destruction, and now, like many of the +cities of the ancient world, it had become the habitation alone +of the wild beast of the forest, the birds of the air, and the +reptiles which creep on the earth. I cannot properly describe my +sensations as I stood in the midst of that abandoned city; the +scene was so unusual and curious, there was so much beauty and +elegance even in the masses of ruins, and still more in the trees +and shrubs which had taken possession of these walls, once the +abodes of men engaged in all the active pursuits of life. I could +not help picturing to myself what it must have been like; what +scenes were going on within it, such as are enacted in most +cities in the present day, when sudden destruction overtook it. I +learned a lesson, I drew a moral, and I received a warning from +the fate it told, from which I trust my readers will profit +likewise.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap19" id="chap19"></a> +<h3>Chapter Nineteen.</h3> +<h4>Visit ruins of Truxillo.—The commodore receives me and +my galleon with joy.—Fearful sickness on board +squadron.—The Island of Rattan.—Capsized in a +squall.—Ship rights.—Beat off a +privateer.—Reach Jamaica.—The Saint Domingo +condemned, and cargo placed on board the rotten +Leviathan.—Rejoin the Charon.—Sail with +convoy.—Piratical exploits.—Sinking of Leviathan, and +my hopes of prize-money lost.—Reach the Downs, and start +for Falmouth.</h4> +<p>Whenever the duties of the ship would allow me to go on shore, +I repaired to the ruins of Truxillo, for I was never weary of +wandering among its deserted streets and exploring its shattered +edifices. Meantime the repairs of the ship went on as +expeditiously as possible, and by the 16th of November we had set +up our rigging, got all the wood and water we could stowaway on +board, and made every other requisite preparation for +encountering a winter passage to England. I had arranged to sail +the next day, when at noon it was reported to me that a brig was +seen standing into the bay.</p> +<p>“Make the signal for the people to hurry on +board,” was my reply as I went on deck.</p> +<p>Having examined the stranger through the glass, I thought she +looked suspicious, so I hoisted the private signal and waited +with some little anxiety to ascertain if it was answered. The +fact that we had got possession of the Saint Domingo, with all +her wealth on board, would be known to the Spaniards, and if they +should discover that she was separated from the rest of the +fleet, they would very naturally send in quest of her. The signal +was not answered. “My lads, I suspect we shall have a fight +for it,” I sung out, as I gave the order to prepare for +action, resolved to put the ship in as good a state of defence as +circumstances would allow. The ship was armed with sixteen +four-pounders, and four six-pounders, besides swivels and +cohorns. I first got springs on my cables, so as to have complete +command over the ship, and as I had not men sufficient to fight +all the guns, I ran them all over on one side, in order to make +the first broadside as formidable as possible. I hoped thus to +sink or disable our antagonist, or to make her sheer off. Should +she, however, venture to board, I had no fear, as I felt certain +that my men would not fear to encounter twice their number. They +were full of fight, and the way they went about their +preparations gave me every confidence that we should succeed. The +brig approached us with a great deal of caution. If we did not +like her looks, she evidently did not like ours. I knew that it +would be best to show I was ready for her, so as soon as she was +within range of my guns I hoisted my colours and fired a shot +ahead of her. The next was a moment of suspense, and I believe my +people were not a little disappointed when she hoisted an English +ensign and fired a gun to leeward. Having sailed close past us +and hailed, she brought up at a short distance from me. She then +lowered a boat, and Lieutenant Butcher, whom I had before met, +came on board, and informed me that the commodore had hired the +brig and sent him in charge of her to look-out for the Saint +Domingo, which he had heard had been lost on the Solomadinas, the +most dangerous rocks on the coast.</p> +<p>“A ship we spoke informed us that you had been seen to +go on shore, and we hoped that though the galleon might be lost, +we might save some of your lives,” he added; +“however, I am heartily glad to find you all alive and the +old craft afloat.”</p> +<p>“Not more glad than I am, that we have escaped all the +dangers we have encountered,” I replied, and I told him of +all the narrow escapes we had had.</p> +<p>He then informed me that the Charon and Lowestoffe had several +times nearly been lost, and were now at Port Royal Harbour, in +the Island of Rattan.</p> +<p>To that place I found that I was at once to proceed. I will +not describe all the incidents which occurred before I got there. +I must try and hurry on with my adventures, or I shall never +bring them to an end.</p> +<p>By the 19th I got off the harbour, and, making a signal for +assistance, some boats came out to help tow me in, and by six +o’clock I was safely moored under the guns of the squadron. +The commodore was delighted to see me. I did not flatter myself +so much because of my own merits, as on account of the +richly-freighted old galleon. However, I was not addicted to +trouble myself as to the cause of any attention I might receive, +or any compliments which might be paid me; but I always received +them with a good grace, as if they were invariably due to my own +especial merits. The commodore told me that he should at once +send me on to Jamaica, under convoy of the Lowestoffe, and gave +me directions to get ready again for sea. I had a number of +visitors on board, who came to congratulate me on my escape, and +to have a look at the galleon, which was much such a craft as +some of the followers of Columbus might have sailed in to conquer +the New World. I found the squadron in a very sickly state. No +less than two-thirds of the crews were living on shore in huts +and tents, suffering from sickness, and since the time they had +left Omoa they had buried upwards of a hundred men, the master of +the Lowestoffe being among them. Altogether I know in a very +short time they lost one hundred and twenty men—while I had +not lost one on board the galleon. Rattan itself was not supposed +to be unhealthy, but at this time there were no inhabitants on +it. When the war broke out with Spain, one of her first acts was +to attack our settlements on the coast of Honduras, and totally +to put a stop to our logwood trade. The merchants and traders +connected with that business accordingly earnestly solicited the +commodore to take possession of the Island of Rattan, which is +admirably placed to guard the entrance to the Gulf of Honduras. +It had belonged to the English in the late war, but by the treaty +of peace made at its termination it was restored to the +Spaniards, or rather abandoned, and all the works on it had been +destroyed. In consequence, however, of the requisition of the +merchants which I have spoken of, the commodore, on the 25th of +November, 1779, again took possession of it in the name of his +Britannic Majesty, and immediately set to work to put the place +in as good a state of defence as circumstances would allow. A +number of logwood cutters and other settlers, as well as some +merchants and traders, had already arrived there. These were at +once regularly drilled and taught the use of their arms. Each of +the ships of the squadron also launched two of their guns, which +we mounted on the works for the defence of the harbour, while +they were furnished likewise with an abundant supply of +ammunition and stores of all sorts. The harbour of Port Royal is, +without doubt, as good a one as any in the West Indies, and so +well formed is it by nature for defence, that with a small amount +of art employed on it, I should think that it might be made +perfectly impregnable from any attack by sea. At the time of +which I speak the island was entirely uncultivated, and produced +only the trees and shrubs nature had planted there; but from what +I saw of the soil and from what others who knew more about +agricultural affairs than I did, I had no doubt that in a few +years it would become a very flourishing spot, and amply repay +the planters who might settle on it. Just now it was serving as +the burial-place of many poor fellows, who were carried off day +after day by the malignant fever which had got among them. It was +sad to go on shore to visit the sick and dying, and all the time +to feel that one could be of no use to them. I had seen a good +deal of that sort of thing lately, but it had not hardened my +heart. At last I scarcely went on shore at all. Nothing I found +so depressing to my spirits as to see the long rows of graves +beneath which so many of my poor countrymen were sleeping, and +still more to see them day by day increasing in number.</p> +<p>While I was getting ready for sea, the Charon, having taken on +board the whole cargo of the Saint Joseph galleon, sailed with +the purpose of proceeding at once to England, leaving the Pomona +at Rattan, to bring off the sick as soon as it was deemed +practicable and safe to remove them.</p> +<p>On the 26th of November, having taken leave of the commodore +and saluted him with three hearty cheers, such as he well +deserved, and having on board several passengers, some of whom +were taken prisoners at Omoa, I put to sea in company with the +Lowestoffe. Scarcely had I done breakfast next morning, and was +congratulating myself on having a pleasant run to Jamaica, when +Nol Grampus entered my cabin with the pleasing intelligence that +the Saint Domingo had sprung a leak. “Allowing to her being +manned by heretics, as the Spaniards would say,” I +exclaimed petulantly as I hurried out, and with the carpenter +endeavoured to ascertain where the injury was to be found. At the +same time I set both the pumps going; but do all we could, we +could not keep the leak under. At length I most unwillingly gave +orders to hoist the signal of distress. As soon as it was seen on +board the Lowestoffe her boats were sent to my assistance.</p> +<p>On inquiring among the Spanish prisoners I found from them +that she had been struck by lightning in the harbour of Omoa, and +had been injured in some place aft. On examining I discovered the +injury to exist under the larboard counter, and having got some +lead nailed on over the leak, I soon had the pleasure of seeing +the water sensibly decrease. One danger over, it was not long +before I had to encounter another of a still more serious nature, +and I had great reason to fear that after all I had gone through +I should still not succeed in carrying my prize into port. Had I +been followed by the curse of some revengeful old witch I could +scarcely have been compelled to encounter more difficulties and +mishaps; such a witch as Shakespeare describes as sailing in a +sieve, and like a rat without a tail doing something +dreadful.</p> +<p>On the 29th the wind was favourable and light, and the big +galleon was gliding swiftly over a smooth, laughing sea, when, +the decks having been washed down, I was taking a turn, as was my +custom before breakfast, with Martin.</p> +<p>“Fine weather, sir,” he remarked. “After all +our mishaps there seems a fair prospect of our getting into port +in safety.”</p> +<p>“There’s many a slip between the cup and the lip, +and for my part I never again will make sure of a thing till I +have got it in my hand, and then I should look very sharp that it +does not jump out again,” was my answer, for I was, I own, +beginning to be discontented with sublunary affairs in +general.</p> +<p>“Oh, no fear now, I think, but what we shall get the +rich old galleon safe into port at last, and some day touch the +prize-money she will bring us,” remarked Martin, rubbing +his hands at the thought of the wealth he was about to obtain, +and the way in which he would very soon manage to get through +it.</p> +<p>“Breakfast ready, sir,” said Tom Rockets, coming +up to me and touching his cap. He was doing the duty of Jenker, +my steward, who had broken his leg in one of the many gales we +had encountered.</p> +<p>I invited Martin to breakfast with me. When we left the deck +the wind was light and the sky had scarcely a cloud floating on +it to dim its splendour. We had finished a plate of scraped salt +beef, and had begun upon a salt herring, (what would I not have +given for a fresh, juicy mutton chop!) I had just taken a cup of +coffee and Martin was helping himself, holding up the coffee-pot, +when I saw it and him and the breakfast-things gliding away to +leeward, and felt myself following them. There was a terrific +roaring sound and a loud rush of waters almost overwhelming the +shouts and cries of the people on deck. Over went everything in a +confused mass. I rushed out of the cabin, followed by Martin, to +ascertain what had occurred, though I had no doubt about the +matter. The ship had overset in one of the sudden squalls to +which these seas are liable. There she lay like a log, with her +sails almost in the water. She appeared to me to be going lower +and lower every instant. Nothing could exceed the confusion the +deck presented. The crew were rushing about and letting go any +ropes they could lay hands on, in accordance with the orders of +the officer of the watch to take in sail. The lady passengers +were shrieking out for help as they paddled about to leeward, and +the men were in vain endeavouring to afford it, shouting and +striking out in the water and endeavouring to climb up towards +the weather bulwarks.</p> +<p>“There go all our hopes of wealth,” I thought to +myself as I saw the condition of the ship. Strange that that +should be the first idea which came into my head. I did not think +that the ship would swim many minutes longer. I looked out for +the Lowestoffe. She was not far-off, and was lowering her boats, +to come to our assistance. Only one chance of saving the ship +remained. We must cut away the masts. I gave the necessary order. +While some of the crew set to work on the rigging with their +knives, I sung out for an axe. One had fallen overboard the day +before. Another was not to be found.</p> +<p>“Can no one find an axe?” I sung out, not a little +enraged. “Bear a hand, then.”</p> +<p>Rockets was searching in one direction, Nol Grampus in others, +with several of the rest of the men, while I felt almost frantic, +expecting the ship to fill and go down every instant. The +officers were hurrying about for the same object. Were the ship +to go down, I felt many lives might be lost, for the +frigate’s boats could scarcely save all hands with the +passengers. The confusion and noise was increased, it must be +remembered, by the roaring of the wind and the dashing of the +seas over us.</p> +<p>At last Grampus appeared with a couple of axes. I seized one +and sprung to the mainmast. He rushed forward. I had lifted up my +gleaming weapon, and was about to give the fatal stroke, when +there was a sudden lull of the wind, and the stout old galleon, +no longer feeling its pressure, sprang up and righted herself in +an instant, sending a dozen of the crew across the deck and all +the passengers spinning about in every direction. Except a little +of the standing rigging cut, a few shins broken, and a complete +ducking received by all the passengers, no damage had occurred. +We soon got the lady passengers put to rights, and seated on the +hencoops, where they had been taking their breakfast, the +coffee-cups picked up, the men restored to their legs, and their +cigars re-lighted, and everything in its proper place, while the +boats which had been coming to our help returned to their +frigate.</p> +<p>“All’s well that ends well,” was +Martin’s observation when we again sat down to a fresh +supply of coffee, red herrings, and biscuits.</p> +<p>Nothing else occurred till the 5th of December, when one of +the Spanish prisoners was found dead in his bed in the +gun-room.</p> +<p>On the 8th we made Jamaica, but were beating away under the +south-west end of the island, till the 15th, when I carried away +my fore-topsail-yard, and had to put into Bluefields Bay to +repair the loss.</p> +<p>On the 16th we sailed again with the Lowestoffe. In the +evening, as we were pretty close in with the shore, the +Lowestoffe signalised that a suspicious schooner was in sight and +made sail in chase. Scarcely had we sunk her courses below the +horizon when another vessel appeared from under the land, +standing towards us. She was also a schooner, and we were not +long in making up our minds that she was an enemy’s +privateer. I did not fear her though. We loaded and ran out all +our guns and prepared for the encounter. I knew that my men would +not yield while the galleon kept afloat, and so I did not watch +the Lowestoffe’s departure with so much anxiety as I might +otherwise have done. Tom Rockets and others were tightening in +their waist-bands, fastening handkerchiefs round their heads, +feeling the edges of their cutlasses, and making all the other +usual preparations for a fight.</p> +<p>The stranger came on boldly towards us. I had no doubt of the +character of the schooner, but as she sailed two knots to our one +there was no use in attempting to try and escape her. It was not +long before she got within gun-shot and exhibited her true +character by running up the Spanish ensign and by firing one of +her bow-chasers at us. As our guns would not carry so far as hers +I let her come on considerably nearer before I returned the +compliment. The privateer, thinking that they were going to make +an easy victory of us, fired again, but the shot, as had the +first, flew wide of us. I saw that my people were impatient to +fire in return.</p> +<p>“Hold fast, my lads,” I cried out. “Let her +come on a little nearer, and we’ll show her that she has +caught a Tartar for once in a way.”</p> +<p>I waited for another ten minutes, but as I saw the way in +which the well-armed daring little craft approached us I could +not help thinking to myself, “I wonder whether this will be +another slip between the cup and the lip.” I, of course, +did not show what I thought. I now judged that we had got her +well within range of all our guns. Again she fired, and the shot +flew through our rigging.</p> +<p>“Now give it her, my lads,” I sung out. +“Blaze away!”</p> +<p>The men were not slow to obey the order. Our broadside told +with fearful effect. Many of our shot tore along her decks, +killing and wounding a considerable number of her crew. +Notwithstanding this the schooner stood after us. From the +spirited way in which she came on I thought that she must be +American, and, knowing the rich prize we should prove, had +determined at all risks to get hold of us. She only carried six +guns, but they were heavier than ours, and while her crew were +amply strong to man them, mine could not fight more than half the +guns we had. The contest, therefore, was much more equal than at +first appeared to be the case. Still I had not much fear as to +the results, especially if the privateer really was Spanish, for +however bravely or furiously Spaniards come on, and however much +bravado they make, I have always found that they never can +withstand English pluck and determination. As soon as we had +fired our first broadside we loaded again as fast as we could, +while the schooner gave us the contents of her three guns from +one side, and was about to keep away and run under our stern to +fire the three on the other—the first having done us no +little damage, wounded one of our masts, and cut a poor fellow +almost in two—but just as she was on the point of firing we +let fly four or five of our after guns right down upon her, and +one of the shot striking the helmsman, knocked him over, and +before another man could take his place the schooner had flown up +again into the wind. Her starboard broadside not being loaded, we +were able to give her another dose before she was ready to fire, +and in the meantime the report of the guns being heard on board +the Lowestoffe, she was seen standing towards us under all +sail.</p> +<p>The privateer had now had quite sufficient taste of our +quality, and greatly to my vexation and to that, I believe, of +everyone on board, she hauled her wind and stood away from us on +a bow-line, a point of sailing on which we had no chance of +overtaking her. We gave her, however, a parting salute and three +cheers and many a hearty wish that she had stopped to receive the +thrashing we all felt confident we should have bestowed on +her.</p> +<p>The Lowestoffe soon came up and chased her for a few miles, +having in the course of it recaptured a prize which the privateer +had just before taken. Had not the captain of the Lowestoffe been +apprehensive that some more of these privateering gentlemen might +try to get hold of my tenderly-loved galleon, he would probably +have continued the chase and captured the schooner herself, but +remembering that a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush, he +wisely would not allow himself to be tempted on, but returned to +keep ward and watch over me.</p> +<p>“You said, sir, that there was many a slip between the +cup and the lip,” observed Martin, as on the morning of the +18th December, 1779, we sighted the entrance to Port Royal +Harbour, Jamaica, and with a fair breeze stood into it with our +rich prize, followed closely by our faithful guardian the +Lowestoffe.</p> +<p>“Yes, my boy, but we have not touched the rhino yet, and +even then it may be long before the sweets reach our +mouth,” was my answer. “So I have always found it to +be, and so I always expect to find it. These bales of indigo +which are said to be worth so much, are rather cumbersome +articles to put into our pockets and walk off with. The ship has +to cross the Atlantic and the cash has to pass through the hands +of merchants, and brokers, and prize-agents before we touch +it.”</p> +<p>I little thought at the time how necessary my warning was, and +how well it was not to reckon too much on the riches which might +so easily take to themselves wings and flee away. Still, as I +have before said, I could not help believing that I should some +day or other possess the portion which was my due; and over and +over again I conjured up the delightful picture when I should +find myself once more in America, no longer as an enemy to her +sons, but as the affianced husband of Madeline Carlyon and the +friend and companion of her kindred and people.</p> +<p>In high spirits, therefore, and with no small amount of pride +in my heart, I sailed up the harbour and saluted Sir Peter Parker +with thirteen guns, which compliment he returned with eleven. +After this expenditure of gunpowder I hurried up to pay my +respects to him, and was received with all his usual kindness and +urbanity. To my astonishment, and somewhat, I own, to my +disappointment, I found my own ship, the Charon, at anchor among +the rest of the fleet. I thought that she had long ago sailed for +England. On going on board I soon was made acquainted with the +cause of her return. On her passage through the Gulf of Florida +she had spoken HMS Salisbury, from which ship Captain Luttrell +gained the information that many very disparaging reports +reflecting on his honour were circulating in Jamaica respecting +his conduct at the taking of Omoa. This made him at once resolve +to return to the island, to vindicate his character. He +immediately demanded a Court of Inquiry, which was held on board +the Niger, when he was honourably acquitted of one and all the +malicious charges alleged against him. Officers, especially in +the navy, would always do well to imitate the commodore’s +conduct in this particular. All men may have dirt thrown at them, +but the honourable man will never allow it to remain a moment +longer than can be avoided, lest it should leave a stain +behind.</p> +<p>Captain Luttrell’s return to Jamaica had a considerable +influence on my fortunes. I was in high feather at having so far +escaped all the dangers of the voyage with the old Galleon, and +was making every preparation to fit her yet further for +encountering the passage in mid-winter across the Atlantic. +During this period I had not altogether an unpleasant time of it, +for the merchants and planters of Kingston were proverbially +hospitable, and I had many friends among them, so that every +moment I could spare from my duties on board ship was occupied in +receiving the attentions and civilities they showered on me. This +was all very agreeable. I made haste to enjoy the moments as they +passed, for I expected to be at sea and far away in a very few +days. My pleasure was, however, of shorter duration even than I +anticipated. I met O’Driscoll one day, who had just come +from the admiral.</p> +<p>“I say, Hurry, my boy,” he began; “do you +know what they talk of doing with your old galleon?”</p> +<p>“Send her to sea at once, before her repairs are +finished,” I answered. “It’s the way they too +often do things.”</p> +<p>“Not a bit of it,” he replied. “They say +that she is not fit to go to sea, so they propose transferring +her cargo to the old ‘Leviathan,’ which to my certain +knowledge is very much out of repair, and sending her home with +it.”</p> +<p>“Some abominable job!” I exclaimed, stamping with +rage. “It’s too bad, after all I have gone through, +to deprive me of the credit I ought to have gained. I won’t +believe it.”</p> +<p>I soon found, however, that O’Driscoll’s account +was too true. A survey was held on the Saint Domingo, and she was +condemned as unfit to proceed on her voyage to England. Her +cargo, consisting of twelve hundred and thirty-two saroons of +indigo, and a large quantity of sarsaparilla and hides, was put +on board HMS Leviathan, and her captain was to have three +thousand pounds freight. I protested as loudly as I could against +this decision. I asserted that the Saint Domingo was far more +calculated to take home so valuable and bulky a cargo than the +Leviathan, or any other man-of-war, and I undertook, with twenty +of my people, who had been in her already for three months, to +carry her across the Atlantic in safety. All I could say was of +no avail. Not only I, but many other officers said the same +thing. The affair was decided against us, and I saw, with no +small regret, the whole of the Saint Domingo’s cargo +transferred to the rotten old Leviathan.</p> +<p>On the 16th of January, 1780, having given up the hull of the +Saint Domingo to our agent at Jamaica, I joined the Charon, with +my two followers, for the first time since my appointment to her. +On the next day we sailed from Port Royal, in company with his +Majesty’s ships Ruby, Lyon, Bristol, Leviathan, Salisbury, +James, Resource, Lowestoffe, Pallas, Galatrea, Delight, and about +ninety sail of merchant vessels. Except the capture of a Spanish +privateer, and a vessel laden with mahogany, nothing particular +occurred till the 9th of February, in latitude 29 degrees north, +and longitude 72 degrees west, when the admiral and his squadron +put about to return to Jamaica, leaving us and the Leviathan in +charge of the convoy, to pursue our way to England.</p> +<p>We had hard work enough in keeping our convoy together, and in +whipping up the laggards. In spite of the danger they ran of +being picked up by privateers, some were continually getting out +of the order of sailing. The Leviathan kept ahead, and led as +well as she could, while we did the duty of huntsman, or of +whipper-in. One night when it was my watch on deck, as I was +keeping a bright look-out in all directions, I saw the flash of a +gun on our lee quarter, and the sound directly after reached my +ears. It was, it struck me, from a petronel, or some small piece +of ordnance such as merchantmen carried in those days. I reported +the circumstance to Captain Luttrell, who ordered me at once to +make sail in that direction. One or two other shots followed, and +I could just discern the flashes of pistols, though the reports +did not reach our ears. The night was very dark, but we were able +to steer clear of some of the convoy, which had been near us on +our lee quarter. I had carefully taken the bearings of the spot +where I had seen the flashes. We were not long in getting up to +it. There was a large barque under sail, steering somewhat +wildly, but still keeping after the fleet. We hailed as we got +close to her, but received no answer. A second time we hailed, +still louder, but there was no reply. We then fired a shot across +her bows, but she stood on as before. On this the captain +directed me to take a boat and board her. There was not much sea, +but in the wild way in which she was steering about, and in the +extreme darkness, this would, I knew, be no very easy matter. +However, singing out for volunteers, I soon had eight good hands +to man a boat, and away we pulled towards the barque. As we got +near I again hailed. As before, there was no reply. At last, +watching the proper moment, I pulled in towards her, and hooked +on to her mizen-chains. We soon, with lanterns in hand, scrambled +on board. As I was hurrying along the deck, I stepped on some +substance which very nearly made me measure my length on it. I +called to Tom Rockets, who was of course near me, to throw the +light of his lantern on the spot. It was blood. There could be no +doubt of it. The deck in several places was moist with the same, +but yet no one had we seen. Aft there was no one. The helm was +lashed amidships, and the ship was left to steer herself. +Ordering a hand to the wheel, to keep her close after the Charon, +I again traversed the deck to examine her forward. On my way I +stumbled over two human forms. The light of the lantern, which +fell on their countenances, showed me that they were not +Englishmen—dark-bearded, swarthy fellows, dressed in true +buccaneer style. I had little doubt that they were pirates, or +belonging to the crew of one of the Spanish privateers, most of +which deserved no better character. Farther on were two or three +English seamen, so they seemed. Here evidently had been a +desperate fight, but it was too clear which party had gained the +victory. Two other bodies were found locked in a deadly +embrace—an English seaman and a Spaniard. One had been +endeavouring to force the other overboard. The Spaniard’s +knife was sticking in the Englishman’s throat, but the +latter had not died till he had strangled his antagonist. A few +moments sufficed to reveal this tale of horror. I looked out to +endeavour to discern the pirate. I fancied that I could make out +the sails of a fore and aft vessel to leeward, but when I looked +again I could see nothing of them. I had now to examine the +vessel below. I went aft into the cabin. There also had been a +desperate struggle. The master apparently had been surprised in +his cot, and lay half out of it, stabbed to the heart. Several +passengers had sprung out of their berths, it seemed, and been +shot or stabbed before they could reach the door of the cabin. +The mate, I judged, and two other men, lay in a pool of blood +just inside the door. They had retreated there, fighting for +their lives. The table and chairs were upset and broken. One of +the pirates had fallen, and so hurried had been the retreat of +his companions that they had been unable to carry him off. He +still breathed when I threw the light of the lantern on his face, +but the moment he was moved he fell back and, with a deep groan, +died. I marched through the whole of the vessel; not a living +soul was found on board. On returning on deck, I again looked out +for the pirate—not that I had much hopes of seeing her. All +appeared dark to leeward, the Charon’s stern lanterns only +being visible just ahead of me. As I was peering into the gloom, +suddenly a bright light burst forth, as it seemed, out of the +ocean. Up it rose, increasing in size, a vast mass of flame into +the air. I could distinguish, with the greatest clearness, the +masts and spars and canvas of a schooner, lifting upwards high +above the surface of the dark sea. Then they seemed to separate +into a thousand fragments, and to fall down in showers of sparks +on every side. For a moment I was in doubt whether what I saw was +a reality or some hallucination of the mind, such as the +imagination of a sleeper conjures up, but from the exclamations I +heard around me I was soon convinced that the pirate crew who had +effected all the mischief we had witnessed had met with a sudden +and just retribution for their crimes, and that they and their +vessel had been blown up.</p> +<p>The next morning a midshipman and ten men were sent to relieve +me, and to take charge of the barque, which proved to be a vessel +bound for Bristol. Sad was the tale she would have to convey to +the wives and families of her officers and crew. On the 20th a +signal of distress was seen flying on board one of our convoy. A +couple of boats were manned, and I pulled away to her assistance. +As we got near we saw the crew waving to us, some in the rigging, +and some leaning over the sides. Her boats, I concluded, had been +knocked to pieces in a gale. At all events none were lowered. The +people waved and shouted more vehemently than ever. They had good +reason for so doing. I saw by the way that the vessel was +labouring, and by her depth in the water, that she was on the +point of sinking. Already she had given one or two ominous rolls. +I cried out to my men to pull up alongside as fast as they could. +We were soon up to her. “Leap, leap!” was the shout. +I was afraid that the boats might get foul of some of the +rigging, or be drawn into the vortex. Not a moment was to be +lost. The merchantman’s crew saw their danger, and threw +themselves headlong over the bulwarks. The deck was already +almost awash with the sea. Some reached the boats unhurt, others +got much bruised, and two poor fellows plunged into the water. +One of them sank before we could get hold of him, and the other +we had considerable difficulty in saving from the vortex made by +the foundering ship.</p> +<p>“Shove off! shove off!” I had to cry out. +“Give way—give way, my lads!”</p> +<p>We had barely time to get clear of the vessel before she gave +a terrific roll, her stern lifted, and down she went, as if +dragged by some invisible power towards the depths of the ocean. +We hurried back to the Charon, without attempting to pick up +anything, for the weather was coming on bad, and the boats were +already as full as they could hold. I could not help remarking +how little the men seemed to care for the loss of their ship. +Most of them grumbled about losing their bags, but as to any +thought of gratitude for their preservation, it did not seem to +occur to them that there was any necessity for feeling it. Had no +other ship been near, or had their vessel gone down in the night, +not one of them would have been saved.</p> +<p>“Oh, they are a precious rough lot, are my men,” +observed the master. “There’s nothing they +wouldn’t do, and nothing they care for.”</p> +<p>I thought as he spoke that he was precious rough himself, and +that it was very much owing to him, and men like him, that +merchant-seamen are so often little better than +barbarians—without a thought of religion, or a knowledge of +a future life. Several more days passed by, and we were making +good progress. I little guessed what was in store for us. Often, +as I kept my midnight watch, my thoughts flew to Madeline +Carlyon, and I delighted to picture to myself the happiness which +I anticipated when I should one day be united to her. Of course I +could not tell how or when that was to be, but I had so often and +so long dwelt on the subject that I began to consider my union +with her as a settled thing, that was to be a reality. Of one +thing I was most certain, that she fully returned the affection I +had bestowed on her. I pictured to myself how delightful it would +be to bring her over to England as my wife—to introduce her +to my father and mother and my relations, and to witness the +admiration I was certain they would bestow on her. However, I did +not intend to trouble my readers with a minute account of my own +private thoughts and feelings, and yet, had I neglected to speak +again of Miss Carlyon, I might have been accused of having +heartlessly forgotten one for whom I had before expressed so +ardent an affection. Most of my hopes of the successful +termination of my love were based, it must be remembered, on the +fortune which floated within the ribs of the huge Leviathan, and +then my feelings may well be imagined, when, on the morning of +the 24th of February, I saw a signal of distress flying on board +her. I instantly communicated the circumstance to Captain +Luttrell, who ordered all our boats to go to her aid. What was +the matter we could not tell. Some thought a fire might have +broken out among her cargo—others that she had sprung a +leak. At all events it was very evident that her demand for +relief was urgent. The boats were speedily lowered. Several of +the merchantmen were sending off theirs also, and away we pulled +towards her as fast as we could. I was the first on board. I +found all the men with their bags on deck, and the officers +collected with traps of all sorts. I did not see the captain and +first lieutenant. The second lieutenant I knew, and spoke to +him.</p> +<p>“We have been holding a council of war, and it has been +resolved to abandon the ship, as there does not appear to be the +slightest prospect of being able to keep her afloat a day or +perhaps an hour longer,” he remarked with a look in which I +thought that there was some little amount of shame mingled. +“You see, it would not do to risk the lives of the people, +or our own either, on the mere chance of keeping the old ship +afloat a few days longer at most. The cargo they have put into +her is more than she can carry—that is very +evident.”</p> +<p>“Yes, indeed—that ought to have been known +before?” I exclaimed, stamping with my foot vehemently on +the deck. I could not for the life of me help the action. +“And is this valuable cargo to be allowed to sink to the +bottom of the sea without anyone straining a muscle to save it? +That shall not be, and though every body else is afraid of +remaining on board, I’ll undertake to stay by her and do my +best to keep her afloat.”</p> +<p>“You’ll make your offers to your own captain, +sir,” said the captain of the Leviathan, who just then +appeared on deck. “If he thinks fit to accept them, he must +be answerable for your life. My officers and I have come to the +decision that to remain on board is certain destruction. No human +power can keep the ship afloat.”</p> +<p>To all this I of course said nothing. I had been too long a +midshipman not to know that the less a subordinate differs with +his superior officer the better. I therefore merely stated that +the boats I commanded were at the captain’s disposal, to +convey him and his people on board the Charon, or any of the +vessels in the convoy.</p> +<p>The captain, I thought, looked not a little sheepish, though +he tried to brazen it out by as pompous a manner as he could +assume. For want of sufficient courage and energy he was not only +losing three thousand pounds, which he would have received on +arriving in England, but allowing a number of other people to +lose the hard-won wealth which might have been theirs. It was a +very bitter subject to think of, I know. The captain had made up +his mind to abandon the ship, and accordingly every boat +alongside as well as their own was filled with the men and their +bags, and the officers and their private effects. Many preferred +taking passages in the merchantmen rather than be crowded up and +subject to the discipline of a man-of-war. The captain of the +Leviathan resolved on going on board the Charon, and when he got +there it struck me that Captain Luttrell received him with an +expression of scorn on his countenance which I thought he fully +deserved. The men who had been in the boats declared that from +what they saw of the old ship she would, with a good crew on +board, be able to swim for many a day to come. I of course did +not keep silence, but complained bitterly among my shipmates of +the cowardice which had caused so valuable a cargo to be +deserted. Finding that I could get plenty of support I resolved +to ask Commodore Luttrell to let me go on board and try and save +the cargo. When I expressed my intention the whole ship’s +company begged that they might be allowed to go with me. I told +them that I would take as many as I could. The commodore, who had +been hearing all the reasons given by the captain of the +Leviathan for deserting her, at first tried to dissuade me from +going, but when he found that I persisted, in his usual kind way +he told me that I might take fifty men, and that he heartily +wished me success in my enterprise. By the time I had selected my +crew and got the boats in the water it was quite dark. My object +was to try and keep the ship afloat during the night, and in the +morning to endeavour to discover where the worst leaks were to be +found. I had but two boats, so that I could only take part of my +crew at a time—the boats were to return for the rest. We +shoved off with the full intention of saving the old ship. I felt +sure I could do it. Nol Grampus and Tom Rockets were with me, and +all were men I knew I could trust. The night was somewhat dark, +and there was a good deal of sea on, so that the danger we had to +encounter was not small. As we drew near the abandoned ship I saw +that she was tumbling about and rolling in a fearful manner. Even +in daytime, when we could have watched her movements and better +calculated the proper moment to pull up alongside and hook on, +the risk would have been very great, and now it was positively +terrific. Now the ship came down with a roaring slush into the +sea, as if she was never coming up again, and then suddenly she +rose and away she rolled over on the other side, lifting her keel +almost out of the water. Still to go back was impossible—I +could not bring myself to do it. At every risk I determined to +get on board. I watched anxiously for the moment. She seemed to +be rolling away from us, and I calculated that we should have +time to spring on board just as she returned.</p> +<p>“Now, my lads, give way!” I sang out.</p> +<p>They did give way, poor fellows. A sea sent us closer up +alongside than I expected. Over again rolled the vast lumbering +hull—down—right down upon us it came. Oh, mercy! A +cry of horror rose—shrieks for help. The boat was dashed to +fragments and pressed under the ship’s bilge. I found +myself struggling in the waves with my poor fellows around me. I +made a desperate effort to reach the main-chains. Now I was +driven back, and all I could see was the dark hull of the old +ship rolling above me, and I seemed to be sinking down into total +darkness. Then the sea lifted me in its rough embrace just as I +thought my last moment had come, and carried me right up to the +very spot at which I was aiming. My struggles had so much +exhausted my strength that I do not think I could have grasped +it, but a strong arm seized mine and lifted me up, and a voice I +recognised as that of Nol Grampus exclaimed—</p> +<p>“All right, mate, here you are!”</p> +<p>Tom Rockets had just before reached the same place, and +together they hauled me up out of the water. Some of the other +men had climbed up by the main-chains, and others by the +mizen-chains; but when we all at last got on deck and I began to +muster them, I found that seven poor fellows were missing. There +was no time to grieve about their loss. Our business was to try +and get the crew of the other boat—the jolly-boat—on +board, and to set to work to see if the ship herself could be +kept afloat. Warning them of what had happened, we stood by with +ropes to tell them to approach at the proper time. I waited till +the ship was actually rolling over on that side, and then singing +out to them they got alongside just as she was on an even keel. +They were not many moments in scrambling on board. The +boat’s falls were happily rove, so we hooked on and hoisted +her up out of harm’s way. Not a boat belonging to the ship +remained, and here was I in a sinking craft, with only twenty-two +men instead of the fifty I had expected to have to stand by +me—a dark night—a heavy sea—a gale +brewing—not far from an enemy’s shore—not that +that mattered much, by-the-bye. Still, thinking about our +condition would do no good—action was what was required. My +first care was to sound the well. There were nine feet of water +in the hold. It was no wonder she tumbled about in the strange +way she was doing. It was only surprising that she kept afloat at +all. Grampus proposed returning to the Charon for more people; +but as I thought very likely, when Captain Luttrell heard that so +many had been lost, he would not allow any more to come, I would +not let him go. Besides, I had no fancy to be left in a sinking +ship, without even a boat to take my people and me off, should +she, without more warning, go down. Instead of that I made my men +a speech—a very short one, though—told them that if +we set to work with a will we might yet, without further aid, +keep the old Leviathan at the top of the water till the morning, +when more hands would come to our assistance, and we might +probably save some of the rich cargo on board. They at once saw +the justness of my remarks, and they knew that the Charon had no +other boats remaining in which the rest of those who had +volunteered could come to our assistance. Accordingly, having +trimmed sails as well as could be done to keep way with the +convoy, I ordered the pumps to be manned, and we all set to with +a will. Everyone worked as if they felt their lives depended on +it; so they did, I was convinced, for had we relaxed for ten +minutes the old ship might have given one plunge too much and +gone down. I took my spell with the rest, or rather, I may say, +that I and all the rest laboured away with scarcely an interval +of rest. After two hours’ hard pumping I sent Grampus to +ascertain whether we had in any way diminished the water in the +hold. All we had done was to get it under about a foot. From the +quantity of water we had pumped out I therefore knew that the +leak or rather leaks must be very bad ones. Still, if I had had +my fifty men with me, I should have been able, I was sure, unless +the weather came on very bad, to keep the leaks under. However, I +resolved to keep up my own spirits and those of the people with +me as well as I could. Now and then I shouted out a few words of +encouragement, then I sang a few snatches of some well-known +song, or cut a joke or two suited to the taste of my followers. +This kept them in good spirits and prevented them from thinking +of the dangerous predicament in which we were placed. Hour after +hour dragged its heavy footsteps along, and often I felt so weary +that I thought I must throw myself down on the deck and give in. +Then I would take a few minutes’ rest, sitting on a gun, +and go at it again.</p> +<p>Everything contributed to make me persevere, and not the +least, I must own, was my anger and disgust at the shameful and +cowardly way in which the ship had been abandoned. Oh, how I +wished for daylight! and yet daylight I knew was far-off. I kept +Grampus and Rockets near me that I might send them, as might be +necessary, to ascertain the state of affairs in different parts +of the ship. In a small craft I might more easily have known what +was going forward, but in a huge lumbering ship like the +Leviathan I could not tell what might be occurring. When the +condition of a ship has become desperate, sailors have very often +broken into the spirit-room, and, getting drunk, have allowed her +to sink with them. I had my fears that my poor fellows, when they +became weary, would be guilty of some similar excess.</p> +<p>“Well, Grampus, how is the ship getting on?” I +asked, after he had returned from one of the trips on which I had +despatched him.</p> +<p>“The old craft is sucking in almost as much water as our +fine fellows drive out of her, sir, but for all that there +isn’t one of them shirking his duty,” he answered, in +a cheerful voice. “If we could have a glass of grog apiece +served out among us, I don’t think as how it would do us +any harm.”</p> +<p>“I’ll see to it,” I replied. “Here, +give me a spell; I’ll get some myself from the +spirit-room.” Searching about I found a can, and lantern in +hand I descended to the lower regions of the ship. As I groped my +way there, the strange noises which assailed my ears—the +creakings, the groans, the wash of the water—almost +deafened me. I felt strongly inclined to turn back, for I could +not help fancying that the ship was that instant about to go +down. The air, too, was close and pestiferous, as if all the foul +vapours had been forced up from the inward recesses of the hold. +She continued pitching and rolling in a way so unusual that I +could scarcely keep my legs. This was owing to the unseamanlike +mode in which the cargo had been stowed: indeed, a ship of war +was not calculated to carry a cargo at all, in addition to her +own stores, water and ammunition.</p> +<p>At length I filled my can and returned with it on deck, +filling it up on my way at one of the water-casks. Then I went +round and served it out to the people, and never was grog more +thankfully received. It did them all a great deal of good, and I +am certain that on this occasion, by pouring the spirit down +their own throats, they were enabled to get a great deal more of +the water out of the ship. I took very sparingly of it myself, +for I never was in the habit of taking much liquor of any sort, +and I felt the vast importance, under present circumstances +especially, that it was for me to keep my head cool. Not only on +this occasion, but on all others did I feel this; indeed, though +the licence of the times allowed a great deal of hard drinking on +shore, I held the vice in just abhorrence. In the navy +especially, more men have been ruined body and soul by +drunkenness than by any other way, and many a fine fellow who +would have been an ornament to his profession have I seen +completely lost to it and to his country by giving way to the +vice. I will say that I considered it very creditable to my +fellows that, although they might at any time have found their +way to the spirit-room, they never for a moment left the pumps, +and only took the grog I served out to them.</p> +<p>Even the longest night must have an end. It was with no little +satisfaction and gratitude also that I hailed the first faint +streaks of light in the eastern sky. As the light increased, and +I saw that we were surrounded by a number of vessels, with the +Charon at no great distance, my spirits rose, and instead of +wishing at once to abandon the Leviathan I bethought me that it +still might be possible to get some of her cargo out of her +before she went to the depths below, if go she must. Grampus +agreed with me that this object might be effected. I signalled my +intentions accordingly to the Charon, and very soon I had the +satisfaction of seeing the commodore speaking a number of the +merchantmen. They quickly replied, and he then signalled to me to +set to work and get up the cargo as fast as I could. I could have +wished to be supplied with more men, but, weak-handed as I was, +after my faithful fellows had taken such food as could be found +for breakfast, we set to work and rigged tackles and cranes to +hoist up the indigo and sarsaparilla and anything on which we +could lay hands. It was heavy work, for the old ship was still +rolling very much, and we were all pretty well knocked up with +what we had gone through in the night. The appearance of +half-a-dozen boats or more, however, pulling towards us gave us +fresh spirits. We sang away cheerily as we got saroon after +saroon of indigo up on deck. This was, however, only part of the +labour; the greatest difficulty was to lower them into the boats. +The wind fortunately fell, and I was able to get up altogether +during the day no less than 123 saroons of indigo, valued at +sixteen thousand pounds. Why more assistance was not given me I +cannot say. I do not like to dwell on the subject. In the evening +the masters signalled to their boats to return, and my people and +I were left alone once more on board the rotten old ship, with +only the jolly-boat in which to make our escape should she go +down. As the sun set the sky looked very windy, and there was +considerably more sea than there had been all day. I called +Grampus to my councils. He agreed with me in not at all liking +the look of the weather. The people were ready to stay by me as +long as I thought fit to remain on board, but they had already +begun to express a wish to return to the Charon.</p> +<p>Taking all things into consideration I resolved to follow this +course, and with a heavy heart ordered the people into the +jolly-boat. I was the last man to quit the ship, and as I went +down the side I certainly did not expect to see her afloat the +next morning. I had no time, however, for sentimental regrets, +for the sea was getting up, the sky was looking very wild and +windy, and darkness was fast coming on. The boat also was much +overcrowded. We, however, left the Leviathan’s side without +an accident, and pulled slowly towards the Charon. She lay across +the sea, and was rolling considerably when we got near her. We +pulled up under her quarter. The bowman stood up, boat-hook in +hand, to catch hold of the rope hove to us, when, losing his +balance, he was pitched overboard. In vain his mates forward +tried to catch hold of him; the next sea, probably, struck his +head against the ship’s side, and he sank from our sight. +While we were endeavouring to save him, indeed, the boat herself +very nearly capsized, when probably all or most of us in her +would have lost our lives. Happily, however, as it was, we +managed to scramble on board, and the jolly-boat was hoisted up +safe.</p> +<p>The commodore, as did my brother-officers, complimented me +very much on what I had done, but as I had been left alone, I +thought very unfairly, in my glory, I cannot say that I valued +their compliments at a very high rate. I knew that I had done my +duty at all events, and that was enough for me. Captain Luttrell, +however, of his own accord agreed to remain by the Leviathan till +the morning, in the hopes of being able to get more of her cargo +out of her. Out of spirits at the loss of so many poor fellows, +and after all at having done so little, I entered the gun-room. +Supper was placed before me; I could scarcely touch it. Getting +rid of my wet clothes, I threw myself at last into my berth, and +scarcely had my head touched my pillow than I was fast asleep. +Still the thought of the Leviathan haunted me, and I continued +dreaming of the scenes I had gone through during the time I had +been on board her. At last I awoke, and, slipping on my clothes, +found my way on deck. There she lay—a dark, misty-looking +object—rolling away even more violently than before, so it +seemed to me. Still she was afloat, and while she remained above +water I still had hopes of saving more of her cargo. As I gazed +at her a strange sensation came over me. I know that I began to +talk loudly and to wave my hand, and to play all sorts of antics. +How long I was doing this I do not know, when one of my +brother-officers put his hand on my shoulder and said, “You +have had hard work, Hurry; bed is the best place for you.” +I let him lead me below without a word of remonstrance. It struck +eight bells in the morning watch when I once more awoke. I +hurried on deck; the sky was dark and lowering—the leaden +seas tumbling about with snow-white crests, from which the foam +flew away to leeward, blown by a strong gale, which seemed every +moment increasing. We were still close to the Leviathan. I kept +gazing at her with a sort of stupid stare I dare say it looked +like.</p> +<p>“It will not do, Hurry,” said Captain Luttrell. +“We must give it up. I cannot risk your life or those of +any of our people on board the old ship again.”</p> +<p>I was scarcely inclined to acquiesce in his remark. I wanted +to make another effort to save the ship, and regretted that I had +not remained on board all night. Just then she made two or three +rolls heavier than usual—a sea appeared suddenly to lift up +her stern—she made a plunge forward. I watched, expecting +her to rise again—but no. It was her last plunge. Like the +huge monster from which she took her name, she dived down beneath +the waves; the waters washed over her decks; gradually her masts +sank till the pennant alone was to be seen streaming upwards for +an instant, till that also was drawn down to the depths of the +ocean. I could not help uttering a groan of grief, not for the +wealth which I thus saw engulfed beneath the waves, but for the +destruction of all the hopes I had been so fondly cherishing.</p> +<p>The signal was now made for the convoy to continue on their +course. The bad weather which had been brewing now coming on, +ship after ship parted company from us, and at length, after a +passage of six weeks, we reached the Downs on the 21st of March +without a single one of the convoy with us. I had been absent +from home just five years and a half. I had left it a +boy—if not in age, in habits and feelings; I had come back +an officer—bearing his Majesty’s commission as +lieutenant, with ideas expanded and feelings wonderfully changed. +Without any difficulty, the moment I applied for leave Captain +Luttrell granted it, and, taking Tom Rockets with me, I set off +immediately for London on my way to Falmouth.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap20" id="chap20"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty.</h3> +<h4>Adventures on the road.—Welcomed at home.—Confess +my love for the little Rebel.—Tom’s grief for his +mother’s death.—Hear of Captain Cook’s +death.—Visit to London.—The Gordon +riots.—Encounter with the mob.—Save an old gentleman +in his carriage.—Give him my name.—Wonder who he can +be.—Join the Charon, Captain Thomas Symonds.—Sail for +West Indies.</h4> +<p>Seldom, I suspect, have two rough-looking subjects made their +appearance at an inn in the great City of London than Tom Rockets +and I must have seemed when we arrived there by the Deal heavy +coach on the evening of the 22nd of March, 1780. Our faces were +of the colour of dark copper, and our beards were as rough and +thick as holly bushes, while Tom sported a pig-tail and +love-locks, which he flattered himself would prove the admiration +of all the belles in his native village. They, at all events, +drew forth not a few remarks from the little errand-boys in the +streets of London, as we heard such remarks as, “There go +two sea monsters!” “Where can those niggers have come +from?” “Look there, at that sailor man with a bit of +a cable fastened on to his pole!” More than once Tom turned +to try and catch hold one of the little jackanapes, but he was +off so fast down some lane or other that even Tom could not +overtake him. I advised him to give up the attempt, and to take +their impertinence coolly. I kept Tom by me wherever I went, for +I felt pretty certain that, should I once lose sight of him, he +might never find his way back to me.</p> +<p>I cannot stop to describe all the sights we saw, and the +places we visited in the mighty metropolis. The town was talking +a great deal of a duel which had taken place the very morning of +our arrival in Hyde Park between Lord Shelbourne and Colonel +Fullerton. The quarrel was about some reflection which the latter +gentleman had cast upon his lordship. On the second shot the +colonel hit Lord Shelbourne, who fell to the ground, but the +wound was not considered dangerous. I bethought me of the duel I +had fought when I was a boy, and that these two great people were +very little wiser than I was then.</p> +<p>As soon as we could get places in the old coach we started for +Falmouth, intending to visit the remainder of the sights on our +way back to the ship. Away we rumbled, one fine morning, on board +the big coach, as Tom called it, with a guard behind well armed +with a huge blunderbuss and a brace of horse pistols. We stopped +to change horses at an inn about thirty miles from London. A long +line of horses, with packs on their backs, were collected in +front of the stables to be watered. Twenty men or so were +lounging about, apparently belonging to them. Presently there was +a cry of, “The Custom-house officers! the Custom-house +officers!” The men ran up from all directions, unloosed the +halters, leaped on the backs of some saddle-horses standing +ready, and the whole party began to move along the road. They had +not gone many yards when another party of horsemen were seen +galloping up from the direction in which they were going. The +smugglers—for such the guard told us they were—turned +round and dashed by us, but they were again met by another party +of Custom-house officers. Swords were drawn, pistols were fired, +the bullets came flying about the coach, greatly to the alarm of +some of the passengers, who cried out and begged the combatants +to desist. Our horses kicked and plunged, and nearly upset the +coach. Tom and I could not help wishing to join the skirmish, and +had jumped off for the purpose, though I had scarcely made up my +mind with which party to side, when some of the smugglers threw +down their arms and cried peccavi, while the rest tried to escape +across the country over the hedges and ditches. Some were caught, +but several effected their escape. I was well satisfied, when I +had time to reflect on the matter, that I had not had time to mix +in the affray. Altogether, thirty horses were captured, as were +several of the smugglers, some of whom were wounded, as were five +or six of the horses. We were, when passing through Devonshire, +attacked by a party of highwaymen, but they, finding several +armed men on the top of the coach who did not look as if we would +stand any nonsense, thought it was wiser not to make any further +attempt at robbing us. These trifling circumstances were the only +events which occurred to us worthy of notice till we reached +Falmouth. Tom accompanied me to my father’s house, for I +wanted to show him to them all, and also to ascertain whether his +mother was living before I let him go home. We had been so long +without hearing that I could not tell what might have occurred +during our absence; my knees positively trembled as I approached +the dear old red-brick house, and I felt as if I could scarcely +walk up the flight of stone steps in front of it. The door was +open. A little child was playing on the steps, and when he saw us +he ran into the house, crying out—</p> +<p>“Oh, Grannie, Grannie! dear me, dear me! there are two +big ugly blackamoors a-coming!”</p> +<p>Tom made a face, and looked at himself as if he did not much +like the compliment, though he might have felt he deserved it. I +should have caught up the little fellow and kissed him heartily, +for I guessed that he must be one of my dear sister Mary’s +children, and the first kindred thing I had seen for many a long +year. The cry brought out a neat, trim old lady, in a mob cap. +She gave me an inquiring glance through her spectacles, and then, +hurrying forward, caught me in her arms and kissed me again and +again on both cheeks in spite of my huge beard and whiskers.</p> +<p>“My boy, my boy! you’ve came back at last to your +old father and mother, bless Heaven far it?” she exclaimed, +holding me at arms’ length to examine my features, and then +drawing me to her again. Tom pulled off his hat, and scraped his +feet, and hitched up his trousers, and looked as if he expected +to receive a similar welcome. Poor fellow! his heart yearned, I +dare say, to have the arms of his own old mother round his neck. +My mother looked at him to inquire who he was, and when I told +her, an expression of sorrow crossed over her features, and I too +truly guessed that she had some sad tidings for him. She, +however, summoned a maid-servant, to whom she whispered a few +words, and then told her to take him into the kitchen and make +him comfortable. My father was out, but while I was sitting in +the parlour I heard him come in. My mother went out to tell him +that I had arrived, and he came hurrying in with steps far more +tottering than was formerly his wont. He wrung my hand with both +of his for more than a minute. From the tremulous motion of his +fingers, and the tone of his voice and his general appearance, +with sorrow I observed that he was much broken and aged. Still +his playful humour had not deserted him, and he soon began to +amuse himself by cutting jokes on my swarthy features and unshorn +visage. Mary’s little boy, Jack, in a very short time, +became perfectly reconciled to my looks, and came and sat on my +knee and let me dance him and ride him, and listened eagerly to +the songs I sang him and the stories I told. Though I had not had +a child in my hands for I don’t know how many years, it all +came naturally, and the little chap and I became great friends. +Only my sister Jane, the one just above me in age, was at home. +All my brothers were scattered about, some in England, others in +different parts of the world seeking their fortunes. I was in a +great hurry to talk to Jane about Madeline. I knew that she would +sympathise with me. I had not written home a word about her, for +I knew that it would never do to say that I had fallen in love +with the daughter of a rebel, as my feelings and motives and +reasons would not fail to be misunderstood. I thought that I +would first interest Jane, and then that we could win over my +mother to listen to what we had to say, and then that my father +would easily be brought round. Of course I knew that two +important events must occur before anything I could say or do +would be of any use. The abominable war between England and the +United States must cease, and I must become possessed of a +competence to support a wife as I felt Madeline ought to be +supported.</p> +<p>I had not been long in the house before the news of my arrival +had spread among our friends and neighbours. Many came in to see +the long-absent sailor, as the ladies called me, and some to +inquire about their relatives, my old shipmates and comrades. Of +too many, unhappily, I could give but a bad account. Some had +died of fever, others had been killed fighting with the enemy, +and many, knocked up by hard work and disease, would, I thought, +never return, or, if they found their way home, it would be but +to die. I tried, however, to make the best of all the accounts I +had to give, but I strained my conscience not a little a times to +do so. This was a moral cowardice, I own. I could not stand the +tears and sorrowful faces of friends when I would have wished to +have had smiles and laughter. Still there can be no doubt that +the truth should be spoken on all occasions, and I should, at +every cost, have had it out at once. After all, the worst was to +have to tell poor Tom that his mother was dead. For the life of +me I could not do it, so I got Jane to go and break the sad news +to him. I knew that the good girl would do it as gently as it +could be done. She screwed up her courage, and went into the +kitchen and sat down, and began to tell him how she was always +talking of him, and hoping that he was a good lad, and then how +ill she had been. At last Tom got up—</p> +<p>“Oh, Miss Jane!” said he, almost choking, “I +know by your looks what you are going to tell me. Bless you for +your kindness. The old lady has gone to heaven; that’s it, +I know. She was a good mother to me, and I don’t care who +knows, I would sooner by half have died myself. Bless you, miss! +Bless you, miss!”</p> +<p>Then Tom sat down, and, putting his hands on the kitchen +table, hid his face in them, and by the working of his brawny +shoulders I knew how much he was affected. We left him to the +care of our old cook, Betsy Treggle, who, we knew, could minister +to his sorrow better than we could, and returned into the +parlour.</p> +<p>“Sailors have got hearts, I see,” observed my +mother.</p> +<p>“I should think so, mother,” said I; “the +sea does not wash them away; and yet there isn’t a braver +fellow ever stepped the deck of a ship than the same Tom Rockets, +who seems to be almost pumping his heart out yonder.”</p> +<p>Then I gave them all an account of his adventure at the taking +of San Fernando D’Omoa, when he handed the Spanish officer +a cutlass to fight with him. In the first few days I was at home +I was made more of than I ever had been before in my life. Tom +stayed on with us. He had now no home to go to—no friends +for whom he cared. He recovered his spirits and became as great a +lion among his class as I was among mine—indeed, I suspect +a far greater, as he made more than I could of all the adventures +he had gone through, and was eager to tell about. The days passed +by very pleasantly, but I felt a weight oppressing me, and could +not rest till I had unburdened my mind to Jane about Madeline +early on. At last I got her alone quietly, and told her all that +had happened from beginning to end, and all my hopes and fears +and wishes. She listened attentively. Her countenance changed its +expression frequently as I went on. I looked at her earnestly to +try and discover what she thought.</p> +<p>“Oh, brother,” she exclaimed at last, “I +doubt not that she is a dear charming girl. I doubt not that you +love her, and that she is deserving of your love, but she is the +daughter of a rebel. She is living among rebels; she will not +leave them; but for you to go to them, to wed with her would +assuredly bring dishonour and disgrace upon your name.”</p> +<p>“Why, Jane, I did not expect you to speak thus,” I +exclaimed. “You are hard upon me. I would not wish to go +and live with rebels; but the Americans will not be rebels much +longer. We are pressing them hard by land and sea, and they will +soon come to terms. If they do not give in I think we shall give +up, for everybody is heartily sick of the war. Nobody is gaining +anything, and everybody is losing by it. Fighting the French and +the Spaniards is a very different thing. Everybody feels that. +It’s all natural, you know.”</p> +<p>“I’m sure that I shall be glad to hear that the +war is over,” said Jane, with a sigh, “but surely the +Americans must be very wicked people to behave as they have done +to their lawful sovereign King George.”</p> +<p>“They say that he has been a very ill-advised King to +behave as he has done to them,” I replied. “You see, +dear Jane, that there are two sides to every question; but do not +let us discuss that matter just now. You’ll say that, for +the sake of Madeline Carlyon, I am siding too much with the +Americans, but that is not the reason. I have been on the spot. I +know the feelings of both sides. I have seen how things have been +managed. I am sure the war can bring no honour or profit to +England, and I heartily wish that it was ended one way or the +other.”</p> +<p>“So do I, brother, believe me,” said Jane warmly; +“and then, if Miss Carlyon is all you describe her, I for +one will cordially welcome her as a sister if you can persuade +her to come over here to visit our kith and kin.”</p> +<p>I jumped up and gave Jane a hearty kiss when she said +this.</p> +<p>“Just like my own good sister,” said I at the same +time, and in a moment I pictured to myself the happiness which +would be mine, when perhaps in that very room I might be +introducing Madeline to my family. I forgot that I was still a +poor lieutenant—that the wealth I had so nearly possessed, +and had fought so hard to obtain, had gone to the bottom in the +old Leviathan—that I had saved but a few hundred pounds of +prize-money—that England and the American States were still +actively engaged in war—that the Atlantic still rolled +between her and me, and that her kindred would probably exert +their influence to make her give up all thoughts of one fighting +on the side of their enemies. I was young, and hope was bright, +and difficulties and impediments were speedily kicked away. +Before another day Jane and I were talking away as if my marriage +with Madeline Carlyon was a settled thing. At last we told our +mother, dear old soul! She didn’t see how it could be +exactly, but then that was her fault; and though she used to have +some idea formerly that the Americans were red, and wore leathern +cloaks and petticoats covered with beads and feathers, and +painted their faces, yet, as I assured her that Miss Carlyon was +quite fair, and spoke English like an English girl, she would be +very glad to receive her as a daughter, and for my sake love her +very much. The toughest job was to tell my father. I was half +afraid how he would take the matter. He did not scold me, or say +I had been acting foolishly, but merely smiled and remarked that +he had heard of midshipmen falling in love before, and that he +had no doubt that Miss Carlyon was a very charming young lady; +but that when I brought her over as my wife he should be able to +pronounce a more decided opinion on the matter. There was, +however, a touch of irony in his tone which I did not altogether +like. However, he used after that to listen very patiently when +we were all talking about her, and, I flattered myself, began to +take an interest in my project. The days flew by very rapidly. I +was invited out everywhere, and became quite a lion, not only +because I had been in so many engagements and storms and dangers +of all sorts, and had had so many hair-breadth escapes, but more +especially because I had actually seen and conversed with General +Washington. The young ladies, however, looked upon me as a very +insensible sort of a person, especially for a naval officer, and +could not in any way make me out. Of course, neither Jane nor my +mother and father said a word about Miss Carlyon, and so we let +them wonder on till I believe that I completely lost my character +among them. Six weeks thus passed rapidly away. The time thus +spent was interesting to me, but no events occurred of sufficient +importance to describe to my readers. My regular employment was +to search the public papers for news from America, to see how +affairs were going in that country; and though most naval +officers would have been anxious for a continuance of the war, my +great wish was to discover signs that there was a probability of +its being brought to a conclusion.</p> +<p>Since I had known Captain Cook I had always taken great +interest in his adventures, and just now the sad news arrived of +his death on the island of Hawaii, one of a group of +newly-discovered islands in the Pacific Ocean called the Sandwich +Islands. Four of his marines were killed at the same time. At +first the natives treated him and his people as divinities, but +on some misunderstanding they furiously set upon Captain Cook, +and killed him with their clubs as he was retreating to his boat. +The Resolution and Discovery proceeded on their voyage under the +command of Captain Clerke, but he soon after dying at sea, Mr +King took command of the expedition. Captain Clerke was a very +gallant fellow. I knew him well.</p> +<p>At last my leave was nearly up, and I had to set off to rejoin +my ship, allowing myself a few days to spend in London. Jane +advised me to stop at Bristol to visit our great-uncle, Sir +Hurricane Tempest, but I replied that I did not think the old +gentleman would care about seeing me, and I certainly should not +find any pleasure in seeing him.</p> +<p>“You don’t know,” she answered, laughing; +“he might take a fancy to you and make you his heir. He has +asked me to visit him, and I think I will, some of these +days.”</p> +<p>“I hope that you will, Jane, dear,” said I. +“You are far more likely to win an old man’s heart +than I am. I am as likely to become his heir as Sultan of the +Turks.”</p> +<p>Jane still further urged the point, but I only laughed and +went on to London without stopping to see him.</p> +<p>On arriving in London, accompanied by Tom Rockets, I went to +the house of a relative of ours in Bloomsbury Square, one of the +most fashionable and elegant quarters of London. He and his wife +were very grand people, but they had a fancy for patronising +celebrities small and great, and having by some chance heard that +I had seen a good deal of service, and could talk about what I +had seen, they begged I would come and see them, and make their +house my home. I took them at their word, though I think they +were somewhat astonished when Tom and I arrived in a coach with +our traps stored inside and out of it. They looked, at all +events, as if I had tumbled from the moon. However, I made myself +perfectly at home, and we soon became great friends. I was on the +point of leaving them when a letter reached me from Captain +Luttrell, prolonging my leave, and I found that I might have +remained three weeks longer at home. When they heard of it, they +most kindly invited me to remain on with them. I amused myself +pretty well, after I had seen all the sights of London, by +wandering about and examining the outside, as it were, of the +huge metropolis. One of the places at which I found myself was +the suburb of Tyburn, to the north of Hyde Park. It was a +considerable distance from London itself, and well it might be, +for here was the place of execution of all ordinary malefactors. +One day I was passing this spot when I saw four carts +approaching. In each of them were three persons sitting, with +their arms closely pinioned. On each side of the carts rode +public officers, the sheriffs, city marshals, the ordinary of +Newgate, and others. I asked a bystander where they were going +and what was to be done to them, for I did not know at the time +that I was near Tyburn.</p> +<p>“Why, of course, they are all going to be hung,” +was his reply. “We are pretty well accustomed to such +sights about here.”</p> +<p>“Are they all murderers?” I asked, thinking, +perhaps, that they were a gang of pirates.</p> +<p>“No—oh no!” said my friend. “They are +mostly guilty of robbery, though. You will hear what they have to +say for themselves before they are turned off; I will learn for +you, if you have a curiosity to know.”</p> +<p>He went away, and soon returned with a paper on which were +written the names of the malefactors and their crimes. One had +stolen some wearing apparel; another had robbed a gentleman of +his watch on the highway; a third had purloined some silks and +ribbons from a shop, and so on. None of the crimes, that I +remember, were attended with violence, and most of the criminals +were mere lads, from seventeen to twenty years of age, and only +one or two above it. I remarked this to my companion.</p> +<p>“Yes,” he observed. “The older ones are too +knowing to be caught.”</p> +<p>The poor lads seemed terribly agitated and cast down at their +approaching fate, and shed abundance of tears. One after the +other was led up to the fatal drop and cast off. I could not stop +to see the end, but hurried away. I had seen hundreds of my +fellow-creatures die, but I hoped that I might never again see +any put to death as these were.</p> +<p>After this I went down to Chatham to see how the ship was +getting on, and then returned to London. I found the city in a +complete state of uproar and confusion. It was on a Friday, the +2nd of June, when Tom and I made our way towards the Houses of +Parliament, for I had heard that Lord George Gordon was going +with a large body of people to present a protest against the +repeal of any of the penal laws against the Roman Catholics. I +wanted to see the fun. There must have been twenty thousand +people at least, who arrived in three different bodies before the +Houses of Parliament. Here they behaved very orderly, and +dispersed after being addressed by some of the magistrates; but +the mob in other places broke out into all sorts of excesses, and +as we went home we found them busily employed in demolishing a +Romish Chapel in Duke Street, near Lincoln’s Inn Fields. +They hauled out all the ornaments, and what they thought of no +value they trampled under foot, but the rest they made off with. +Several houses, either belonging to Romanists, or inhabited by +persons supposed to be favourable to them, we saw completely +gutted. The same sort of work went on for several days. At last I +got so completely mixed up with one of the mobs that I could not +get free of them.</p> +<p>“Here, you look a likely man to lead us!” +exclaimed a fellow standing near me. “Where shall we go +next?”</p> +<p>I did not answer him, but endeavoured to get away. This did +not suit him.</p> +<p>“What does the captain say?” he exclaimed.</p> +<p>“To Sir George Saville’s, to Sir George +Saville’s!” cried some one.</p> +<p>“Hurrah for Sir George Saville’s in Leicester +Fields! He was the very man who brought the Romish Bill into +Parliament. Down with his house, down with it!” shouted +another fellow. “Lead on, captain—lead on!”</p> +<p>I at once saw that this was a trick that the real leader of +the mob might be screened. I was determined to escape or I might +be ruined. I told Tom to keep his eye on me, and to follow my +movements. The mob began to move on, destroying one or two houses +on their way. We at last passed the entrance to a narrow lane. +Leaping aside, I darted down it. Tom followed. None of the mob +missed me. I had got some way along the lane when a big, +ill-favoured-looking fellow rushed out of a house with a thick +stick in his hand, evidently with the intention of joining the +rioters. Seeing a gentleman, and probably thinking I was a +Romanist escaping from the mob, he immediately turned on me and +aimed a blow at my head. I was just turning a corner, and he did +not see Tom Rockets, but Tom saw him, and with a stroke of his +fist felled him to the ground. Some other persons in the +neighbouring houses saw the transaction, and the fellow quickly +recovering there was a hue and cry made after us, the people +rushing from their doors just as dogs are seen to run out from +their kennels, yelping and barking when a stranger cur passes +through the village.</p> +<p>As we were unarmed we could do nothing to defend ourselves, +and had to trust to our heels for safety. Our pursuers were very +likely, I knew, to tear us in pieces without asking any +questions, and before we had time to explain who we were. I never +ran faster in my life. How we were to escape them I could not +tell. On we went: I sang out to Tom to stick by me, for if I +should lose him I was afraid he might never find his way home +again. We were distancing our pursuers. I made as many turns as I +could, so as to cause them to lose the scent; but there were +knowing fellows among them, and I conclude that they found as +great an interest in the chase as a foxhunter does when following +the hounds. At last I saw before me a large mob. There is safety +in numbers, I thought to myself, so I called to Tom to dash in +among them.</p> +<p>“Hurrah! hurrah! have you caught the fellow?” I +sang out.</p> +<p>“No, he’s slipped out of his kennel, but +we’ll take care that he does not burrow in it again,” +replied some of the people.</p> +<p>I guessed that they referred to the unfortunate inmate of the +mansion into which numbers of them were forcing their way, while +pictures, books, and pieces of furniture were being thrown out of +the windows. I pretended to be very eager to get into the house, +but making my way round on the opposite side, followed by Tom, we +got free; and when I looked back I saw that no one was following +us. We now walked along as composedly as we could, but it was not +without difficulty that we found our way into Bloomsbury Square. +As we got there we saw a mob following at our heels, and we +naturally thought they were after us. We had to run for it to +reach my relative’s house. On came the mob. One of the +finest houses in the square belonged to my Lord Mansfield. They +rushed towards it, and began thundering at the door. They soon +broke it open, and in they poured. In an instant the place became +the scene of the most dreadful havoc and destruction. Again did I +see pictures, clothes, books, furniture of the richest sorts, +ruthlessly destroyed. I could scarcely have supposed that the +work could have been done so rapidly. Then the most daring of the +ruffians broke into the wine-cellar, and we saw them coming out +with bottles and jugs and glasses, and distributing the rich +liquor to the rabble outside.</p> +<p>What had become of my lord and his lady all this time we could +not tell; we had great fears that they had fallen victims to the +blind fury of the ignorant populace. I wanted to go out, but my +relative would not let me. What the drunken mob might next have +done I do not know, when a fresh party were seen entering the +square; but they were a body of the royal guards with a +magistrate at their head. He boldly approached the mob, and, +halting the soldiers at no great distance from them, began to +read the Riot Act. He finished it without faltering, the mob +continuing as before their work of destruction. +“Men,” he shouted, “I have warned you. I am +going to give the order to the troops to fire if you do not +desist. Once again I warn you—your blood be on your own +heads—Fire!”</p> +<p>No sooner was the fatal command given than the soldiers +levelled their muskets and let fly in among the rabble. Several +fell; there were shrieks and cries and curses; but the people +were too eager in their thirst for plunder to be driven off from +the work they had in hand. Again the order was given to fire; but +the humane magistrate ordered the troops to fire over the heads +of the people. Some on this began to move off, but others +continued their task of plunder and destruction. No one thought +of attacking the soldiery. It showed the class of people +composing the rioters—the very scum of the populace. This +last fire of course did not produce any effect, and the mob began +to proceed to greater extremities, and set fire both to the +out-houses and stables, as also to the mansion itself, when they +had possessed themselves of everything they thought of value. +Only after repeated volleys from the soldiery were they driven +off, and not till they had completed the work of destruction they +had commenced. This did not take them long, and at last, several +of their number having fallen, a panic seized them, and away they +went helter-skelter in every direction out of the square. I could +not resist the temptation of sallying out to see what they would +next do, in spite of the warnings of my relative, who advised me +to keep in the house. I laughed at the idea of there being any +danger, and said that Tom and I would very soon be back +again.</p> +<p>The troops stood their ground in readiness to march in any +direction to which they might be sent. Some of the mob went off +towards the east, and I went after them, hearing that they were +about to attack some of the prisons, and having a fancy to see +how they would proceed about the undertaking. Tom and I had gone +about half a mile or more, when, coming along a street which +crossed that we were in, I saw a coach driving somewhat fast. +Some of the rioters saw it also, and some seizing the +horses’ heads, others proceeded to open the door, crying +out that the person inside was a papist escaping from +justice.</p> +<p>“Papist! I am no papist,” cried out an old +gentleman from the interior; “let my carriage proceed on, +scoundrels, or I’ll break some of your heads for +you.”</p> +<p>This threat had no effect; indeed, from the appearance of the +fellows I had no doubt that their only object in attacking the +carriage was for the sake of robbing the inmate. I had this time +taken care to come out provided with a stout bludgeon and a +sword. I knew pretty well the sort of coward hearts to be found +in that sort of gentry, so telling Tom what I proposed doing, I +sang out, “To the rescue! to the rescue!—off +scoundrels, off!” and, drawing my sword, I rushed furiously +at them, as if I had twenty stout fellows at my back. The desired +effect was produced. They did not stop to see who was coming, but +took to their heels and left the carriage free. I assisted back +the old gentleman, who had been dragged half out of it, and, +shutting the door, told the coachman to drive on as hard as he +could go.</p> +<p>“Stop, stop! I want to know your name, young man, to +thank you for your bravery,” exclaimed the old gentleman +vehemently.</p> +<p>“Hurricane Hurry, at your service, sir, a lieutenant in +his Majesty’s Navy,” I answered. “I hail from +Falmouth, sir—but I won’t stop you, sir, the mob are +coming back, and to a certainty they won’t let you off as +easily as before. Drive on, coachman, drive on for your life: I +can tackle them if they attack me.”</p> +<p>The coachman needed no second warning, but, lashing on his +horses, drove furiously along the street, though the old +gentleman put his head out of the coach window and ordered him to +stop, as he had another word to say to me, and wanted me to get +into the coach with him. I would gladly have done as he desired, +as there was no object in exposing myself and Tom to the fury of +the mob, and was running after the coach, when, looking over my +shoulder, I saw some of the ruffians so close on my heels that I +was obliged to turn round and defend myself, or I might have +received a knock on the head which would probably have quieted me +for ever. Knowing that there was nothing like a sudden onslaught, +I turned suddenly round, and, seconded by Tom, made so furious an +onslaught on the scoundrels that they one and all fled, as if a +body of dragoons were upon them. The old gentleman, who was still +looking out of the window, calling first to the coachman and then +to me, must have seen this last manoeuvre of mine.</p> +<p>After Tom and I had with loud shouts pursued the mob a little +way, we once more turned round and set off in order to overtake +the coach. It had, however, by that time got out of sight, and +though we followed in the direction I supposed it had gone, we +did not again see it.</p> +<p>“Never mind,” said I, “I should have liked +to have known who the old gentleman was; he looked like somebody +of consequence. However, I am very glad to have been of service +to him.”</p> +<p>After this adventure I began to reflect that it would be wiser +to return home. I could not tell what might next happen. The day +was drawing to a close. As we looked eastward, we saw the whole +sky glowing with a lurid glare, which I afterwards found was +produced by the conflagration of Newgate prison, which, after the +mob had broken into and released all the prisoners, they set on +fire. My relative was very glad to see me back safe, and on +hearing of my adventures said that Tom and I were very fortunate +to have escaped with our lives, and positively prohibited our +again quitting the house. During the next day flames were seen +bursting forth in every direction. Most of the prisons, as also +many private houses, were broken open and burnt to the ground, +and several hundred people were shot by the military, while +perhaps an equal number died from drinking inordinately of +spirits which they procured at the distillers’, into which +they broke, or were burnt to death in the ruins of the houses +they set on fire. At length, however, so many troops, regular and +militia, poured into London, that the rioters were completely +overcome, and numerous arrests took place. Among others, Lord +George Gordon was apprehended and committed a prisoner to the +Tower.</p> +<p>Not long after this, I bade my kind friends in London +good-bye, and joined my ship at Chatham. I ought to have said +that they were very much interested in the account I gave them of +the way I had rescued the old gentleman in the coach. Who he +could be they could not guess, but they said that they would make +inquiries, and if they could hear they would let me know. I felt +no little curiosity to obtain this information; but day after day +passed by and I heard nothing about the matter. There was +something in his look and in his eagerness to speak to me which +struck me forcibly at the time, and over and over again his +countenance recurred to me; but whether I had ever seen it +before, or why it made so deep an impression on me, I could not +tell. There was nothing very remarkable in saving an old +gentleman from a mob, when mobs were parading all parts of +London, and undoubtedly many old gentlemen, physicians and +others, were driving about in their coaches, called out, however +unwillingly, by urgent business. Hearing nothing, my curiosity at +length died away, and I thought no more about the matter. I must +remark that Lord George Gordon was afterwards brought to trial, +but acquitted of having in any way participated in the riots and +plundering and destruction of property which had occurred, as +also that any of the disorders had occurred in consequence of his +instigation or counsel. He undoubtedly was influenced in his +proceedings by a warm affection for the Protestant faith, though +it may be doubted whether he took the wisest course to support +it. He wished that the multitudes he assembled should merely +produce a moral effect on the Houses of Parliament. The ruffians +and robbers of London took the opportunity, on finding large +masses of people assembled, to create disturbances, and to incite +the more ignorant masses to commit all sorts of outrages in order +that they might have greater licence and opportunities of +plunder. In this they unhappily succeeded, and brought no small +amount of opprobrium and disgrace on the Protestant cause. I have +now said, I think, enough about my adventures on shore.</p> +<p>On the 16th of June Captain Luttrell was superseded in his +command of the Charon by Captain Thomas Symonds, whose son was +appointed third lieutenant of the ship. On the 1st of July we +dropped down to Sheerness, where we got in our guns. On the 12th +we removed to the Little Nore, where the purser, surgeon, +lieutenant of marines, gunner and carpenter quitted the ship. On +the 24th we sailed from the Nore, and on the 25th anchored in the +Downs. We quitted it with a convoy on the 28th, and arrived at +Spithead the following morning. Here the first lieutenant was +superseded by Mr Thomas Edwards. On the 6th of August we sailed +from Spithead, and on the 7th anchored in Plymouth Sound. Here we +remained till the 9th, when we proceeded down channel. On the +10th we took our departure from the Lizard, and once more I bade +adieu to the British shore. I will not say that I quitted it with +regret. I dearly loved England, in spite of all her faults, but I +believed that I might on the other side of the Atlantic have a +prospect of meeting with Madeline Carlyon, or at all events of +hearing of her, and that alone was ample inducement to me gladly +to encounter all the dangers and hardships to which I might be +exposed.</p> +<p>Many others have, I suppose, thought and felt and hoped as I +did, and many others have been disappointed.</p> +<p>“Hurrah for the West Indies—Spanish +galleons—dark-eyed Creoles and prize-money!” was the +general toast on board the Charon.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap21" id="chap21"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty One.</h3> +<h4>Put into Cork harbour.—Sail with convoy.—Capture +of the Compte D’Artois.—Arrive off +Charleston.—British troops made prisoners.—Sail for +New York.—Hear of Madeline through my hostess the Dutch +widow.—Receive General Arnold and his men on board +fleet.—In command of Arrow.—Reach the +Chesapeake.—Hear of hurricane in the West +Indies.—Loss of Thunderer, 74, and other ships.</h4> +<p>Instead of at once proceeding on her voyage across the +Atlantic, the old Charon was, we found, ordered to put into Cork +harbour. We arrived at that port on the 11th of August, 1780, and +found there HM’s ships Lennox, Bienfaisant, Licorne, and +Hussar, with a hundred sail of transports.</p> +<p>Before I recount the events of our voyage I may as well make a +few remarks about the ship and my brother-officers. Captain +Symonds was himself a thorough sailor, and he showed his love of +his profession by sending four of his sons into the navy. His +eldest son, Jermyn John Symonds, was, though very young, our +third lieutenant,—a fine, handsome fellow. He was +afterwards, when in command of the Helena sloop-of-war, lost with +all his crew in her on the coast of Holland. Another son, +William, (see Note 1), though at that time a mere child, was, I +believe, borne on our books as a midshipman. It was with no small +satisfaction that I welcomed my old friend Paddy +O’Driscoll, who came on board as a supernumerary, to rejoin +his ship on the American station. I welcomed him the more gladly +as so few of my old shipmates I was ever likely to meet again. +Where were they? The deep sea—West India marshes—the +shot of the enemy best could tell. But avast! I have bad enough +of sentiment in these pages. I must not indulge in this vein. The +rest of our officers were fine, gallant fellows, knowing their +duty, and ready and able on all occasions to do it. What more can +you ask of a man? Having a gentleman, and a kind, good man as our +captain, our ship was a very pleasant and happy one, and that is +more than can be said of many ships in my day. Captains were of +necessity despots, and as they had very rough, untutored, +disorderly subjects to deal with, too often very cruel, +hard-hearted despots they were.</p> +<p>The day after our arrival at Cork we once more weighed and +stood out of the harbour with the Bienfaisant, Captain McBride, +having under our charge about seventy sail of victuallers bound +for America. That ship and the Licorne had orders to escort us +sixty leagues to the westward. We lay-to all night outside the +harbour, waiting for the rest of the squadron to join us, which +the Licorne and Hussar had been directed to bring up. We had +drifted pretty well down to the old Head of Kinsale when, as the +morning of the 13th of August broke upon us, we saw standing +right into the fleet a large two-decked ship.</p> +<p>“If that fellow is an enemy he certainly does not seem +to know what he is about,” observed Mr Edwards to me. +“Does he expect to carry off some of our flock without our +even barking at him? But see, Captain McBride is speaking us. +What does he say?”</p> +<p>The signal midshipman on duty replied that he was ordering us +to come within hail. We accordingly made sail towards the +Bienfaisant, when Captain McBride directed us to join with him in +chasing the stranger. Not till then apparently did she make us +out from among the fleet of vessels crowding round us, shrouded, +as we were, with the grey mists of the morning. We were all +scrutinising her through our glasses, for it was still very +uncertain what she might prove. Even when we stood out from among +the fleet of merchantmen she gave no signs of any strong +disposition to evade us, but steadily continued her course.</p> +<p>“She must be some English privateer. No Frenchman with a +head on his shoulders would run it so near the lion’s +den,” remarked Edwards.</p> +<p>“Faith, then, I don’t believe he’s got a +head on his shoulders. That’s a French ship, depend on +it,” observed O’Driscoll.</p> +<p>Some time longer passed before we got near the chase, for the +wind was light. At half-past seven, to our great satisfaction, we +saw her shorten sail and get ready, it appeared, to receive us. +On this the Bienfaisant hoisted her colours and fired a shot +ahead of her. We also hoisted our colours. The chase on this +hoisted a blue ensign and hove-to with main-topsail to the mast. +On our getting within hail of her, we and the Bienfaisant did the +same, when Captain McBride spoke her and inquired her name.</p> +<p>“HMS ‘Romney,’” was the answer. +“Last from Lisbon.”</p> +<p>“I told you so,” observed Mr Edwards, when the +words reached us. “She’s a fifty-gun ship, I know, +though I never saw her that I know of.”</p> +<p>“But that ship carries more than fifty-guns if I mistake +not,” I replied. “Listen! Captain McBride is again +speaking her.”</p> +<p>“What does she say?” asked Edwards, as some words, +the import of which we could not make out, came wafted over the +water towards no.</p> +<p>Our people, I ought to have remarked, were all at their +quarters ready for friend or foe—and grim, +determined-looking veterans many of them looked, with their +sun-burnt faces and bearded chins.</p> +<p>“What does she say?” exclaimed O’Driscoll. +“Why, listen!—that she’s French, and going to +fight for the honour of la belle France. See, our consort’s +beginning the game.”</p> +<p>As he spoke, a volley of musketry was opened from the deck of +the Bienfaisant, which was replied to in the most spirited way by +the other ship, she at the same time hoisting French colours, and +firing her stern-chasers at us. The Bienfaisant now ranged up +alongside and fired her broadside right into the enemy. The +Frenchman then fired hers, and by the way her shot flew we judged +that her object was to cripple her opponent. We now stood on +after the Bienfaisant, and as we ranged up fired our guns with +terrible effect right across our enemy’s decks. Then on we +stood, while our consort had in the meantime tacked and reached +the place we had before occupied. In a short time she once more +ranged up alongside the Frenchman, and poured a heavy broadside +into him. Thus we continued, alternately changing places with +each other. We suffered wonderfully little damage for some time. +The Frenchman’s great aim was to wing us. He evidently +fought not for victory, for he must have seen that was almost +hopeless, but to escape capture. Never was a ship better handled +or fought with more gallantry. For some time no one was hurt on +board the Charon. At last one poor fellow got hit, and soon +afterwards some blocks and splinters came rattling down from +aloft. The mizen-topsail yard came down by the run, and I saw +that it had been shot away in the slings. Tremendous was the +pounding we were giving our enemy, but still he showed not the +slightest intention of giving in. His deck was already covered +with the dead and wounded, and the ship herself was in a very +battered condition.</p> +<p>“That man is one of the bravest officers I ever +encountered,” observed Captain Symonds, pointing to the +captain of the French ship, whom we could see moving about, +encouraging his people.</p> +<p>“I wonder whether he intends to give in at all!” +said Mr Edwards as we prepared to pour another broadside into +him.</p> +<p>“Not a bit of it; he has as much pluck as at the first +left in him,” exclaimed O’Driscoll, as the thunder of +our artillery once more ceased.</p> +<p>I could not help longing that, for the sake of the lives of +his people, the French captain would give in. The action had now +lasted from a quarter to eight to half-past eight. Of course the +time appeared very much longer. The Bienfaisant was about to pour +in another of her broadsides which had already produced such +fearful effects. The deck of the Frenchman was truly a shamble; +not a spot appeared free from some dead or wounded occupant. Just +then the crew, fearful of encountering another iron shower, fled +from their guns. Down came the Fleur-de-lys of France. Shouts +arose from the deck of the Bienfaisant, which were loudly and +joyfully echoed from ours. All three ships were now hove-to. On +hailing our prize we found that we had captured “Le Compte +D’Artois,” a private ship of war of sixty-four guns +and seven hundred and fifty men, commanded by Monsieur +Clenard.</p> +<p>A boat from each ship was sent on board. I went in the +Charon’s. The brave captain of the Compte D’Artois +came forward and delivered his sword to the lieutenant of the +Bienfaisant. He was desperately wounded in the mouth, and he +looked very sad; he had reason so to be, for his brother, a +colonel of the Legion of Artois, lay dead on the deck, having +been wounded early in the action, while he had lost no less than +one hundred and nineteen killed and wounded of his brave crew. +All his property, too, had probably been embarked in the +enterprise. Many other people in the same way lost their fortunes +during the war. They thought that they had only to fit out a ship +of war and that they were certain to gain great wealth. They +forgot that two might play at the same game, and that they were +just as likely to fall into the hands of their enemies as to +capture them. Poor monsieur had another brother on board. I did +not exaggerate when I said that the deck of his ship was like a +perfect shamble. So quickly had the poor Frenchmen been struck +down that the survivors had not had time to carry them below, and +there they lay, some stark and stiff, others writhing in their +agony. It was enough to move the compassion even of their +greatest enemies. We at once set to work to do all we could to +help them and to relieve the wounded from their sufferings. Every +one felt also much for poor Monsieur Clenard, for a braver man +never commanded a ship or fought her longer, till not a prospect +of escape remained for him. Strange as it may appear, we had only +one man wounded, while the Bienfaisant had only two killed and +two wounded. This extraordinary difference in the +Frenchman’s loss and ours arose from two causes. He wished +to escape, and fired high to try and destroy our spars and +rigging; and also his crew, collected chiefly from the merchant +service, and from boatmen and fishermen who had never till lately +handled a gun, and having also a considerable proportion of +landsmen among them, were in no way a match for our well-trained +and hardy seamen. The ship was handled as well as she could be, +while nothing could exceed the gallantry of her officers; her +crew also fought with the greatest bravery, as indeed Frenchmen +generally will fight, though perhaps not with the same bull-dog +determination as the English. We agreed that when the French had +had more practice, and had learned a few lessons from us, they +would prove much tougher customers than they had hitherto +been.</p> +<p>There was great cheering and congratulation on board the ships +of the convoy as they came up, and in a short time the rest of +them joined us with the Licorne and Hussar. In the interval the +crew of the Compte D’Artois were transferred to the +Bienfaisant, and she and her prize stood away for Crookhaven in +Ireland. We, meantime, with the other two ships and the convoy, +made sail for the westward. We had generally on the passage +moderate gales and fine pleasant weather.</p> +<p>On the 12th a strange sail was seen to leeward, beating up +towards us. She was after a time made out to be a ship of some +size, probably watching her opportunity to pick off any +stragglers in the fleet. To prevent this Captain Symonds ordered +the Hussar to chase her away, we making as if we were about to +follow. Seeing this, the stranger put up her helm and ran off +before the wind, while the Hussar crowded all sail in chase. We +watched her with no little interest, for the stranger was +evidently a big ship, and, if the Hussar brought her to action, +would very likely prove a powerful antagonist—not that +odds, however great, were much thought of in those days, and I +will take upon myself to say that there was scarcely an officer +in the service in command of a fifty-gun frigate who would not +have considered himself fortunate in having an opportunity of +engaging an enemy’s ship of sixty guns or more. In a short +time the sails of the chase and her pursuer disappeared below the +horizon. The night closed in and passed away; the next day drew +on and we saw nothing of the Hussar. Another day passed away and +she did not make her appearance. Conjectures as to what had +become of her now formed the general subject of conversation on +board, but, like all conjectures, when there is no data on which +to build up a conclusion, we always left off where we began, and +waited till she came back, if ever she should do so, to tell her +own tale.</p> +<p>O’Driscoll and I had now become great friends. I own +that I wanted some one to whom I could talk to about my love for +Madeline. With all his fun and humour and harum-scarum manner, he +was a thoroughly honourable right-minded fellow, and I knew that +I could trust him. He was delighted with the romance of the +affair.</p> +<p>“If you can but point our where she is, by hook or by +crook, I’ll help you to win her,” said he, in his +full rich irish brogue. “You’ve already a pretty lot +of prize-money, and please the pigs you’ll pick up not a +little more before long. Where there’s a will there’s +a way, that’s one comfort; and, by my faith, what +I’ve seen of some of those little rebel colonists, they are +well worth winning.”</p> +<p>It may amuse my sober-minded readers, when they reflect on all +the difficulties, not to say impossibilities, which existed in my +way, to think that O’Driscoll and I should ever dream of +overcoming them. But they must remember that we were both very +young, and that in the navy such things as impossibilities are +not allowed to exist. During how many a midnight watch did my +love serve me as a subject for contemplation, and, when I was +occasionally joined by O’Driscoll, for conversation also! +Although I was on excellent terms with the rest of my +brother-officers, I never felt inclined to open out to any of +them. Perhaps it was a weakness in me to do so even to +O’Driscoll, and, as a general rule, I think a man is wise +to keep such thoughts to himself.</p> +<p>Day after day passed by and our missing consort did not make +her appearance. A whole week elapsed, and we began to entertain +serious apprehensions about her, and to fear that she had been +captured. Our course had been so direct, and the weather so fine, +that she would have had no difficulty, we considered, in +rejoining us. At length a sail appeared standing towards the +fleet. She was not one of the convoy, for all were together. +Every glass on board was turned towards her. As the stranger drew +nearer and nearer we were more and more puzzled to make out what +she was.</p> +<p>“I see, I see!” exclaimed O’Driscoll at +last. “She is a frigate and under jury-top-masts. She has +been in a smart action. I see the shot-holes through her canvas. +There can be no mistake about the matter. She is the +‘Hussar,’ I believe, after all.”</p> +<p>On she came towards us, and the Hussar she proved to be; but +the trim little frigate which she had been when she left us a +week before was now sadly shorn of her beauty. As soon as she +came up with the fleet Captain Symonds sent me on board to +inquire what had happened. The story was soon told. She had +fought a very desperate and gallant action, which, by-the-bye, I +have never seen recorded in any naval history. She, it must be +remembered, was only an eight-and-twenty gun frigate. The +stranger after which she had been sent in chase, when she had +drawn her completely away from the squadron, backed his +main-topsail to the mast and waited, prepared for battle, till +she came up. The enemy was soon made out to be a French forty-gun +frigate, but that disparity of fores did not deter her gallant +captain from proceeding to the attack. Ranging up within +pistol-shot she opened her broadside, to which the Frenchman +quickly replied in the same way with equal spirit. As was the +case in our action with the Compte D’Artois, the Frenchmen +fired high, evidently with the idea that, by crippling their +opponent, they might have her at their mercy. This system might +under some instances be very good, but, unfortunately for them, +they frequently themselves got so completely thrashed before they +had succeeded in accomplishing their purpose, that they had to +cry peccavi and haul down their flags. The gallant little Hussar +had no intention of running away, and therefore poured her +broadsides into the hull of the Frenchman, committing great havoc +along his decks. The action was continued for some time with +great guns and musketry, every man in the English frigate +striving his utmost to gain the victory. Numbers of the gallant +fellows were struck down—some never to rise again, others +desperately wounded. Each attempt of the Frenchman was bravely +repulsed, and every shot fired was responded to with still +greater vigour. Still the captain of the Hussar could not help +watching the progress of the fight with the greatest anxiety. +Already two of her top-masts had been shot away, her lower-masts +were wounded, and five or six of her crew lay dead, while as many +more were hurt. Still he had determined not to give in as long as +his ship would float. The Frenchmen had already suffered +severely, but it was impossible to say how long their endurance +might last. He had no doubt that they had lost far more in killed +and wounded than he had, and he saw that they had some shot +between wind and water, and that their rigging was much cut up. +All this gave him hopes that he might yet come off victorious. +Again he ranged up alongside his big antagonist and received her +fire while he delivered his own. Down came his mizen-top-mast by +the run—several more of his crew fell to the deck—his +rigging hung in festoons—his canvas was full of shot-holes. +He thought to himself, “Ought I to sacrifice the lives of +my people in a hopeless contest? But is it hopeless? No, it is +not. Hurrah, my brave fellows! One broadside more, and we shall +do for the enemy!” he shouted loudly. The combatants were +standing on a bow-line alongside each other. Once more the Hussar +fired. The Frenchman returned her broadside, and then, before the +smoke cleared off and the English had time to reload to rake her, +put up her helm and ran off before the wind. The Hussar was not +in a condition to follow. She, however, kept firing at the +Frenchman as long as her shot could reach him, and then hauled +her wind and stood away to the westward after us. She had seven +killed and six badly wounded, besides other hurts. She had lost +her three top-masts, while her lower-masts were disabled. +Fortunately the weather was fine, for had she encountered a gale +of wind her condition would have been bad indeed. I have never, +as I have said, seen an account of this very gallant action in +any naval history, and I therefore give it as it was described to +me by the officers of the Hussar.</p> +<p>On the 14th of October we arrived off Charleston, South +Carolina, with our whole convoy, after a favourable passage of +nine weeks, and we were congratulating ourselves on its +successful termination, little thinking what was to be the fate +of many of the ships of the fleet. Charleston stands on a broad +neck of land, with Cooper’s river on one side and Ashley +river on the other. They flow into a wide sheet of water, which +forms the harbour of Charleston, but which is shallow, and has a +bar at its mouth, on which there is very little water.</p> +<p>This, on our arrival, we could not cross, and the convoy had +consequently to anchor outside. Charleston had, after a brave +defence on the 12th of May, been captured from the Americans +under General Lincoln by Sir Henry Howe and Lord Cornwallis. The +latter on our arrival commanded the army which held it. Sir +Henry, with part of his forces, had gone to New York. The capture +of Charleston was considered a very fortunate circumstance, and +it was believed that in consequence the whole of the Carolinas +would yield to our arms. Never perhaps were people more mistaken. +The day of our arrival at Charleston I accompanied Captain +Symonds on shore. We went to the house where a friend of his, +Colonel Balfour, had taken up his quarters. He most kindly +received us, and invited us to his table whenever we were on +shore. We slept, however, at one of the largest houses in the +place, occupied by Lord Cornwallis. His lordship had just +returned from an unsuccessful expedition to North Carolina, where +a force of nearly a thousand men, regulars and royalists, under +Colonel Ferguson, who was killed, had been taken prisoners by the +Americans; many also lost their lives with their leader. Colonel +Ferguson had made a foray into North Carolina, and in his retreat +had been surprised among the fastnesses of the mountains by an +overwhelming force of the most hardy and brave of the irregular +troops of the neighbouring districts, especially accustomed to +the sort of warfare in which they were called on to engage. +Colonel Ferguson was a very brave and good officer, and Lord +Cornwallis took his defeat and death very much to heart. As we +had executed some of the rebels who, after receiving royal +passes, were taken in arms against us, so now the Americans in +retaliation hung several of the royalists who were captured on +this occasion. In consequence of this there was, we found, a +great deal of bitter feeling in the town against the rebels, and +in no time had the contest been carried on in so sanguinary a way +as at present.</p> +<p>We were aroused at daybreak by the sound of a terrifically +heavy gale which had sprung up, and in going down to the harbour +we found that the bar was perfectly impassable, while the ships +at anchor off it were in a great state of confusion. Some were +striking top-masts and letting go fresh anchors, in the hopes of +riding out the gale, while others were slipping or cutting their +cables, and running out to sea, several of them getting foul of +each other and committing all sorts of damage. It was not till +the 20th that the weather moderated sufficiently to enable us to +get off to rejoin our ship. By degrees some of the ships of the +convoy which had run to sea came back, but several never +returned, having been captured by the enemy or lost.</p> +<p>On the 22nd we again sailed from Charleston with a convoy of +fifty sail of transports, bound for New York. On our passage we +captured a rebel privateer of eight guns and fifty men, and took +a merchant brig bound from London to Charleston with bale goods. +We found at Sandy Hook, where we arrived on the 4th of November, +Sir George Rodney, with eight sail of the line and several +frigates, waiting for a wind to sail for the West Indies. The +following day we proceeded through the Narrows up to New York, +where we set to work to refit the ship for sea,—an +operation she very much required. I need not say that I employed +my time on shore in endeavouring to gain intelligence of Miss +Carlyon and her family. In making my inquiries I had, however, to +exert great caution, for I knew that I might very easily bring +upon myself the suspicion of corresponding with the enemy for +treasonable purposes. When I slept on shore I went to the house +of a worthy Dutch widow, where I had before lodged. I did my +utmost to ingratiate myself with her, for I knew that if any one +could obtain the information I required she would do so. Old +women, I have found, nearly always are ready to listen with +complacency and attention to the love tales of young men or young +women, and so my kind hostess not only listened to as much of +mine as I thought it necessary to tell her, but gladly promised +to assist me to the best of her ability.</p> +<p>“And now, my dear Mrs Von Tromp, what news have you for +me?” I asked eagerly one day as I walked into her little +back parlour where she received her select visitors. Considering +her origin, she spoke excellent English.</p> +<p>“Listen!” she replied; “I have not learned +much for you, but what I have learned you may believe is the +truth. I lately had a talk with a Virginian gentleman. Do not be +afraid, sir, for he is a neutral; no rebel I ever talk with. He +knows the family of the lady you want to hear about. He heard +them speaking of her not long ago; she is unmarried, and they +thought she would remain so. She was then in Virginia with her +father, who is a very active rebel, you know.”</p> +<p>Not listening to her last remark, the thought at once struck +me that I would write to her to assure her of my constancy, and +would try to send my letter by means of the gentleman Mrs Von +Tromp mentioned. My good hostess was, however, terrified when I +made the proposal.</p> +<p>“Oh, dear—no, no, it would never do!” she +explained. “It would be a great deal too dangerous to +attempt. The letter would be intercepted, and we should be +accused of corresponding with the enemy, and some of us would be +hung to a certainty. Just think, how should you like to suffer +the fate of poor Major André? Ah, poor young gentleman! he +was, indeed, a fine, handsome man—or almost a boy, I might +say—he looked so young; he was so civil and polite and +kind. I can’t think of his cruel death without crying, that +I can’t.”</p> +<p>Major André had been captured by the Americans, having +crossed into their territory for the purpose of communicating +with General Arnold, who succeeded in escaping from them and +joining the British forces. He was considered as a spy, and as +such, tried, condemned, and had just before this been +executed—his hard fate creating much commiseration even in +the bosoms of his enemies. He was fully as brave, talented, +polite, and accomplished in every way as the widow described him. +I assured her that I had no wish to share his lamentable fate, +but that, as I was not holding any treasonable correspondence +with the enemy, I could not be found guilty of so doing. I argued +the subject with her for some time.</p> +<p>“Ah, you know the way to an old woman’s heart as +well as to that of a young one!” at last exclaimed the +good-natured dame. “I cannot refuse you. Write the letter, +and I will do my best to forward it. But be careful what you say. +Nothing but love, remember, nothing but love—don’t +forget that.”</p> +<p>“No fear, no fear,” I answered, laughing. +“I’ll stick to my text, depend on it.”</p> +<p>“I don’t doubt you, and a pretty long one it will +be, I suspect,” she remarked, as I got up to go off to my +room. “When it is ready, bring it to me. I will do my best, +and if it does not reach its destination, that is no fault of +mine.”</p> +<p>I hurried up-stairs to the room I slept in, and was soon +deeply immersed in the occupation of writing a letter to +Madeline. I had no fears how it would be received, so I seized my +pen, and, after a few moments’ thought, wrote on. Once +having begun, my pen flew rapidly over the paper, but not so +rapidly as my thoughts. When I had covered the sheet I had not +said one quarter of what I wished to say. I took another and +another. At last I finished and folded them up.</p> +<p>“Umph!” said the widow, when I took the package to +her. “You will want a special courier and a pack-horse to +carry this document—but don’t frown now, I am only +joking. I am sure that the young lady is well worthy of the +letter, and that you have not said a word more than she will be +glad to hear.”</p> +<p>I was not in a humour to quarrel with Madame Von Tromp for +anything she might say. Leaving my precious letter with her, I +hurried away to attend to my duties on board my ship. At this +time Admiral Arbuthnot’s squadron was lying in +Gardner’s Bay, at the other end of Long Island. On the 9th, +Sir Henry Howe having some important despatches to send to the +admiral, the gallant little Hussar was directed to get under +weigh to convey them.</p> +<p>Little did I think at the time that, after all she had gone +through, we should see her no more. I have already described the +dangerous passage of Hell Gate, where already, in consequence of +the fearful rapidity of the currents, so many vessels had been +lost. I watched the Hussar get under weigh. I had hoped to take +the trip in her, for I had some old friends on board different +ships in the squadron whom I wished to see, and I was rather +annoyed at not being able to get leave to go. That was one of the +numberless instances where I have discovered how little we +mortals know what is good for us. To make a long story short, for +I cannot now stop to give a full description of the accident, in +going through that justly-dreaded passage the Hussar met with +baffling winds, and, the currents catching her, sent her bodily +on the rocks. Thus she became utterly helpless. No seamanship +could avail her. The short, chopping, boiling sea dashed over her +and beat her to pieces. Before hawsers could be got to the shore, +by which her crew could make their escape, several of the poor +fellows had been drowned. In the boisterous and bitterly cold +weather of that season many of them suffered much before they got +back to New York.</p> +<p>Once more we were ready for sea, and on the 2nd of December we +hoisted Admiral Arbuthnot’s flag, and, proceeding to +Statten Island, we were joined by HMS Thames, Charlestown, Medea, +Amphitrite, Fowey, Hope, Bonetta, Swift, and several armed +vessels.</p> +<p>I was just now speaking of the death of Major André, +who was captured by the Americans when communicating with General +Arnold. That officer had deserted the liberal cause, and, having +succeeded in reaching the British lines in safety, had now been +appointed a brigadier-general in our army. On the 3rd we received +him on board with two troops distributed among the ships of the +squadron. All we knew was, that some expedition of importance was +to be undertaken, but on what part of the coast the descent was +to be made did not transpire. I do not believe that the +commanders on our side put much confidence in General Arnold, and +of course the Americans, whose cause he had so basely betrayed, +perfectly detested him. Had he, by the chances of war, fallen +into their hands, they would have treated him as they had done +poor André.</p> +<p>We sailed from New York on the 12th of December. In order to +deceive the enemy, and to make them believe that an expedition of +very great importance was about to be undertaken, we kept the +admiral’s flag flying till we were out of sight of land. A +course was steered to the southward; it was then understood that +we were bound for the Chesapeake, and it was supposed that a +landing would be made somewhere on the shores of Virginia. I +scarcely knew whether to grieve or to rejoice at the prospect +thus held out to me. Of course, I could not but regret that my +countrymen were about to carry the war into the very part of the +country where Madeline, I believed, was residing; at the same +time, under the supposition that such would be done, I rejoiced +at the thoughts that I might meet her, or might render her or her +family assistance. Still I would not venture to reckon much on +the prospect of our meeting. Numberless circumstances might +intervene to prevent it. I might not even be sent on shore. I +might not go near where she might be residing, or, what was +probable, her friends might gain tidings of the expedition, when +she would, with other ladies, move away more into the interior. +Still, notwithstanding these considerations, I could not help +indulging myself in the belief that, by some means or other, we +should meet once again, or, at all events, that I should gain +tidings of her, and be able to communicate with her. The very +idea gave buoyancy to my step and manner, and made many of my +companions inquire what had put me in such unusual spirits.</p> +<p>O’Driscoll had returned on board, having again joined +the ship as a supernumerary, and as an old tried friend he +entered, and, I believe, heartily, into all my hopes and fears. +Some of his plans and proposals, however, though very much in +accordance with the notions of Irishmen in those days, were not +such, even with all my harum-scarum habits, which I could by any +possibility adopt.</p> +<p>“Hurry, my boy, I have been thinking over this affair of +yours,” said he, as we were walking the deck together. +“I don’t like shilly-shallying in matters of this +sort—I never did. The lady loves you, and you love the +lady—well, then, to my mind, the first difficulty is got +over, because, according to my notion, where there’s a will +there’s a way. You’ll find her out, that’s +certain. Then the next thing to be done is to get her to run away +with you. She’ll go, depend on that. You take her prisoner, +you know! Bring her aboard; we’ll get a chaplain to splice +you. You can take her up to New York; she’ll be safe there. +And then we come to another little matter; I’ve arranged +that in a satisfactory way. You’ve some prize-money. +I’ve saved a good mint one way and another, and, old +fellow, I don’t want it—my purse is yours. Old +messmates don’t stand on ceremony about such matters. My +own dear little Kathleen, the only creature I wanted it for, went +to glory while I was last at sea. When I got home I was desolate. +I’ve no kith nor kin I care for, and if you don’t +take the money it’s likely enough I’ll heave it into +the sea one of these days, or pitch it where it won’t do +any one any good, so don’t think that I am doing you any +wonderful favour if you take it. The truth is, Hurry, I’d +be more than paid ten times over in having the pleasure of +helping you to run off with the lady. I’m in my element in +an affair of this sort—there’s nothing I like better, +barring a good stand-up scrimmage, and that’s generally too +soon over. Now, Hurry, just do as I say. Promise me!”</p> +<p>I was struck dumb; so rapidly did he pour out his proposals +that I could not answer him. He took my silence for consent, and +ran on. At first I was somewhat inclined to resent his remarks, +but his generosity and evident unconsciousness that he was +proposing anything in any way incorrect completely disarmed my +anger, and, when he ceased speaking, greatly to his surprise, I +burst out into an uncontrollable fit of laughter.</p> +<p>“I am most thankful, my dear O’Driscoll, for your +kind sympathy, and for the assistance you so liberally offer +me,” I exclaimed, as soon as I could recover myself. +“But supposing I could or would persuade her to leave her +home, and the protection of her family, just consider all the +hardships, inconveniences, and danger she would be exposed to on +board ship before I could place her in safety; and then, how +could she, delicately brought up, live on a lieutenant’s +pay, even with such prize-money as I might save, and your aid, my +kind fellow!” I added. “No, no! the thing is out of +the question.”</p> +<p>“Faith, I hadn’t thought all about those little +obstructions to matrimonial felicity,” he answered. +“Still I can’t give up the idea, in case the chance +should offer, of your running away with the young lady. It seems +such a natural thing to do. There’s a fine fellow, be +prepared, that’s all—and only just let me help +you.”</p> +<p>“Well, well! I have no friend on whom I can more fully +rely than you,” I replied. “I promise you that I will +not fail to apply to you if I see that you can in any way help +me.”</p> +<p>“That’s all right,” said he, fully +satisfied. “I knew that you would, before long, come into +my views.”</p> +<p>Our passage to the south was very tedious, for we had light +winds, sad were also constantly compelled to heave-to for the +laggards.</p> +<p>Soon after the conversation I have mentioned, on the 23rd of +December, it being still calm, one of the leading ships signalled +that a ship and four small sail were in sight to the southward, +and that they had all the appearance of enemies. We, accordingly, +crowded all sail in chase, but scarcely had we got beyond the van +of the fleet when it became evident that, at the rate we were +progressing, we should not come up with the chase before dark. We +had, in company, a small privateer schooner fitted with long +sweeps, and which rowed remarkably well. Captain Symonds directed +her by signal to come within hail, and then ordered me to take +thirty men and go on board her and to proceed in chase of the +strangers.</p> +<p>“If they prove to be enemies,” said he, +“bring them to action, and keep them engaged at long range, +knocking away their spars, if you can, so that they cannot escape +till we come up. If we take the ship, as I have no doubt we +shall, I will give you the command of her to take her to New +York. She is evidently a big craft, and will be worth not a +little.”</p> +<p>I suspect that it was with no good grace that I thanked the +captain for the confidence he placed in me. He looked surprised, +I thought, but said nothing. Under other circumstances I should +have been well pleased with the task confided to me, but now, +when I had set my heart on landing on the shores of Virginia, +suddenly to find that I might have to go back to New York was a +sore trial to me. Little do we know, however, what is the best +for us. As soon as the Arrow privateer came up, I and my crew +went on board, and, getting out all the long sweeps, away we +pulled in chase of the strangers. Every man put his full strength +into the work, and we sent the little vessel along at the rate of +fully three knots an hour. We felt as if we were going at a great +speed, and we rapidly neared the strangers. Little did I think in +those days that in my old age I should see vessels sent along in +a dead calm without the slightest exertion of human agency at +four or five times that speed. We kept minutely examining the +strangers as we drew near. One was a man-of-war—of that +there was no doubt; the others were merchantmen, probably, under +her convoy. Still she did not show her colours. The Arrow carried +a couple of unusually long guns, and I fully expected to commit +great execution with them. They were all ready. Nol Grampus had +charge of one of them. We had got within range of the ship. I +hoisted English colours. The ship showed none in return. I waited +a minute longer. The word “fire” was on my lips when +up went the British ensign at her peak. Still I was not convinced +till she made the private signal.</p> +<p>Never perhaps in my life before had I been so satisfied at +finding a friend instead of an enemy. She proved to be HMS Royal +Oak, the other vessels being prizes she had taken. Two days after +this we took two other prizes, the charge of which was given to +Lieutenants Seymour and Bruton. Their absence of course gave me +much more work to do—not a bad thing, perhaps, under my +circumstances. The following day a heavy gale of wind sprang up, +and we separated from the fleet as well as from our prizes. We +were knocking about for three days somewhat concerned for the +fate of the convoy. There were so many privateers cruising about, +that it was likely some of them could be picked off, and if any +of the transports were taken or lost, the whole plan of the +expedition might be disconcerted. General Arnold especially was +in a state of considerable anxiety for several reasons. If this, +his first expedition, should fail, he could scarcely expect his +new friends to trust him again, while if by any accident he +should fall into the hands of those whose cause he had betrayed, +he knew full well the fate which awaited him. He was, I believe, +a man possessed of considerable military talents and of general +ability, but he wanted principle; and his extravagant habits +placed him in difficulties from which he saw no ordinary way of +extricating himself. He had just put forth an elaborate address +to the inhabitants of America, not only excusing his conduct, but +taking great credit for the motives which had induced him to join +the King’s arms. He stated that he had taken up arms to +redress grievances, and that those grievances no longer existed, +because Great Britain, with the open arms of a parent, offered to +embrace the colonists as children, and grant them the wished-for +redress. Her worst enemies, he told them, were in the bosom of +America. The French alliance, he assured them, was calculated not +only to ruin the mother-country, but the colonies themselves; and +that the heads of the rebellion, neglecting to take the +sentiments of the people at large, had refused to accept the +British proposals for peace; that for his part, rather than trust +to the insidious offers of France, “I preferred,” he +continues, “those of Great Britain, thinking it infinitely +wiser and safer to place my confidence in her justice and +generosity than to trust a monarchy too feeble to establish your +independency, so perilous to her distant dominions; the enemy of +the Protestant faith, and fraudulently avowing an affection for +the liberties of mankind while she holds her native sons in +vassalage and chains.” He winds up by stating his +conviction that it was the generous intention of Great Britain +not only to leave the rights and privileges of the colonies +unimpaired, together with their perpetual exemption from +taxation, but to superadd such further benefits as might be +consistent with the common prosperity of the empire; and then he +says, “I am now led to devote my life to the reunion of the +British Empire as the best and only means to dry up the streams +of misery that have deluged this country.”</p> +<p>We had numberless copies of this address on board, ready to be +distributed throughout the country whenever we should effect a +landing. That was far from a pleasant time we had on our voyage. +Not only had we the effects of the gale to dread, but we were +aware that a French squadron was not far-off; and we were kept +constantly on the look-out in the unpleasant expectation of +falling in with them, and having to take to flight or of +undergoing a still worse fate, and of falling into their hands. +Many people, in my day especially, had an idea that ships were +fated to be lucky or unlucky, either because they were launched +on a Friday, or that their keel was laid on a Friday, or that +they were cursed when building or when about to sail, or had a +Jonas on board, or for some other equally cogent reason. I always +found that a bad captain and master and a careless crew was the +Jonas most to be dreaded, and that to ill-fit and ill-find a ship +was the worst curse which could be bestowed on her. I should have +been considered a great heretic if I had publicly expressed such +opinions in my younger days; indeed, I probably did not think of +them as I do now. The Charon was considered a lucky ship, or, in +other words, Captain Symonds was a careful commander, and so few +on board had any fear of our falling in with an overpowering +enemy or meeting with any other mishap. They could not as yet be +proved to be wrong; the gale abated on the 28th. The following +day the weather became moderate and fair, and we rejoined the +fleet off the capes at the entrance of the Chesapeake. We found +the squadron augmented by the arrival of two or three ships from +the West India station. These were to have joined to take part in +the operations about to be commenced, but the terrific hurricane +which had lately raged over those regions had either totally +destroyed or disabled so many, that no others were then in a fit +condition to proceed to our assistance. Several of the officers +came on board of us, among them many old friends of mine, and +from them I gathered some accounts of that tremendous +visitation.</p> +<p>It first broke on the Island of Jamaica, at the little seaport +town of Savannah-la-Mer. That hapless place, with the adjacent +country, was almost entirely overwhelmed by the sea, which rushed +in over it with tremendous force, driven on by the fury of a +tempest whose force has rarely been surpassed. The gale began at +about one o’clock in the afternoon from the south-east, +increasing in violence till four p.m., when it veered to the +south, then reaching its height, and continued thus till eight, +when it began to abate. Terrible was the havoc committed in these +few hours. The waves, raised to a height never before witnessed, +foaming and roaring, rushed with irresistible impetuosity towards +the land, sweeping into the bay and carrying before it every +building it encountered; numbers of the inhabitants it overtook +being drowned, while the rest fled shrieking before it for safety +to the Savannah. There the ruins only of houses remained to +afford them shelter. To add to the horror of the scene, lightning +of the most vivid description flashed from the skies—the +wind and waves howled and roared in concert—darkness came +on, and the earth itself shook and trembled as if about to +swallow up those whom the waters or their falling habitations had +spared. The smaller vessels at anchor in the bay were driven on +shore and dashed to pieces, and the largest were torn from their +anchors and carried up far into the morass, whence they could +never be removed. One ship, the Princess Royal, was hove on her +beam-ends, but again righted by the earthquake or by the force of +the wind, and was left fixed firmly in the ground.</p> +<p>With the morning light the scene of destruction presented to +the eyes of the survivors was truly heart-rending. The ground +where the town had stood was strewed with the mangled forms of +the dead and dying, scattered among the fragments of their +dwellings. Scarcely a roof remained whole or a wall standing. Of +all the sugar-works none remained; the plantain walks were +destroyed; every cane-piece was levelled; and some hundred +people, whites and negroes, were killed. In Montego Bay, and +indeed throughout the island, the consequences of the tempest +were equally disastrous. But if people on shore suffered thus, +still more melancholy was the fate of the numerous fleets which +came within its influence. Those of England, France, and Spain +equally suffered; many being wrecked, and others foundering with +all hands.</p> +<p>The hurricane did not reach the Leeward Islands till the 19th. +It raged at Bridgetown, Barbadoes, from the 10th to the 16th, +with no less fury than elsewhere. The evening of the 9th was +particularly calm, though a glow of an unusual red appeared in +the sky, and heavy rain began to fall. On the morning of the 10th +the hurricane began, and by the afternoon the Albemarle frigate +and all the merchantmen in the bay parted from their anchors and +drove to sea. By night the fury of the tempest had reached its +utmost height, and dreadful were the consequences. It is +impossible to describe the scenes of horror and distress +occurring on every side. A friend of mine was at the house of the +governor, which was a circular building with very thick walls. +The roof, however, soon began to fall in, and the family were +compelled to take shelter in the cellar. The water, however, +speedily found its way there, and, rising four feet, drove them +into the open air, through showers of tiles and bricks and timber +falling on every side. They at last took shelter under a +gun-carriage, but several guns were dismounted, and every instant +they dreaded being crushed by the one under which they were +sitting. They were close, also, to the powder magazine. A flash +of lightning might destroy them in a moment. The armoury had been +already blown down, and all the arms and stores and other things +in it were scattered around. No place seemed safe, for whole +roofs were lifted up, and beams were blown about like feathers, +and darted with violence to the ground: so that the roar of the +elements, the crashing made by the falling houses, and the +shrieks of the inhabitants, were almost more than human courage +could bear.</p> +<p>All waited anxiously looking for the dawn of day, but the +light only exhibited a scene which made them wish that it were +again dark. Only ruin and desolation were visible on every side; +houses overthrown, trees and plantations levelled, the ground +strewed with dead bodies, and the shore covered with wrecks. At +the other islands life and property suffered equally. At Saint +Pierre, in Martinique, the new hospital of Notre Dame was blown +down, overwhelming 1600 patients, and 1400 other houses were +destroyed. In Fort Royal Bay four ships foundered, and every soul +perished. At Saint Lucia the destruction was very great. His +Majesty’s ship Amazon was driven to sea and most +miraculously escaped foundering. She was commanded by the +Honourable Captain William Clement Finch. An old friend of mine, +one of the lieutenants, gave me the following account:—</p> +<p>“We saw by the look of the weather that a hurricane was +coming on, but while we were making everything snug it was down +upon us, and we were driven from our anchors, happily out to sea, +instead of on the shore. We at once got the ship under storm +staysails, and as long as the canvas held she behaved admirably; +but as night drew on the gale increased and every stitch of +canvas was blown from the bolt-ropes. It is impossible to +describe the terrific fury of the gale by this time. One thing +was very clear, that if we did not cut away the masts they would +either go by the board, or she herself, from her terrific +labouring, would go down. The captain evidently did not like to +cripple the ship by cutting away the masts, and kept waiting in +the hopes that the gale was at its height and would soon abate. +Vain was the hope. The gale, on the contrary, kept increasing. At +last he sent them aloft to cut away the main-topmast. Quick as +lightning they flew to obey the order, for they well knew how +much depended on its execution. Scarcely were they aloft when the +hurricane struck us with greater fury than ever.</p> +<p>“‘Down, down, for your lives!’ shouted the +captain; ‘the mainmast must go.’</p> +<p>“While we were waiting for the men to come +down—and never did a few moments of my life appear so long, +for I knew that every single one was of importance—a +terrific gust struck the ship. Over she heeled; down, down she +went.</p> +<p>“‘She’s gone, she’s gone!’ +shrieked out many on deck.</p> +<p>“I hoped that she would lift again, but she did not. +Lower and lower she sank. All who were on deck, captain, officers +and crew, who could manage it, clambered up on the ship’s +side. Some poor fellows who were to leeward, and unable to haul +themselves up to the weather side, were washed off by the foaming +sea, and, unable to help them, we saw them drowned before our +eyes. We felt that in another moment their fate might be ours, +for so far gone was the ship that the wheel on the quarter-deck +was already under water, and to our dismay we saw that the ship +was settling down every moment lower and lower. All the time she +kept moving about terrifically, and all we could do was to cling +on and watch for our approaching dissolution. Higher every +instant rose the water, and it had now reached the after part of +the carronade slides on the weather side. All hope was now gone. +No ship with a heavy armament like ours had ever floated in such +a position. Those who could or dared pray prayed; the rest waited +in dull or hardened indifference for their fate. There was a +tremendous deafening crash. I thought our last moment had come, +but no, at that instant I saw the masts breaking away like mere +faggots; the bowsprit, spanker-boom, everything went, and with a +spring the ship righted so much that the lee gunwale rose even +with the water’s edge.</p> +<p>“‘Now, my lads,’ shouted out our captain in +a tone which animated all hands; ‘now’s our time! +Overboard with the guns; we shall yet keep the ship +afloat.’</p> +<p>“We all scrambled back on the deck, and everybody, fore +and aft, set to work with a will to obey the captain’s +orders. Capstan-bars, handspikes and axes were in requisition for +active service. First we got the lee quarter-deck guns and +carronades overboard; then we hurried forward and launched one of +the forecastle guns into the sea, and cut away the sheet anchor. +All the weight we took off the lee-side had so good an effect +that still more of the ship’s side rose above water, and we +found that we could get at the lee-guns on the main deck. What +was of equal importance also, we were able to reach the pumps. +The first thing was to get the lee main deck guns overboard. It +was some of the most trying work we had yet to perform. As I +looked aft, and then glanced forward, I could not help +perceiving, as I believed, that the ship was going down stern +foremost. Others were under the same impression. Still a daring +body, led by the gallant Packenham, our first lieutenant, worked +away with such determination that one gun after the other was +sent plunging into the ocean. Meantime the pumps were rigged, and +we made a desperate attempt to free the ship from water. Already +it was above the cable on the orlop deck, and there was an +immense quantity between decks. Our previous unexpected success +encouraged us to proceed. No men ever worked with a better will +than did our people; still, it’s my belief that seamen +always will thus work when a good example is set them. We were +evidently diminishing the water, and the ship was no longer +sinking, when an accident occurred which made us again almost +abandon hope. On examination, it proved to be that the stump of +the mainmast had worked out of the stop and been driven against +one of the chain-pumps. The carpenter and his mate and crew +hurried below to see what could be done, but scarcely were they +there when the cry arose that the other pump was useless. Still +they were undaunted. While the stump of the mast was being +secured, they laboured away to repair the damage. At length one +of the pumps was put to rights: a cheerful shout announced the +fact. Then we set to work on the other, which was in time +cleared, and once more the water flowed out at the lee scuppers +in a full stream. The ship was strong, and tight as a corked +bottle. Wonderful as it may seem, not a leak had been sprung. The +ship having at length been got somewhat to rights, the crew were +mustered, when it was found that twenty men had been drowned or +seriously disabled. In a few hours she was cleared of water, but +there we lay, a helpless wreck on the ocean, an easy prey to the +smallest enemy. Our safety existed, we knew, in the fact that +every other vessel afloat must be in nearly an equally bad +condition. When the weather moderated we rigged jury-masts, and +after great exertion got back into harbour, thankful to heaven +for our providential preservation from a fate to which so many of +our fellow-men had been doomed.”</p> +<p>Of his Majesty’s ships alone, a great number were lost +or dismasted. The Thunderer, 74, Captain Walshingham, which had +just arrived at the station with a convoy from England, was lost +with all hands. The Scarborough, of 20 guns, was also lost with +all hands. The Stirling Castle, 64 guns, was lost, only the +captain, Carteret, and fifty people escaping. The Phoenix, +44—Deal Castle, 24—Endeavour brig, 14, were lost, +part only of the crews escaping. The Berwick, 74—Hector, +74—Grafton, 74, Captain Collingwood—Trident, +64—Ruby, 64—Bristol, 50—Ulysses, 44, and +Pomona, lost all their masts, while the two first had also to +throw all their guns overboard. They formed the squadron which +had sailed from Port Royal with the trade for Europe, under +Rear-Admiral Rowley. He, with five only of his ships in a most +shattered condition, returned to Jamaica, while the Berwick +separated from him, and, almost a wreck, arrived under jury-masts +in England, no one expecting that she would keep afloat till they +got there.</p> +<p>Again I must sing, as I often have to do—</p> +<blockquote> +<p>“Ye gentlemen of England, who live at home at +ease,<br /> +Ah! little do you think upon the dangers of the +seas.”<br /></p> +</blockquote> +<hr /> +<p>Note 1. Afterwards Sir William Symonds, Surveyor of the Navy. +Another son was the late Admiral Thomas Symonds, several of whose +sons are or were in the Navy. Captain Thomas Symonds here spoken +of was also the son, I believe, of a naval officer. His brother +was Dr Symonds, Professor of Modern History in the University of +Cambridge.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap22" id="chap22"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Two.</h3> +<h4>Old Nol’s dream.—The Charon on +shore.—Afloat at last.—Expedition up the +Chesapeake.—Sent on shore.—Capture guides and +hostages.—Visit Hampton.—Kindly received by +Madeline’s friends.—Her likeness but not +herself.—Warned of approach of an enemy.—We retreat, +and regain our ship.</h4> +<p>With a proud confidence that we were sailing on to victory, +and as all hoped and believed to bring the war to a conclusion, +the squadron entered the Chesapeake on the evening of the 30th of +December.</p> +<p>The Charon, however, did not make a good beginning. The lead +was kept going, and with a fair and light breeze we were running +quietly on. Suddenly, just as eight bells had struck, there was a +shock felt—not a very violent one, happily—but the +cause we knew too well; the ship was on shore on the Willoughby +Shoal. The canvas was furled, and an attempt instantly made to +get her off; but there did not then appear much chance of our +efforts proving successful. We had been toiling away for two or +three hours, and still the ship stuck fast.</p> +<p>“I don’t like this here event by no means at all, +Tom,” I heard Nol Grampus observe to Tom Rockets.</p> +<p>Nol, though a sensible fellow in the main, was a thorough old +salt, and with all the usual prejudices of his class.</p> +<p>“To my mind ill-luck has set in against us. I had a +dream t’other night. I thought as how, while we was +a-standing on under all sail, thinking ourselves all right and +free from danger, far away from land, I saw a big fish—she +was a whopper, depend on that—a-swimming along over the +sea. I looked at her, and she opened her mouth and made right at +the ship. Her upper jaw reached far up above the main-top mast +truck, and the lower one, I’d no doubt, dipped far away +down below her keel. Well, as I was a-saying, on she came, +roaring away like a young porpoise, and heaving the foam right +over our mast-heads. I knew what would happen, and so it did. +Just as easily as the big shark in Port Royal harbour would +swallow a nigger boy, she made a snap at the ship and bolted us +all, masts and spars and hull, and I felt as how we was all +a-being crunched up in her jaws. I woke with a start, which made +me almost jump clean out of my hammock, all over in a cold sweat, +and right glad I was to find that it wasn’t true; but, +d’ye see, Tom, as to going to sleep again, I couldn’t +for the life of me, but lay awake a-kicking up my toes and +turning the matter over in my mind. Says I to myself, +‘There’s some harm a-coming to the old barkie of some +sort or other, or my name’s not Nol Grampus. When we gets +ashore this evening,’ says I to myself, ‘this is the +beginning on it,’ and you’ll see my words comes true, +Tom.”</p> +<p>There was not light enough to allow me to observe +Rockets’ countenance, but I felt very sure, from the +exclamations in which he indulged, that he was taking in the +whole matter with open-mouthed credulity, scarcely understanding +that Grampus was only describing his dream, and that he had fully +made up his mind that some dreadful accident was about to happen +to the ship. The scene I have been describing took place during +one of the cessations from labour, while the captain and first +lieutenant and master were considering what means could next be +adopted to get the ship afloat again. I was anxious that +Nol’s remarks should not be heard by the rest of the crew, +for I knew by experience how greedily such an idea as the one he +had expressed—that the ship was doomed—might be taken +up by the crew, and perhaps produce the very event he had +predicted. I was about to step forward and interfere, when the +order was issued to carry out another anchor astern, and Grampus +and his listener had to go about their duty. All night long we +were toiling away, getting out all our anchors, starting the +water, even lowering some of the guns into the boats.</p> +<p>“I told you so; I knew how it would be,” I heard +Grampus remark just as he happened to meet Tom, while I was +passing. “Ill-luck has come to the ship, and ill-luck will +stick to her, unless so be we gets a parson aboard and manages to +heave him into the sea. That’ll set things to rights again, +may be.”</p> +<p>I was amused at the old man’s recipe for averting the +doom from the ship. It was not, however, new to me, for I had +before heard a similar proposal made under like circumstances. +Never did a set of men labour and toil more perseveringly than +did our crew that night. Still the ship stuck fast. It became at +last a matter of doubt whether we should have to throw all our +guns overboard, and perhaps our provisions and ammunition; and if +so, all hopes of gaining prize-money or of doing anything in the +way of fighting was over for a long time to come. Captain Symonds +of course was unwilling to resort to this alternative till the +last. Grog was served out to all hands, and then we set to again +with a will. Hour after hour passed; as yet the weather remained +moderate, but we could not conceal from ourselves the +disagreeable fact that, should it come on to blow, in the +position in which we were placed, the ship would too probably be +knocked to pieces. We were all so busily employed that the hours +did not pass so heavily as they would otherwise have done. We +were in constant movement ourselves, and had to keep the ship in +constant movement to prevent her from forming a bed for herself +in the sand. The tide, which was ebbing when we got on shore, at +last turned and began to flow. Slow enough it came in to suit our +impatience. At length dawn appeared. The crokers were of opinion +that the clouds looked threatening. “If a gale springs up, +the old ship will leave her bones here, that’s very +certain,” I heard one or two of them remark. I watched the +current as it came sweeping by us; the water was evidently rising +round the ship. Again all the strain we could command was put on +the hawsers. None but a seaman can understand the satisfactory +sensations we experienced as her vast hulk yielded to our +efforts. We felt that she was gliding off the bank. “She +moves, she moves! hurrah, hurrah!” was shouted fore and +aft. Her speed increased, round went the capstan right merrily. +Again and again the men shouted. She was clear of the bank. One +after the other the anchors were weighed, sail was made on the +ship, and rapidly we glided up the mighty Chesapeake. We +proceeded up as high as Newportneuse, and so suddenly and +unexpectedly did we come on the enemy that a considerable number +of merchantmen were unable to make their escape. As soon as we +had brought up, the boats were lowered, and away we went in +chase.</p> +<p>The moment the crews made out who we were, they cut their +cables and ran, while we in hot speed went after them. Some few +gave it up as a hopeless case and hauled down their colours; +others ran on shore, and their crews set them on fire, or we did +so, to prevent any one from benefiting by them. They were mostly +loaded with Virginian tobacco. No one in the fleet wanted a good +supply of the fragrant weed after that. We took or destroyed a +dozen or more brigs and schooners. It might have been necessary, +but it was cruel work, and I did not think it was the best way to +make the planters of Virginia love us the more. Such was the way +our expedition commenced operations.</p> +<p>Before I proceed I must recommend my readers to look at a map +of Virginia bordering the southern or rather western side of the +Chesapeake, and examine the scene of the operations which, under +the directions of General Arnold, we were about to commence +against the rebels. To the east will be found that large estuary +of the Atlantic running nearly north and south, and known as +Chesapeake bay, or gulf, or river. It forms the eastern boundary +of Virginia. Flowing into it from the west the river Potomac +bounds the State on the north, while a vast marsh, known by the +unattractive name of the Dismal Swamp, separates it on the south +from North Carolina. Between the Potomac and the Dismal Swamp +several other rivers and creeks are to be found. The largest is +James river, with Portsmouth and Gosport near the mouth. Running +into it on the north is Hampton creek, on which stands the town +of Hampton, and a little to the north of it again is York river +and York Town, which was to become the scene of operations of a +character most disastrous to the royal cause. York Town stands on +an elbow of York river, between it and James river. Some way up +James river is the town of Richmond, the capital of the State of +Virginia. The country was, at the time of which I am speaking, as +densely populated and as well cultivated as any part of the +province of North America. The Dismal Swamp is an exception to +the fertility of the surrounding country. It is a vast quagmire, +composed of vegetable matter and the decayed roots of trees and +plants. On the surface appear in rich luxuriance every species of +aquatic plants, from the delicate green moss to the tall cypress. +It covers, I was told, an area of a thousand square miles, and is +forty miles long and twenty-five broad, having, however, in the +centre, a lake of some size fringed to the very borders with +dense masses of trees which extend even into the water itself. +The water is perfectly level with the banks, and sometimes +overflows them. Altogether, from its uninhabitable and impassable +character, and the sombre appearance of its vegetable +productions, it well deserves the name given to it.</p> +<p>The last day of the year 1780 had now arrived. Captain Symonds +sent for me and informed me that I had had the honour of being +selected for some important duty, and that he could fully rely on +my carrying it out with my usual zeal, energy, and discretion. I +bowed, and replied that I was always anxious to do my duty; but +my heart, I confess, did beat rather quickly and anxiously in +consequence of the possibility I at once saw of realising the +hopes I had so long entertained, I need not, however, again +revert to that subject.</p> +<p>“Some intelligent pilots are required to conduct the +men-of-war and transports up James river, as also some guides are +wanted for the army when they land,” said my captain. +“Now you see, Mr Hurry, as they won’t come simply +because they are wanted, you are to go on shore and catch them. +Captain Hawthorne of the 80th Regiment, with two detachments, one +from the Queen’s Rangers and one of his own men, will +accompany you. You will have altogether fully three hundred men. +With their courage and discipline they will be a match for a +thousand or two thousand rebels, and I expect that you will carry +out your instructions with credit to yourself and advantage to +the service.”</p> +<p>I bowed, and the captain continued: “It is believed that +the enemy have secured some of their vessels in Hampton creek. +You are to find out where they are, and, if you can, take +possession of them and bring them away. If not, burn or destroy +them; at all events, acquaint yourself sufficiently with the +country to enable you to lead an expedition up the creek to +capture them. With regard to the inhabitants, you are to treat +them with civility and in a conciliatory manner. If necessary, of +course you will coerce them, but as much as possible show them +that we come as friends rather than as foes.”</p> +<p>Having assured the captain that I fully comprehended my +directions, and would endeavour to carry them out to the full, I +took my departure, to prepare for the expedition.</p> +<p>I had a hundred picked men with me, including Nol Grampus and +Tom Rockets, whom I kept by me as my bodyguard. We got the +soldiers all on shore by seven o’clock in the evening at +Newportneuse, where I joined them with the blue-jackets. Meeting +with no opposition, we were under the impression that our landing +was unnoticed. Forming on the shore we began our march at about +eight o’clock in good military order, the Rangers in front, +the seamen in the centre, and the 80th in the rear, with advanced +and flanking parties from the Rangers. I felt that we were in an +enemy’s country, that any moment we might be attacked, and +that such precautions as we were taking were in no way derogatory +to those who would desire to be considered brave men. Others, as +will afterwards be seen, held a different opinion and suffered +accordingly. Captain Hawthorne, however, fully agreed with me in +the wisdom of adopting the precautions I proposed. We advanced in +perfect silence, feeling our way, for we were ignorant of where +the path we were following would lead us. Road, properly +so-called, there was none. After proceeding half a mile or so +through a tolerably open country we reached a thick wood, +extending so far before us on either side that it was in vain to +hope to pass round it. Whether or not it was full of lurking +enemies we could not tell. There was nothing to be done but to +penetrate through it. There was something solemn and rather +depressing in the deep silence of that gloomy forest, with the +tall gaunt trees towering above our heads and shutting out the +sky itself from view. In some places it was so dark that we could +scarcely discover our way, and as we marched on we went stumbling +into holes and over fallen trunks of trees and branches, and more +than once I found myself up to my middle in the rotten stem of +some ancient monarch of the forest long recumbent on the ground. +Some of the men declared that the wood was full of rattle-snakes, +and that they heard them rattling away their tails as they went +gliding and wriggling along over the ground, rather surprised at +having their haunts invaded by the tramping of so many hundred +feet. Others asserted that there were ghosts and hobgoblins and +evil spirits of all sorts infesting the locality; indeed, I +suspect that there was scarcely a man among them who would not +more willingly have met a whole army of mortal enemies rather +than have remained much longer in that melancholy solitude. Every +moment I expected to hear the sharp crack of the enemy’s +rifles and to see the wood lighted up with the flashes, for I +could scarcely suppose that they would allow us to pass through a +place, where, without much risk to themselves, they might so +easily molest us and probably escape scot-free. On we marched, or +rather stumbled and groped our way, till at length we emerged +from the wood into the clear light which the starry sky and pure +atmosphere afforded us. We were now among fields and fences, +which gave us intimation that some human habitations were not +far-off. In a short time we saw before us a good-sized mansion +standing in the middle of a farm, with various out-houses. Our +first care was to draw up our men closely round it. Hawthorne and +I, with about twenty followers, then approached the front door +and knocked humbly for admission. Soon we heard the voice of a +negro inquiring who was there.</p> +<p>“Some gentlemen who wish to see your master on important +business,” I answered.</p> +<p>“Ki! at this hour! Come again to-morrow, den; massa no +see nobody to-night.”</p> +<p>“It is business which cannot be put off,” said I. +“Open, Sambo, you rascal, or I shall be apt to break your +head or your shins rather before long if you are not quick about +it.”</p> +<p>Still Sambo seemed to have his suspicions that all was not +right, and very soon we heard somebody else come to the door and +a discussion commence as to who we could be. Again I knocked and +began to lose patience.</p> +<p>“Open, friend!” I exclaimed; “we are not +robbers, nor are we officers of the law, but we have a matter in +which we want your assistance, but cannot delay.”</p> +<p>Soft words often have an effect when rough ones would fail. +The bolts were withdrawn, and, the door opening, a gentleman in a +dressing-gown and slippers, his wig off, his waistcoat +unbuttoned, and his whole appearance showing that he had made +himself comfortable for the evening, stood, candle in hand, +before us. He held up the light and peered before him into the +darkness to ascertain who we could be. When his eye fell on our +uniforms and the red-coats of the soldiers his countenance +assumed a most ridiculously scared appearance, and with a groan +of terror he let the candlestick fall from his hands. The +expiring flame, as the candle reached the ground, showed me a +female arm stretched out. It hauled him through a doorway, and +the door was slammed and bolted in our faces. Directly afterwards +we heard a window thrown up, and a voice exclaimed—</p> +<p>“Fly, Ebenezer, love! fly and hide thyself, or these +red-coated villains will be the death of thee!”</p> +<p>We stood very quietly waiting the result. I knew pretty well +what it would be. In two minutes a voice was heard outside the +window—</p> +<p>“Oh, mercy, mercy! Bridget, let me in again, let me +in!” it said. “The house is surrounded by armed men, +and thy unhappy husband is truly caught in the snares of the +enemy.”</p> +<p>We had no time to spare, so I thought it best to catch our +friend and see what we could make of him. I accordingly knocked +at the door and desired to be admitted.</p> +<p>“Oh, mercy, mercy! oh dear, oh dear!” was the only +answer I got.</p> +<p>“Well, my friends, I can wait no longer,” I +exclaimed, in a voice which showed that I would not be trifled +with. “I have something to communicate to you, and if you +come out peaceably it will save trouble, and be better for all +parties. You have my word that no harm whatever is intended +you.”</p> +<p>There was some discussion inside. I knocked pretty loudly two +or three times with the hilt of my sword. The hint was taken, and +at length the door was slowly and cautiously opened, and the +worthy farmer and his portly dame stood before us. I asked him +his name.</p> +<p>“Ruggles,” he answered, looking as if he did not +love me certainly, “Ebenezer Ruggles, and that’s my +wife Bridget. And now, stranger, what is it you want of +us?”</p> +<p>“Why, my friend, all I want you to do is to guide a +party of his Majesty’s troops and blue-jackets by the +nearest and best road to the town of Hampton, and to give me such +other information as I may reasonably require,” I replied, +somewhat sternly. “I have lost some time already, so put on +your hat and great coat and come along.”</p> +<p>“What! you are going to carry my husband off, are you? +He’ll not go; I tell you that he shan’t!” +exclaimed Mrs Bridget, walking up in front of him, like a turkey +hen defending her young. “Whatever you want to know +I’ll tell you, but you shan’t take away my good man +from me. He’d catch his death of cold, I know he would. +Here, Jeremiah! Boaz! Timothy! Luke! Sarah! Martha! Jane! come +and stop your dear father from being shot, murdered, drowned, +hung up as a Tory! Oh, dear, oh, dear! I don’t know what +will happen to him.”</p> +<p>As she spoke, a number of children streamed in from an inner +room, the smaller ones in their night-gowns, and all more or less +in <i>déshabille</i>, as if they had been hurriedly +summoned out of their beds. They looked at me, and the soldiers +and sailors behind me, and then threw themselves shrieking and +crying round their father’s neck. As I knew that we should +take very good care of the poor man, I could not stand this scene +very long, and had at last to tell him that he must put an end to +it, or that I must order the soldiers to separate him from his +children and to carry him off by force.</p> +<p>“Oh, you cruel, hard-hearted slave of a tyrant!” +exclaimed their mother, advancing boldly towards me; “you +will not take him away—you will not—you dare not! +You’ll have his life to answer for if you do.”</p> +<p>“Come, come, madam,” said I, “we must end +this business at once. Your husband must accompany me at all +events. No harm will happen to him, so don’t be alarmed. +Now, sir, put on your hat and accompany me.”</p> +<p>I had a strong suspicion that she wished to gain time, and had +perhaps sent off some one to try and bring down the enemy on +us.</p> +<p>Again there was a furious chorus of hugging and shrieking and +crying and kissing.</p> +<p>“Don’t go—you shan’t go—Papa, +you mustn’t go—we won’t let you +go—hard-hearted, cruel tyrants!”</p> +<p>Such were the phrases which reached my ears, but Ebenezer +Ruggles saw that I was in earnest, and, signing to his wife, she +brought him a thick pair of shoes, a great coat, a stick and his +hat, and then, in spite of the renewed cries of his children, he +signified, in a manly, fearless way, that if we compelled him he +would accompany us without resistance. I accordingly took him by +the arm, and succeeded at last in separating him from his wife +and children, and leading him out of the house. Even after we had +got some distance off we heard the cries of poor Dame Bridget and +her disconsolate brood. Ebenezer bore the trial very well.</p> +<p>“Now, friend Ruggles,” said I, “you must +understand that, if you guide us right and play us no tricks, we +will restore you safe to your wife and family, but if you lead us +into any difficulty I shall be under the disagreeable necessity +of shooting you through the head.”</p> +<p>“Oh! if that’s the case, then, I must tell you +that you have come two miles out of the road to Hampton,” +quoth Mr Ruggles. “If you had gone on, you would have run +your noses against a pretty strong force of our States’ +army, who would have made mince-meat of you, I guess.”</p> +<p>“They must have been pretty strong to impede the +progress of a thousand men,” said I. “However, lead +us by the best road and you shall be well rewarded.”</p> +<p>“That’s reasonable,” said Ruggles; and +forthwith turning round, away he trudged alongside me at the rate +of nearly four miles an hour. He led us back right through the +dark wood and into the open country, and at last we reached a +fine broad open road. Along that we marched at a great rate. We +soon, however, came to a house. We instantly surrounded it, and, +very much to the surprise and alarm of the inhabitants, made them +prisoners. I rather think that our friend Ruggles was not sorry +to have a companion in his misfortunes. We soon had several. +Every house we came to we surrounded, and had to capture the +inhabitants, that they might not escape to give the alarm through +the country. I cannot describe all the scenes that occurred. Some +were rather amusing, as we knew that we were not going to injure +the poor people. Others were painful, from the dreadful alarm +into which both men and women were put when we appeared at their +doors. Still greater was it when they found that they had to +accompany us on our march.</p> +<p>The night was drawing on, and there were as yet no signs of +the town for which we were bound. Every moment, of course, +increased the probability of our being attacked, for, +notwithstanding all our precautions, we scarcely hoped to have +prevented some of the people getting off, who might give notice +of our advance. I began to suspect that Mr Ruggles was playing us +false. I told him so. He assured me that we were close upon +Hampton. I cocked my pistol to his ear, to remind him what would +be the consequence should he be playing us false. He stood firm, +and my confidence in him was restored. In five minutes he asked +me to halt my people, and assured me we were close upon the town. +Just then the advanced guard fell back, and reported that they +had suddenly found themselves at the entrance of a town. We +accordingly formed our force into three divisions. One party went +round to the other side, one remained where we then were, and a +third, which I led, entered the town. Having made a rapid survey +of the place, Captain Hawthorne and I placed a strong body of men +at each end of the principal streets, and the outskirts of the +town being at the same time strictly watched, we felt now that no +one could escape or enter the place without our knowledge. These +arrangements being made, we commenced a series of visits to the +abodes of all the principal inhabitants. So silently had we +proceeded that many of them were not aware that the town was in +our hands, and their dismay may be more easily conceived than +described when they found armed men knocking at their doors, and +in some instances breaking them open. One of the first houses we +visited was that of an oldish gentleman—the richest +merchant, we were told, in the town. We knocked at first gently, +and then louder and louder, till we heard some one coming along +the passage, and a negro voice inquired who was there and what +was wanted. The usual answer, “Your master—business +of importance—quick—quick!” made the poor black +without further consideration open the door, when in we rushed, +and he, stepping back, tumbled head over heels, and upset two or +three of the first men who got in. Amid shouts of laughter from +us, and shrieks and cries from a whole posse of negroes who ran +out from their own dormitories, we hurried up to the principal +staircase. The hubbub, as well it might, roused the master of the +house and his better half from their drowsy slumbers—so we +concluded—for a gruff voice in tones irate began scolding +away from the top of the stairs at the blacks, demanding why they +made so terrific a noise—joined in occasionally by other +far sharper notes.</p> +<p>“The blacks are not to blame, old gentleman,” +exclaimed Hawthorne, springing up the stairs. “How do you +do! We call upon you at rather an unseasonable hour, I own, but +our stay in the place is short you will understand. We will have +a little conversation together on public affairs, and then I must +trouble you for the keys of your stores, or an order for the +delivery of such provisions as we may require, for which I am +directed to offer you payment.”</p> +<p>The old gentleman, not comprehending who we were, was almost +struck down at first on hearing this address, but, after a time, +recovering himself, he begged leave to slip on some more clothes, +and promised that he would then come down into his sitting-room +and speak to us.</p> +<p>We heard him and the sharp-voiced lady discussing matters +up-stairs.</p> +<p>More than once Hawthorne had to sing out—</p> +<p>“We are in a hurry, sir—we are in a hurry,” +before his better half would let him appear.</p> +<p>I left Hawthorne and him to settle matters while I with my men +proceeded to other houses. We had given strict orders that no +violence whatever was to be used towards any of the inhabitants, +and I fully believe that the lieutenants and midshipmen under us +did their best to repress anything of the sort. Still it was +necessary to keep a watch on all parties. Of course I was obeying +the orders I had received in what I did, and had no choice; but, +at the same time, I must own that I felt excessive repugnance in +thus having to disturb and frighten out of their senses the +inhabitants of a quiet town, who had in no way done anything to +offend us. I resolved, however, to make amends to them by every +means in my power, by treating them with the utmost delicacy and +kindness. We had already seized on a dozen or more of the +principal people, and marched them off to the square in the +centre of the town, where they were kept under a strong guard as +hostages for the good behaviour of the rest, and as a guarantee +for our safety while we remained in the place. Not slight was the +alarm and agitation when they were told that the instant any +attempt was made, either by any of their fellow-townsmen or by +any of the enemy’s troops outside, to re-take the place, +their lives would be forfeited, while a pistol was kept presented +at the head of each of them to carry this threat into execution. +Having, in my rounds, visited the square, and comforted our +prisoners as much as I could venture to do, I again went on with +my domiciliary visits. At the next house at which I stopped the +door was instantly opened by the black servant.</p> +<p>“Oh, massa officer! oh, massa officer! you frighten de +poor young ladies till all die!” he exclaimed as we entered +the hall. “Oh, ki! oh, ki! dey kick and squeal on de sofa +like little pigs going to have dey throat cut. Oh, ki! oh, ki! +what shall we do?”</p> +<p>“Where are the ladies?” I asked. “I will try +what I can do to banish their alarm.”</p> +<p>“Dis way, den, sare—dis way,” said the +negro, ushering me in a great hurry into a large and +handsomely-furnished room, lighted by several candles. There were +several sofas. On two of them lay two ladies, apparently in +hysterics, while several other ladies and female attendants, +black and brown, were bending over them and applying +restoratives.</p> +<p>“There, sir! that is what you and your people have +done!” exclaimed an elderly and rather portly lady, turning +round and advancing towards me while she pointed at the younger +females, whom I took to be her daughters, on the sofa.</p> +<p>Some of my men were following me. When the ladies saw them +they shrieked louder than ever, so I ordered them all to go +outside the house with the exception of Tom Rockets, and then +addressed myself to the lady who had thus spoken to me—</p> +<p>“I regret excessively the cruel necessity thus imposed +on me, madam,” said I, “but accept the honour of an +officer and a gentleman that no harm shall be done to any member +of your family. Let me entreat the young ladies to calm their +fears. My people are under perfect command, as you may have seen +by the way they obeyed my orders, so that you need be under no +apprehension either from them.”</p> +<p>“I’ll trust you, sir; I’ll trust you,” +said the lady, frankly putting out her hand. “There is +something in your countenance and manner which assures me that +you speak the truth.”</p> +<p>I could only bow to this pretty compliment—I hope it was +deserved. These words had great effect in calming the agitation +of the young ladies, and in a few minutes they were able to +dismiss the negro girls and the scent bottles and the plates of +burnt feathers, and to sit up and enter into conversation. The +room was still too dark to enable me to see much of their +countenances, but I thought their voices sounded very pleasant +and sweet, and I pictured them to myself as very charming young +ladies.</p> +<p>“The hour is somewhat unusual for tea,” observed +the lady of the house, “but I doubt not after your long +march you will find it refreshing.”</p> +<p>I thanked the lady very much, and assured her that I should +particularly enjoy a cup of tea. She accordingly gave the order +to an attendant slave, and in a short time a whole troop of black +girls came in with urn and teacups and candles, and in a +twinkling a table was spread, and all the party drew round +it.</p> +<p>As I was approaching the tea-table, I started and stood like +one transfixed, for there appeared before me, with the light of a +candle falling full on her countenance, a young lady the very +image of Madeline Carlyon. “It must be her,” I +thought; and yet my heart told me that it could not be, for she +did not appear to recognise me. The young lady, however, saw my +confusion, and looked up with an inquiring glance at my +countenance. Women have, I suspect, very sharp eyes in +discovering where anything connected with the heart of the +opposite sex is concerned, and are generally equally clever in +concealing what is passing in their own. She kept looking at me, +and I looked at her for a minute or more without speaking. More +than once I made a move towards her as if the lady I saw before +me must be Madeline, and then the expression of her countenance +showed me I was mistaken.</p> +<p>At last I was aware that I was making myself somewhat +remarkable or, as some of my friends would have said, very +ridiculous; so, trying to overcome my agitation, I drew my chair +to the table and sat down. I watched the young lady, and observed +that she still cast an inquiring glance at me, as much as to say, +“For whom do you take me?” On the strength of this I +thought I would venture to inquire if she was in any way related +to Madeline. Just as I was going to speak, a cup of tea was +handed to me. I first emptied half the contents of the +sugar-bason into it, then said I took very little sugar, and +asked for a spoonful. Then I threw off the tea as if it were a +doctor’s dose, and passed my cup for some more. At last I +mustered courage to look across the table and to say, “I +beg pardon—I fear that I must have appeared very rude, but +your resemblance to a young lady whom I know is so very striking +that I should suppose you to be her sister if I was not aware +that she has none.”</p> +<p>“Then you must be Mr Hurry!” she said quickly. +“I am considered very like my cousin, Madeline Carlyon. She +has spoken to me about you—of your kindness and +generosity—oh, how very fortunate!”</p> +<p>The countenances of all the party were turned towards me, and +they looked at me with an expression of interest and pleasure. +The elder lady got up and, taking my hand, exclaimed—</p> +<p>“We welcome you indeed most cordially, Mr Hurry. Our +kinswomen have spoken most warmly of you, and we consider +ourselves most happy in having met you, though you come in the +guise of an enemy.”</p> +<p>I had not said all this time who I was, it must be understood. +It made my heart bump away very hard when I found the manner in +which Madeline had spoken of me to her relatives. I made as +suitable a reply as I could to all the complimentary things which +were said to me; and then, as soon as I could, I inquired in a +trembling voice where Madeline Carlyon then was, and how she was. +I felt very sure that my secret was out, and that there was no +use in disguising my sentiments.</p> +<p>“She is now residing with her father not very far away +from here. They were, however, to stay with some friends in the +neighbourhood, and we are not quite certain where they may be at +this present moment,” answered the elder lady. “We +will, depend on it, take care to let her know that we have seen +you, and she will rejoice to hear of the courteous way in which +you treated us, even when you were unaware who we +were.”</p> +<p>I expressed my thanks, and then remarked that even then I did +not know their names.</p> +<p>“Langton is my name,” said the lady. “These +are my daughters, and that young lady is my niece, and the other +is her sister. They are Carlyons. Grace is indeed very like her +cousin, and some curious mistakes have occurred in +consequence.”</p> +<p>I need not repeat more of our conversation. In a few minutes I +felt perfectly at home, and I must own had almost forgotten the +errand on which I had come to the place. Tea was over, and I was +about to ask for paper and a pen to write to Madeline when the +sound of a bugle recalled me to the stern reality of my duties. I +started up. I longed to send a message to Madeline—yet what +could I say? I felt that all reserve must be thrown to the winds. +I took Mrs Langton’s hand: “Tell her—tell her +that I am true,” I exclaimed. “Oh, that this dreadful +war were brought to an end!”</p> +<p>Again the bugle sounded; Tom Rockets put his head in at the +door. He had been carried off to be tended on by the slaves +below.</p> +<p>“We must be off, sir,” said he; “the +red-coats are forming outside, and from what I can make out there +is likely to be a scrimmage.”</p> +<p>I shook the ladies warmly by the hand. In vain I endeavoured +to get them to tell me where they believed Madeline Carlyon then +was. One spoke, then another; mentioning the names of different +places, which of course I did not know, nor could I conceive by +their descriptions in what direction they were to be found. +Several shots were heard; again the bugle sounded. I dared not +remain another moment. I tore myself away, still ignorant of a +point I would have given much to ascertain, and rushed out. My +own men had formed outside the house; the other different parties +who had been carrying on the examination of the town were +hurrying into the square from all quarters. Some of them brought +us the information that our advanced guard was attacked.</p> +<p>“Then the hostages must answer for it,” said +Captain Hawthorne.</p> +<p>The no-little-alarmed old gentlemen we had in our power +entreated that they might be allowed to try and stop the attack. +We, of course, were glad enough of this, and we let them go to +the front in charge of a strong body of our men. In a short time +they returned, well contented to find that the attack had been +made merely by a hundred volunteers or so, who on finding our +strength had retreated. We knew, however, that they would not go +far-off, and felt the unpleasant assurance that we should, in all +probability, be continually harassed during the whole of our +march back, and perhaps even have to fight our way through a +crowd of active enemies.</p> +<p>Under these circumstances Hawthorne and I agreed that we +should, without a moment’s delay, commence our march. It +was now about two o’clock in the morning. We had performed +the service we had come on, and gained all the information we +required. We had ascertained that the surrounding country would +supply us amply with provisions; that the vessels which had taken +refuge in the creek could not be cut out without a strong force, +and that the people were, if not actually in arms against us, far +from favourable to the royal cause, as Arnold had led us to +suppose they would be. We had also distributed large numbers of +his address. Discharging some of the more elderly of our +prisoners, we began our march, carrying with us the younger men +and those whom we had picked up on the way. We soon found that +our retreat was to be anything but pleasant. Scarcely had we got +clear of the town when the crack of rifles showed us that an +enemy was in our rear. Our road led us through numerous woods +more or less dense. We had got to about the centre of the first, +when on either flank bright jets of flame were seen darting out +like the flashes of fire-flies from among the trees. I could +almost have fancied that they were fire-flies had not the flashes +been accompanied by sharp reports, and had we not felt the +bullets whizzing about our ears. By proceeding, however, in the +careful way in which we made our advance, we kept the enemy at +bay, and they saw that we were not a force to be trifled with. It +would have been useless barbarity to have punished our prisoners +for what they could not help, but we told them that we should +hold them responsible if any serious attack was made on us. Still +it was somewhat provoking to have our men hit without being able +to go in pursuit of our nimble adversaries, for, of course, they +were off and away the instant we made a movement towards them. +Thus we proceeded as rapidly as the nature of the ground would +allow. Whenever we reached the habitation of one of our +prisoners, we thanked him for the assistance he had afforded us, +and allowed him to remain, on his undertaking not only not to act +against us that day, but to do his best to prevent his countrymen +from attacking us. This was very judicious; for although, I +believe, fresh skirmishers came on, the old ones gradually +withdrew, and thus we never had, at a time, any very large force +with which to contend. Several of our men had been wounded, but +none had been killed that we were aware of. However, when, at +seven o’clock in the morning, we reached the place of +debarkation, we found that, exclusive of the wounded, one seaman +and six soldiers were missing. What had become of them we could +not tell, but as they were not seen to fall, it is more than +probable that they deserted to the enemy. When I returned on +board the Charon, Captain Symonds was pleased to say that the +general was highly satisfied with the way the expedition had been +conducted. Whatever may be thought of General Arnold, I may here +remark that he was a first-rate soldier and a clever man, as was +proved by all the expeditions he planned and the exploits he +performed.</p> +<p>Thus ended the year 1780. Who could then tell the important +events the following one was to bring forth?</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap23" id="chap23"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Three.</h3> +<h4>Advance of army up James river.—I command a flotilla of +boats up Nansimond river.—A dark night.—Surround a +house.—Interview with Madeline.—Warned of plan to +capture us.—O’Driscoll at home.—Rapid pull for +liberty.—Mackey’s Mills.—People +wide-awake.—Hot fire.—Regain ship.</h4> +<p>The new year of 1781 commenced with the advance of the whole +army, under General Arnold, up the banks of the James river, +protected by three ships of war—the Charlestown, Bonetta, +and Swift. No attack was made on us; indeed, there was no force +of the enemy, it was believed, in the neighbourhood in any way +capable of impeding our progress. That evening I was again sent +for, and, in order to ascertain that important fact, I was +directed to take command of five boats and to proceed up the +Nansimond river. “You will learn, also, what shipping is in +the river,” said my captain; “and, Mr Hurry, you will +not forget to see how they can best be cut out.” Having +received this brief professional admonition, I took my +departure.</p> +<p>I had the Charon’s cutter, the Thames’s long-boat, +and three other boats, each commanded by a lieutenant or +master’s mate. I gave them all, in the clearest way, their +instructions, for I felt that we were about to engage in an +expedition which might prove extremely hazardous, though but +little honour was to be reaped from it. The Nansimond river is +about twenty-five miles long, and generally about half a mile +wide; but in some places, as high up as the west branch, it +narrows to about fifty yards. Not far from the entrance is the +town of Nansimond, and higher up a place called Mackey’s +Mills. Nearly at the source is a town or village called Suffolk. +This information I had obtained from the prisoners we had taken +on our previous expedition.</p> +<p>Darkness had long settled down before my five boats collected +alongside the Charon. Never was I out in a more pitchy night. +Dense clouds covered the sky, and not a star was visible. On +first stepping into my boat, after leaving the light of the +cabin, I could see nothing.</p> +<p>“You all understand what we are to do, gentlemen?” +said I to the officers under me. “Follow closely in my +wake. Let not a word be spoken. If we are discovered and +attacked, we are to put about and pull down the stream; if not, +wait till I give the order to return. Shove off!”</p> +<p>Our oars were muffled, so that not a sound was heard as we +pulled away through the darkness towards the mouth of the +Nansimond river. We had a pilot with us who professed to know the +navigation, and we believed that we could trust him. By degrees +my eyes began to grow accustomed to the darkness, and I could +distinguish the outline of the shore. We entered the river about +ten o’clock, and slowly groped our way up the stream, one +boat following the other in line, like a long snake wriggling its +way through the grass. On we pulled. Sharp eyes, indeed, must +have been those which could have discovered us from the shore. +But few lights were streaming from the windows of the houses of +Nansimond as we passed that town. Early hours were kept by the +colonists in those primitive days, and most of the inhabitants +had retired to rest—not aware that an enemy was so close to +them, or dreaming of danger. As long as we continued in the wider +part of the river we had no fear of being detected. However, as +our object was to obtain information, I resolved to land near the +first house we could see on the shore. My plan was then to +surround it, keep all the inmates captive, carry them up the +river with us, and land them again on our return, so as to +prevent them from giving notice of our expedition, much in the +same way that we had done on our march to Hampton. The darkness, +however, made this no easy matter, for not the sign of a house +could we distinguish on the shore. Sometimes we pulled towards +one bank and sometimes towards the other, but to no purpose. If +houses there were, they must have been among the trees, and the +inhabitants must have gone to bed and extinguished all their +lights. At last I resolved to land, and, with part of one +boat’s crew, to explore the country on foot. Grampus, +Rockets, and two other men accompanied me, while the boats pulled +slowly along, ready to come to my assistance should I be +surprised. I walked two or three miles in this way, stumbling +along through woods and swamps and other impediments; but, though +we crossed several ploughed fields, no houses could we discover. +At last, from very weariness, I was compelled to take to the boat +again. Several times we landed, but with the same want of success +as at first. We came in time to Mackey’s Mills. I had made +up my mind to catch Mr Mackey, at all events, and make him serve +our purpose. Accordingly we landed, and having lighted our +lanterns to save ourselves from tumbling into the mill-dams or +traps, which we supposed would everywhere abound, we surrounded +the buildings, and proceeded to search for the miller and his +men; but neither Mr Mackey nor any of his people were to be +found. The mill appeared to be deserted, so we had our trouble +for nothing. Once more we took to the boats. The river was here, +for some distance, very narrow, but it widened out again as we +proceeded upwards. Again and again we landed, always keeping the +most profound silence. I had duly impressed on the minds of the +people the fact that our lives and the success of the enterprise +depended on our so doing. We were all, however, beginning to get +rather vexed at our want of success, especially as we had no +safety-valve in the expression of our feelings. At times it +appeared as if the river flowed through the centre of some large +forest. On either side the tall trees rose up, forming a dark +wall, with the sky overhead and the smooth black current of the +river on which we floated flowing beneath. I trusted that none of +the enemy had discovered us, for I thought to myself, if they +have, this is just the place they will select to attack, and very +little chance we shall have, in that case, of successfully +running the gauntlet and getting off scot-free. However, our +business was to push up the river as far as we could go till we +discovered the vessels we were to look for, taking care, only, +that we had time to return before daylight should discover us to +our foes. On we went, till we reached a part of the river called +the West Branch. It appeared to me that the night had become less +dark than at first. Perhaps it was that the banks were freer from +trees. We kept carefully examining either shore. I fancied as we +pulled on that I could distinguish a rough sort of +landing-place.</p> +<p>“A house will not be far-off from it,” I said to +myself, so I gave the order to pull in for it. My eyes had not +deceived me. There was a regular formal landing-place, and not +three hundred yards from it I thought that I saw a house. Leaving +two men in each boat I drew up my party and gave the order to +advance that we might immediately surround the house, if such, as +I suspected, there was. With the same precautions which we had +hitherto used we advanced as rapidly as we could venture to move +towards what I took to be a building. I soon found that I was not +mistaken. The barking of a dog also told me that the place was +inhabited, and at the same time warned us that the inmates were +very likely to be aroused by our approach. I had charged all +those under my command on no account to use violence, whatever +might occur, unless in our own defence, should we be attacked by +the enemy.</p> +<p>As we drew near I saw that the house was a large one, and that +it had all the appearance of a gentleman’s country seat. We +found ourselves also in a good road leading apparently into the +interior. I therefore called a halt, and, leaving some of the men +where we were, I led the rest round so as closely to surround the +premises on the land side. I also bethought me of placing a guard +to watch the approach by the river, for I thought it very likely +that if any one wished to escape there would be a boat concealed +under the banks by which they might effect their object. While I +was making these dispositions the barking of the dog continued, +but as he did not rush out on us I concluded that he was chained. +He had, however, aroused the inmates, for as I passed through the +garden I saw a light in one of the rooms down-stairs and other +lights, passing the windows of the upper storey. From the +situation of the lower room down-stairs I suspected that it must +be the drawing-room or one of the sitting-rooms, and, halting my +men under the shadow of a shrubbery, with directions to remain +there till I summoned them, I approached the window for the +purpose of trying if I could see any of the people within. There +were two windows to the room. The blind before one of them was +drawn down, so I went to the other. The lower shutter to that was +also closed, but by standing up on the window-sill I could look +into the room. What was my surprise to see a lady sitting at a +table, on which stood a lamp, with a book in her hand, reading. +Her back was towards me, but from her figure and dress I thought +she was young. What surprised me was to find a lady sitting up at +that hour, for it was now between two and three o’clock in +the morning. Something unusual must, I suspected, be going on in +the house. I was afraid that the sudden appearance of a body of +armed men would seriously frighten the lady, and so I resolved to +enter the house alone and take my chance of meeting with +opposition from any man who might be there. A door opened into +the garden. It was not bolted. I lifted the latch and entered. A +light stood in the hall. I was not mistaken as to the character +of the house; it was evidently that of people of fortune. On my +right hand was a door which I conceived led into the room where I +had seen the lady. An impulse I could not resist induced me to +open it. The noise caused by my so doing made the lady turn her +head. Her countenance was very pale and tearful. She looked up at +me; her eye brightened: I sprang forward and threw myself at her +feet. Madeline Carlyon was before me. So astonished and overcome +by numberless conflicting feelings was she that I thought she +would have fainted. She uttered my name in a tone of doubt and +hesitation, as if she did not believe in the reality of what she +saw before her. I took her hand and pressed it to my lips.</p> +<p>“It is I, Madeline, who have never ceased thinking of +you since we parted,” I exclaimed,—“one whose +only wish has been to find means to make you his own when the +blessings of peace have been restored to our country—one +whose earthly hopes are all centred in you. You are indulging in +no dream—no fancy—I am really and truly before +you.”</p> +<p>However, I need not repeat all I said on the occasion. I had +no great difficulty in persuading Madeline that I was really +before her; but when she inquired how it was that I came to be +there, unwilling indeed I felt to tell her that I had come in +hostile guise. At last, however, I had to confess the truth.</p> +<p>“Then I understand it all,” she exclaimed +hurriedly. “Oh, believe me, you are beset with dangers. I +ought not to betray the councils of my countrymen, and yet I +cannot let you fall into the trap which has been laid for you. +Your arrival in the river was immediately known, and a plan was +forthwith formed to cut you off. The whole country has been for +some hours alarmed. My own father heads the force, consisting, I +heard, of more than four hundred men, who are about to take post +at Mackey’s Mills to cut off your retreat. Silently as you +may have come up the river, your progress has been, without +doubt, closely watched. Perhaps even now your presence here is +known, and anxiety on my father’s account prevented me from +retiring to rest, and little did I think who was in command of +the British boats. I knew not even that you were on the coast. +But I must not lose time in talking. What advice can I give you? +Stay, oh, let me consider! The party must already have nearly +reached Mackey’s Mills. They will be there before you can +possibly pass that narrow part of the river. Oh, this cruel, +cruel war! What ought to be done? I am sure that my father +himself would deeply grieve to find that stern duty had compelled +him to injure you, and yet how could even I ask him to act +otherwise than he will do? I know that I ought not, as a patriot, +to give you the warning that I now do. Let me collect my thoughts +and consider by what plan I can best secure your safety. It would +be useless, I fear, to advise you to deliver yourselves up as +prisoners of war, and thus avoid bloodshed. Yet how can you +escape from the trap into which you have run? You smile and shake +your head. I know—I know. You would say that you must try +to fight your way through a host of rebels rather than yield +yourselves prisoners. Your safety consists in the rapidity of +your movements.”</p> +<p>She was silent for some minutes and then continued—</p> +<p>“There are, as high up as Suffolk, several +vessels—a ship, a sloop, and a brig. Let it be known by any +people whom you can fall in with that you are aware of this fact, +and it will naturally be supposed that you have gone up the river +to bring them off or to destroy them. The plan was to detain you +by various stratagems in the river till daylight, when it was +expected that you would easily be cut off and destroyed if you +should attempt to fight your way through the crowds of riflemen +lining each bank of the river, or otherwise that you would be +compelled to give yourselves up as prisoners. I fear me much, I +repeat, that this latter course you will not follow—I know +you will not. Then you have only your speed on which to rely. You +will have to run a terrible gauntlet between well-practised +sharpshooters. Start without a moment’s delay. The militia +will, I fear, have reached Mackey’s Mills before you can +get there; but if, as I hope, they will believe that you have +gone up the stream, they may not be on the watch for you, and you +may push by without being perceived.”</p> +<p>Such was the tenor of the words the agitated and alarmed girl +poured out. I felt sure that I could follow no better plan than +the one she suggested. Still it was heart-breaking thus to leave +her. I have not intruded any part of our conversation on my +readers relating more especially to ourselves. She had said all +that I could wish to assure me that her heart was still mine, and +I had poured out my own long-pent-up feelings into her ears. I +had been sitting by her side. She started. A sound was heard in +the house—scuffling of feet—a loud +scream—people running here and there. The dog barked loudly +outside. Two black girls rushed into the room.</p> +<p>“Oh, missie, missie! murder, murder! thieves, +thieves!” they cried out. “Dey be here—dey be +everywhere!”</p> +<p>Just then they caught sight of me. Instead of screaming, they +stood as if petrified. At last, pointing at me, they exclaimed, +“Oh, missie, who dat?”</p> +<p>The question was a difficult one to answer, but Madeline +showed her presence of mind by replying calmly—</p> +<p>“A friend who little expected to find me here, but he +will take care that no harm happens to any one in this house. We +may be thankful that he and his followers are here to protect us. +Now go and tell the rest of the people who remain in the house +that they must not be alarmed. Let them assemble in the hall. I +will go and speak to them after I have seen Mrs Elbank and Miss +Porter. Go—run! Be good girls, and do as I tell +you.”</p> +<p>The quick, firm manner with which she spoke had a wonderful +effect on the negresses, and instinctively off they ran, +perfectly satisfied, to obey her orders. She explained, briefly, +that Mrs Elbank was an old lady, the owner of the house where she +and her father were staying.</p> +<p>As soon as the girls had disappeared she took my hand with +perfect frankness and maiden modesty, while she looked up into my +face with an expression which showed me the true feelings of her +heart.</p> +<p>“Farewell, farewell!” she exclaimed. “Let me +entreat you not to remain a moment longer. Every instant’s +delay may produce danger, and, too probably, bloodshed. Should, +by any chance, the militia discover that you are here, they would +come back with an overwhelming force and cut you off. +Go—oh, go!”</p> +<p>As she spoke these words her feelings overcame her and her +sobs choked her utterance. I would have given worlds to have been +able to stay and comfort her. I did all I could. I took her in my +arms and imprinted a kiss on her brow. It might be the last, but +I dared not think so. No, I felt that we should meet again. +“I obey you now, dearest,” I cried, in a tone +intended to reassure her. “Fear not, I shall escape the +danger you dread, and I will return perhaps before +long.”</p> +<p>I added some solemn words of comfort, and then I rushed from +the room and hurried into the garden where I had left my men. I +found from them that O’Driscoll had captured an old negro +servant, who, hearing the dog bark, had come out to see what was +the matter, and that, conducted by him, he had entered the house +where he now was. This accounted for the disturbance I had heard. +I accordingly went back to the front door, which was obligingly +opened by our friend the negro, who seemed by his manner to have +long-expected me. With many bows he led me into a handsome +dining-hall, when what was my surprise to find O’Driscoll +and another officer seated at a table with an abundance of viands +spread before them, and wine of various sorts sparkling in +decanters by their side.</p> +<p>“Really, these rebels treat us very well,” said +O’Driscoll as I entered. “When we caught that old +gentleman he told us that supper was all ready, and that he had +been ordered to invite us in to partake of it, and to beg us to +remain as long as we felt inclined.”</p> +<p>“I do not doubt it, Mr O’Driscoll,” I +answered sternly. “But, sir, we have duties to perform, and +our orders were to proceed up the river as far as we could go. +Now I have discovered that there are several vessels at Suffolk, +four miles above this. We must go and try to cut them out. Thank +the owners of the house for their hospitality, but we cannot stay +to benefit by it,” said I to the negro, giving him a +dollar. “Keep that for yourself, and remember that all +Englishmen are not cannibals and savages.”</p> +<p>Having directed O’Driscoll to call in the rest of the +other parties guarding the approaches to the house, we quickly +assembled at the rendezvous I had appointed outside the gates, +whence we set off as fast as we could for the boats. I could not +help having some dread lest they should have been attacked during +our absence, and if so, I knew that we should at once be made +prisoners. I did not, however, express my fears to any one. The +way to the boats appeared very long. I thought more than once +that we must have mistaken our road. Great was my relief +therefore, when I found that we had at length reached the spot +where they lay concealed. I now called the other lieutenants +round me, and briefly explained to them the information I had +obtained. I did not think it necessary to say whence I had +obtained it. They unanimously concurred with me that we had done +all that could be required of us, and that our only proper course +was at once to proceed down the river, and to endeavour to pass +our enemies before they could expect us, or were prepared to +impede our progress.</p> +<p>“Well, gentlemen, to our boats without delay,” I +said—not speaking, however, above a whisper, for I thought +it very likely that we might have listeners in ambush. +“Rapidly and silently, like Indians on a war trail, let us +make the best of our way down the stream. If any boat is +disabled, let the one ahead of her take her in tow. If fired at, +do not attempt to fire in return, but pull away for our lives. +Now shove off.”</p> +<p>Away we went. I took the lead, keeping the centre of the +river. Strange as it may appear, I thought much more of the +meeting I had just had with Madeline, of all she had said to me, +and of all I had said to her, or wished that I had said, than of +the terrific danger to which we were exposed. I use the word +advisedly. Let any one fancy what it would be to pass down a +channel fifty yards wide, each bank being lined with four +hundred, or, for what I could tell, twice that number of +sharpshooters. The latter hours of the night continued as dark as +had been the earlier part; there was a slight rain, or rather +mist, which increased the obscurity, while the wind had got up, +and its low moaning among the trees assisted to conceal the sound +made by the boats as they clove their way through the water. We +had also come up with the flood; the tide had now turned, and +there was a strong current which much assisted our progress. +These circumstances gave me hopes that we might yet successfully +run the gauntlet of our enemies. There was another circumstance +to be dreaded, which might prove fatal to us. Should the enemy +have time to collect any boats and attack us on the river, we +could scarcely hope to cut our way past them as well as the +riflemen on shore. When any great danger is to be incurred, it is +a great relief to be able to speak. This was now denied us, and +each man was left to his own thoughts. Mine, I may say, were not +gloomy—very far from it. Sometimes they were bright and +almost joyous. On we went. When I brought my thoughts back to the +present, I could not help feeling that any moment we might see +the flashes of a hundred rifles, and hear their sharp cracks as +they opened on us. We had got to the southern end of the West +Branch, but, as yet, not a sound from the shore had been heard. +We were approaching the narrow reach, on the banks of which +Mackey’s Mill is situated. Most of us, I believe, felt an +inclination to hold our breath as we pulled on. The current here +was very strong. I kept as nearly as I could in the centre, the +other boats following. I could just distinguish the dark outline +of the building we had before visited against the sky ahead of +us, when a voice, I knew not whence it came, shouted, +“There they are! Fire!”</p> +<p>In an instant the whole line of the shore burst into +flame—rapidly sounded the cracks of the rifles, and thickly +about our heads flew the bullets. At that moment I thought I saw +a canoe dart away down the river, and I doubted not that our +enemies had stationed her there to watch for us. Thicker and +thicker came the leaden shower, several shots going through the +boats’ sides, though as yet no one was hit. Still I had no +notion of giving in. “Now, my lads, give way for your +lives!” I exclaimed in a loud whisper. “Many a man +has passed through hotter fire than this unscathed.”</p> +<p>I scarcely think I was speaking the truth when I said this. So +dark was it, however, that I did not believe that we could be +seen from the shore, though the flashes of the firearms lighted +up the dark woods, the red-brick mill and its out-houses, and +threw a lurid glare over the whirling current as it hurried by +its overhanging banks, while ever and anon we could clearly +distinguish the glancing arms and the figures of our enemies as +they stood drawn up along the banks, pouring their fire down upon +us.</p> +<p>On we pulled, silently as ever, and as fast as the men could +lay their backs to the oars. We were, however, I knew too well, +only at the commencement of the narrow passage, and I could not +tell what opposition we might have to encounter before we got +through it. My boat was light, and pulled easily, but some of the +other boats were very slow—the Thames’s long-boat +especially—and rowed very heavily, and I kept anxiously +turning round to ascertain that they were following me. For some +time I could count them, one after the other in line, coming up +after me. Then I turned my eyes on the banks of the river. By +some means our enemies calculated our downward progress with +great accuracy if they did not see us, for, while some were +blazing away, I could see other bodies hurrying along the side of +the river, to be ready, I doubted not, to attack us as we came +down; some were on foot, but others were on horseback, who had +much the advantage of us in speed. At last I found that I was +getting ahead of the other boats, so I had to slacken my speed +till the next boat came up to me. It was the Charon’s +cutter, commanded by Mr Bruton. When I looked back I found that +the Thames’s long-boat was nowhere to be seen. Bruton said +she had only just dropped astern, so begged leave to go and tow +her up. This I allowed him to do, telling him that I would remain +till he and the other boats came up. I began to fear, however, +that the missing boat might have been cut off. Away dashed the +gallant fellows after her. Whatever might happen, I resolved not +to attempt to escape myself unless I could bring off the rest of +the boats or the survivors of their people with me, though, from +the fastness of my own boat, I might possibly have effected that +object. My men behaved admirably, though exposed to so hot a +fire; not a murmur escaped them at the delay, while they lay on +their oars waiting for the appearance of the missing boat. The +other two boats I saw coming on, and they soon caught me up. +Great was my relief to see Bruton, with the Thames’s boat +in tow, at the same time emerge from the darkness. Then, once +more, away we all went together down the stream.</p> +<p>I own myself that, under other circumstances, I should have +very much liked to have had a shot at our pertinacious foes, and +I have no doubt so would my followers, but the knowledge that +Madeline’s father was among them restrained my arm, and I +felt a curious satisfaction in being fired at without attempting +to injure my assailants in return, and that I might hereafter be +able to assure him that I had not knowingly lifted my hand +against him.</p> +<p>We were not long about doing what I have been describing. Had +we, I do not believe one of us would have escaped the leaden +shower rattling through the air and splashing up the water on +every side, literally wetting our faces. I could already feel +several holes in the side of my boat close to me; then there was +a deep groan of suppressed pain, but no one ceased rowing. On we +went. A sharp cry from one of the boats astern of me showed me +too clearly that another of my people was wounded. Still the +boats dashed on with unabated speed. This success made me hope +that we might still escape. We had passed, I thought, the greater +part of the narrow portion of the river. I had not much fear, +when we could reach the wider parts, that we should get through +unless attacked, as I have said, by a flotilla of boats.</p> +<p>Never did I hear such a rattle or cracking of rifles as the +four or five hundred militia and irregulars kept up on us. +However, there was nothing derogatory to their character as +marksmen that they had hitherto done so little execution, for had +they been the best sharpshooters in the world, their science +would have availed them nothing through the pitchy darkness which +happily enveloped us.</p> +<p>At length I fancied that I could distinguish the stream +widening away before us, and, judging from the flashes of the +fire-arms, the banks were much farther apart than before. I was +not mistaken. With a satisfaction I can scarcely express I saw +that all our boats had come through, but still the enemy kept up +a hot fire astern of us into empty space, evidently not knowing +where we were. My men seemed inclined to shout when they found +themselves in the wide reach of the river, but I restrained them, +not knowing what enemies might be lurking about near us on the +water. Then we continued pulling steadily on, till here and there +I saw a light gleaming on the shore, which I calculated must come +from the town of Nansimond. If a flotilla of boats were on the +watch for us, I thought that we should probably here encounter +them—not that I any longer despaired of escaping from them, +even should they attack us. I had directed the officers not to +attempt to retaliate unless actually boarded, but to employ all +their energies in making their escape. This was, of course, the +wisest policy.</p> +<p>On we went. The town was passed. No boats appeared. We were +approaching the mouth of the river. Daylight was now breaking. I +was only too thankful that we had not delayed till then to make +our way down the river. Either we should all have been taken +prisoners, or few if any of us would have survived the murderous +fire to which we should have been exposed. At length we emerged +from the river and finally arrived on board the Charon at about +ten in the morning with only two people wounded, though the upper +works of our boats were riddled like sieves.</p> +<p>Thus ended an expedition fraught with so much personal +interest to me. We all also gained credit for our exploit. We had +completely performed the duty for which we had been sent, having +made ourselves thoroughly acquainted with the river, and +ascertained that it would be impossible to cut out the vessels +which had run up to Suffolk unless a very strong force, if not +the whole army, was to proceed up for that purpose. More and more +as I thought over what had occurred did I pray that the war might +soon cease, and that, if Englishmen must be fighting, they might +not be called on to cross their swords with their relatives and +friends.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap24" id="chap24"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Four.</h3> +<h4>Sent to Hampton with flag of truce.—Visit my +friends.—Disappointment.—A foraging expedition, in +which I obtain a prong in the leg instead of honour.—A +disastrous one made by my shipmates.—A second trip to +Hampton.—Attempts on my loyalty.—Expedition proposed +under Arnold.—O’Driscoll accompanies me on a trip up +the river to warn Madeline.—Meet Colonel +Carlyon.—Narrow escape on our return.</h4> +<p>I was to have, I found, very little time for rest or +reflection. This, I dare say, was the better for me. Scarcely had +I breakfasted when I was again sent for to be despatched, as I +was told, on special service. My satisfaction, however, was great +indeed when I found that I was to be the bearer of a flag of +truce to Hampton, with a letter to the patriot, or, as we called +him, the rebel general commanding the district.</p> +<p>I was quickly ready to start. I should now be able to send a +message to Madeline, to assure her of my safety, and perhaps to +make arrangements to keep up a regular communication with her. On +one point only was I somewhat puzzled. How could I speak of her +without allowing it to be suspected that she had given me the +warning by which I had escaped from the trap laid to catch me? I +had heard of the stern treatment any of the rebels had received +who had been found guilty of treachery towards their party, even +from General Washington himself, and I knew not what construction +might be put on Madeline’s conduct should it be discovered. +I determined, therefore, at all events to be very cautious how I +spoke of having met her. These thoughts occupied my mind till I +landed. I then hired a horse and a guide, and proceeded with Tom +Rockets only as my companion, mounted on rather a sorry jade, +towards Hampton. There were not many white men to be seen on the +road. The negroes doffed their hats and always addressed me in a +civil and friendly way.</p> +<p>Without any adventure I reached Hampton. Having then delivered +my despatches I sought out the house of my new friends, the +Langtons, where I hoped that I should be able to wait till the +reply was ready. As soon as I entered the house I was shown into +the drawing-room, where the ladies received me with the greatest +kindness. Mrs Langton assured me that, from the way I had treated +the inhabitants of Hampton the other night, I should always be +received there as a friend. They insisted on having dinner got +ready at once for me, and I found that they were collecting all +sorts of eatables sufficient to load my horse as well as Rockets +and our guides, which they thought might prove useful.</p> +<p>They had heard, I found, nothing of my expedition up the +Nansimond river, and as no one could know that I was one of those +engaged in it, I considered it prudent to say nothing about the +matter, and I trusted that Madeline would remember that, unless +she betrayed her secret, none of her friends were likely to +discover it. In the course of conversation her cousins spoke +frequently of her, and I sent her several messages. I hoped by +their tenor that she would understand that I had not mentioned +our having met. My great hope was that Mrs Langton, guessing how +things stood, would invite her to come to Hampton, and that I +might thus have the opportunity of meeting her, should I again be +sent on shore with a flag of truce. None but those who have been +knocking about for months and years together at sea among rough +uncivilised men can fully appreciate the satisfaction which a +sailor feels in spending a few brief hours under the soothing +influence of refined female society.</p> +<p>It was with a feeling of undisguised annoyance that at last I +received my despatches and had to mount my horse to return. No +one would have supposed, as my friends bade me farewell, that I +was serving on the side of their enemies, and yet I am certain +that no more sincere patriots were to be found in America, only +they had the sense not to confound the individual with the cause +with which circumstances compelled him to side.</p> +<p>The army, with their guns, ammunition, and stores, had now +safely disembarked, and were on their march up the banks of James +river. The first lieutenant of the Charon, with a detachment of +our men, had accompanied them. I was therefore selected in his +place to take command of a party consisting of a hundred seamen +and marines from the different ships of war, and to go on shore +and forage for the squadron. The marines were commanded by a +Lieutenant Brown, and I had two navy lieutenants besides under +me. No duty I could have been ordered to perform would have been +more distasteful, yet I had no choice but to obey and carry it +out to the best of my ability. Having landed at Newportneuse, we +began our march at eight o’clock in the morning into +Elizabeth County. Not having been brought up like some of my +Highland friends in the art of levying black mail on my lowland +neighbours, I could not help feeling as if I had suddenly turned +into a robber when I found myself entering a farm-yard, and, +without a word of explanation, quietly collecting the cattle and +pigs, or sheep or poultry, and driving them off. We marched about +ten miles inland as rapidly as we could, and then, facing about, +swept the country before us. On espying a farm we surrounded it, +and then, rushing in, we took prisoners all the negroes we could +find, and made them drive out the cattle and sheep. The pigs and +poultry we killed and placed them in some carts, which, with the +horses, we carried off. Having possessed ourselves of everything +of value in the farm, notwithstanding the indignant protestations +of the farmer’s wife, for the farmer himself was away with +the army, I suspect, we proceeded onto the next farm. This was +owned by an old man with several sons, we were informed by one of +the negroes. The sons were all fine young men, and were either in +the militia or belonging to some irregular troops. We expected to +find only the old man at home, but as we drew near the +outbuildings a fire was opened on us from some loop-holes in the +walls. As I had no fancy to have my men shot down I led them +rapidly round to the front and charged into the farm-yard, over +some slight barricades which had been hastily thrown up. At the +same moment a dozen to twenty men rushed out of some sheds on one +side and attempted to drive off a herd of cattle from a pen near +at hand. I, with Rockets and some of my people, followed them so +closely that they were compelled to leave the cattle to defend +themselves. Most of them seemed inclined to continue their +flight, but an old man, whom I took to be the owner of the farm, +exerted himself to rally them, and shouting, “On, friends, +on! Drive back the robbers!” charged up towards us. I was +rather ahead of my men. Some of his people fired. I suspect the +muskets of the rest were not loaded. Before I had time to defend +myself the old man had his bayonet through my leg, and had I not +used my cutlass pretty smartly the rest would have finished me or +carried me off prisoner before my men could come to my rescue. +When they did come up, they quickly put the rebels to flight, and +I was not sorry to find that his friends had dragged off the +brave old man without his receiving any injury. We were taught a +lesson by this, to be more cautious in future when plundering the +farms, lest they might be found fortified and prepared to receive +us. My wound was bad enough to prevent me from walking. Hunting +about, we found a horse and a saddle fitted to him, by which +means I was able to continue my progress. On arriving at several +farms we found that, although no attempt was made to defend them, +all the cattle had been driven off and the pigs and poultry +concealed. Now and then the grunting of a pig or the cackling of +a hen betrayed the dust-hole or cellar in which they were +imprisoned. The men were, in most instances, absent, but the +women seldom failed to abuse us in no measured terms for our +behaviour, nor could I help feeling that we deserved everything, +that was said against us. My men, I must say, behaved very well. +In no instance did they offer any violence to the villagers, and +when they were abused they only laughed and retaliated with +jokes, which, if not refined, were harmless.</p> +<p>We continued our foraging labours, (some people might have +called them our depredations), till about three o’clock in +the afternoon, when I judged that it was necessary to commence +our retreat. From the experience I had gained I felt pretty +certain that we should be harassed on our march by the enemy. I +therefore formed my people in the best order I could for defence. +Our six butchers, with their axes, saws, and knives, marched +ahead as an advanced guard. We had collected in all fifty-seven +head of cattle and forty-two sheep. These were driven by thirty +negroes and closely surrounded by the seamen, who formed the +centre. In the rear came the marines to cover our retreat, while +on each flank I placed four marines, who were occasionally +relieved from the rear. Brown laughed at my precautions, and said +that they were absurd and useless, and so I found did my +lieutenants, but I knew that I was right, and kept to my +plan.</p> +<p>Had the country been open our progress would have been easy, +but instead of that it was thickly wooded, so that our order of +march was constantly broken. I kept riding about, doing all I +could to keep the people and the cattle together; but every now +and then where the wood was thickest I could see an ox, or a cow, +and a couple of sheep, slyly impelled by a cunning negro, +stealing away between the trees; and perhaps, while I sent some +of the seamen in pursuit of them, others would break away in an +opposite direction. Of course, when the negroes were overtaken, +they always pretended to be endeavouring by lusty strokes to +drive the animals back to us, and there was little use in +attempting to punish them. Besides this inconvenience, every now +and then, whenever we had to pass any hilly or broken ground +behind which an enemy could find shelter, we were certain to be +saluted with a shower of rifle-balls. At first I attempted to +retaliate by sending some of the marines in pursuit, but by the +time they got up to the spot from whence the shots were fired no +enemy was to be seen, and I was only too glad to get them back +without having them cut off. This showed me that our enemies, +though persevering, were not numerous.</p> +<p>Considering all the difficulties I had to encounter, it is not +surprising that when we arrived at the place of embarkation our +stock had been reduced to forty-three head of cattle, with a +proportionate diminution in our sheep, though our two carts with +the pigs and poultry arrived all safe. We embarked at seven +o’clock in the evening on board some vessels sent to carry +us and the result of our foraging expedition, to our respective +ships. I had not lost a man, and with the exception of my own +hurt, no one was wounded. I felt sure that my success was +attributable to the dispositions I had made, and the careful way +I had effected my retreat, and that seeing me so well prepared to +receive them had prevented the enemy from attacking me. I +expressed myself to this effect when I returned on board, but was +only laughed at for my pains, and asked what I had to fear from a +few despicable rebel boors, whom a volley would in an instant put +to flight.</p> +<p>“Very well,” said I. “If any of you have to +perform the same work, and do not take similar precautions, +depend on it you will have to rue your neglect.”</p> +<p>“Oh, nonsense,” was the answer. “We know +what the fellows are made of. They are not worth powder and +shot.”</p> +<p>Greatly to my annoyance, the very next day I was again +directed to land with the same number of men for the same object. +It was satisfactory to know that the way I conducted the +expedition was approved of, but yet I would gladly have got off +the duty. Just then, finding that a flag of truce was to be sent +to Hampton, I solicited the commodore to allow me to go on that +service.</p> +<p>“Yes,” he replied. “The inhabitants are +acquainted with you; and when you make your appearance they will +understand our dispositions are friendly.”</p> +<p>I was much flattered by this compliment, and still more +pleased to gain the object I had in view. The commodore told me +to direct Lieutenant Fallock, second lieutenant of the Iris, to +take charge of the foraging party in my place. I earnestly +advised him to use the same precautions I had on the previous +day, assuring him, from the experience I had had in the numerous +expeditions I had commanded in America, that the people would +never attack a force if well prepared for resistance, and that +the wise principle the people adopted was only to fight when they +could obtain some material advantage. Fallock smiled scornfully. +I found that Lieutenant Brown of the marines had been talking to +him and telling him of my over-cautious and tedious way of +retreating, as he called it. I found afterwards that Brown had +advised him to take only forty marines as amply sufficient to +defeat any number of the enemy likely to assemble to attack them. +The officers who had accompanied me had also told him that, as we +had not seen more than twenty rebels in arms at a time, he was +not at all likely to encounter more than that number, though it +was improbable that any would venture to attack him. Having urged +the point as strongly as I could, I proceeded on my mission while +Fallock and his party prepared for their expedition.</p> +<p>“Don’t be afraid, Hurry,” said Brown, whom I +met as I went down the side, “we shall return in whole +skins, and bring you back a good supply of beef and +mutton.”</p> +<p>I hired a horse and proceeded as before, without any +particular adventure, to Hampton. Having delivered my message to +the proper authorities I went to the Langtons.</p> +<p>I own that as I approached the house my heart beat many times +quicker than usual, for I could not help persuading myself that +Madeline might have gone there. When the door was opened by the +black servant I tried to discover by his countenance whether my +hopes were likely to be realised.</p> +<p>“Is there anybody here?” I asked with a trembling +voice.</p> +<p>“Oh, yes; dere be all do young ladies and Madame Langton +all at home. Glad see you, sare,” was the answer I got.</p> +<p>I did not venture to ask more. The drawing-room door was +opened. I held my breath. Her likeness was there, but she was +not. I dared not ask for her, and I too soon found that my hopes +were vain.</p> +<p>I found myself, however, received by the family as an old +friend. They had heard from Madeline. She had, with the wisdom +which I felt sure belonged to her, not mentioned having seen me. +They had, however, from other sources heard of the expedition up +the Nansimond river, and of the courteous way, as they expressed +it, in which the English had behaved while in possession of Mrs +Elbank’s house. It was reported, however, naturally enough, +that though the boats had got off, nearly all the people in them +had been killed or wounded. I assured my friends that on this +point they were under a mistake; but as I did not like to dwell +on the subject for fear of betraying myself, I left them still +unconvinced that they were in error.</p> +<p>As I was wishing my friends good-bye, a gentleman came in to +whom I was introduced. When he heard who I was, he begged that I +would delay my departure for a few minutes, saying that he would +have the pleasure of accompanying me part of the way. Having +delivered a message to the Langtons he left the house, requesting +that I would remain till his return. His name, my friends told +me, was Sutton, and they added that he was a friend of Colonel +Carlyon’s. When I heard this, all sorts of ideas rushed +into my head, and I could not help hoping that the meeting would +be productive of some important consequence, yet how that was to +be I could not tell. Mr Sutton soon returned booted and spurred +for a journey.</p> +<p>“Perhaps I may go farther than I at first +proposed,” he observed, as we mounted and rode out of the +town. “I am glad to meet you, Mr Hurry, for I have heard of +you for some time past, and you have won the regard of many +patriots by the way in which you have on several occasions +behaved towards those who have fallen into your power. I, with +the sentiments I entertain, can only wish that you served a +better cause, at the same time that I would not seek to induce +you, as an officer bearing his Majesty’s commission, to +swerve from the allegiance you owe him.”</p> +<p>When Mr Sutton said this I could not help feeling that he +wished to try me, so I considered some time before I replied. I +then said—</p> +<p>“This barbarous war must some day be brought to an end, +and then without any sacrifice of principle I may be able not +only to express the feelings I entertain for the people of +America, but to act according to them.”</p> +<p>“Well said, sir,” he answered; “we must all +eagerly look forward to that time, and, from the way you speak, I +feel sure that no temptations would induce you to quit the cause +you serve, however much you may sympathise with those opposed to +it.”</p> +<p>“I trust not, sir,” said I firmly. “The path +of honour is a very clear one; I have always endeavoured to walk +in it.”</p> +<p>“I know you have, and perhaps you may wonder why I just +now volunteered to accompany you. Thus far I will tell you: I +wished to make your acquaintance, and I also considered that I +might be of some service to you. Although you bear a flag of +truce, so great is the exasperation against all those serving in +arms under the traitor Arnold, that I thought it possible you +might be insulted, if not injured, by some of the more ignorant +country people.”</p> +<p>I thanked Mr Sutton for his kindness, though I suspected that +he had other reasons for wishing to accompany me which he did not +explain. Of course I could not ask them. He did not mention the +names of either Colonel Carlyon or his daughter, and, much as I +longed to do so, I could not bring myself to speak of them to one +who to me, at all events, was a perfect stranger. He soon also +began to talk of affairs in general, and proved himself a very +well-informed man and an entertaining companion. I could not help +fancying at times that he was endeavouring to draw me out, and to +assure himself of what my sentiments really were. We passed +several parties of armed men, but when they saw him they doffed +their hats, or saluted him in military style, with every mark of +respect. When within about a mile of our usual landing-place he +reined in his horse.</p> +<p>“I can go no farther with you,” he said; “I +have no wish to fall into the power of any of Arnold’s +followers. Farewell, Mr Hurry. We may meet again, perhaps, before +long, and when we meet I trust that it will be as we now +part—as friends.”</p> +<p>I made a suitable reply; and then, turning his horse’s +head, he put the animal into a full gallop, and was soon out of +sight. It was late when I got on board. A gloom, such as is +always felt after a disaster has occurred hung over the ship. The +foraging party, or rather a remnant of them, had just returned. +They had a melancholy tale to tell. Mr Fallock had taken the same +road I had gone on my expedition, and had succeeded in collecting +a considerable number of cattle, sheep, pigs and +poultry—indeed, forage of all sorts. All went successfully +with him and his party till they commenced their return. Instead, +however, of marching in the proper order I had proceeded, the +cattle were not kept well together, and the men were allowed to +scatter about, and, when any of the animals strayed, to follow +them to a considerable distance from the main body. The seamen +and marines thought it very good fun, and went shouting and +laughing along, the officers totally forgetting that they were in +an enemy’s country. They had proceeded some few miles +without being molested, and were congratulating themselves on +their own wisdom, and on my folly in having taken so many +unnecessary precautions, when suddenly the crack of a rifle was +heard—then another and another—and a band of horsemen +were seen galloping up and cutting down the stragglers, who in +vain attempted to make a successful resistance. Lieutenant Brown, +calling to the men near him, charged the enemy, but the horsemen, +wheeling about, left the ground clear for a body of footmen, who, +as he advanced, opened a heavy fire on him. He was seen to fall, +as were many of those with him; the rest attempted to fly, but +the horsemen were upon them, and, with the exception of one man +who got back to the main body, they were all cut down, or +compelled to yield themselves prisoners. Another small party had, +in the meantime, attacked the rest of the stragglers, and had +prevented them from falling back on the main body, while the +greater part of the cattle were dispersed and driven off. +Lieutenant Fallock had, while this was going forward, called in +all the remaining seamen and marines round him, and presented as +bold a front as he could to the enemy. In spite of his diminished +numbers, and the feeling that he had been, in consequence of his +own want of forethought and foolhardiness, surprised by an enemy +he despised, he fought with the greatest coolness and bravery. +Even in numbers he saw that the Americans were inferior to what +his party had been at the commencement of the attack, but now he +had lost several of the seamen and the greater part of the +marines, and the people with him were falling thickly from the +bullets of the concealed riflemen. His only chance of escape was +to retreat in close order, and as rapidly as he could till he got +out of the wood. This he did, facing about, and delivering his +fire whenever an enemy appeared. Outside the wood he made a bold +stand, and drove back his foes, keeping up a hot fire on them +till he found that his ammunition was almost expended. Then once +more he retreated. He had escaped without a hurt, though several +shots had passed through his clothes, and many of his people were +wounded. With the remnant he at last succeeded in reaching the +landing-place, where the boats were in waiting for him.</p> +<p>The next day, when I went on shore to inquire for Brown, I +found that he had just died of his wounds. Nine marines were +killed, eleven were taken prisoners unhurt, and several more were +found on the ground wounded, while of those who got off very few +escaped unhurt. Such was the termination of this foraging +expedition—the disaster arising entirely from the folly of +the officers, who would persist, as many had before done, in +despising their enemy, and refusing to take the proper +precautions to guard against surprise. This is only one of many +instances of a similar folly which I observed throughout the +American war. I speak of military officers especially. There is +something in the character of Englishmen which makes them +over-confident and foolhardy, and they will require to be taught +by some very severe lessons before they learn the importance of +caution. This want of caution in an officer, when entrusted with +the lives of brave men, is a very great fault, and shows great +folly and an unfitness for command. The vice, I am happy to say, +is not so prevalent generally in the navy. Most spirited and +dashing enterprises are undertaken, and are successful, for the +very reason that forethought is employed and proper precautions +are taken to ensure success. Young officers are too apt to +mistake want of caution for spirit and bravery, and to despise +those who are careful and anxious for the lives as well as for +the health of those entrusted to their care. I am now an old man, +but I find these sentiments penned in my journal, written at the +time of the occurrence I have described, and they have been still +more and more impressed by the experience of fifty years. Since +then a long, long catalogue of melancholy disasters might be +chronicled, all contributing to sully the glory of the British +arms, which have arisen from those two causes—the neglect +of proper precaution, and a foolish conceited contempt of the +enemy.</p> +<p>Where a subject is matter of history I need but briefly touch +on it and I have therefore often skimmed over subjects of far +more importance than those I have described. I will now give a +sketch of the proceedings of the troops under General Arnold, and +the mode in which the ships of war were employed in assisting +them. Having marched up James river, supported by some small +ships of war, as I have before mentioned, the general reached +Burds Landing on the 6th of January, and from thence, with only +fifteen hundred men, pushed on to Richmond, the capital of +Virginia—a distance of no less than one hundred and forty +miles from the Capes of Virginia. He defeated all the forces sent +against him, and arriving in that city, destroyed or brought off +large quantities of stores, provisions, ammunition and some guns +and stand of arms, returning to Burds Landing with the loss only +of three killed and fifteen wounded. This was one of the most +important expeditions undertaken into the interior of the +country, for all the stores I have mentioned were destined for +the supply of the southern army of the rebels opposing Lord +Cornwallis in the Carolinas. It was followed up on the 12th by an +expedition headed by Colonel Simcoe, who with his own corps +surprised two hundred rebel militia and killed or took prisoners +about fifty of them. On the 14th the troops moved to the town of +Smithfield, where they captured forty hogs-heads of tobacco. On +the 15th the troops evacuated Smithfield, and the squadron moved +down to Newportneuse. On the following day that very active +officer, Colonel Simcoe, was engaged in a skirmish with the +rebels, the result of which was that he made prisoners of an +officer and fifteen privates of a militia regiment. The +occupation of Portsmouth had now, I found, been determined on. It +stands on a southern branch of that estuary called Hampton Roads, +into which James river empties itself. Between it and Smithfield +is the Nansimond river with Mackey’s Mills situated on its +bank, about half-way up, while higher still on the West Branch +was the house belonging to Mr Elbank, where I found Miss Carlyon +on the night I and my party so narrowly escaped being cut off. +The moment the above information reached me, and I ascertained +the direction the army was to march, I became alarmed lest they +should pass near Mr Elbank’s house and take possession of +it. I knew too well what had occurred on former occasions, and if +it was known to have been occupied by Colonel Carlyon, it would +too probably be destroyed, and the inmates alarmed and +inconvenienced, if not insulted and injured. I had every reason +to believe that Miss Carlyon was still there with her friends, +unless our visit to the place had been a warning to them to quit +it. What could I do to save her? I thought rapidly over the +subject. I was not long in coming to a resolution. I must find +some means of communicating with her. Could I trust any one with +the message? No—at every risk I must go myself. Any +personal danger was of course not to be taken into consideration, +and I reflected that the cause I served could, not be injured by +any information I could give her. Besides this, in a public point +of view, I and those under my command, in our late expedition up +the Nansimond, owed her a debt of gratitude for the warning she +had given us, which we, to the best of our power, were bound to +repay. Sometimes I thought that I would go openly to the +commodore and ask his leave to go up the river to Mr +Elbank’s, and then again I was afraid that by some means or +other Miss Carlyon’s name might become known, and that her +party might hear that she had given the information by which my +companions and I had been preserved from the ambush laid for us. +That would expose her to an annoyance to which I would on no +account subject her. I easily persuaded myself that I alone could +properly go. Perhaps the prospect of seeing her biassed me. I +knew that I could depend on assistance. Although O’Driscoll +had been less cordial with me since the night of our expedition, +in consequence of the way I had spoken to him, I knew that he +would be delighted to accompany me if I asked him; so of course +would Tom Rockets. We had picked up, some time before, a light, +fast-pulling canoe, which a couple of hands could send along at a +great rate. The use of this I could command. How to get leave to +quit the ship for a night was the difficulty. Without leave I +could not go. Neither would I tell a falsehood to obtain leave. I +resolved, therefore, to go frankly to Captain Symonds, to plead +my constant good conduct, and to beg that he would trust me and +O’Driscoll and one man away from the ship to carry out a +matter of importance. I went to him accordingly. He hesitated a +good deal, as I knew he would. He asked to have the matter more +fully explained to him. I told him that I would rather not +explain it—that should it fail, no blame might be attached +to him.</p> +<p>“There must be blame if I allow you to leave the ship +ignorant of where you are going, and any ill results from your +expedition,” he answered.</p> +<p>I saw that he was right.</p> +<p>“Well, sir, then, as you desire it, I will tell you my +object, and leave it to your generosity to allow me to accomplish +it,” I answered, lifting up my head and looking boldly at +him, for I felt relieved of a difficulty. I told him briefly the +state of the case.</p> +<p>“I do not hesitate a moment in giving you leave, and for +such an object will gladly share the blame, if blame there +be,” he replied with a well-satisfied look.</p> +<p>It was amusing to witness O’Driscoll’s delight at +the thoughts of the expedition.</p> +<p>“Arrah! now, that’s just as it should be!” +he exclaimed; “and, my dear boy, now, if you could but clap +the sweet girl into the boat and pull off with her, you’d +be placing her out of danger, plaising yourself and doing the +right thing.”</p> +<p>I did not argue the subject with him, as I had already done so +in vain, but I let him run on. From the alacrity with which he +set about our preparations it might have been supposed that he +was the person most interested in the result. A light boat was +easily procured. Rockets was of course ready to accompany us. We +resolved to go without arms, but to wear our uniforms that we +might not be accused of being spies. I wrote a letter, which I +kept in my pocket, addressed to Colonel Carlyon, informing him +that my object in visiting the house where he was residing was to +request him to remove his family and friends from it, lest it +should become the scene of strife between the contending parties. +Should we be taken prisoners I intended to show this and to claim +his assistance to obtain our release. We left the ship early in +the evening, and with a fair wind our light skiff flew quickly +over the water towards the mouth of the Nansimond river. I never +saw O’Driscoll in such high feather. Had I been inclined to +be in low spirits he would have kept them up. Commend me to such +a companion in all cases of this sort, he joked, he told good +stories, he sang and rattled on without cessation. It was +sufficiently dark when we neared the mouth of the river to enable +us, with our sail lowered, to enter without much chance of being +seen from the shore. Though the wind was fair, of course after +that we could not venture to carry sail, so we took it by turns +to steer while the other two pulled. Lights were glimmering in +Nansimond as we passed, but we gave the town a wide berth, and +then had little to apprehend except from a stray boat, till we +got up to Mackey’s Mills. We kept a sharp look-out, to +avoid any boat crossing or coming down the stream. As we glided +by the mills we could hear voices of people speaking in them, but +we kept near the opposite bank, and no one, we fancied, saw us. +Of course our oars were muffled, and as we sat as low as we could +in our little boat, very sharp eyes would have been required to +make us out. As long as there was a flood-tide we got on very +well, but it was high water before we got to Mackey’s +Mills, and in a short time a strong current set against us. It +was hard work in some spots pulling against it; not that I minded +that, but I was anxious to hurry on to perform my mission and to +assure myself that Miss Carlyon had retired to a place of safety. +We had just got into the broader part of the stream, when, as I +peered through the darkness ahead, I fancied I saw a large object +coming right down upon us. I instantly steered the boat over to +the north shore, and in a whisper told O’Driscoll and +Rockets to cease pulling. I was but just in time, for immediately +after a large boat full of people hove in sight. We could hear +them talking, and we made out that they expected an attack that +very night from the English. Had they seen us they would probably +have supposed we had been sent in advance, and would have shot us +all down. The circumstances made us consider how we should manage +to return, for they would certainly be on the look-out for us. +Other boats also would be coming down, which we might have some +difficulty in avoiding. Still, what I had undertaken I was +determined to accomplish. We pulled on without stopping. No other +boat was seen. At length we reached what we believed to be the +place where we had landed on the night when I had met Miss +Carlyon. I knew it by the peculiar outline of the +trees—otherwise it might have been easily passed. +O’Driscoll agreed with me that I was right; so, running in +under the bank, we effectually concealed our boat in the bushes, +and, clambering up, stood on the open ground with the house we +were in search of at no great distance from us. After a short +consultation O’Driscoll consented to remain near the boat +with Rockets, while I proceeded alone to the house. If I was well +received I was to summon him. My heart beat pretty fast as I +approached the door. It did not occur to me till my hand was +actually on the knocker that it was nearly midnight, and that in +all probability the family would be in bed. However, I knocked +with tolerable distinctness, and then waited the result. I saw +lights gleaming at the windows, and before long a voice in negro +accents asked who was there and what was wanted.</p> +<p>“A messenger with important information for Colonel +Carlyon or his daughter,” I answered. “I come alone, +as a friend, tell your master.”</p> +<p>“Admit him,” said a voice.</p> +<p>The door was opened and I entered. Before me stood an officer +in uniform, with a brace of pistols in his belt and a sword by +his side, evidently prepared for service. I threw open my own +cloak to show what I was, and followed the officer into a +well-lighted room on one side of the passage. Supper was on the +table, and another gentleman was in the room. I instantly +recognised him as my companion on my ride from Hampton.</p> +<p>“Ah, Mr Hurry, I am glad to see you!” he exclaimed +in a cordial tone, stretching out his hand. “I little +expected to meet you again so soon. What brings you +here?”</p> +<p>Now I was prepared to warn Miss Carlyon and her lady friends +of danger, but I had no intention of giving information to a +stranger of the movements of the British army. I felt myself +placed at once in a dilemma. I need have had no scruples on the +subject, as the enemy often knew as much about the matter as +anybody else. I hesitated before replying.</p> +<p>“I came to give some information to Colonel Carlyon, on +which I expected that he and his daughter only would act,” +I answered. “I have never met Colonel Carlyon. Do I see him +now?”</p> +<p>“You do,” said the officer to whom I had first +spoken. “I am Colonel Carlyon, and I am glad to welcome +you, sir, to thank you for the inestimable service you have more +than once rendered those dearest to me. Whatever you have to +communicate you may say freely before this gentleman, my most +intimate friend.”</p> +<p>Feeling that I might trust to them, I, without further delay, +told them the object of my adventure.</p> +<p>“You have not come alone, though,” he remarked, +after thanking me cordially for the information I had given +him.</p> +<p>I told him that O’Driscoll and Rockets were waiting for +me at the boat. He insisted on sending for them, and in a very +short time they made their appearance, and while the negro took +care of my follower, we were soon pleasantly seated at supper. I, +as may be supposed, was hoping that I might have an opportunity +of seeing Madeline. At last I mustered courage to ask for her. +Her father hesitated, I thought, before he replied. At length he +said—</p> +<p>“Yes, she will indeed wish to thank you personally for +the risk you have run, and the exertion you have made for her +sake; but I know not whether your meeting can be productive of +advantage to either of you. A wide gulf separates one from the +other. I know not how it can be crossed. I would rather, sir, +that you would not insist on this interview.”</p> +<p>He spoke, it seemed to me, in a stiff and constrained manner. +I could only repeat what I had before said to Madeline. +“This war must before long come to an end, and then I will +come and claim her for my wife,” I answered boldly.</p> +<p>“Well spoken, sir,” said Mr Sutton, turning to me. +“With my opinions, I can only regret that you have to wait +till the war is terminated. I can answer for it that Madeline +would not forgive us if we sent you away without letting you see +her. When you have finished supper, if you go into the +drawing-room, you will probably find her there.”</p> +<p>My heart gave a jump, and as to putting another mouthful down +my throat I found it impossible. I got up and hurried into the +room I had before met her in. She was there. The old negro had +taken good care to tell her of my arrival. I will not describe +our meeting, and all we said, and the hopes we indulged in. I was +amply repaid for what I had done for her sake. Her father and Mr +Sutton were, I found, about to start on some expedition, but the +news I brought them made them alter their plans. The time too +soon arrived that I must take my departure. It was with a pang I +left her, not knowing when the uncertain chances of war would +again allow us to meet.</p> +<p>“Remember, should you ever desire to quit the standard +you now serve under, you will be welcomed in a land of freedom, +and we shall not expect you to turn your arms against your former +comrades,” said Mr Sutton, as he wished me farewell.</p> +<p>I felt very much inclined to quarrel with him for the remark. +It sounded strangely like asking me to turn traitor to my +country, and I was glad that Colonel Carlyon did not repeat the +remarks of his friend. We left the family about to prepare for +their departure in the morning, while we returned to the river. +O’Driscoll said nothing till we had once more taken our +seats in the boat, and then he expressed his disappointment at +what he called the tameness of the result of our expedition.</p> +<p>“Arrah, now, I thought we should have had some little +fun at all events,” he exclaimed. “I was waiting to +see you appear with the lady in your arms, and to have the old +colonel with his pistols popping away after us while we were +pulling like fury for life and liberty down the river; and after +all to have it end in a quiet pleasant supper, and some +matter-of-fact conversation, is very provoking. However, your +friends gave us some capital Burgundy, and that is some +consolation.”</p> +<p>In this strain the eccentric Hibernian ran on till I had to +hint that it would be wiser not to speak, lest we might be +overheard by any of the enemy. He then told me that Colonel +Carlyon and Mr Sutton had given him a pass that, should we fall +in with any of their party, we might not be stopped. We, however, +proceeded as cautiously as before, for we had no wish that our +expedition should become known. We got as far as Mackey’s +Mills without meeting with any adventure. As before, we gave it a +wide berth, for we could hear the sound of voices, and it +appeared evidently occupied by a body of men. However, as long as +they all kept talking together they were less likely to discover +us. We paddled, therefore, quickly and cautiously on, but without +any apprehension of being found out. We had almost lost sight of +the mill, and were congratulating ourselves on getting clear +altogether, when the stillness of the night was broken by a loud +sharp voice exclaiming—</p> +<p>“There they go! Give it them, lads, give it them! After +them, after them!”</p> +<p>The next moment a sharp fire of musketry was opened on us, the +flashes, however, showing that we had passed the spot where our +enemies were posted. The balls, however, fell round us +unpleasantly thick. Then again there was another volley, and, by +the flash of the pieces, we could see a number of men hurrying +into a boat, with, we had no doubt, the intention of pursuing us. +Our skiff pulled well. O’Driscoll and Rockets, who were +rowing, bent manfully to their oars. Away we flew over the water, +and though the troops on the shore still continued to fire, the +bullets happily flew wide of us. We had a good start of the +pursuing boat. From the glimpse we got of her she was of some +size, but if, as we hoped, she was heavy in proportion to her +size, that would be in our favour. At all events, all we could do +was to pull away with all our might, and to keep a straight +course down the river. We could hear the shouts of our pursuers, +and of the people hailing them from the shore. They only induced +us to make greater exertions to keep ahead of them. On we dashed. +In a short time we felt sure that we were already distancing +them. Their voices grew fainter and fainter. We got into the +broad part of the river. We had now another chance of escape. +Should they be overtaking us, we might slip on one side, and in +the darkness and eagerness of the chase they would probably pass +by without observing us. Still that was not our wish. We wanted +to get out of the river without being questioned. On we went, +till we could neither see nor hear anything of our pursuers. At +last a few lights here and there of some midnight watchers were +seen glimmering from the town of Nansimond. We glided by it. We +reached the mouth of the river, and not till then did we slacken +our speed. I then relieved O’Driscoll at the oar. I was +duly grateful for the exertions he had made for me, but I +evidently did not hold a high place in his estimation.</p> +<p>“Ah, you English boys don’t understand how to do +things!” he observed, with a sigh. “In ould Ireland +we’d have managed an affair of the sort very +differently.”</p> +<p>Just at daylight we got on board our ship—I, at all +events, being very well contented with the result of our +expedition. I afterwards heard that the Americans stated that +they had pursued and chased a large British flotilla out of the +river with only a couple of boats, and that we had lost twenty +men in killed and wounded. From so slight a source does many a +tale of wonder spring.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap25" id="chap25"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Five.</h3> +<h4>Operations under Colonel Simcoe.—Sent to Mackey’s +Mills.—My friend’s house sacked.—Colonel +Carlyon taken prisoner.—Render him a service.—Troops +embark at night.—My loyalty questioned.—Mills +burnt.—In command of Rattlesnake.—Sail with +prizes.—A wintry voyage.—New York once +more.—Serve on board Chatham.—Mismanagement of the +war.—Rejoin Charon.</h4> +<p>I must endeavour to get on more rapidly than heretofore with +my account of public matters. On the 18th of January the British +army marched from Smithfield southward, and the squadron moved +down to Newportneuse. Among the most active of the English +officers was Colonel Simcoe. On the 16th he surprised and took +prisoners an American officer of militia and fifteen privates. +From the report I heard I was much in fear that Colonel Carlyon +was the officer taken, but I had no means of ascertaining whether +or not such was the case. At all events, I hoped that his +daughter was in a place of safety.</p> +<p>On the 18th the army reached Mackey’s Mills, and I +received orders to proceed with a detachment of boats to supply +them with bread and other provisions. I hoped now to gain the +information I was so anxious to possess. Our present expedition +was very different to those in which I had before been engaged. +We now went up in daylight, with a force which no enemy was +likely to attack. Mackey’s Mills were reached soon after +noon, and when I had delivered the provisions I was ordered to +remain to assist in passing the troops across the river on their +way to the attack of Portsmouth. The embarkation was not to take +place till midnight, so I had ample time to go up the river to +ascertain whether the house where Madeline had been residing had +been attacked. O’Driscoll was ready enough to accompany me, +to give me, as he observed, one chance more of doing the proper +thing; but, before I went, I was anxious to ascertain whether +Colonel Carlyon had indeed fallen into our hands. I had, at the +same time, no reason to fear that he would be treated harshly or +with want of courtesy. Only, if he was a prisoner, I naturally +wished to see him, that I might offer him all the assistance in +my power. Going on shore, after some difficulty I found out +Colonel Simcoe’s quarters at a farm-house a mile away from +the mills. I introduced myself to him, and told him my +errand—that I was acquainted with Colonel Carlyon’s +family, and that I wished to be of service to him. He replied +that the officer he had taken had refused to give his name and +rank to the party who had captured him.</p> +<p>“I understood that he and his men were surprised,” +I remarked.</p> +<p>“Not at all,” was the answer. “He was +apparently covering the retreat of another party who appeared to +have some women and other encumbrances among them. To do the +rebel gentleman justice, he fought very bravely, and did not +yield till he was completely overpowered.”</p> +<p>I begged that I might see the prisoner, and, after some little +hesitation on the part of the colonel, he handed me the necessary +order. Thanking him for his courtesy, I set off for the cottage +used as a prison. It was situated a quarter of a mile nearer the +mills. A strong guard was posted in the neighbourhood, and a +couple of sentries paced up and down before it. I showed my order +to the lieutenant in charge of the party and was at once +admitted. I looked round the chamber. Near a casement window, +seated on a rough stool, with a cask serving as a table, I beheld +Colonel Carlyon. He turned his head when I entered, and I thought +that his countenance brightened when he saw me. He rose and held +out his hand.</p> +<p>“I regret, sir, to see you here as a prisoner,” +said I. “Hearing that an officer had been captured, I +hastened, should it prove to be you, to offer such services as I +am able to render.”</p> +<p>“The fortune of war, Mr Hurry. I may be thankful that I +have escaped wounds or death,” he answered in a cheerful +tone. “Believe me, I am grateful to you for this attention, +and I only wish that I had the means of showing my +gratitude.”</p> +<p>He, of course, well knew that he might some day have the power +of showing it most effectually. My first inquiry was, of course, +respecting the safety of his daughter, and he assured me that he +had every reason to believe that she and her companions had +reached the house of some relations in the interior, and that he +should have accompanied them had he not been so hotly pursued by +Colonel Simcoe’s persevering and lightly-accoutred troops. +When he heard that I had made preparations to go up to Mrs +Langton’s house he exclaimed—</p> +<p>“You may render me a great service by so doing. In the +hurry of our departure, in consequence of your warning, a small +desk was left behind. It contains not only money and jewels of +considerable value, but some papers of the greatest importance. I +had but just discovered my loss when I was taken prisoner, and +the only person I could have entrusted to go in search of it was +killed in the same skirmish in which I became a +prisoner.”</p> +<p>I naturally was much pleased with this opportunity of +rendering a service to Colonel Carlyon. I had but little time, +however, left in which to perform it. After he had explained to +me in what part of the house I was to look for the desk, I took +my departure and hastened back to the river, where I found +O’Driscoll with Rockets and two other men waiting for me. +The tide was favourable, so that we had no difficulty in getting +there. The scenery wore so different an aspect by daylight to +what it had done in the dark that we could scarcely recognise the +spots we passed. We landed and approached the house. There, +indeed, was a melancholy change. The shrubberies had been cut +down, the garden trampled under foot, and the house itself +plundered and set on fire—I think by accident—I +scarcely believe it could have been done wantonly. I began to +fear, when I saw what had occurred, that I must give up all hopes +of finding the desk of which I was in search. O’Driscoll +and I felt very indignant when we saw the destruction which had +been wrought by our troops.</p> +<p>“Well, after all, war is a dirty business!” he +exclaimed, after contemplating the scene of ruin for some minutes +without speaking. “Fighting in the open field, where hard +blows are given and taken, and man meets man on equal terms, is +all very well in its way. I don’t object to sacking a town +which holds out when it should have given in, but the burning +down of old ladies’ houses, and injuring the property of +people who could not have caused any offence, I cannot stand. I +should like now to discover the officer who was commanding here +and allowed this. I would pick a quarrel with him and call him +out to a certainty.”</p> +<p>My friend had certainly curious notions, not uncommon among +his countrymen in these days. Sad, indeed, was the scene of havoc +and destruction which met our gaze on every side, not only about +the house, but in the fields and cottages in the surrounding +country—war’s melancholy consequences. We had no time +to contemplate it.</p> +<p>“Come, O’Driscoll,” said I, “we will +search through the ruins for my friend’s case, but I +scarcely expect to find it.”</p> +<p>“Something like looking for a needle in a rick of +hay,” he answered; “or, rather, far more hopeless, +for it is very unlikely that the case should have escaped being +burnt or carried off.”</p> +<p>O’Driscoll, Rockets and I hunted in different +directions. I first endeavoured to find the room which Colonel +Carlyon had described to me. That portion of the house had not +suffered so much as the rest; most of the flooring of the room +was burnt, but the fire had been extinguished before the whole +had been consumed. I climbed up to it, not without risk, for the +burnt rafters gave way under my feet. I knew the room from the +position of the window, which looked into a little courtyard. A +portion of the furniture had escaped, though blackened and +disfigured. My hopes revived as to finding the desk. I hunted +eagerly round. It was too evident that everything considered of +value had been carried away. I was about to scramble down again +by the way we had come up when I bethought me of looking out of +the window for the enjoyment of the prospect, which was a very +beautiful one. Woods, fields, the terraced garden, distant hills, +and the river rushing by were well combined to form it. As I +looked out, my eye fell on a heap of rubbish in one corner of the +courtyard, with burnt and broken pieces of furniture, and I +fancied that I saw the edge of such a case as I was in search of +sticking out from among them. I quickly descended and found my +way to the spot. I eagerly pulled out the object I had seen. It +was a peculiarly old-fashioned, unattractive-looking case, and +from its outward appearance no one would have supposed that it +contained objects of value. I felt sure that I was right, and +that I had got the object I was seeking. I sang out to +O’Driscoll, who after a little time heard my voice and was +delighted at my good fortune. Calling Rockets, we then hurried +back to the boat. There was no time to be lost, for night was +coming on; we had a long pull before us, and I was anxious to +deliver the case to Colonel Carlyon without delay. After this I +had to assist in getting the boats ready for the embarkation of +the troops. Away we pulled. O’Driscoll was in high feather, +laughing and joking to his heart’s content.</p> +<p>“You’re in a fair way now, at all events, to win +the lady, my boy,” said he. “Only just keep moving, +and put yourself under my guidance. We must soon knock this +rebellion on the head, and then, do ye see, you can step in and +be of still greater service to the father and the family, and +claim your reward. Oh! it’s beautiful. I see it all now as +clear as a pikestaff.”</p> +<p>Certainly, we neither of us at the time thought what a +different turn affairs were to take from what he was then +calculating on. Yet, I must own, I had even then my misgivings on +the subject. As soon as we landed, I hurried as fast as my legs +could carry me to the cottage where Colonel Carlyon was kept a +prisoner. His satisfaction was very great when I delivered the +case to him, and the way in which he expressed his gratitude was +manly and cordial in the extreme.</p> +<p>“It is useless for a prisoner to make promises, which, +should your party finally triumph, he may never be able to +fulfil,” he observed with a grave look. “In the +latter case, those taken with arms in their hands may be hung, +drawn and quartered as traitors, in accordance with the +time-honoured custom of our fathers. If the patriots are +victorious, the prisoners will be liberated with all the honours +which can be showered on them, and I may have the satisfaction of +proving that I am not ungrateful for what you have done for me +and mine.”</p> +<p>I found some difficulty in answering properly to these +remarks. I could not say that I wished the royal cause not to +succeed, and yet I certainly did not desire to see the Americans +completely defeated and humbled. I therefore said—</p> +<p>“I trust that a peace, honourable to both parties, may +ere long be established, and that the Americans may gain to the +full what they consider their just rights.”</p> +<p>“That will never be unless victory smiles on our +arms,” he replied with a faint smile. “We must +conquer to obtain our rights. What has hitherto been denied will +never be otherwise granted.”</p> +<p>I looked at my watch. I found that I must hasten back to the +boats.</p> +<p>“Farewell, sir!” I said. “I have duties to +which I must attend at present, but I will endeavour, if +possible, to see you again before I return to my ship.”</p> +<p>“Stay one moment,” said he; “I would ask you +to ascertain from our friends at Hampton if they have received +positive information as to the safety of my daughter and her +relatives. When you gain it send me word, and you will add to the +weight of the debt of gratitude I already owe you.”</p> +<p>He said this in a stiff way, as if unwilling to give me the +task. This I thought but natural. Though I was conferring +obligations on him, my position as a poor lieutenant was +unaltered, and I knew that he could not desire to entrust his +daughter’s happiness to my charge, even should peace be +established. It was almost the hour appointed for the embarkation +of the troops when I got down to the river. So well had our +arrangements been made, that I doubt whether the enemy knew what +we were about. There is something particularly exciting and wild +in the movement of a large body of armed men at night. I could +not help remarking the scene in which I was taking so active a +part. Rapidly flowed by the dark river; boats crowded with men +and horses were continually passing, while others were returning +empty for a further supply; people with torches were stationed on +both banks of the river, to enable the soldiers, as they came +down, to take their proper places in the boats, the lights from +the flaming brands throwing a ruddy glare over the stream, and +making the tall buildings of the mills stand out prominently from +the dark forest in the background. All night long the work was +going on, for it was a slow process to get across horses, +artillery and ammunition, provisions and baggage. The first thing +in the morning, after his men had rested but a couple of hours, +the indefatigable Colonel Simcoe set off towards Portsmouth to +summon the town to surrender. At 2 p.m. the army began their +march, and arrived before the place the following day, when the +inhabitants, finding that resistance was useless, surrendered at +discretion. I endeavoured to ascertain where Colonel Carlyon and +the other prisoners had been placed, but was unable to discover +any clue to their place of imprisonment. As soon as the rear of +the army was out of sight, all the officers commanding boats +assembled on board a brig, which had been captured in the +Nansimond river, previous to returning to our ships. It was with +much regret that I heard it proposed to burn Mackey’s +Mills, and to ravage the country round, in consequence of the +attack which had been made on our boats. I opposed the suggestion +with all my might. I said that I thought it a wanton destruction +of property, that would in no way advance our cause, and would +certainly exasperate the sufferers against us. Not only were my +counsels disregarded, but several remarks were made hinting +pretty broadly that I was too friendly disposed towards the +enemy. I had to stand a severe fire from several of my +brother-officers. Some, among whom was O’Driscoll, began to +joke, and I took it very ill from him, as he knew the depth of my +sentiments, and I considered his conduct a breach of confidence. +Others went on from joking to make more serious remarks, which I +felt reflected on my honour, so much so that I rose up and +declared that if another observation of the sort was ventured on +by any present, I must insist on settling the matter at another +time and place. Some held their peace after this, but some +continued to talk of officers showing lukewarmness and want of +loyalty to the king’s cause, and to declare that such had +better declare themselves to be the rebels they were at +heart.</p> +<p>The last man who spoke was a Lieutenant Dawson. I was +surprised that he should venture to speak thus, for he was a man +of whose spirit or courage I had but a mean opinion. My impulse +was to throw a pocket-pistol I seized hold of across the table at +his head, but I restrained my anger. Though he was my junior in +the service, we were engaged on public duty together, and, under +these circumstances, it was a serious matter for one officer to +strike another, even in those days.</p> +<p>“Mr Dawson, you must know what you say is false, +sir,” I exclaimed. “Can any one here say that I have +been slack in my duty—that I have ever shown the white +feather—that I have ever done anything derogatory to the +character of an officer and a gentleman? If no one here condemns +me—then, sir, I shall make you eat your words, and +acknowledge that the insinuations on which you have ventured were +most foul and unjust.”</p> +<p>No one spoke. Dawson looked confounded.</p> +<p>“No one condemns me,” I added. “That is +well; but will no one speak in my favour—will no one say +that, to the best of his knowledge, I have never failed in my +duty, or acted otherwise than as a British officer ought to +act?”</p> +<p>“In faith, Hurry, I’ll speak in your favour, my +boy, and gladly too,” cried O’Driscoll, with all the +enthusiasm of which his warm heart was capable. “If every +one fought as well, and did their duty as completely as you do, +we should have had this war over long ago—that’s my +belief; and small blame to you if you think a pair of bright eyes +in this western hemisphere brighter than any to be found in the +old country; besides, you’ve never been in my part of +Ireland, or you might be of a different opinion. Now, gentlemen, +if any one has anything to say against Mr Hurry, then let him say +it to me. I’ll settle the matter for him.”</p> +<p>This diversion of O’Driscoll’s completely silenced +all opposition to me, and Dawson, not wishing to come into a +personal conflict with my hot-headed though warm-hearted Irish +friend, slunk out of the cabin.</p> +<p>I was, however, left in a decided minority with respect to an +attack on the mills, which it was determined forthwith to +destroy. I was of course under the orders of the commanding +officer of the brigade of boats, who happened to be Lieutenant +Edwards, first of the Charon, so that I had no choice but to +obey. As soon as our crews had taken some refreshment we pulled +away in battle array for the mills. A few irregulars and armed +peasantry, who had entered the place when the army had quitted +it, were speedily put to flight when we landed. Piles of +brushwood were collected and heaped up inside the building in +different parts of it. Fire was set to them, and rapidly the +flames burst forth, and, catching the dry wood-work of the mills, +were soon seen climbing up from storey to storey, twisting +themselves in and out of the windows, and encircling the beams +and rafters in their deadly embrace. I never saw any building so +rapidly consumed. Higher and higher rose the devouring flames; +down came tumbling the roof and lofty walls; with loud crashes +the floors fell in; showers of bright sparks flew on every side, +and nothing but a mass of burning ruins—a huge +bonfire—remained before us. The men shouted when they saw +the destruction they had caused, like mischievous schoolboys. +They little thought or cared to whom the property belonged, or +who were the sufferers. They would just as readily have burnt it +had it belonged to royalists. They enjoyed the sight of the +conflagration—the effects of their own handiwork. Many of +the officers, too, shouted and clapped their hands, and seemed to +take as much pleasure in the mischief they were producing as the +men; but this might have been a mere exhibition of their loyalty +and patriotism. Having thus effectually destroyed the mills, our +commanding officer ordered us to march into the interior to +forage, or, in other words, to plunder any farms the army had +spared, and to commit any other acts of mischief the time would +allow. I need not enter into particulars. Cattle we spared, as we +could not carry them off, but we collected sheep and pigs and +fowls wherever we could find them. To this, of course, I could +not object, as provisions were necessary; but at length we came +to the house of a gentleman—a colonel of militia we were +told—and, though no defence of it was attempted, it was +proposed to burn it to the ground. Against this further wanton +destruction of property I loudly protested—</p> +<p>“It has lately been said that I am a friend of the +rebels,” I exclaimed. “That I deny; but I do not deny +that I am ashamed to see my countrymen destroy the property of +people who make no resistance, and who are Englishmen as much as +we are. Such conduct can only cause a bitter hatred to spring up +in the breasts of the sufferers, which will make them refuse ever +again to become our fellow-subjects and friends.”</p> +<p>Mr Edwards did not at all like my interference; but my +remonstrance had an effect, and though he allowed the house to be +plundered, and the furniture to be destroyed, he soon after +ordered a retreat, observing that he could not depend on my +co-operation or assistance. The owner of the house, as it turned +out, was in the neighbourhood, with a considerable body of men, +and he very nearly succeeded in inflicting a severe retaliation +on us by surprising and cutting off our party. However, we +discovered his approach in time to get into order, and, though he +and his men followed us for some way, we kept him at bay, and +reached the river without loss. Lieutenant Edwards at once +returned on board our ship in the Charon’s barge, leaving +me in command of the boats—directing me to land and forage +at any convenient spot towards the mouth of the river. Here +again, however much against my inclination, I must obey orders. +We had observed a large farm a little above the town of +Nansimond. As we proceeded down the river we suddenly pulled in +towards the shore. Sixty men, without a moment’s delay, ran +on and surrounded the farm before the inmates had time to drive +away any of the stock, or, indeed, had perceived our approach. We +soon collected everything eatable on which we could lay hands, +and were in our boats and away again before any force had time to +assemble from the neighbourhood to attack us. Such was the system +of warfare which I believe General Arnold recommended and +encouraged—the most galling and injurious to the unhappy +colonists. We got on board our ships by midnight, with provisions +sufficient to supply all the ships’ companies for a couple +of days.</p> +<p>The Rattlesnake, a ship pierced for fourteen guns, but +mounting ten three-pounders and six swivels, had been captured at +Portsmouth, and the next morning I received orders to take +command of her, to fit her for sea, and to hold myself in +readiness to proceed with charge of all the rest of the prizes to +New York.</p> +<p>The army was at this period employed in throwing up works for +the defence of Portsmouth, and in making excursions into the +surrounding country to crush, it was said in the despatches, any +embers of rebellion which might yet be smouldering there. As I +have before remarked, the way taken to produce the desired result +was anything but effectual. I was very nearly being deprived of +my new command in a somewhat summary way by the sinking of my +vessel. A terrifically heavy gale of wind sprang up on the night +of the 21st, and first driving one of the larger prizes foul of +her, which carried away my fore and cross-jack yards, fore +channels, both quarters and best bower-anchor, (such a grinding +and crushing and crashing I never before got on board any craft); +scarcely was she clear when another craft came thundering down +aboard of me, and very nearly completed the work which the other +had commenced. However, I did manage to swim while several other +vessels drove on shore and were, with all their crews, lost. For +several days after that I was employed in refitting my ship for +sea.</p> +<p>On the 25th I proceeded with my convoy of prizes to +Portsmouth, and when there, General Arnold sent for me and +informed me that the commodore had assured him I should +immediately sail in the Rattlesnake for New York with despatches +for Sir Henry Clinton. After he had handed me his despatches I +took my departure. He informed me of their contents that, should +I be compelled to throw them overboard, I might be able to give a +verbal report to Sir Henry of the wants of the army. Those wants +were not a few. More guns, ammunition, food and +clothing,—all were required.</p> +<p>On reaching Sewel’s Point, where I brought up to receive +the commodore’s despatches, I was surprised to receive an +order to return immediately and to give back those entrusted to +me by General Arnold. This order originated, I afterwards +discovered, in consequence of some unaccountable disagreement +which had arisen between the general and the admiral. General +Arnold said nothing when I gave him back his despatches, but he +looked not a little angry and astonished. When the heads fell out +it is not surprising that want of success was the result of their +undertakings. My journal is full of various little incidents +which happened at this time. The Charlestown and Hope captured in +the Chesapeake a rich fleet of eight rebel merchantmen bound for +the Havannah. The lieutenant of the Swift was made prisoner in +consequence of an illegal use of a flag of truce. Several +officers and men were blown up when chasing a rebel brig, and an +artillery officer, heading a foraging party, was killed. The +squadron was kept on the alert by an account brought by the +General Monk sloop-of-war of a French ship of the line and two +frigates having sailed from Rhode Island, it was supposed, for +the Chesapeake.</p> +<p>Once more, on the 31st, the old Charon, during a heavy gale of +wind, drove on shore, but by great and prompt exertion was got +off. To keep her in countenance, when on the 5th of February I +sailed with my prizes under convoy of the Charlestown for New +York, on going down the West Branch I also got on shore, but +succeeded in quickly getting off again. I had no little trouble +in keeping the prizes in order. The Americans left on board one +of them persuaded the people to side with them, and they ran her +on shore, purposing to give her up to the rebels. I went in chase +of her, fired several shots into her, and then, manning one of my +boats, boarded her, captured her crew, who had been unable to +escape, and got her off, made sail with my recaptured prize, and +rejoined the fleet at midnight, when I put the mutineers on board +the Charlestown, to be dealt with according to martial law.</p> +<p>On the 11th, at night, finding the “Langolee,” one +of my prizes, some distance astern, and suspecting that she was +about to give us the slip, I dropped astern, and, taking her in +tow, brought her into the middle of the fleet. At midnight, +however, a heavy gust of wind compelled me to cut the hawser and +clap before it. With the small crew I had I found no little +difficulty in handing my sails, which, after some time having +done, I struck topgallant yards and masts and lay-to under a +close-reefed mainsail. Once having made the ship snug I +endeavoured to discover the whereabouts of the rest of the +convoy, but not a trace of them could I discover. I hoped, +however, with the morning light to make them out. When the +cold-grey dawn spread over the ocean and I went aloft not a sail +was in sight.</p> +<p>“This is no great misfortune,” said I to Grampus +when I came on deck. “The Rattlesnake is a prime sailer, +and by taking advantage of the winds we shall reach New York much +sooner than if we had been obliged to whip up the convoy. We are +a match, too, for any of the smaller rebel vessels we are likely +to fall in with, and we must run away from the bigger +ones.”</p> +<p>“That may be, sir,” answered the old man, +“but d’ye see, sir, I’ve no great opinion of +this here craft if it was to come on any long course of bad +weather. I’ve a notion she’s an old craft, and I +doubt much the soundness of her timbers and planks.”</p> +<p>I was rather inclined to laugh at Nol’s prognostication, +and thought no more about his remarks. Before, however, many +hours had passed, the gale, which had hitherto been blowing +pretty steadily, increased in fury; the sea ran very high, and +the spray, as it broke on board, froze hard on deck and sheathed +the rigging in ice. When short-handed this is very trying, as +double the strength is required to make the running rigging work. +Happily we were under snug canvas, for I do not think we could +have made or shortened sail. Towards evening Grampus came up to +me with a look of concern in his countenance.</p> +<p>“I told you so, sir,” he said, touching his hat. +“The old ship has sprung a leak. She has not lost time in +letting in the water, for there are four feet already in the +hold.”</p> +<p>Immediately on hearing this appalling news I gave orders to +man the pumps, but it was at once found, to our further dismay, +that they were useless, for they were choked with ice. Since the +gale sprang up we had been unable to light a fire. In vain for a +long time we tried. Without boiling water or a hot iron it was +impossible to clear the pumps. The water was rapidly gaining on +us. There seemed every probability of the ship sinking under our +feet. Such has been the fate of many poor fellows—to have +gone down in a cold, icy sea, hope and help far away. Such was +the risk I had often before run, but never before had the +expectation of it been brought so prominently before me. Never +before had I, it seemed, so much to lose. Never so much to which +to look forward with hope. Our efforts to light the fire became +more and more frantic. At last I bethought me of applying salt to +the ice in the pumps. We fortunately had a good supply of it on +board. By forcing the salt down with a long iron the ice was +melted, and the pumps at length got to act. Frantically we pumped +away with our two pumps. We sounded the well; the water had +decreased. This gave us courage to continue our exertions. At +length we were able to keep the ship free. Still the gale +continued, and I had my apprehensions, from the condition of the +ship, that another leak might yet be sprung and all our efforts +prove vain. Even a winter gale of wind in those latitudes off the +American coast must come to an end, and this, by the morning of +the 5th, sufficiently abated to allow me to set the fore and main +stay-sails. I then stood towards the land. At noon Rockets came +into my cabin, where I had gone to snatch a few minutes’ +sleep, and reported a ship and two schooners in sight.</p> +<p>“An enemy, I’ll warrant,” I said to myself +testily. “I shall be driven out to sea again, or perhaps, +after all, fall into their hands.”</p> +<p>Still I stood towards them, ready to make all sail to escape +should my suspicions be realised. I could not make them out. When +I got within signalising distance I made the private signal, and +great was my satisfaction to find in answer that the ship was the +Charlestown, and the schooners two of the convoy.</p> +<p>The next day we made the high land of Neversink, and that +evening reached the entrance of New York harbour. It was with the +greatest difficulty, however, that we could work our way into it, +so full was it of floating ice, through which it was often +scarcely possible to steer. The other prizes which had parted +company with me in the gale arrived all safe three days +afterwards. The accommodations of one of the prizes, the Charity +Brig, being much superior to those of the Rattlesnake, I took up +my quarters on board her. I invited also some of the more +gentlemanly and pleasant of the midshipmen to live on board her +also, so that we were able to form an agreeable society among +ourselves. At New York there was none in which we could mix with +any satisfaction. Whenever I went on shore I did not fail to +visit the house of my old Dutch friend, the widow Von Tromp. It +was already so crowded with soldier officers that I could not +live there altogether, had I been so disposed, but in truth I +preferred remaining on board ship with my brother-officers. As I +was allowed a guinea a day for my table I was able to live in +comparative luxury and comfort.</p> +<p>On the 10th we began to discharge our prizes, which were +loaded with tobacco. On clearing the Rattlesnake I had indeed +reason to be thankful that I and those who had been with me on +board were still in the land of the living. Her entire bottom was +completely rotten, and all who saw her were astonished that she +had made the passage from Portsmouth to New York. It seemed a +miracle that the water had been kept out of her. Her whole bottom +had to be replanked before she was again fit to put to sea. This +is only one of the numberless escapes from destruction which I +have had during my life.</p> +<p>The widow Von Tromp was delighted to see me, and especially +interested in all I had to tell her. I was amused with her +notions about the war. Her sympathies were evidently with the +American party, but at present she assuredly reaped no small +profit from the custom which the military brought to her house. +She tried sore to reconcile the two opinions—she wished +well to the patriots, and yet she was in no hurry to see the war +brought to an end. Often since have I seen people on more serious +matters halting between two opinions.</p> +<p>“Ah me, Mr Hurry, I wish the war were ended and my dear +friends from the south would come back, but den dees nice young +officers all go away and I see dem no more! Oh, it is vary sad, +vary sad!” she used to exclaim, after descanting on the +liberality of her guests. “But den you come back, Mr Hurry; +member dat. You always come and see de widow Von +Tromp.”</p> +<p>Of course I promised, and intended faithfully to fulfil my +promise, little dreaming at that time the course which events +would take.</p> +<p>Having discharged faithfully and, as I hoped, to the +satisfaction of all concerned, the duty on which I had been sent, +I requested the commanding officer of the port that he would +enable me and my people to return to the Charon by the first +opportunity. Just as I had done so I called on board the Chatham, +now commanded by my old friend Captain Hudson, with whom I sailed +in the Orpheus. He received me most kindly, and informing me that +two of his lieutenants were sick in the hospital, requested that +I would perform the duty of first lieutenant on board till I +could rejoin my own ship. Anxious as I was, for private reasons, +to get to the south, I could not refuse his request. I +accordingly at once went on board with my people and commenced +the duty of first lieutenant, and pretty hard duty it was; but it +is a satisfaction to me to feel that I never refused, during the +whole course of my naval career, any duty offered me, however +hard or irksome it might have promised to be.</p> +<p>On the 18th of March we sailed from Sandy Hook for the +southward, having under our orders the following fleet, viz. +Chatham, Roebuck, Raleigh, Bonetta, Savage, Halifax, Vulcan, +fire-ship, with a number of transports, which had on board two +thousand troops under the command of General Phillips, who had +not long before been released by a cartel concluded a few months +previously with the enemy. We were going, I found, to the +assistance of General Arnold, who was under very serious +apprehensions of being overwhelmed by a French fleet with an +expedition on board, which it was supposed had sailed from Rhode +Island to attack him.</p> +<p>On the 18th we spoke the Pearl and Iris, from which ships we +learned that an action had been fought a few days before between +the British fleet, under Admiral Arbuthnot, and the French fleet +from Rhode Island. Although pretty fairly matched as to numbers +the general opinion was that the English ships should have done +much more than they did. They drove back the French and prevented +them from reaching the Chesapeake before our arrival, but not a +Frenchman was sunk or taken, whereas I believe that Admiral +Arbuthnot might have followed, cut up, and dispersed the whole +French squadron had he possessed the spirit which should animate +the bosom of every officer in the service. His only excuse was +that some of the ships under his command had suffered in the late +hurricane, and that the crews were worn out in their exertions to +repair damages and put again to sea. I would gladly see the +accounts of such engagements expunged from the annals of English +history.</p> +<p>We arrived at Lynhaven Bay in the Chesapeake on the 28th, and +found Admiral Arbuthnot’s squadron lying there repairing +the damages of the late action. On the next day I rejoined the +Charon, having been absent from her nine weeks. I was now in +hopes of being able to get on shore to make inquiries for Colonel +Carlyon and his daughter, but as I found that we were every +moment expecting to sail in search of the French fleet I was +compelled to restrain my impatience and to endure as I best could +all the anxiety I felt about them.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap26" id="chap26"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Six.</h3> +<h4>A cruise.—Leave the Chesapeake.—New +York.—Press-gangs at work.—Cruel scenes.—Evil +tidings from home.—British take possession of York +Town.—Preparations for defence.—A dangerous +trip.—More losses—A narrow escape.—Slight hopes +of success.</h4> +<p>At this period of the American war both parties seemed so +equally balanced that it appeared doubtful which after all would +come off successful in the contest. The superior discipline of +the British, and the experience and talent of their generals, had +frequently obtained for them the victory in the expeditions which +had of late been undertaken. General Arnold’s plans had +hitherto never failed in Virginia. Lord Rawdon had obtained a +considerable advantage over General Greene in South Carolina, +while it was hoped, from the bravery and talent of Lord +Cornwallis, that he would carry everything before him in North +Carolina. He had been posted at Wilmington in the southern part +of that province. His supplies however failing, he took the bold +resolution of marching through North Carolina to join Generals +Phillips and Arnold at Portsmouth. Sir James Wright held the town +of Savannah in Georgia, and Colonel Cruger the important post of +Ninety-six in South Carolina. New York and the country in the +immediate neighbourhood was in possession of the British, and at +that city Sir Henry Clinton, as Commander-in-chief of the British +Army in North America, held his head-quarters.</p> +<p>The British forces however, it will thus be seen, were broken +into small divisions and stationed at posts so much apart as to +be of little mutual assistance. The war thus raged pretty equally +in South Carolina, North Carolina, and Virginia, and while the +force seemed everywhere sufficient for destroying considerable +tracts of country, and accumulating a great deal of spoil, it was +wholly inadequate to the main purpose of bringing matters to a +conclusion. Thus numbers of brave men lost their lives without +any equivalent result, and veteran battalions were worn down by +fruitless exertions of valour, and by a series of most brilliant +successes which produced no permanent result. On the other hand, +although the French had landed a small army under the Marquis de +la Fayette, the American forces were mostly ill-disciplined and +disorganised, and although it cannot be said that they were +favourable to the English, they were discontented with the +treatment they were receiving from their own government, many of +them being ill-paid, ill-clothed, and often but scantily fed. The +unsuccessful attempt of the French fleet to enter the Chesapeake +was also a great damper to the patriot cause.</p> +<p>At this time the American forces were separated into as many +divisions as the English. General Greene commanded in the +Carolinas, the Marquis de la Fayette was in Virginia, and watched +the banks of the James River, to prevent the further advance of +the British in that direction, while General Washington himself +remained with another army in the north, his head-quarters being +Newport in Rhode Island. Soon after this General Phillips died, +and General Arnold, greatly to the disgust of our officers, who +did not at all like serving under him, would have had the +command, had not Lord Cornwallis arrived with his army from the +south at Portsmouth.</p> +<p>Such was the state of affairs on shore. At sea the British +arms were in most instances victorious. While the Marquis de la +Fayette was hovering about General Arnold in the hopes of cutting +him off by land, the French expedition to the Chesapeake, +concerted at Rhode Island by Monsieur de Ternay and the Count +Rochambeau was, as I have described, defeated by the fleet of +Admiral Arbuthnot. The British also were collecting a large fleet +to be ready to encounter one which was expected on the coast of +America from the West Indies under the Count de Grasse.</p> +<p>The war was no longer confined to one between England and her +revolted colonies, but we had now the French, Spaniards, and +Dutch to contend with on various parts of the American coasts, +and mighty fleets were collecting to contest with us as of yore +the sovereignty of the seas. I, for one, looked forward with the +greatest satisfaction to an engagement with either the Spaniards +or the French, the hereditary enemies of England. I regretted at +the same time that the Americans had adopted the dangerous +expedient of calling in their assistance. If they were to be +free, I felt that it would be better for them to achieve their +independence by themselves, instead of trusting to those who were +too likely to play them some treacherous trick in the end. I +felt, however, that our own Government was more likely to come to +terms considering the immense pressure brought against the +country if the Americans would be but moderate in their +demands.</p> +<p>On the 2nd of April we sailed from the Chesapeake with the +whole of the squadron, consisting of seven line-of-battle ships, +two fifty-gun ships, five frigates, and two sloops, and stood to +the southward in search of the French fleet. On the 5th the fleet +tacked and stood to the north-east.</p> +<p>There is something very exciting and interesting in forming +one of a large fleet of men-of-war. I had sailed often, and more +than enough with fleets of merchantmen and transports, but then I +had generally to act the part of a whipper-in to a pack of lazy +or worn-out hounds, and had to run in and out among them, hailing +one, signalising a second, and firing a shot at another to keep +them all in order, caring very little how my own ship looked, +provided I could accomplish my object. Now, on the contrary, each +ship sailed in proper order, and one vied with the other in the +neatness of their appearance, and the rapidity with which various +evolutions could be performed.</p> +<p>On the 6th the Charon was detached ahead of the squadron to +look into the Delaware to ascertain if the French fleet was still +there. We obeyed the order with alacrity, though we expected that +if they were there we should be very quickly chased out again. We +had great hopes that this would be done, as we might thus lead +them down upon our own squadron which was well prepared to +receive them. O’Driscoll rubbed his hands as we sailed up +that magnificent estuary, keeping a bright look-out on every side +for the mast-heads of the enemy’s fleet.</p> +<p>“Arrah, now, won’t it be fun to see them all come +bounding out like bulldogs when by chance a stranger comes +suddenly into the courtyard where they are chained up, all +barking, and leaping, and pulling with the amiable wish of +tearing him to pieces!” he exclaimed, as I was expressing a +hope that they might still be found there.</p> +<p>On we sailed, till at last we felt convinced that the +Frenchmen had already put to sea. Once more therefore we stood +out again in search of the Admiral. On the 11th we spoke the +Chatham, which ship had also been sent to look-out for the enemy. +She had taken a prize, and from her had gained the information +that a large fleet of merchantmen was in the neighbourhood, bound +from Saint Domingo to Philadelphia under the convoy of the Dean +and Confederacy State frigates.</p> +<p>I ought to have said that we had hove-to, and that Captain Ord +of the Chatham had come on board us, Captain Symonds being the +senior officer. Captain Ord now proposed that we should in +company cruise off the heads of the Delaware in the hopes of +intercepting this valuable convoy. Once more there appeared a +certain prospect of my picking up an ample supply of prize-money, +but greatly to our disappointment; Captain Symonds declined to +accede to the proposal, though he allowed Captain Ord to remain +if he thought fit. This Captain Ord said he should do, and +returned on board the Chatham, while we made sail to the +northward. That evening I heard Nol Grampus holding forth on the +subject.</p> +<p>“I knew it would be so,” he exclaimed, clapping +his right hand down on his hat, which he held in his left; +“our ship’s got ill-lack in her sails, depend on +that. I don’t say nothing against our skipper; what he does +is all right and above board, and a better man nor officer never +stepped a deck, but, mark my words, that ’ere +‘Chatham’s’ people now will be filling their +pockets with gold dollars, while we shan’t have a penny +piece to chink in ours; as for our ship, I knows what I knows, +and I thinks what I thinks.”</p> +<p>The effect of old Nol’s remarks were, however, +counteracted before long, for on the 13th we sighted a large +brig, which immediately stood away from us. We, therefore, made +sail in chase. She sailed so fast we had to do our best to come +up with her. It seemed, however, doubtful whether we should do +so. Nol shook his head, and remarked that night would come down, +and that she would slip away before we could overhaul her. Hour +after hour passed. It was evident that we were gaining on her, +and at length, at the end of a chase of seven hours we came up +with the stranger, when she struck her flag and proved to be the +Peggy, rebel privateer, of fourteen guns and seventy men, loaded +with rum and indigo, from Carolina to Philadelphia.</p> +<p>On our arrival at New York with our prize, we had the +mortification to find that the admiral approved of Captain +Ord’s proposition, and still greater was our annoyance to +hear a few days afterwards that he, with the Roebuck and Orpheus, +had taken the Confederacy and several of her convoy.</p> +<p>And now I was engaged in a scene, to do proper justice to +which completely baffles all my powers of description. The fleet +were sadly in want of men. By some means or other they must be +procured. New York was, we heard, full of seafaring men, boatmen +and others, accustomed to the water, whom the war had driven from +their usual vocations, and who were now living on shore. To get +hold of these was our object. It would not do to attempt to +capture them by driblets, for if a few were pressed, the rest +would take alarm and hide away where we were not likely to find +them. The admiral’s plans were quickly and secretly formed. +All the boats of the fleet were ordered to assemble, with the +crews well armed, by break of day, on board the Rainbow. Silently +we pulled in for the city much in the same way that we should +have attempted to surprise a place held by an enemy. Having +completely surrounded all the lower parts of the town inhabited +by the class of men we wanted, we commenced our press. While one +portion of our force were told off to keep guard, the others +broke into every house without ceremony, where there was a +probability of finding men. Very seldom we stopped to knock for +admission. Generally the door was forced open, and in we rushed, +seizing the husband from the arms of his wife, and very often +allowing him scarcely time to put on his clothes, while we were +compelled to endure the bitter invectives, the tears, the +screams, and abuse of his wife, whom we were thus cruelly +robbing. Sometimes the men, aided by their better halves, made an +attempt at resistance, but were speedily overpowered, bound hand +and foot, and carried off. Often, too, we fell in with young men +of a better class, mates of merchantmen and others lately +married; and truly pitiable was it to witness the grief and agony +of the poor young wives as they saw their husbands in the power +of our rough-looking and seemingly heartless press-gangs. They +did not scream; they did not abuse us; but often on their knees, +with tears and sighs, they implored us to release those who had +become dearer to them than life itself. These appeals I found +harder to withstand than anything else, and had to steel my heart +and to assume a roughness which I did not feel, to resist giving +way to their entreaties. I did, as it was, all I could to assure +them that their husbands would soon again be at liberty; though I +might have remembered, had I thought more about it, how bitterly +they would be disappointed. In too many instances, husbands and +wives then parted, never met again. Fathers, also, were torn from +their children, leaving them desolate indeed; young sons were +carried off from their parents. We had not time to stop to listen +to any remonstrances. Men must be had at every cost. The only +question asked was, “Have you a protection?” If not, +seamen, and often landsmen, if they were stout fellows, were +bound hand and foot and carried off to the boats. I would have +given much to have allowed one young man, especially, to escape. +He had been aroused by the noise in the street, and was sitting +up dressed when we entered his house, holding his wife in his +arms. She was a fragile, delicate-looking girl, soon about to +become a mother. I felt almost sure when I saw the couple that +the shock would kill her.</p> +<p>“You will not take him, sir?” she said, calmly +appealing to me as I entered the room in which my men had just +seized him, though even they were inclined to treat him with some +delicacy. “He has been an officer, sir. You will not carry +him off and make a common seaman of him? Oh, sir, he is my +husband, he does not wish to leave me. Let him, let him +remain!”</p> +<p>This simple and artless appeal affected me much.</p> +<p>“He surely has some protection,” said I. +“Pray, let me see it.”</p> +<p>“Oh, you relent, you relent!” she shrieked out +joyfully.</p> +<p>“I have no protection that I am aware of, except the +right of being free,” answered the young man +mournfully.</p> +<p>If I let this poor fellow off, so I must many others, and, +besides, my duty is to take him; orders must be obeyed, I +reflected.</p> +<p>“It cannot be helped,” said I gruffly. “You +must come along with us. The captain may let you off when he +hears your story.”</p> +<p>“I’ll go quietly, but do not bind me, for +mercy’s sake,” he answered calmly.</p> +<p>I walked out of the room. There was the sound of something +falling on the floor. The poor young wife had fainted. Thus the +husband had to leave her, unconscious of her bereavement, he was +conveyed on board the Charon. Before we left the port, a letter +was brought him from the shore. He was a widower. While he +remained in the ship he was to all appearance a steady, obedient +man, but I suspect that he wreaked a bitter vengeance ere long +for the cruel wrong he felt that he had suffered.</p> +<p>The result of this hot-press was four hundred men, captured +that forenoon. A fleet of transports now received on board +another division of two thousand troops, to be conveyed to the +assistance of Lord Cornwallis, at Portsmouth.</p> +<p>On the 12th of May, having fallen down to the Hook, we sailed +with the whole fleet for the southward. Nothing occurred on the +passage except the capture of an unfortunate brig, which found +herself near us in a calm, and upon which nearly all the boats of +the squadron set at once. It made me think of a number of birds +of prey pouncing down on some poor beast of burden which has +dropped through fatigue on the road. The commander-in-chief +having given up the command of the convoy to Captain Symonds, +leaving also the Roebuck and Assurance, he parted company, while +we continued our course for our destination.</p> +<p>We anchored with the convoy off Sewel’s Point on the +20th, and Captain Symonds remained in command till the 30th, when +the Richmond coming in, he was relieved of that duty by Captain +Hudson. Twice during that time I was sent on shore with flags of +truce to Hampton, where I was, as before, most hospitably +received by my friends the Langtons. My first inquiries on +returning to the coast of Virginia had been for Colonel Carlyon. +He was still a prisoner at Portsmouth; but, from what I could +learn, I had hopes that he would soon be exchanged. I was unable +to see him before I was sent off to Hampton. On reaching the +house of my friends, I eagerly asked after Madeline. I felt that +it was unnecessary with them to disguise my feelings, and that it +would please them better if I spoke openly to them on the +subject.</p> +<p>“Where is she? Is she safe? Is she well?” I +exclaimed, almost before the first greetings were over.</p> +<p>To all my questions they gave me satisfactory answers, and I +went back much lighter of heart than I had been for a long time. +They also loaded me with all the luxuries and delicacies which +their most fertile province can produce, and welcomed indeed they +were by my messmates, who had been for some time living chiefly +on salt pork, beef, and peas-pudding—not pleasant food +during a warm spring in that southern clime. On my second visit I +had the satisfaction of negotiating the exchange of Colonel +Carlyon and some other Americans with several of our own +officers, who had been captured in the numerous engagements our +forces had lately had in the Carolinas, as well as in some of +what I may, with justice, call our marauding expeditions in +Virginia. I had an opportunity of seeing Colonel Carlyon but for +a moment, when he again expressed his gratitude for what he was +pleased to call the very great services I had done him. Curious +it may seem, but I had rather he had said less on the subject, +and taken it for granted that nothing could give me greater +satisfaction than assisting the father of one to whom I was so +deeply attached. There was, I thought, too much stiffness and +formality in his mode of expressing himself. I, of course, speak +of what my feelings were at the time, and after I had left him my +spirits once more sank to their former level. Those were busy +times, and I had not much opportunity of being troubled with my +own thoughts.</p> +<p>Once more, on the 4th of June, we put to sea, to convoy thirty +sail of transports back to New York; chased a rebel privateer on +our way, but she escaped us. When there, we refitted the ship, +and sailed again for Virginia on the 24th of June. On the 26th +spoke the Solebay and Warwick, with a convoy from Europe, and +after parting from them on the same day, sighted another sail, +which did her utmost to escape from us. We accordingly made sail +after her, and at the end of four hours, on coming up and +signalising her, she proved to be no other than the Cartwright +packet from Falmouth to New York. The moment I discovered this my +heart began to beat with anxiety to hear from those I loved so +well. It was long since I had had any news from home. Letters +might, I knew, have been written, but being so constantly on the +move as I had been, there were great probabilities of their +having missed me. The packet hove-to. She had letters on board +for the Charon. The bag was delivered. I had one. There was a +black seal to it. The handwriting was that of my sister.</p> +<p>There was bad news, I knew. For some moments I dared not open +it. One of our family circle was gone. When I returned his or her +place would be empty. I tore open the letter. One we could all of +us least spare, one we had every reason to love and revere, was +taken from us. My father was no more. A choking sensation filled +my throat—tears, long strangers, then started to my eyes. +Often had I pictured to myself the delight I should feel, should +I carry home Madeline as my bride, in presenting her to him. I +knew how he would admire her, how proud he would be of her, how +he would have delighted to call her his little rebel American +daughter-in-law. All that was ended. I should never again see the +kind, good old man. I dashed the tears from my eyes, and in a +hoarse voice gave the order to trim sails as we once more shaped +a course to the southward.</p> +<p>We arrived off the Heads of Virginia on the 9th of July, and +found there the Richmond, Guadaloupe, Fowey, and Vulcan +fire-ship. It had been for some time seen that the town of +Portsmouth was not a tenable post. The neighbourhood, especially +in the summer season, was unhealthy, and ships of any size could +not get up sufficiently near it to assist in its defence. The +commanders-in-chief had accordingly resolved to evacuate it, and +to occupy York Town, on the James River, instead. The latter +place was supposed to possess many advantages over the former, +while the river was navigable for ships of far larger burden than +those which could approach Portsmouth.</p> +<p>The first division of the army having embarked on board the +transports by the 30th of July we sailed with them, Lord +Cornwallis himself, who took the command, being on board the +Richmond. We landed the troops on the 2nd, and took possession of +York Town and Gloucester without any opposition. It was not, +however, till the 19th that the second division of the army +arrived, Portsmouth being entirely evacuated. There was a general +feeling that events of considerable importance were about to +occur. While we were eagerly looking for a reinforcement of +troops and the arrival of a fleet capable of competing with the +French, the enemy were assembling their forces in the +neighbourhood, and it was very evident would bring the whole of +their strength to bear upon York Town, and to endeavour to crush +our army there before the arrival of the aid we so much required. +I resolved at all events to note down from day to day with even +greater care than heretofore the occurrences which might take +place in the stout brown journal which had already been so long +my companion, and which I had preserved through so many chances +of destruction both by fire and water—from thieves and the +carelessness of servants and others to whom I had from time to +time been compelled to entrust it. Yet here it still is, battered +on the outside, like its owner; but, though its leaves are +somewhat yellow and stained, as sound as ever in the main, and +with the ink as black as the day it was written. Brief but, +believe me, perfectly accurate, according to my means of +information and my own observation, are the descriptions I am +about to offer of those events. Before, however, I go on with my +journal I will give a short account of the position now taken up +by the British army.</p> +<p>The peninsula which is formed by the rivers James and York is +one of the richest and most beautiful parts of Virginia. York +Town is situated on the south bank of the latter-named stream and +on the narrowest part of the peninsula, which is there but five +miles across. Gloucester Point is on the north, and therefore the +opposite side of the river, into which it extends so far that it +reaches within almost a mile of York Town. The two posts thus +completely command the navigation of the river, which is here of +sufficient depth to allow ships of considerable size to ascend +it. The force with which we now occupied these two important +positions amounted to about 7000 men, and it was the intention of +Lord Cornwallis so completely to fortify them both on the sea and +land sides, that they might resist any attack likely to be made +against them either by the French fleet or the combined American +and French armies till we could be relieved by Sir Henry Clinton +or by a fresh army and fleet from England. It was too well known +from the first that the army was but ill-supplied with guns, and +indeed with all the munitions of war requisite for carrying on +offensive, or even defensive, operations against the enemy. This +became still more evident when the guns and ammunition were +landed from the ships-of-war, and the crews were summoned on +shore to work them. Every effort was made to put our positions in +an efficient state of defence, for our hopes of being relieved +from New York were very slight, it being understood that General +Washington was preparing for an attack on that city with all the +forces he could muster in the north, at the same time that a +sufficient number of troops were left in the south to give us a +good deal of trouble, and to cause much anxiety to our +commanders-in-chief. By my daily journal I find that on the 20th +of August the Charon’s lower deck guns were landed for the +defences on shore, while she with the Richmond was moored so as +to flank the enemy should they make an attack on Gloucester.</p> +<p>21st.—The troops were engaged in throwing up works, +while the seamen of the squadron were employed in landing the +guns and ammunition, the transports, meantime, being secured +under the town of York.</p> +<p>22nd.—The seamen were employed in the boats, landing at +every available spot on the river, and foraging. On the following +day detachments of men were landed to assist the troops in +throwing up works.</p> +<p>24th.—Foraging parties from the army and navy procuring +fresh provisions often having to take them by force, while the +remainder were employed on the works. It was an ominous +circumstance that at no time did the inhabitants offer a cordial +welcome to any of our troops, although to individuals they were +often inclined to show courtesy and kindness.</p> +<p>25th.—The Richmond sailed for New York, leaving the +command of the squadron to Captain Symonds.</p> +<p>26th.—I was sent to get off a schooner belonging to the +enemy which had been run on shore in a small creek. I +accomplished my mission, and, she being found a serviceable +little craft, the commodore kept her as a tender, and appointed +me to the command of her.</p> +<p>27th.—The Bonetta was sent to anchor on the Shoe as +advanced ship to give notice of the approach of an enemy. I was +employed with thirty seamen in fitting out the tender.</p> +<p>28th.—While the army was employed as before on the +works, they were engaged in pulling down the houses in front of +York Town, greatly to their amusement, it seemed. Tackles were +hooked on to the top of the walls, and thundering down they came +almost on the heads of the men. The wonder was that numbers were +not crushed beneath the ruins as off they ran, laughing and +shouting with glee at the havoc they had committed.</p> +<p>29th.—The Guadaloupe and Express despatched to +Charleston, and the Loyalist sent to the Shoe to relieve the +Bonetta.</p> +<p>30th.—A day of much excitement and no little anxiety. +About noon the Guadaloupe and Bonetta were seen standing up the +harbour under all sail, and soon it became known that they had +been chased by a fleet of French ships, consisting of twenty-six +sail of the line, besides frigates, fire-ships, bombs, and +transports, who followed them to the mouth of the harbour and +captured the Loyalist within three miles of the town after a most +gallant resistance, her masts having gone by the board before she +struck her colours to the enemy. This fleet is commanded by the +Count de Grasse, and has come direct from the West Indies. Three +of their ships brought up at the mouth of the harbour, but the +main body anchored at Lynhaven Bay.</p> +<p>31st.—The enemy’s forces have assembled at +Williamsburg, about twelve miles from York, under the command of +the Marquis de la Fayette, and the French fleet advanced to the +Shoe. Thus is York Town shut in both by sea and land, and it +becomes evident that they intend more and more closely to press +us in till they completely invest our positions. The troops and +seamen engaged hard at the works. The shipping removing further +up the harbour.</p> +<p>September 1st.—The French landed 6000 troops up the +James river, which joined the Marquis de la Fayette at +Williamsburg. The enemy now far outnumber us. I was sent for by +the commodore that night, and directed to guard, till she had +safely passed the French advanced ships, an express boat which +was sent off to convey important despatches to New York, +describing the dangerous position in which we were placed. The +risk of being captured was very great. My greatest safeguard was +in the very boldness of the undertaking. The night was dark, and +as the roads where they were anchored were very wide, I might +hope to slip by without being observed. As soon as night fell we +sailed. The wind was fair, and we stood boldly on, looking out +for the dark forms of the enemy’s ships. One after the +other were passed, till at midnight we were clear of the enemy, +as we believed, and the despatch-boat stood on her course for the +northward, while I made the best of my way back to port. Here I +arrived by daylight, and my report seemed to give great +satisfaction to the commodore.</p> +<p>2nd.—The seamen of the fleet were removed on shore, and +took up their quarters in tents. Engaged night and day in +throwing up works towards the sea, from which quarter an attack +may be expected.</p> +<p>3rd.—Nine of the French ships advanced to Tous Marsh, +and the rest employed in landing the artillery and stores up +James river.</p> +<p>4th.—Mounted all the Charon’s eighteen-pounders on +the new sea works. The seamen engaged in pulling down the front +of the town, and in cutting trees for stockades.</p> +<p>5th.—The enemy preparing to commence the attack.</p> +<p>6th and 7th.—The seamen unrigging the ships and hauling +some transports on shore for the defence of the place. The army, +as before, employed without intermission on the works, day and +night.</p> +<p>8th.—The enemy’s advanced ships quitted the river +and joined the main body at Lynhaven Bay in consequence of +Admiral Graves having appeared off the Capes with twenty sail of +the line. After some slight skirmishing with the French, the +British admiral was compelled from their great superiority in +strength to retreat. The French also on their return to Lynhaven +Bay unfortunately fell in with the Richmond and Iris frigates, +both of which were captured.</p> +<p>9th.—My duties are very arduous, but honourable, and +show the confidence reposed in me by my superior officer. I went +down the river in the tender to reconnoitre the enemy’s +fleet, with orders to come occasionally up in sight of York to +signal what was going on among them. The French fleet from Rhode +Island under Monsieur de Barras had now joined them, making their +force consist of thirty-six sail of the line besides frigates, +fire-ships, bombs and transports. During the night I signalled to +York Town that the enemy were at anchor in Lynhaven Bay, and then +I stood off and on in sight of them, watching for any movement +till daylight.</p> +<p>10th.—Observed the enemy getting under weigh from +Lynhaven Bay. Watched them till they stood towards the Shoe. Ran +up and signalled accordingly. Soon after they anchored at that +place.</p> +<p>11th.—Calm, moderate weather. At four AM the enemy began +to advance from the Shoe, at which time I lay becalmed about +three miles from them, and as they brought the sea breeze with +them while I was without power of moving, I felt that my time was +come, and that I should once more fall into their hands as a +prisoner. Ou Trou and all its horrors rose up before me. Old Nol +looked very grave.</p> +<p>“It’s hard times we shall have of it, Mr Hurry, if +the breeze don’t be smart about coming, sir,” he +remarked, shaking his head. “I’d sooner by half have +a chance of fighting, sir, than running for our +liberty.”</p> +<p>“We have no choice left us, I fear, Grampus,” said +I. “However, we’ll do our best, and not give in as +long as the little barkie can swim.”</p> +<p>“That’s it, sir, that’s the thing. The +people will stick by you and go down in the craft if you wishes +it,” was his answer.</p> +<p>This being the spirit of my men, my hopes revived. The enemy +came on slowly, but still they were nearing me. With hearty +good-will every one on board kept whistling for a wind, but for +all that the breeze did not come. At six o’clock one of the +headmost ships tried the range of her guns by firing a shot at +me. It came pretty near, but a miss is as good as a mile. There +was, however, no time to be lost. Another and another shot came +whistling after me. I cut away my boat, the breeze was rippling +the water astern. I trimmed sails, the wind filled them. Once +more the craft began to move. She slipped faster and faster +through the water, and away she went before the wind with +everything we could clap on her like a scalded cock, as +O’Driscoll remarked afterwards, and for this time happily +escaped the durance vile I had been anticipating. At noon I made +the signal that the enemy were still approaching, and at four +o’clock, they having anchored at the mouth of the harbour, +I ran up to the town with the conviction that Othello’s +occupation had gone. In the evening I accordingly received orders +to haul her on shore and to join the Charon’s at the +battery in which they were posted. I do not mean to say that we +did not hope by some means or other to succeed, but even the most +sanguine could not help acknowledging just then that things +looked black and threatening in the extreme.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="bodytext"><a name="chap27" id="chap27"></a> +<h3>Chapter Twenty Seven.</h3> +<h4>Defence of York Town.—Sent with fire-ships against +French fleet.—Failure.—In command of +battery.—Fierce engagements.—Colonel Carlyon a +prisoner and wounded.—The Charon blows up.—Desperate +condition of the town.—Death of my old +follower.—Attempt to evacuate town frustrated by a +gale.—I am badly wounded.—Army of Lord Cornwallis +capitulates.—War at an end.—Prisoners kindly treated +by Americans and French.—Madeline becomes my +nurse.—News from England.—Sir Hurricane Tempest has +left me his heir.—I marry the little +rebel.—Finis.</h4> +<p>I could not help feeling, in common with many other thoughtful +officers, that we were on the eve of great events. Each day, each +hour confirmed this opinion, and now we were startled if not +confounded by the undoubted information that General Washington +had arrived with a considerable body of troops from the north. He +arrived on the 24th in the Chesapeake, with, it was said, six +thousand French and continental troops, whom we had the +mortification to see a frigate and a body of transports go down +to bring up, we no longer having the power to molest them. Thus +still further was the dark thunder-cloud augmented, about, we +believed, to break over our heads. Day and night, however, we +continued working at the batteries, and levelling houses, and +clearing all the ground round the lines of everything which might +afford the enemy shelter in their expected attack.</p> +<p>September 15th, 1781.—Two ships of the line and a +frigate came up a mile nearer the forts, and under cover of their +guns foraging parties went on shore, whom we were thus prevented +from attacking.</p> +<p>16th.—Never did men work harder than we had been doing +to strengthen a position to enable us to hold out till the +arrival of a fleet superior to the French; and from news received +our hopes again arose that it might yet arrive before we were +driven to extremities. Many persons have been blaming Sir Henry +Clinton for allowing General Washington to pass by him, but the +truth is, he did not expect that this would have been done, but +fully believed that he purposed rather to besiege New York +itself.</p> +<p>17th.—A ship of the line advanced from the shore and +joined those off Tous Marsh. Signals being made all day long +between the French Commodore and the Compte de Grasse. French +frigates passing and re-passing between their squadrons. +Something evidently in the wind.</p> +<p>18th.—Our forces employed as usual in pulling down +houses and throwing up works.</p> +<p>19th.—All the women and children, the negroes and other +non-combatants, were sent out of the town to enable us to eke out +our not-over-abundant supply of provisions.</p> +<p>20th.—The soldiers engaged in throwing up works, the +seamen in cutting down trees and in forming stockades.</p> +<p>21st.—Heavy rain fell, greatly retarding the progress of +the works. I was not a little pleased to hear that an attempt was +to be made to destroy the French squadron at the mouth of the +harbour, and that four fire-ships were to be employed on that +service. I immediately offered to command one of them—an +offer which was at once accepted. Lieutenants Conway and Symonds +were appointed to command two others, and Mr Camel, a lieutenant +of a privateer, had charge of the fourth. Our wish was to be +under the orders of Captain Palmer of the Vulcan, whose +experience and judgment we felt would insure success, but the +commodore decided on allowing each of us to trust to our own +abilities and to act according to circumstances. The vessels were +patched-up schooners and sloops, and fitted in so hurried a way +that they were scarcely manageable. The experiment was to have +been made that night, but the wind and weather proving +unfavourable, Captain Palmer, with whom we consulted, advised us +to defer it till the following—</p> +<p>22nd.—The wind being about north-west, it was this +evening considered practicable to attack the advanced ships of +the enemy, and we accordingly made preparations for our hazardous +expedition. The Vulcan and four other vessels were to be employed +in the service. I was of course well acquainted with all the +risks to be encountered. I knew that I might either be blown up, +or, if overtaken by the enemy, cut to pieces without remorse, no +quarter being given to people engaged in that sort of work. +During the first day after volunteering I had not time to think +much about the matter, but four-and-twenty hours spent in +comparative inaction enabled me to contemplate the consequences +in their true light, and though I felt as resolved and determined +as ever, I knew well that this might be the last day of my +existence. I did not so much dread the future, I own, as regret +all I was leaving behind. I thought over and over again of +Madeline—of the happiness I had hoped to enjoy with +her—of the grief should I fall, my death would cause her. I +thought of my family and of the dear ones still surviving at home +who hoped to welcome me when war was over, but would hope in +vain. I felt very grave and sad, but not the less resolved or +undaunted I may say, and determined to do my duty. The time was +approaching for our start. I walked aft and stood looking over +the taffrail away from the crew, and there I offered up a deep, +earnest prayer for protection for myself and also for my people +in the expedition in which we were engaged. Yes, I prayed, and +sincerely too, believing that I was praying aright as I stood +over all those terrific combustibles which were to bring havoc +and destruction among hundreds of our fellow-creatures not more +guilty, not more worthy of death than were I and my fellows. I +will not stop to moralise on that subject, yet I have often since +thought that it is one worthy of deep consideration. Of one thing +only I was certain that, as an officer in the Navy, I was doing +my duty to my king and country in endeavouring to destroy their +enemies, and all the rest I left to the guidance of Him who rules +all things for the best. I now feel that there is a purer law, a +stricter rule which should prevail instead of those which most +men follow, but it would be out of place here to discuss the +subject.</p> +<p>The ships in the harbour gave out the hour of midnight. It was +the signal agreed on for starting. We made sail, cut our cables, +and ran down the river. The wind held fair, the night was dark, +and there appeared every probability that our undertaking would +succeed. Nol Grampus, Rockets, and four other men were with me to +man the boat in which we were to make our escape. Not a word was +spoken. Every arrangement had before been made. Having placed our +vessels in a position from which they could not fail to drift +down on the enemy, we were to set fire to them, and then, jumping +into our boats, pull away for our lives. There was not much fear +of pursuit if the vessels hit their marks, as we knew that the +boats of the squadron would be engaged in endeavouring to clear +their ships of the burning craft. If, however, through a change +of wind, or any other circumstance, they should drift clear of +the ships, it was probable that the boats might come in chase of +us to take vengeance on our heads for the injury we had attempted +to inflict on them.</p> +<p>There lay the French squadron before us, no one on board +dreaming of the havoc and destruction about to be wrought among +them. It was just two o’clock in the morning. Our little +flotilla of evil was slowly approaching. Evidently no sufficient +watch was kept ahead of the French ships. Our success appeared +certain. Suddenly a bright light burst forth, revealing our +vessels clearly to the enemy, and shedding a lurid glare over +their ships which lay sleeping on the calm water ahead. What had +happened? There, blazing away on the right of our line, was the +fire-ship commanded by Mr Camel, the lieutenant of the privateer. +The proceeding was as unaccountable as strange, and I at once +suspected that he had thus acted to betray us. I never have had +cause to place much confidence in privateer officers, though +undoubtedly many brave men are to be found among them. The +instant the flames blazed up, the roll of drums was heard on +board the French ships beating to quarters. Then a brisk fire +from thirty to forty guns was opened on us, and the shot came +rattling thickly about our heads. The light had revealed to the +Frenchmen our fire-vessels, and they could not tell how many more +might be in the rear, so they hurriedly cut their cables, and, in +the greatest confusion, endeavoured to make sail to get out of +our way. Mr Conway next set fire to his vessel, Symonds following +his example, and both taking to their boats. I had still hopes of +effecting my purpose, so I stood on. I had not gone far before +Grampus exclaimed from forward—</p> +<p>“There, sir; there are the French launches; they are +after us!”</p> +<p>Such was the case.</p> +<p>“Haul up the boat, my lads!” I exclaimed. +“Jump into her!”</p> +<p>As the men slipped over the side I set fire to the train, and, +before I had time to jump into the boat, the vessel was in a +blaze from stem to stern. The Vulcan was the last vessel fired. +She was, at the time, within her own length of a French +twenty-four. What had become of her gallant commander and crew I +could not discover. The French launches were after me. My people +pulled away with all their might. It was, indeed, a matter of +life and death. The other boats were ahead, and I hoped safe. +Several bullets came whizzing past us. As I looked astern, my +satisfaction was great to see our fire-ships still blazing away, +and the Frenchmen drifting, as it appeared, towards the shore. As +it afterwards appeared, two of them did drive on shore, and I +believe that, had our ships had their guns on board, we might by +prompt action have run down and destroyed them before +reinforcements could have come to their aid. Happily for me the +French launches were recalled to go to the assistance of their +ships, and, finding myself no longer pursued, I lay on my oars to +try and discover what had become of Captain Palmer. To my great +satisfaction, he soon made his appearance, having, at first, +wisely pulled across the stream, where he had not been observed. +All the boats assembling together, we returned considerably +crestfallen and dispirited to our tents. Whether it was +treachery, cowardice, or want of consideration induced the +privateer’s man to set fire to his vessel I cannot say, but +owing to him alone was the failure of our expedition to be +attributed.</p> +<p>23rd.—The French this morning got off their ships, and +removed to a more respectable distance from the garrison. +Guard-boats were sent down the river, and continued rowing all +night. This duty pressed very severely on the seamen of the +fleet. The enemy began their march from Williamsburg, and on this +day attacked and drove in our pickets.</p> +<p>24th.—The seamen were directed to man the guns in the +front, and they were then to-day reviewed by Lord Cornwallis.</p> +<p>25th.—To-day the seamen were again inspected by Lord +Cornwallis, and went through the exercise of the great guns +before him, when his lordship expressed himself highly pleased +with our conduct. At this time, the first lieutenant of the +Charon commanded a battery in the centre of the lines of one +twenty-four, two eighteens, and two twelves; I had charge of a +battery with three eighteenss and four sixes, in front of the +17th Regiment to the right; Lieutenant Symonds, one of three +nines to the left of mine; Lieutenant Conway, of two nines, to +the right of all; Mr Conway, of two twelves, as flanking guns; +the master of the Fowey, of two nines, in front of the 43rd +Regiment; while all the batteries to the left were manned by +seamen from the transports, under the command of the agent. All +the sea batteries were commanded by Mr Robb, master of the +Charon. Thus it will be seen that the Navy took a very active +part in the defence of the place.</p> +<p>26th.—The seamen’s tents were to-day moved in +front of the quarters of the army, close to our batteries. This +was done, as we were in momentary expectation of being attacked +by the enemy.</p> +<p>27th.—Our pickets were driven in, and the enemy advanced +in order of battle. The troops marched out to meet them, Lord +Cornwallis being resolved to give them battle; but they retired +as we advanced, evidently at that time not wishing to bring on +the final struggle. Our army, therefore, returned within the +lines.</p> +<p>28th.—At noon the enemy appeared in front of our works, +in force about 26,000. They extended the whole distance from the +right to the left of our lines, and a very formidable force they +appeared. It was evident that they wished, by their show of +numbers, to strike terror into the hearts of our men. They were +mistaken, however, if such was their object, for nothing could +persuade our fellows that any one of themselves was not equal to +twenty Continentals or Frenchmen. It is very well for the men to +despise an enemy, and to feel sure that they can thrash him; but +officers, on the contrary, cannot have too much respect for him, +nor do too much to insure victory, or take too many precautions +to guard against surprise. A body of the enemy advancing to +reconnoitre in a ravine in front of my battery, I opened fire on +them till they rapidly dispersed.</p> +<p>29th.—Lord Cornwallis, having in vain, with his small +army of 5000 men, offered the enemy battle, and finding them +intent on waiting their own time to attack him on the left flank, +moved this night with all the army inside the works. He did not +doubt but that, by acting on the defensive, we should be able to +hold out till the arrival of the long and earnestly-expected +fleet and army to relieve us. It is no disparagement to the +bravery of our little army to say that that succour was most +earnestly prayed for. A body of French horse and foot attacked +the German Legion, who had to retreat under the cover of a +battery to the left. I had again to open fire with my 18-pounders +on a body of the enemy who appeared in front of the works, but +took to flight as the shot went rattling in among them.</p> +<p>30th.—The enemy broke ground, and began to throw up +redoubts, moving on at the same time in three columns towards our +centre. They quickly took possession of two of our redoubts, +which we had evacuated on withdrawing into the town. At eleven +o’clock they attacked the right and left of the town with +the intention evidently of storming the flanking redoubts. A +smart action ensued. Our men behaved magnificently, so did the +enemy; but after severe fighting for two hours they were +repulsed, and while our batteries played on them they were driven +back in great confusion into the woods behind the town.</p> +<p>1st October.—The Hessian Legion with other light troops +made a sortie, and while skirmishing in front of the town +captured several of the enemy. The Hessians returned into the +town close to my battery. I observed that they were carrying +among them a person on a litter. At first I thought that it was +one of their own wounded people, but as they came nearer his +uniform showed me that he was an American officer. A strong +impulse induced me to hurry down to meet him, and I knew at all +events that very likely the Hessians would not understand him, +and I was anxious to render him assistance—a mark of my +interest in the Americans which I felt glad my duty would allow +me to bestow. I started when I got up to the litter, for though +his features were convulsed with pain, I recognised Colonel +Carlyon. He had been shot through both his legs. He knew me when +I spoke to him. I explained who he was as well as I could to one +of the Hessian officers whom I knew, and entreated that he might +be carefully looked after. Just then O’Driscoll, who had +come on shore from the ship, arrived to pay me a visit, and +volunteered to accompany Colonel Carlyon to some house where he +might be comfortably lodged, and to get a surgeon to attend to +his wounds. I explained to the colonel what I had done. He +pressed my hand warmly as if he understood me, for he was in too +much pain to speak, and I hurried back to my battery.</p> +<p>The enemy were now night and day engaged in throwing up works, +while our batteries kept up a continual cannonade on the people +labouring in them, which impeded their operations somewhat. +Notwithstanding this, from the immense number of men employed, +the works were raised with astonishing rapidity. At night a negro +was caught deserting to the enemy with a note in his possession +from one of the merchants in the town describing the distressed +state of the garrison. I have not spoken much of our distress, +but it was very great. Our supply of food was daily becoming more +scanty and bad, and it could scarcely be concealed that even our +ammunition was failing us. The treacherous merchant was at once +taken in custody, to be tried for his crime.</p> +<p>2nd October.—A constant and heavy cannonade kept up all +day on the enemy’s working parties. They nearly completed +their first parallel. Our men occupied in throwing up works.</p> +<p>3rd.—Much as yesterday. The enemy bringing up their +artillery.</p> +<p>4th.—A flag came in from the enemy; the cause I know +not. Perhaps to offer terms. We kept up as hot a fire as our want +of ammunition would allow. Each day I sent to inquire after +Colonel Carlyon, but could not leave my battery.</p> +<p>5th.—The French displayed five stand of colours on their +works, while the Americans displayed their new States’ flag +of the Stars and Stripes; we eagerly looking for that relief +which would enable us to sally out from behind our works, beside +which we stood fretting angrily, and drive them away into the +recesses of their woods and marshes.</p> +<p>6th and 7th.—The enemy mounting their heavy artillery on +their first parallel and supplying their batteries with +ammunition. The garrison throwing up traverses to defend the +works.</p> +<p>8th.—The enemy attacked our pickets on the left at +midnight, and drove them inside the lines. Some time after this a +body of them came to the barricade and persuaded the officers +that they were deserters. The officers of the 43rd regiment, in a +most unwary manner having got on the works to show them the way +in, were treacherously shot at and killed, their murderers making +their escape.</p> +<p>9th.—The enemy having completed their works and mounted +their guns, their batteries opened on the evening of this day +with great vigour, that on the right of eight 24-pounders, and +that on the left of four 24-pounders and two eighteens. Day and +night the cannonade continued without intermission—we, as +well as we could, keeping up a reply. Several shot having struck +the Charon and Guadaloupe, they were removed farther down the +river. It will be impossible to account for the killed and +wounded in each day’s action. I may be able to say +something about it if I come out of the work alive. All I can now +say is that the slaughter is very great. Among the killed this +day is the commissary-general, who with several other officers +lost their lives, while sitting at dinner, by a shell which burst +among them.</p> +<p>10th.—The enemy opened several fresh batteries to-day. +One of them commanded the Charon, on which they began to +cannonade with red-hot shot. I heard of her danger from Tom +Rockets, who came hurrying into the battery with a look of as +much concern as if the town had been taken.</p> +<p>“They’re at her, sir!” he exclaimed. +“They’re blazing away like fury, and I see’d +smoke, when last I looked at her, coming up her main-hatchway. +Poor old barkie! I don’t by no manner of means like the +look of things.”</p> +<p>I could ill spare any of my people from the battery, but I +despatched a master’s mate, with Grampus, Rockets, and a +few other men, to render what assistance they could. They, +however, very soon returned.</p> +<p>“I know’d it would be so,” exclaimed old +Grampus, throwing down his hat and almost blubbering outright. +“The dear old barkie, there’s an end on her. I +know’d she was to have ill-luck from the time we first came +inside them Capes of Virginia; but I didn’t think, that I +didn’t, that she’d have been blown to blazes by them +infernal hot iron balls, which to my mind ain’t fit for +Christians to make use on, that they ain’t. Well, there was +we a-waiting for a boat to get aboard her, though I didn’t +think there was much use, seeing she was in a blaze from stem to +stern. In a few minutes the flames licked and coiled themselves +up round the masts and spars till they reached the mast-heads, +and then she broke adrift from her moorings, and, not content +with getting burnt herself, what should she do but drive aboard a +transport which she set on fire, and then there the two were +burning away together, without the power of mortal man to stop +them. The enemy were still commanding them, while our old barkie, +to show that she was game to the last, kept firing away her own +guns as long as one of them remained mounted, and then up she +went in a shower of sparks and flames, and wasn’t long in +burning to the water’s edge.”</p> +<p>The master’s mate told me that, notwithstanding the +circumstances Nol had described, he could scarcely restrain him +and the other men from shoving off to get aboard the frigate. The +inconvenience we suffered, the loss of our things, was not to be +compared to our regret for the destruction, (for her rate), of +one of the finest ships in the Navy. Scenes almost indescribable +of distress and death, misery and suffering, now crowd around us +on every side.</p> +<p>This evening the enemy, having mounted more of his artillery, +totally silenced Number 5 battery commanded by the first +lieutenant of the Charon, the shot and shells having torn up his +platforms and dismounted his guns. He, with his men, was +therefore obliged to quit it. At ten o’clock at night the +enemy under cover of their guns made a general attack from the +centre to the left, but were again repulsed. Twice I witnessed +the Hessians give way before the enemy in front of my works. The +cannonade continued all night with a warmth hitherto unsurpassed. +The slaughter in all parts of the town was very great. We were +occasionally employed in restoring the works which the enemy had +knocked down. Not a moment was there for rest; every man was +employed either in fighting or toiling with pickaxe or shovel. +Many parts of the town were set on fire, a lurid glare being cast +over the whole scene, exposing to sight the falling buildings, +the brave garrison working their guns or labouring in the +trenches, the wounded carried off on litters, the dead strewed +about in every direction; the whole to my idea presenting a +picture more awful and terrific than any I had ever yet beheld; +yet I had seen, as may be remembered, in my day a good deal of +hard fighting.</p> +<p>11th.—No words of mine can properly describe the +dreadful condition to which our small but brave garrison was +reduced. The enemy this evening began their second parallel by +which they advanced three hundred yards nearer to us. Their fire +continued incessant from heavy artillery and mortars, and we +opened fresh embrasures to flank their works, keeping up a +constant fire from all the howitzers and small mortars were +possessed. Upwards of a thousand shells were thrown into the +works this night, and every spot alike became dangerous. To talk +of the thundering of the cannon, the cries of the wounded, and +the shrieks and distressing gestures of the inhabitants, whose +dwellings were in flames, and knew not where to seek for safety, +will but give a faint picture of what was taking place. Yet +amidst all this havoc, destruction, and suffering, the known +scarcity of everything necessary to prolong the siege, no +murmuring was heard. Not a wish was expressed to give up the town +while the most distant hope remained of our being relieved. On +the contrary, our gallant little army, taking example from their +chief, exhibited the most undaunted resolution, and hourly gave +proof of their attachment to the noble general who had so often +led them on to victory in the field. One man there is, and one +only, who may well tremble at the result. Often do I think of him +and what his fate will be if the place is taken by assault. Yet, +strange to say, he appears as cool and fearless as the rest. On +this night the enemy burnt several transports with red-hot shot +and sunk two others from a battery on the left. The inhabitants +who still remained in the town, and other non-combatants, were +now living in holes under the cliffs or along the shore by the +river side. Even there, however, they were not safe, the shot +finding them out in their places of refuge and destroying numbers +of them. My great anxiety was for Colonel Carlyon. He was +recovering from his wounds, but I dreaded lest a stray shot or +shell might penetrate the hospital, and that he might share the +fate of so many of our own people. I sent him a message whenever +I had an opportunity, and received many kind expressions from him +in return.</p> +<p>12th.—At eight o’clock this morning the enemy sunk +one of the fire-ships from a fresh battery thrown up during the +night. All day a hot fire was kept up from it which almost +completed the destruction of the shipping intended for the +defence of the town against an attack by sea.</p> +<p>At nine o’clock the chief officer of artillery waited on +the commodore with a message from Lord Cornwallis, requesting +that the lieutenants of the navy with their men should move on +from the right into the hornwork on the left, which the crews of +the transports had quitted in consequence of the heavy fire to +which it was exposed. It was every instant expected that the +enemy would storm the works. Hearing this, I immediately +volunteered to work this battery, and set off for it accordingly, +with a midshipman and thirty-six seamen, it being understood that +I was to be relieved in eight hours by the first lieutenant. In +fifty-two minutes after my arrival in the hornwork the enemy +silenced the three left guns by closing the embrasures, and +shortly afterwards they dismounted a twelve-pounder, knocked off +the muzzles of two eighteens, and for the last hour and a half of +the time I had undertaken to hold the post left me with one +eighteen-pounder. Although even a part of its muzzle also was +shot away, I kept up a fire with it, determining to hold out to +the last. My poor fellows were falling thick around me. Numbers +had been wounded; scarcely one had escaped; eight had been +killed. Tom Rockets had received a bad injury on one arm; still +he worked away with the other, helping as best he could to load +and fire the gun. The midshipman, Nol Grampus, and I were the +only men in the battery uninjured. Old Nol stood as upright and +undaunted as ever. The gun had just been loaded; he held the +match in his hand; he was about to fire. At that instant I saw a +shell pitching into the battery. Our gun went off. Its roar +seemed louder than before. At the same instant there was the +noise of the bursting of the shell. I was covered with dust and +smoke. It cleared away, but when I looked out for Grampus, +expecting to see him at the gun, he was gone. A little way off +lay a mangled form. I ran up. It was that of my old faithful +follower and friend. He knew me, but he was breathing out his +last.</p> +<p>“I knowed it would be so, Mr Hurry,” he whispered, +as I stooped down over him. “When I saw the old barkie go I +knowed that the days of many on us was numbered. I’d have +like to have seen the war ended, and you, Mr Hurry, made happy. +Bless you, my boy, bless you! You’ve always showed your +love for the old seaman. Well, it’s all right. I +don’t fear to die. He who rules up aloft knows what’s +best. He will have mercy on a poor ignorant sailor who trusts on +One who came on earth to save him. That’s my religion. You +stick to that, boy! I can’t see. I’m cold, very +cold.”</p> +<p>I took my old friend’s hand. He pressed it faintly. +“Thank ye, thank ye,” I thought he said. His lips +moved for a few moments, then suddenly he fell back. A shudder +passed through his frame, and he was gone. A better or a braver +seaman than Nol Grampus never died fighting for his +sovereign’s cause.</p> +<p>I had to spring up and help work the gun, for another of my +poor fellows was just knocked over. I looked at my watch. It was +the time my relief should arrive, and time it was, for the +midshipman and I were the only two now remaining unhurt. Out of +the thirty-six men who followed me into the battery nine lay +dead, eight more were breathing out their last on the ground, and +of the nineteen others most had lost either an arm or a leg.</p> +<p>At last my brother-officer with some men appeared. He stood +aghast, as well he might, at the spectacle presented to him. As +he was approaching me a shell fell in the space between us, +sending its fragments in every direction. I felt that I was +wounded, and, staggering back, I fell to the ground. My +brother-officer ran to lift me up. I found that I had been struck +on the right leg and received a severe contusion on the head, but +in a few minutes I was able to stand. The midshipman also was +wounded in the arm by the same shell, and he and I were the only +two people able to walk out of the battery. Of the others several +died before they were removed. I left it at a quarter-past six, +and on my way past the redoubt, where he had been the greater +part of the time, I received the thanks of my Lord Cornwallis for +what he was pleased to call my gallantry and determination.</p> +<p>13th.—Too clearly does it appear that a struggle in +which we can scarcely hope to be the victors is approaching. The +besiegers have greatly augmented the number of their guns and +mortars in the works of their second parallel, while our lines, +it is evident, are becoming every hour more and more defenceless. +Even the most sanguine begin to despair of the arrival of relief +in time to save the garrison from a surrender, although the +commander-in-chief at New York sends us assurance that he will +come to our aid; but he has not started, and any hour may seal +our fate.</p> +<p>At five this evening, in spite of my wound, I again quitted my +battery on the right, having volunteered to command two +eighteen-pounders on the left. I kept up a constant fire with +them all night on the enemy’s works. By the morning the +battery was masked, and I and my people returned to our own +works.</p> +<p>14th.—Our works were now in every direction reduced +almost to heaps of ruins, and incapable of withstanding the +tremendous fire poured into them by the enemy’s artillery, +which, from want of ammunition, we had no power of silencing. +Considerable breaches were made in our strongest batteries and +redoubts; indeed, it was too evident that they were no longer +tenable. Early this morning the enemy sunk another fire-ship and +two transports; at seven in the evening they attempted to storm +the flanking redoubts to the right, but were repulsed with +considerable loss. We were all kept on the <i>qui vive</i>, for +it was evident that they had not done with us yet. This was +proved at nine o’clock, when we were warned that they were +advancing against us with a force believed to be not less than +17,000 men. From right to left they came on, with drums beating +and loud huzzas, and attempted to storm our works. We opened on +them with all our guns from one end of our works to the other. +They replied with their musketry, and it may well be supposed how +terrific appeared that blaze of fire extending throughout the +whole length of that wide-stretching line. It was a sight which, +although many are the battles I have seen, I shall never forget. +Then there were the burning houses, the bursting shells, the roar +of the artillery, the rattle of the musketry, the crashing of +falling buildings, the blowing-up of mines, the cries of the +combatants, the shrieks of the wounded, the loud clang of the +martial bands, the wild huzzas of the stormers, the defiant +shouts of our gallant fellows,—all these must be thrown in, +and yet after all no adequate conception can be formed of that +midnight scene of slaughter and destruction. Our men fought +fiercely and desperately; soldiers and sailors vied with each +other in their feats of gallantry. Bravely they stood at the +breaches in our crumbling works; the sick and wounded rushed to +the trenches. I heard a voice near me which I recognised as that +of Tom Rockets.</p> +<p>“I thought you had been in your bed, Tom,” said +I.</p> +<p>“So I was, sir,” he answered; “but I +couldn’t stay there when this sort of fun was going on, so +as I’d yet one arm at liberty I thought as how I’d +come and use it alongside you, Mr Hurry; I knew you wasn’t +over well to do either.”</p> +<p>Tom had no jacket on, and his arm was bound up just as it had +been when he managed to make his escape from the hospital. +Although in most directions we drove the enemy back, they managed +to carry two of our flanking redoubts on the left, which had +hitherto retarded their approaches, when nearly all the poor +fellows in them were, as is generally the case when a post is +taken by storm, put to the bayonet.</p> +<p>15th.—The enemy lost no time in throwing up a line of +communication between the two flanking redoubts, which they +perfected before daylight. The consequence of this to us was most +disastrous, for they would now rake the whole of our lines. Still +we persevered and returned, though it must be owned but feebly, +the vigorous fire they kept up on us.</p> +<p>16th.—At half-past four in the morning, Lord Cornwallis +directed a sortie to be made in order to destroy or to spike the +guns in one of the enemy’s batteries which was causing us +most annoyance. The party consisted of about a hundred and fifty +men from the guards, the light infantry and the 80th regiment. +Never have I seen a more spirited or dashing affair. Away they +went, nor stopped till they had surmounted the enemy’s +works, which were found to be occupied by French troops, upwards +of a hundred of whom were bayoneted. Eleven guns were spiked and +in five minutes they were back again within our lines with the +loss only of twelve killed and wounded. Scarcely anything took +place in the garrison with which the enemy were not made +acquainted. The general, therefore, never allowed any of his +intentions to transpire till the moment of execution. It was +therefore without much surprise that I heard at midnight that +boats were in readiness to convey the troops over to the +Gloucester side, and that the seamen were to keep up as heavy a +fire as we could, to deceive the enemy. When the troops had +passed over we were to make a rush for the boats and get across +to follow them as best we could. What was then to be done we were +left to divine. The sick and wounded and prisoners, and our guns +and stores, were of course to be abandoned. Scarcely had I heard +of the proposed plan before I found that the embarkation had +commenced. The night had been threatening, and now a storm with +wind and rain, thunder and lightning, such as I had not often +witnessed, commenced and increased in fury. It made our work +easier in deceiving the enemy, though our artillery seemed but a +mockery of the thunder of the skies. Our gallant seamen felt that +the safety of the army depended on their exertions, and in spite +of the showers of shot and shell falling among us all night, most +nobly did they stand to their guns. The time was approaching when +I expected to receive orders to call them off from the lines, +that we might commence our retreat. O’Driscoll was engaged +in the embarkation of the troops. He was to come when they had +crossed, to assist me in managing the retreat of the seamen. At +length I heard his voice in my battery.</p> +<p>“All right,” I exclaimed. “One shot more and +we’ll make a run for it.”</p> +<p>“Not at all right,” was his answer. “The +plan has failed, and if the enemy discover our condition we are +done for. I came to stop you from leaving your guns.”</p> +<p>“What has happened?” I exclaimed.</p> +<p>“The larger part of the army were got across in safety +when the gale increased so much that I began to doubt the +possibility of passing over any more. Even the empty boats could +scarcely make head against it. I was going to represent this to +the commodore, when I found that two of the boats full of troops +had drifted down the river before the gale. If the poor fellows +in them have escaped drowning, they will by daylight fall into +the hands of the enemy. This settled the question; the further +embarkation of the troops has been stopped, and now I must hurry +away to endeavour to get the main body back again before our +manoeuvre is discovered.”</p> +<p>The troops remaining on the York side once more returned to +the lines, and the night passed away, as had many previous +nights, both sides keeping up a heavy cannonade with the addition +of the fearful storm which raged till long after the sun had +risen on the scene of slaughter and destruction.</p> +<p>The plan formed by our noble general was worthy of him, +desperate as it may appear, and would, I believe, have succeeded +had not the elements been against him. Sallying from the lines at +Gloucester Point as soon as all the army had crossed over, he +intended to attack the camp of the French cavalry, mount the +infantry on their horses, and push on by rapid marches towards +the north, till he could form a junction with such forces as Sir +Henry Clinton might send out to his support. Part of the navy and +a small body of troops were to be left behind to arrange terms +for the inhabitants as well as for our poor wounded and sick men, +who could not be moved. The baggage also of course was to have +been abandoned. Had the plan succeeded, it would have been looked +upon as one of the most gallant exploits on record. Still many +lives might have been sacrificed and no adequate object obtained, +so I doubt not that events turned out for the best.</p> +<p>17th.—At length the storm began to abate, but great was +our anxiety lest the enemy should discover our situation and +attack us. Happily they did not come on, and by noon we were able +to bring back that part of the army which had crossed the river. +Our generals held a council of war, and it became known that the +sad hour had arrived when we must sue for terms with the enemy, +or undergo all the dangers of an assault with the certainty of +being defeated at last. With feelings of sorrow and regret we saw +the flag of truce depart. We waited the result with anxiety. +Whatever were the terms proposed they were peremptorily refused +by the enemy, and our brave general determined to hold out for +one day more on the bare possibility of relief arriving from New +York. The fire accordingly re-commenced on both sides with +greater fury than before.</p> +<p>18th.—During the whole morning the fire from all the +batteries continued with unabated warmth, though one after the +other our guns were becoming useless. I continued working away at +mine with gloomy desperation. I was suffering from my wounds, +from fatigue, and from hunger too, for our provisions had almost +failed us. I could have gone on, however, as long as a man +remained alive to help me work my guns. At last a shot came +through the embrasure at which was a gun I was on the point of +firing. Suddenly I felt my arm jerked up—the match dropped +from my nerveless arm, and I fell. At that moment the signal was +given to cease firing. Another flag of truce was going forth. I +felt that I was desperately wounded—I believed that my last +hour had come.</p> +<p>It was just then four o’clock. This was nearly the last +shot fired during that hateful and fratricidal war. Angels were +rejoicing that blood had ceased to flow, though proud British +hearts were sad and humbled at the thoughts of their defeat. That +hour struck the knell of England’s supremacy in the West, +and gave forth the first glad notes of the establishment of +American Independence. Directly afterwards the cannonade from the +side of the enemy ceased along the whole extent of their +line.</p> +<p>My men, when they saw me on the ground, lifted me up, and +placed me on a litter already deeply stained with blood. +O’Driscoll arrived, and sincere was the sorrow and +commiseration he expressed when he saw me. I inquired for Colonel +Carlyon, and entreated that I might be conveyed to where he +was.</p> +<p>I felt a longing desire to see Madeline’s father once +more, and to send by him, should he survive, my last message of +love and devotion to her. I thought that he would not hesitate +about delivering them.</p> +<p>“I will inquire where your friend the colonel is,” +answered O’Driscoll. “He was removed, I know, for the +house where he lay was too much battered to be longer tenable. I +am uncertain to what quarters he has been removed.”</p> +<p>My heart sank within me when I heard these words, for I fully +believed that Colonel Carlyon had been killed, and that +O’Driscoll was unwilling to wound my feelings by the +information. My men now moved on with me through the town. I need +not again describe the scenes I witnessed—the dead +scattered about, piles of ruins, houses battered and blackened, +the remnant of the inhabitants wandering about looking for their +lost friends, maimed and wounded soldiers and seamen—gaunt, +pale and starved—others still unhurt, looking angry and +sullen at the thought of our defeat. Officers were standing about +in groups, greeting each other with vexed and sorrowful looks. I +was suffering too much physically to feel deeply on the matter, +but my sensations were of a very mixed character, and I do not +feel that it was derogatory to my character, as a loyal subject +of his Majesty, or as a British officer, to say that I heartily +prayed that the war might be over, even though the proposed +humiliating surrender might be the last great event connected +with it. After I had been conveyed through several ruined, +half-burned streets, my bearers at length stopped at a house +where O’Driscoll told me he believed Colonel Carlyon was to +be found.</p> +<p>Such was the case. Though sitting up, he was unable to walk. +The expression of sorrow and commiseration which lit up his +countenance, and the kind words with which he greeted me, gave me +the assurance that I was regarded by him in the light I desired. +It was some time before a surgeon could attend me—so many +more urgent cases demanding the care of the medical men in every +direction. In the meantime notice was brought us that a cessation +of arms had been agreed on, and which time was afterwards +increased till the following day.</p> +<p>Like a father or a fond brother did Colonel Carlyon tend me +all that night, refusing to lie down till my wounds had been +dressed, and I had sunk into the slumber I so much needed.</p> +<p>19th.—The day—painful, though scarcely to be +called humiliating, to the brave army which had so heroically +endured that desperate if not protracted siege—at length +arrived. Lord Cornwallis, finding that our enemies had resolved +to grant us alone the terms which they had previously +offered—that we had not as yet experienced the effect of +the fire from the flanking redoubts, armed with numerous pieces +of heavy artillery ready to open on us—that our garrison +was now reduced to scarcely three thousand effective men, in want +both of provisions and ammunition—felt that the only course +open to him, to prevent the horrors of an assault, and to save +the lives of the remainder of his troops, was to accept them. +Accordingly, at noon, the army surrendered prisoners-of-war to +the United States of America, while the navy became prisoners by +arrangement to the Compte de Grasse. At one o’clock a +regiment of American troops, followed by one of French, took +possession of the works, with drums beating and colours flying, +when the British flag was struck, and that of America displayed +in its stead. At three o’clock the British troops marched +out, with drums beating and colours cased, towards the +enemy’s lines. There in a wide field were drawn up the +armies of the allies, with the generals ready to receive them. +Proud and happy, indeed, must Washington and his brethren-in-arms +have felt at this, to them, glorious termination of the +struggle.</p> +<p>Sullen and sad looked our men, I was told, as, with gestures +of impatience and vexation, they grounded their arms, and then +marched back into the town. At the same time the enemy took +possession of all our lines and works. My wounds, though severe, +were not dangerous, and I was able to take an interest in all +that was going forward, and to receive the visits of friends who +came to inquire after me and to offer me assistance. With regard +to the condition of the garrison on the day we surrendered, I can +state positively that, on a correct muster, we were unable to +march out more than two thousand five hundred men. We found, +therefore, that we had lost, in killed and wounded, upwards of a +thousand, and from sickness four hundred and fifty. From this +calculation it will be seen that we had about a hundred and ten +killed and wounded every day after the enemy opened their +batteries. The remaining troops were at Gloucester, on the other +side of the river, the works of which they bravely defended to +the last.</p> +<p>The ruinous condition of the town and works, which altogether +did not cover half a mile of ground in length and nothing like it +in width, may be conceived by the accounts I have already given. +I may remark that from one end to the other it was strewed with +shot and shell, and had truly the appearance of a ploughed field. +I must not close my account of the public events of this +memorable period without speaking of the civility and humanity +the English prisoners received from the French—so different +to that which I experienced when I fell into their hands at Saint +Domingo. They showed evident compassion for our condition, and +not only rendered us every delicate attention in their power, but +gave the officers a captain’s guard of grenadiers to guard +them from the insolence and abuse of the American soldiers, who +showed, it was said, much disposition to ill-treat and rob them. +The excitement and the great exertion made by all had hitherto +kept at bay the attacks of sickness from many who now began, +their toils over, to succumb to them. Intermittent fevers +appeared, and few, I believe, escaped. Among those who died was +my gallant friend and brother-officer, Lieutenant Conway, whose +name I have before frequently mentioned. For my own part, I +received the greatest personal kindness both from Americans and +French. Those especially who had at any time received any +attention from the English seemed anxious on this occasion to +exhibit their gratitude. Among them I must particularly mention +Monsieur Clenard who commanded the Compte D’Artois, the +French ship we and the Bienfaisant took off Ireland. He now +commanded one of the ships of war in the French fleet. He showed +the Charon’s, in particular, every mark of esteem and +kindness. So did a French officer we took in the Peggy privateer, +when we went in search of the French fleet, and whom we had +properly treated when he was on board us. Such conduct reflects +the highest honour on the French, and authorises them to expect, +should any of their people at any time by the chances of war fall +into our hands, the same kindness and consideration.</p> +<p>The American officers were not backward in the same liberal +and generous conduct. I had on one occasion—I omitted to +mention it—an opportunity of showing a favour to the son of +a Colonel Matthews in the American army. Colonel Matthews +immediately came and offered money, servants and horses, and +invited me to his house as soon as I could be moved. Mr Jones +also, a gentleman residing at Hampton, whose family I had met +there, sent the instant he heard we had been defeated to +ascertain how he could best serve me, and wrote to assure me +that, should I decide to remain on my parole in America, he would +request General Washington to allow me to reside at his house, +and that money or anything he had was at my service. Just at the +same time I received a similar message from Mrs Langton, whose +house was not more than seven miles from York Town. I need +scarcely say that, grateful as I felt for all the other offers of +kindness I had received. I resolved, should I have the power, to +accept hers. The public events which took place on the days +subsequent to the surrender may not be considered of general +interest. On the 20th the French ships of war came up the +harbour, and on the following day the British troops were marched +into the country, where they were to be distributed, and kept as +prisoners of war till the conclusion of peace. The seamen still +remained in the town. On the 21st, paroles of honour were granted +to the officers of the Navy, who were to go to Europe in flags of +truce with all the seamen and marines. Every exertion was made to +fit out the vessels remaining in the harbour for this purpose, +but it was not till the 2nd of November that they were ready to +take their departure. On the very day we capitulated, Sir Henry +Clinton, with a large fleet of line-of-battle ships and frigates, +with seven thousand of his best troops, set sail from New York. +He did not appear off the Capes of Virginia till the 24th, when, +hearing what had occurred, he returned to New York. It was not, +however, till the 26th of January, 1782, that a treaty of peace +was signed at Paris, the happy news of which reached Philadelphia +on the 23rd of March. But I am anticipating events.</p> +<p>Colonel Carlyon was sufficiently recovered two days after the +surrender of York Town to be removed to Mrs Langton’s, but +several days elapsed before I was able to follow him, when I +obtained permission from the commodore as well as from the Compte +de Grasse, to remain in America till my health was restored. I +had an affectionate parting with O’Driscoll and with my old +follower, Tom Rockets, who were the bearers of many messages from +me to my family.</p> +<p>“Tell them, O’Driscoll,” said I, “that +though I am a loyal subject of King George, I see no reason why I +should not win the hand, as I believe I have the heart, of a +daughter of America.”</p> +<p>“You’re right, my dear boy,” he answered. +“You’ll be doing the most loyal thing in your power, +for you’ll be winning back a subject who would otherwise be +lost, and gaining many little subjects too, maybe, old +fellow,” he added, with a poke in my wounded ribs which +almost upset me.</p> +<p>At length a litter was brought into my room, and I was carried +in it on men’s shoulders to the house of my friends. What +words of mine can do justice to the generous kindness and the +delicate attention with which I was treated by all the family, +and the marks of tender affection I received from one who was +there to welcome me? When I first looked up, after I had been +placed on the bed prepared for my wounded form, Madeline stood by +my side. My wounds healed. I rapidly recovered my strength, and +then the depressing feeling of my poverty, of my utter inability +to support a wife as I desired that Madeline should be +maintained, came over me. She ascertained the cause of my +despondency.</p> +<p>“But papa can obtain employment for you,” she +remarked. “Why not, when there is peace, leave the British +Navy and enter that of the United States? Surely it is equally +honourable!”</p> +<p>Little did she know, when she said that, how, with all its +faults, I loved the glorious Navy of England: I perhaps scarcely +knew myself, till the sensations which the suggestion conjured up +in my bosom told me. Even the idea of quitting the sea and +following some occupation on shore had not the attraction for me +which might have been supposed. Still I had resolved to adopt the +latter alternative if her father would bestow her hand on me. He +had been absent for some time, attending to public affairs. At +length he returned. I explained to him my position. I thought he +looked grave and sad as I went on speaking.</p> +<p>“I have been under a mistake,” he observed. +“I thought that you were in the expectation of receiving a +good property, and that you would have the means of supporting my +dear child. This war has ruined my estate, and I am but little +able to leave her anything. It will be better for you both to +part; I grieve that you should have again met.”</p> +<p>These words pierced me to the heart, and overthrew all the +bright visions I had conjured up. They were so unlike, too, what +I expected to hear from him. I pressed my hands on my face and +groaned. I dared not meet Madeline. I thought that, too probably, +he would prohibit me from seeing her again. I sat the picture of +despair. Just then a negro servant entered the room, and gave a +packet of letters to the colonel. He handed me one with a black +seal. Another blow. Some other member of my family dead. It is +too bitter. I cannot stand this. I’ll go to sea again, and +hope that in mercy I may lose that life which has become too +burdensome to bear. Such thoughts, (wrong and impious I know they +were), passed through my mind as I kept the letter in my hand +before breaking the seal. I looked at the superscription. It was +from my dear sister Jane. I tore it open. The contents soon +riveted my attention. It was not long. One passage ran +thus:—</p> +<p>“Some weeks ago, our old relation, Sir Hurricane +Tempest, much to our surprise, sent to ask one of us to go and +nurse him, saying that he was, he believed, on his death-bed, and +beseeching us to have compassion on a friendless, childless old +man. The lot fell on me. I found him very different to what I +expected, and interested in all matters concerning us. Do you +remember, Hurry, rescuing an old gentleman from the mob in London +during the Lord George Gordon riots? That was Sir Hurricane +himself. He knew you; and when I told him about you, and that you +had fallen in love with an American lady, the daughter of a +rebel, and that you had no means of marrying her, he answered, +‘But he shall have the means. I’ll give them to him. +I like his spirit. I like her. Her friends have espoused the +right side—the side of liberty. They were not afraid to +stand up boldly against tyranny and injustice. Tell him I shall +be happy to welcome the little rebel as my niece, if I live, and, +at all events, to know that her children will inherit my +property.’ Soon after this our kind old uncle died, and he +has left you, as far as I can understand, fully three thousand a +year.”</p> +<p>How my heart bounded when I heard these words! I handed the +letter to Colonel Carlyon. He rose and took my hand.</p> +<p>“I had not intended to be very stern when, just now, I +spoke to you,” he said, and I knew that he spoke the truth. +“I wished to ascertain whether your affection for my +daughter was as great as I was assured it is. I know that you are +eager to give her, before she hears it from others, the +satisfactory information you have received. Go and tell +her.”</p> +<p>I did. A few days subsequent to the news of peace being +received, we were married. After a tour in the States she +accompanied me to England, and my American bride won golden +opinions from all the relatives and friends to whom I had the +happiness of introducing her. A dutiful and affectionate wife she +has always been to me, and I have had just cause to be thankful +that I married the Little Rebel.</p> +<hr /></div> +<div class="navigation">| <a href="#chap01">Chapter 1</a> | | +<a href="#chap02">Chapter 2</a> | | <a href="#chap03">Chapter +3</a> | | <a href="#chap04">Chapter 4</a> | | <a href= +"#chap05">Chapter 5</a> | | <a href="#chap06">Chapter 6</a> | | +<a href="#chap07">Chapter 7</a> | | <a href="#chap08">Chapter +8</a> | | <a href="#chap09">Chapter 9</a> | | <a href= +"#chap10">Chapter 10</a> | | <a href="#chap11">Chapter 11</a> | | +<a href="#chap12">Chapter 12</a> | | <a href="#chap13">Chapter +13</a> | | <a href="#chap14">Chapter 14</a> | | <a href= +"#chap15">Chapter 15</a> | | <a href="#chap16">Chapter 16</a> | | +<a href="#chap17">Chapter 17</a> | | <a href="#chap18">Chapter +18</a> | | <a href="#chap19">Chapter 19</a> | | <a href= +"#chap20">Chapter 20</a> | | <a href="#chap21">Chapter 21</a> | | +<a href="#chap22">Chapter 22</a> | | <a href="#chap23">Chapter +23</a> | | <a href="#chap24">Chapter 24</a> | | <a href= +"#chap25">Chapter 25</a> | | <a href="#chap26">Chapter 26</a> | | +<a href="#chap27">Chapter 27</a> | +<hr /></div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Hurricane Hurry, by W.H.G. Kingston + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HURRICANE HURRY *** + +***** This file should be named 21465-h.htm or 21465-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/2/1/4/6/21465/ + +Produced by Nick Hodson of London, England + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> |